Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

Tax deducted at source (TDS) – Belated payment of TDS – Section 271C(1)(a) is applicable in case of a failure on the part of the concerned person / Assessee to “deduct” the whole of any part of the tax as required by or under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B and failure to pay the whole or any part of the tax is dealt by Section 271C(1)(b) but it does not speak about belated remittance of TDS – No penalty is leviable on belated remittance of TDS – In such cases, prosecution can be launched in appropriate cases in terms of Section 276B.

40. US Technologies International Pvt Ltd vs. CIT
(2023) 453 ITR 644 (SC)

From 1st January, 2002 to February, 2003, the Appellant – Assessee, engaged in a software development business at Techno Park, Trivandrum which employed about 700 employees, deducted tax at source (TDS) in respect of salaries, contract payments, etc., totalling Rs.1,10,41,898 for A.Y. 2003-04. In March, the Assessee remitted part of the TDS being R38,94,687 and balance of Rs.71,47,211 was remitted later. Thus, the period of delay ranged from 05 days to 10 months.

On 10th March, 2003, a survey conducted by the Revenue at Assessee’s premises noted that TDS was not deposited within the prescribed dates under Income Tax Rules (IT Rules).

On 2nd June, 2003, Income Tax Officer (ITO) vide order under section 201(1A) of the Act levied penal interest of Rs. 4,97,920 for the period of delay in remittance of TDS.

On 9th October, 2003, the ACIT issued a show cause notice proposing to levy penalty under section 271C of the amount equal to TDS. The Assessee replied to the said show cause notice vide reply dated 28th October, 2003.

On 6th November, 2003, another order under section 201(1A) was passed levying the penal interest of Rs. 22,015.  On 10th November, 2003, the ACIT vide order under section 271C levied a penalty of Rs. 1,10,41,898 equivalent to the amount of TDS deducted for A.Y. 2003-04. That order of the ACIT levying the penalty under section 271C came to be confirmed by the High Court. The High Court vide impugned judgment and order dismissed the appeal preferred by the Assessee by holding that failure to deduct/remit the TDS would attract penalty under section 271C of the Act, 1961.

Further, by order(s) dated 26th September, 2013, the ACIT by way of orders under section 271C levied penalty equivalent to the amount of TDS deducted for A.Ys. 2010-11, 2011-12 and 2012-13 on the grounds that there was no good and sufficient reason for not levying the penalty.

The CIT (Appeals) dismissed the Assessees’ appeals. By common order dated 1st June, 2016, the ITAT allowed the Assessees’ appeals by holding that imposition of penalty under section 271C was unjustified and reasonable causes were established by the Assessee for remitting the TDS belatedly. By the common judgment and order the High Court allowed the Revenue’s appeals relying upon its earlier judgment.

According to the Supreme Court, the questions posed for its consideration were of belated remittance of the TDS after deducting the TDS, whether such an Assessee is liable to pay penalty under section 271C of the Act, 1961? And, as to what is the meaning and scope of the words “fails to deduct” occurring in Section 271C(1)(a) and whether an Assessee who caused delay in remittance of TDS deducted by him, can be said a person who “fails to deduct TDS”?

The Supreme Court noted that all these cases were with respect to the belated remittance of the TDS though deducted by the Assessee.

According to the Supreme Court, this was, therefore, a case of belated remittance of the TDS though deducted by the Assessee and not a case of non-deduction of TDS at all.

The Supreme Court observed that as per Section 271C(1)(a), if any person fails to deduct the whole or any part of the tax as required by or under the provisions of Chapter XVIIB then such a person shall be liable to pay by way of penalty a sum equal to the amount of tax which such person failed to deduct or pay as aforesaid.

So far as failure to pay the whole or any part of the tax is concerned, the same would be with respect to Section 271C(1)(b), which was also not the case here.

Therefore, Section 271C(1)(a) is applicable in case of a failure on the part of the concerned person/Assessee to “deduct” the whole of any part of the tax as required by or under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B. The words used in Section 271C(1)(a) are very clear and the relevant words used are “fails to deduct.” It does not speak about belated remittance of the TDS.

Therefore, on plain reading of Section 271C of the Act, 1961, the Supreme Court held that no penalty is leviable on belated remittance of the TDS after the same is deducted by the Assessee.

The Supreme Court observed that wherever the Parliament wanted to have the consequences of non-payment and/or belated remittance/payment of the TDS, the Parliament/Legislature has provided the same like in Section 201(1A) and Section 276B of the Act.

So far as the reliance placed upon the CBDT’s Circular No. 551 dated 23rd January, 1998 by Revenue, the Supreme Court observed that the said circular as such favoured the Assessee. According to the Supreme Court, on fair reading of said CBDT’s circular, it talks about the levy of penalty on failure to deduct tax at source. It also takes note of the fact that if there is any delay in remitting the tax, it will attract payment of interest under section 201(1A) of the Act and because of the gravity of the mischief involved, it may involve prosecution proceedings as well, under section 276B of the Act. If there is any omission to deduct the tax at source, it may lead to loss of Revenue and hence remedial measures have been provided by incorporating the provision to ensure that tax liability to the said extent would stand shifted to the shoulders of the party who failed to effect deduction, in the form of penalty. On deduction of tax, if there is delay in remitting the amount to Revenue, it has to be satisfied with interest as payable under section 201(1A) of the Act, besides the liability to face the prosecution proceedings, if launched in appropriate cases, in terms of Section 276B of the Act. According to the Supreme Court, even the CBDT has taken note of the fact that no penalty is envisaged under section 271C for belated remittance/payment/deposit of the TDS.

The Supreme Court quashed and set aside the order of the High Court and the question of law on interpretation of Section 271C of the Income Tax Act was answered in favour of the Assessee and against the Revenue. It was specifically observed and held that on mere belated remitting the TDS after deducting the same by the concerned person/Assessee, no penalty shall be leviable under section 271C of the Income Tax Act.

SOCIETY NEWS

CAs PERFORM ‘Zumba’ exercises

The BCAS decided on a unique theme for the monthly HRD Study Circle meeting with the idea of giving members a break from their strenuous routine of managing office and work from home. A ‘Zumba’ class was the choice. This is an exercise fitness programme that combines international music with dance moves. Zumba routines incorporate interval training – alternating fast and slow rhythms to help cardiovascular fitness.

Organised on 8th December, 2020, the event featured faculty and trainer Mr. Burzin Engineer, who is a professional dancer and a fitness coach with over a decade’s experience. He started the class with light warm-up exercises to get everybody ready for a fun workout. The Zumba moves he picked were easy and the movements had a flow which the 50-plus participants thoroughly enjoyed. Amongst the participants were members of the Committee and BCAS members from Mumbai, Pune, Ahmedabad, Indore, Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata, Jodhpur and even Chicago.

Regular physical exercise / activity keeps the body fit and the mind refreshed. It was motivating to see some of the senior members participate with great enthusiasm. This session also offered some quality family time to members. Many children were seen enjoying exercising and moving to the beats of the music along with their parents.

‘RESIDENTIAL REFRESHER COURSE’

One of the most awaited events of the year, the ‘Youth Residential Refresher Course’, organised by the HRD Committee of the BCAS, saw its 8th run from 16th to 18th April, 2021.

The event was held under the aegis of the BCAS with support from President CA Suhas Paranjpe, HRD Committee Chairman CA Govind Goyal, mentor CA Naushad Panjwani and HRD Convener CA Anand Kothari. On account of the second wave of Covid-19, the event was conducted online but over 100 participants joined from 24 cities all over India.

A vast range of topics was covered over 12 sessions extending to 16 hours over a three-day virtual refresher course.

Going by the YRCC theme of ‘Re-Align | Re-Energize | Re-Connect’, the event had thought-provoking sessions by some excellent international guest speakers who gave meaningful and fascinating insights into the changing work culture, the new emerging technologies, the intricacies of the professional world and how one must adapt to them.

The technical sessions were followed by networking sessions wherein some special online networking activities were organised for the participants.

Part I – Speaker Sessions

The first day covered interesting topics ranging from ‘Journey of an Entrepreneur’, ‘Professional Social Responsibility – A Tool for Networking’ to ‘Why Indian Professionals are a Darling of Global Corporates’. An interesting fireside chat with young ‘technopreneurs’  came with the key takeaway of understanding one’s strengths and weaknesses and then tackling all obstacles on the road to achieving our dreams.

In the next session, Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti shared insights about life experiences, the importance of reading books and giving back to the society as a professional. The final topic had the speaker sharing success stories of Indian professionals abroad and their attitude and approach towards work, their talents, and the ‘Do’s and Don’ts’ that we should adopt in our professional journey.

The second day began with an early morning session on ‘Work Culture: Friendships at Workplace’. The speaker dwelt on the necessity of maintaining cordial and friendly relations at the workplace and threw light on where to draw the line. She answered multiple questions on work-life balance. The following session was a dialogue ‘Acing Appraisals’ with industry veterans where the participants learned the importance of timely appraisals and the key elements to use in their next appraisal meet.

Later during the day, there was an engaging session on ‘Building Social Media Presence within the ICAI Guidelines’. ‘Social Media’ is a wide spectrum of networking opportunities. The speaker guided the participants on the ethics to be followed when building a social media presence and seeking new opportunities. (What, how, when and related questions arising in our everyday life.)

The next panel on ‘Emerging Trends in the Financial World’ brought new thoughts on how blockchain, cryptocurrency and Artificial Intelligence will revolutionise the practice around us. Their impact on our work culture and strategies and our professional approach were also mentioned. The day ended with some fun, relaxation and rejuvenation for the family through a stand-up comedy session.

The final day at YRRC began with the interesting and relevant topic, ‘Kya WFH mein koi locha hai?’. It was one of the most relatable sessions for the participants, dealing with the importance of mental health in a world of increasing technology and diminishing human interface. The next topic, ‘Upgrading to a Global Outlook and Approach’, made the participants ponder over whether they need to change their traditional approach to meet global standards. If yes, then to what level, extent and with what mindset, was highlighted by the speaker. This was followed by an interesting panel discussion by the YRRC conveners and coordinators about their intriguing journey and success stories providing guidance on how to build a successful career while reminiscing old memories.

The final session could not have been more perfect. There was an excellent motivating and persuasive address by ICAI President CA Nihar Jambusaria to the youth, enlightening them about different aspects of the profession.

Part II – Networking Sessions

All the participants belonging to different areas and regions had connected over Zoom meetings to be part of our ‘Networking sessions’ which were held after the speaker sessions ended. The participants were divided into six different teams to compete over the team-building activities organised by the YRRC team along with another fraternity member, CA Hrudyesh Pankhania.

To begin with, the participants were given multiple group tasks to perform and were then required to send the screenshot of the tasks performed. This gave them a chance to display their swiftness and coordination by sending their screenshots at the earliest.

One of the most creative activities given was composing your own song or modifying an existing song to accommodate the names of your team members in the lyrics. Not just that, the participants were even required to give a live performance. The final results were mind-blowing with fantastic innovation and compositions by the teams.

The participants also got a chance to display their artistic skills when they had to virtually draw a painting together (team spirit) and make it as realistic as possible. And how about shuffling the team members and asking them to choose their favourite celebrities (from the list given) whom they would save from a fire, and also come up with some hilarious reasons for the same? The choices had to be as unique as possible, because, after all, success lies in being different.

The final event of the ‘Networking Session’ was the ‘Networking People’s Tambola’ which required all the participants to network within cross-teams and make Tambola tickets. Of course, the best part was creating ‘Memes’ – for the YRCC, of the YRCC and by the YRCC. Kudos to all the participants who came up with some splendid and creative memes which left each and every one of them in splits.

Our Wall of Fame – Our Valued Speakers


Behind the Scenes – The YRRC Team

 

YRRC Participants at the Networking Sessions

 

ITF STUDY CIRCLE MEETING

The International Taxation Committee conducted a virtual meeting on ‘Residence of Individual under Income-tax Act – Recap on interpretation issues dealt by Courts and impact of new amendments’ on 24th May. It was led by Group Leader CA Hardik Mehta who explained the concepts with respect to residence of an Individual under the Indian Income-tax Act along with recent developments and interpretations made by Courts.

Determining an Individual’s residence status is one of the most important factors based on which taxability is decided. In view of this, the Group Leader walked the audience through the Income-tax Act, its amendments and various court rulings in relation to the residence of an Individual. With the help of several simplified illustrations, the speakers lucidly explained the various concepts. They also dealt with and resolved queries raised by the participants. The meeting was interactive and the participants benefited enormously from the discussions and insights provided.

A SWOT ANALYSIS OF CHINA

The International Economics Study Group held its meeting on 9th June to take up a ‘SWOT Analysis of China in the context of likely Cold War II’. CAs Harshad Shah and Deepak Karanth led the discussion and presented their views on the subject.

The participating experts warned that the two world powers were entering dangerous territory. Tensions are mounting by the day between the United States and China, leading to possibilities of a new Cold War. It resembles the US-Soviet ‘Cold War’ in certain respects and the group analysed this through a SWOT analysis. They said that what’s at stake is the future of the 21st century global order.

China’s strengths are economics, military firepower (it is the third largest defence power in the world), its own Google, Facebook, WhatsApp, Amazon – and thus technologically it is not dependent on the US.

China’s opportunities are a huge population with rising per capita income, a huge consumer base, lower dependence on exports, healthcare and education.

China’s weaknesses are dwindling cheap labour, demographic crisis (birthrate @ 1.3), Communism, governance issues, suppression of Uyghur Muslims, lack of innovation and basic research, a ‘Hungry for Money’ attitude, its military’s lack of actual war experience for 42 years, the brain-drain problem, extreme rural poverty, few English-speaking people and a huge pollution problem.

China’s threats are no protection of IPRs and blatant violations, Taiwan becoming the ‘Berlin’ of the Sino-American Cold War, China’s serious border disputes with most of its neighbours, South China Sea dispute (this can spark the next global conflict), looming debt crisis, not all of China’s investment decisions having been successful, China could be facing a food crisis and also a water crisis, possibility of civil war, a foreign policy that is in the gutter and its post-pandemic reputation crisis.

Later, CA Milan Sangani presented his views on the ‘State of the Indian Economy in relation to the second wave of Covid-19’. Compared to the GDP hit in F.Y. 2021, the impact of the second wave of lockdowns is expected to be less. And there was light at the end of the tunnel as the number of new cases was now lower than the number of recoveries. Vaccinations needed ramping up and real interest rates had turned negative, hurting fixed income investors with increasing inflation. He noted that historically, global non-financial disruptions like pandemics and World Wars are followed by periods of economic boom.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on recent SC Rulings

The Direct Tax Laws Committee of the Society organised a virtual meeting on 9th June, 2023 to discuss the recent Supreme Court Rulings. Chaired by Speaker, Natwar G. Thakrar, the meeting discussed the following rulings:

i.    US Technology Intl Pvt Ltd vs. CIT [2023]

ii.    CIT vs. Mansukh Dyeing & Printing Mills [2021]

iii.    Singapore Airlines Ltd vs. CIT [2022]

iv.    New Noble Education Society vs. CIT & Ors [2022]

The speaker explained the rulings to the attendees in a simplistic yet detailed manner. He began the explanation with Facts of the Case followed by Issue before the Supreme Court and concluded by ruling of the Apex Court.

The speaker then took up questions from the attendees wherein possible arguments to the rulings, other judicial precedents were discussed. The session concluded with a vote of thanks.

2. Seminar on ESG by the Internal Audit Commitee

A full-day ESG seminar was conducted by the BCAS Internal Audit Committee on 9th June, 2023. Titled ‘Decoding ESG through an Internal Auditor’s lens, the meeting was organised in a hybrid mode by the Internal Audit Committee of the Society. It aimed to enable the current and future generation of internal auditors to capitalise on the next-wave of ESG. A total of 87 participants attended this seminar, with a good mix of experienced professionals, new CAs and young aspiring CA students.

The seminar featured a unique blend of speakers from the industry, practice and consultancy who showcased their in-depth knowledge and insights on the subject. Each session was thoughtfully curated to include practical illustrations, real-life case scenarios and interactive communication with all participants. The seminar covered the following key topics:

  •     ESG and the pivotal role of Internal auditors in today’s scenario

 

  •     Basic principles, challenges faced and reporting requirements under ESG framework in India

 

  •     Practical guide on driving and implementing the ESG agenda

 

  •     Adding value to ESG ecosystem as Internal auditors

The speakers at the seminar included CA Nawshir Mirza, CA Mukundan KV, Ms. Chaitanya Kommukuri, CA Abhay Mehta, CA Raj Mullick, CA Vijayalakshmi S, CA Ashutosh Pednekar

The seminar was very well received by all the participants as was evident from their enthusiastic participation during Q&A sessions.

3. Lecture Meeting on Succession Planning and Drafting of Wills

BCAS organised a lecture meeting on ‘Succession Planning and Drafting of Wills’ on 2nd June, 2023. The meeting was organised with an aim to serve the members residing in the western suburbs. It began with an insightful presentation by CA Anup Shah on the following important aspects of wills and succession planning:

  •     Scope of succession planning

 

  •     Assets to be consider

 

  •     Legal implications in case where a person dies intestate and what if he had a prepared a will under all personal law in general and Hindu Succession Act (HSA) in specific

 

  •     Daughter’s right under HSA – prior to and post 2005 amendments

 

  •     Creation, Partition and dissolution of HUF under HSA and under the Income Tax Act

 

  •     Estate planning options through-Trust, Wills and Joint nomination

 

  •     Effect of nomination for immovable property and shares

 

  •     Rights of Joint Holder vs. Nominee

 

  •     Wills – What is a will, Who can make, How to make a will, concept of beneficiary, administrator

 

  •     Some Myths about the Wills

 

  •     Registration of Wills and Probate

 

  •     Recent developments on the methodology of preparing the wills – Video will, digital will, social custom will, organ donation

 

  •     Tax implications on wills and inheritance

 

  •     Private trust

 

  •     Gift/ release deed/ revocation of gift

The speaker addressed the queries raised by the members. The meeting was attended by more than 125 participants.

4. Release of BCAS publication – FAQs on Charitable Trust

The eagerly-awaited BCAS publication – FAQ on Charitable Trust was launched at the lecture meeting held on 2nd June 2023 in Mumbai. Released under the Shailesh Kapadia Memorial Publication fund, the publicationn covers FAQs on various important topics under Bombay Public Trust Act, Direct Tax, Indirect Tax, FCRA and CSR.Drafted in the form of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), the publication helps readers find the information they need. The questions have been carefully selected from a wide range of topics to provide in-depth knowledge on each subject. Their answers have been written in simple and easy to understand language making it accessible to everyone regardless of their legal background. Besides the Charitable Trust, the publication is likely to benefit professionals like lawyers, chartered accountants and consultants who advise charitable trust on legal and regulatory compliances.

Conceptualised by Late CA Tushar Doctor, the publication is authored by CA (Dr) Gautam Shah covering the topic of direct tax and other laws, and CA Naresh Sheth on the topic of indirect tax. It is reviewed by CA Anil Sathe, CA Himanshu Kishnadwala, CA Sunil Gabhawala, CA Gautam Nayak and Mr Nasir Dadrawala.

5. TDS and TCS Provisions – A 360° Perspective

IMC Chamber of Commerce and Industry teamed up with the Bombay Chartered Accountants Society, and Chamber of Tax Consultants to organise a full day seminar on “TDS and TCS Provisions – a 360° Perspective” at its premises.Held on 2nd June, 2023, the inaugural session of the seminar was managed by Anant Singhania, President, IMC; CA Chirag Doshi, Vice President, BCAS; CA Parag Ved, President, Chamber of Tax Consultant with a welcome address by CA Rajan Vora, Chairman, Direct-tax Committee, IMC.

Hosted in a hybrid mode, the seminar was attended by more than 300 participants. Before initiating the sessions, Rajan Vora, Chairman, Direct Taxation Committee, IMC, highlighted the need to streamline and simplify the TDS and TCS provisions as well as the related compliances to enable Ease of Doing Business in the true sense.

The seminar also included an interactive session with the attendees to highlight key topics like Domestic TDS & TCS provisions, Penalty, Prosecution and Compounding procedures under TDS/ TCS regime, TDS from payments to non-residents, etc.

Sangam Shrivastava, erstwhile Pr. CCIT (IT & TP), West Zone delivered the keynote address where he explained that even after amendment to section 115A by FA 2023, benefit of lower rate as per DTAA will be available to taxpayer instead of 20 per cent. (SC+EC). He also emphasised on reducing of litigation and increase dialogue between taxpayer and tax department.

Brajesh Kumar Singh, CCIT (TDS), Mumbai urged professionals to act as guide to taxpayers to undertake TDS compliances. He advised them to caution taxpayer that delay in TDS payment is tracked centrally and flagged by system thereby leaving no scope for department to not to initiate prosecution even in smallest of cases.

Moderated by Samir Kanabar from EY, the first session discussed issues under Domestic TDS & TCS provisions. The issues discussed on TDS included those under section, 193, 194-O, 194R, 194-Q, 194 BA, etc, TCS provisions under section 206C particular 206C(1G) and 206C(1H) were also discussed. The panelists for this session included Vikas Aggarwal from Novartis and Yogesh Thar from BSM

The second session was moderated by CA Atul Suraiya. It discussed issues pertaining to Penalty, Prosecution and Compounding procedures under TDS/ TCS regime

Other issues like penal and prosecution provision and compounding of offences; belated filing of returns/ belated payment of taxes; interest under section 201 and 201(1A), etc were also discussed.

Moderated by CA Shabbir Motorwala, the third session discussed issues related to TDS under section 195 from payments to non-residents

Other practical issues discussed at the session included: Non-filers checking, Lower deduction of tax; Rectifications of returns filed; Excess deduction – refund; Penal provision and compounding of offences; Belated filing of returns/belated payment of taxes; Interest under section 201 and 201(1A); Mechanism for Clarifications; etc.

The session also discussed issues arising on account of increase in rate of royalty/FTS taxation under Act, by FA 2023 and issues arising for filing of form 10F.

The conference was graced by eminent tax experts from the corporate and professional sectors as well as from the revenue department. who as panelists provided a comprehensive perspective and a blend of theoretical and practical solutions to the questions posed.

Comprising panel discussions and presentation sessions on relevant TDS and TCS issue, the seminar ended on a high note.

6. Recent PMLA notification and its impact on professional service firms

The Society organised a virtual panel discussion on 30th May, 2023 on the impact of the recent PMLA notification on professional service firms. The Panelist for the session were R N Dash, IRS and Adv Ashwani Taneja while the moderator was CA Anand Bathiya.

In his opening remarks, the moderator noted that the recent PMLA notification has brought about a sense of anxiety amongst CAs and certain other professionals due to increasing reporting obligations and greater responsibilities. He referred to it as the “fear of the unknown” and hoped that the discussion would clarify a lot of such fears and doubts.

Thereafter, both the panelists Dash and Adv Ashwani Taneja outlined the rationale behind the notifications dated 3rd May, 2023 and 9th May, 2023, which primarily stemmed from the FATF guidelines. Further, they indicated that
the notification expects the Professional Accountants to focus on the KYC and beneficial ownership status of their clients and to maintain complete details of their transactions.

The summary of the amendments covering the following matters were also touched upon:

  •     The obligations of Reporting Entities.

 

  •     Manner of verification of the identity of the clients by the Reporting Entity.

 

  •     Record maintenance in respect of specified transactions (covering buying and selling of investments and properties, managing client money, managing bank and security accounts etc.) undertaken or attempted to be undertaken.

 

  •     Timelines for maintenance of records.

 

  •     Enhanced due diligence to be undertaken in respect of all specified transactions by the reporting entities.

Powers of the Enforcement Directors and FIU-Ind

The discussion covered various questions put forth by the moderator and also by the participants which were comprehensively answered by the speakers. Some of the major points covered are as under:

  •     Services like internal audit undertaken as an employee of the Company are not covered.

 

  •     Services like virtual CFO in the capacity of a consultant are covered.

 

  •     In respect of tax related services it is better to avoid collection and reimbursement on behalf of clients.

 

  •     Currently, statutory audit services are not covered.

 

  •     Professionals should not adopt a casual attitude going forward, since the cost of non-compliance could be very high in many situations.

 

  •     Providing assistance in writing of the books of accounts of entities involved in suspicious transactions are not covered.

 

  •     Whilst undertaking transactions and assignments on behalf of clients the arm’s length principle should be adopted.

 

  •     Not to get associated with Benami Transactions.

 

  •     No clarity on whether a CA in his individual capacity or a firm of CAs would be considered as a Reporting Entity.

 

  •     Whilst independent directors appointed in their individual capacity are not covered. If they are nominees or representatives of the specified entities who undertake suspicious transactions, they would be covered. Similar considerations would also apply to trustees appointed.

 

  •     Entities providing space for use as a Registered Office and indulging in suspicious transactions are also covered.

 

  •     Pending the notification of the rules on certain matters it is important for Reporting Entities to maintain proper record for all specified transactions.

YouTube links: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hYXfaTEReog

QR Code:
7. Serious threat to the US Banking System and US Dollar- International Economics Study Group meeting

The International Economics Study Group organised a virtual meeting on 29th May, 2023 to discuss the serious threat being faced by the US’ banking system currently. Chaired by CA Harshad Shah, the meeting noted, currently all US mid-cap banks are ‘full of’ bad commercial property loans worth $5.6 trillion. Confidence in the world’s largest banking system (American) is shaken and this could spread as there are concerns about Asset Liability mismatch, holding securities which have lost value since interest rates have risen at a sharp clip with brutal 450 basis points rise in interest rate in just 1 year from a near zero levels. Banks are sitting on $1.7 trillion in unrealized losses. Many U.S. banks have $7 trillion in uninsured bank deposits lying with them, which if withdrawn can create sudden rush.Further, the meeting discussed the serious challenges being faced by the Petro Dollar as many oil exporting countries (like Saudi Arabia, UAE, Iran, Venezuela, Russia) are looking at dealing in local currencies and avoiding Dollar due to threats of US sanctions and misuse of SWIFT.

Dedollarisation is fast catching up as many countries are entering and negotiating alternative to Dollar like bilateral currencies due to threats of blocking in SWIFT & other sanctions.

CA Milan Sanghani shared his views on current state of markets.

8. Internal Audit Mumbai Pune Express # 1

The inaugural edition of Internal Audit Mumbai Pune Express was held at MCCIA Trade Tower, Pune on 26th May, 2023. The event was jointly organized by the Internal Audit Committee of Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society and IIA Pune Audit Club.

This was the first event held by the IA Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society in Pune.

The keynote address was delivered by Satish Shenoy who shared his views on “The focus – leveraging external events to deliver exceptional value”.

Dr. Milind Watve, a data scientist, presented his thoughts on “Data Analytics & Statistics in IA – a scientific view.”

A panel discussion ensued thereafter, whereby the panelists included Milind Limaye, Sanjay Deodhar and Satish Shenoy. The session was moderated by Madhavi Bhalerao. The topic for the panel discussion was “IA Standards – Mandatory or Recommendatory?”

Sameer Maheshwari delivered his session on “Auditing when the going is good”.

The last technical session for the day was by Arnob Choudhuri, who presented on the topic “IA Role in Business Responsibility & Sustainability Reporting”.

A total of 38 participants attended the day-long event which recorded a positive feedback.

The next edition of the Internal Audit Mumbai Pune Express series would be announced in due course.

9. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting Specific issues in Customs laws, SEZ

The Indirect Tax Laws Committee of the Society organised a virtual study circle meeting on 25th May, 2023 under the leadership of CA. Prerana Shah. Ms. Shah had prepared six case studies regarding interplay of Customs and GST laws. The presentation and discussion broadly covered the intricacies on the following topics:

1.    HSN classification and rates of custom duty on import of goods in India

2.    Anti-dumping duties and import under advance authorisation

3.    Related Party Transactions under Customs Laws in regard to valuation,

4.    Value of export of goods under customs Law and GST Law

5.    Special Economic Zones – Refund

6.    Duty drawback, manufacturing under bond and FTWZ

More than 80 participants from across India participated in the meeting. The meeting was mentored by CA Udayan Chokshi

 

10. Direct Tax Home Refresher Course – 4

The Taxation Committee organised the Direct Tax Home Refresher Course 4 with eight other sister organizations i.e. All India Federation of Tax Practitioners (CZ), Association of Chartered Accountants, Chennai; Chartered Accountants Association, Ahmedabad; CA Association of Jalandhar; The Chartered Accountants Study Circle, Chennai; Hyderabad Chartered Accountants Society; Karnataka State Chartered Accountants’ Association and Lucknow Chartered Accountants’ Society.Held from 15th May, 2023 to 27th May, 2023, the virtual refresher course consisted of 12 sessions covering varied topics of income tax. The topics covered were

1)    Charitable Trust Taxation including recent amendments

2)    Taxation of various Financial products including AIFs, REITs, INVITs etc, Recent amendments and issues (IFSC)

3)    Taxation and Regulatory Aspects of various perquisites under Salaries including ESOPs

4)    Recent Developments in Sec 195 covering issues in 15CA & 15CB

5)    Taxation of Partnership Firms and LLPs on conversion incl. Issues on Amalgamation of LLPs

6)    Taxation and Regulatory aspects of Start-ups

7)    56 (2) (x) – An Evolving Deeming Fiction along with 56(2)(viib), 50CA, 50B r.w.r. 11UAE

8)    Taxation aspects of Redevelopment of Societies both from developer and the flat owner’s perspective (50C/43CA etc.)

9)    Valuation Under Income Tax Law vis-à-vis other laws – How to solve this game

10)    Case Studies on certain important aspects of Business Organisation & Reorganisation including M&A and Demergers

11)    Notice & Assessments related to Foreign Assets vis-a-vis Black Money Act and it’s Interplay with PMLA and other Economic Offences Laws

12)    Law of Evidence vis-à-vis Tax proceedings incl  Examination and Cross Examination / Do’s & Dont’s of rendering Tax Advice  ( special  reference to handle  arrest in such cases)

All the distinguished speakers shared their thoughts on the subject and their views on the practical issues arising out of them. They also engaged in a QnA with the participants and provided their insights. There was an overwhelming participation to the course with more than 650 registrations from across India.

11. Case Study based discussion on MLI

The International Taxation Committee of the Society conducted a hybrid meeting on 11th May, 2023. Titled, ‘:Case Study based discussion on MLI,’ the meeting was led by Group Leader CA. Ganesh Rajgopalan who discussed various case studies that were a part of the BCAS ITF conference held at Gandhinagar.The group leader also discussed issues arising out of the amendment to the treaties on account of signing of the MLI by various countries (including India). He highlighted the nuances under select treaties and the compared the change in language thereof on account signing of MLI. During the meeting, the group leader also encouraged a discussion on various aspects besides addressing queries by the participants. The discussion provided great insights provided to the participants.

12. HRD Study Circle Meeting -”Narmada Parikrama”

The HRD Committee of the Society organised a hybrid Study Circle meeting on 9th May, 2023 to discuss the below-mentioned Flash Points/Glimpses from the Experience Shared at the above Meeting:

  •     The Speaker, CA Prasad shared his experience of the Narmada Parikrama during the four months of November 2019 to March 2020. The walk was through the terrain of approximately 3,500 Kilometres in the state of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat.

 

  •     “NARMADE HAR” This is a Staple word used during the Narmada Parikrama. The speaker related the mixed emotions he experienced the Parikrama. He related his entire journey for the benefit of the Young Professionals. He said, today’s youth, whether CA’s or not, have a lot to learn about the decision making process. Practical decision to take a walk along with Maa Narmada Maiyya. It is the food for thought if one decides to walk the stretch of Ma Narmada and understand India.

 

  •     There is great difference between qualification and enrichment. If one wants to enrich his or her experience with life, then, Narmada Parikrima is the Best Solution.

 

  •     Narmada River is like a mother, walking around it is like being in the lap of mother Narmada River.

 

  •     The walk teaches humility, patience, compassion and tolerance.

 

  •     The walk teaches how the poor are very generous and always willing to give. The villagers around the Narmada will ensure that every pilgrim is well fed, though they have to go in the neighborhood far away to bring ingredients like flour to make chapatis. The villagers sometimes are so poor that they do not have both ends to meet, yet they think of the Pilgrims before themselves or their family members. Can we try to think of others in the world around us? This was first glimpse of “param artha”.

 

  •     On being asked, whether one feels Homesick during the parikrama, the speaker answered that, there are so many interesting things in the nature and the atmosphere, that, one never feels homesick at all. In fact, sometimes, the persons feel that they should remain on the banks of Maa Narmada and not go back home.

 

  •     Some of the questions raised by the audience included about reading books on Parikrama or see any movies. However, the speaker advised the participants to talk to less people and concentrate and work. Over study and over thinking leads to failure whether in exam or during this pilgrimage. The speaker gave examples of over study and failures in the CA exams which some might have experienced.

The session ended with a Pranam by the speaker to all the offline and online participants.

YouTube Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Iv4tdY-mKEE

QR Code:
 

13. Bringing hope when there is none left.

 

  •     The HRD committee of the Society organised a meeting on 18th April, 2023 to spread awareness about Noble Social cause work carried on by Respected Mittal Maulik Patel, Founder  and Managing Trustee, Vicharta Samuday Samarthan Manch(VSSM) who has been Honoured with Nari Shakti Award at National Level for most significant work in the field of women empowerment by the hands of His Excellency President Ram Nath Kovind and also awarded Nari Shakti Award at State Level for most significant work in the field of women empowerment by the hands of Honourable Governor of Gujarat O.P. Kohli.

 

  •     She made detail presentation about VSSM, which is a non-profit organisation whose mission is to ensure and enable holistic development of the people belonging to the Nomadic, De-Notified Tribes and other marginalised section of the society addressing the interdependence and co evolution of human economies and biodiversity.

 

  •     VSSM is working to empower the nomadic and de-notified communities while striving to create an inclusive society as well as government policies for these extremely marginalised sections of our society. Actively working for the welfare of the most downtrodden Nomadic and De-Notified tribes on several socio-economic problem related to education, livelihood, health, human rights, environment, water management, empowerment, building hostel for school children, etc.

 

  •     The meeting ended with a heart-felt gratitude expressed by Mittalben, to the participants and prospective donors for their whole-hearted support to the organisation.

 

  •     She made a further appeal to the members present to spread awareness about VSSM to support and contribute towards the noble work carried on by VSSM. Donation to VSSM is eligible under CSR.

14. Human Resources Development Committee – “Graphology-Handwriting Analysis”.

The HRD Committee of the Society organised a hybrid meeting on 11th April, 2023 at its premises. Led by Bhupesh Singh Dhundele, Graphologist, the meeting imparted the below teachings:

1.    The participants were guided as to how they can analyse their own handwriting and those of others who they would like to know better.

2.    Our Handwriting records our accurate picture of our real self because it is the end result of our brain in action. When we write we think. Handwriting reveals our personality, presence, authority.

3.    Handwriting Analysis helps choose career.

4.    Discussed how to explore the secrets of an individual hidden in their handwriting.

5.    You are what you write. (Writing reflects your personal image)

6.    Your nature lies in your signature. (Signature reflects your personal image)

7.    Your writing is as unique as your thumb print.

8.    It represents your personality. It is instant pen picture/mental X-ray of your total personality of that moment.

9.    It is mind writing. People lost their hand in accidents/war, start writing with leg/mouth, achieve same handwriting after practice.

10.    Graphology is a subject dealing with Graphs.

Presented by Mr. Bhupesh Singh Dhundele (Graphologist)

YouTube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=24_eFjxBjMs

QR Code:

 

Corporate Law Corner : Part A | Company Law

7 M/s Assam Company India Ltd & Ors
vs. Union of India & Ors
The Gauhati High Court
High Court of Assam, Nagaland, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh
Case No. : WP(C) 2572/2018
Date of Order: 07th March, 2019The expression “Shell Company” had not been defined under any law in India. Therefore, before declaring any Company as a Shell Company, a notice or an opportunity of being heard shall be given having regard to its negative implications and serious consequences. FACTS

M/s ACIL was incorporated on 15th March, 1977 having its Registered Office at Assam, involved in the business of cultivation and manufacture of tea having several tea estates in the State of Assam.

M/s ACIL learned that respondent No.2, i.e., Securities and Exchange Board of India (‘SEBI’) had initiated proceedings against M/s ACIL by instructing the Bombay Stock Exchange, National Stock Exchange and Metropolitan Stock Exchange (collectively referred to as ‘Stock Exchanges’) to restrict and/or to suspend trading of shares of M/s ACIL. Further learned that, SEBI had initiated such proceedings on the basis of a letter dated 09th June, 2017 received from Government of India by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (‘MCA’) forwarding the database of 331 listed shell companies for initiating necessary action. In the said list of 331 shell companies, M/s ACIL was listed at Serial No.2 with the source indicated as Income Tax Department.

M/s ACIL represented before SEBI on 07th August, 2017 contending that it was an on-going company and could not be included in the list of shell companies. It was pointed out that M/s. ACIL produces 11 million KGS of tea and employs about 20 thousand workers across the Tea Estates.

According to M/s ACIL, no steps were taken by SEBI on the representation by M/s ACIL. Therefore, an appeal was filed before the Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘SAT’), Mumbai which was registered as Appeal No.196/2017. The appeal was disposed of vide order dated 21st August, 2017 by directing the stock exchanges to reverse their decision expeditiously, while granting liberty to M/s ACIL to make a representation to SEBI, which was directed to be disposed of by SEBI in accordance with the law. It was further observed that the aforesaid order of appeal would not come in the way of SEBI as well as the stock exchanges from investigating the case of M/s ACIL and to initiate proceedings if deemed fit.

In compliance with the order of the SAT, M/s ACIL submitted several representations before SEBI and also sought for copies of documents on the basis of which M/s ACIL was declared as a shell company, which were handed over by SEBI on 25th January, 2018.

According to M/s. ACIL, based on the documents handed over, it was found that the aforesaid letter dated 09th June, 2017 was received from the Serious Fraud Investigation Office of Government of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs (SFIO). The same included the database of 124 listed companies along with a Compact Disc received from the Income Tax Department, having been identified during various search/seizures.

From the database (Compact Disc) of the letter, it appeared that M/s ACIL was shown as a company controlled by Mr VKG against whom several Income Tax Proceedings were pending. A nexus was drawn between Mr VKG and M/s ACIL through Mr SK who was one of the Independent Directors of M/s ACIL and also a Director in one of such companies controlled by Mr VKG.

M/s. ACIL contended that the mere presence of Mr. SK as an Independent Director of M/s ACIL, who was also a Director in the companies controlled by Mr VKG, cannot be construed as there being any relationship between M/s ACIL and Mr VKG. Furthermore, Mr VKG had filed an affidavit before SEBI stating that he had no association with M/s ACIL in any manner.

In the meanwhile, SEBI passed an interim order dated 08th December, 2017. By the said order trading in securities of M/s ACIL was reverted to the status as it stood prior to issuance of the letter dated 07th August, 2017. It was ordered that Stock Exchanges would appoint Independent Auditors to verify misrepresentation of finance and business of M/s ACIL as well as misuse of funds/books of accounts. Also, the Promoters and Directors of M/s ACIL were permitted only to buy securities of M/s ACIL, prohibiting them from transferring the shares held by them.

Aggrieved by the order, present writ petition was been filed by M/s ACIL seeking the relief that passing of such order by SEBI was not justified and stated that M/s ACIL cannot be treated as a Shell Company.

The expression “Shell Company” had not been defined under any law in India. Therefore, there was no statutory definition of a Shell Company, be it in fiscal statutes or in penal statues. In addition, neither the Companies Act, 1956 nor the Companies Act, 2013 defines the expression shell company. In the interim order passed on 12th July, 2018, the Court observed that in the Concise Oxford English Dictionary, 11th Revised Edition, a Shell Company had been defined as a non-trading company used as a vehicle for various financial manoeuvres.

In popular parlance, a Shell Company was understood as having only a nominal existence; it exists only on paper without having any office and employee. It may be used as a deliberate financial arrangement providing service as a tool or vehicle of others without itself having any significant assets or operations i.e., acting as a front. Popularly Shell Companies are identified as companies that are used for tax evasion or money laundering, i.e., channelising crime tainted money or proceeds of crime into the formal economy.

The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has prepared a glossary of foreign direct investment terms and definitions. In the said glossary, a Shell Company has been defined as a company which is formally registered, incorporated or otherwise legally organised in an economy, but which does not conduct any operations in that economy other than in a pass-through capacity. Shell companies tend to be conduits or holding companies and are generally included in the description of special purpose entities.

Mr AB, Assistant Professor in Law, Nirma University, Ahmedabad had carried out a study and published an article on the subject ‘Tackling the Menace of Shell Companies in India’. He had stated that there had been a spurt in economic crimes, such as, money laundering, benami transactions, tax evasion, generation of black money, round tripping of black money, etc. which not only causes revenue and foreign exchange loss to the Government, but also creates economic inequality in the society. It may compromise economic sovereignty of the State. According to him, such illegal activities are committed through the incorporation of companies which have neither any asset nor liability nor any operational businesses. These companies exist only on paper to facilitate illegal financial transactions, such as, money laundering and tax evasion. According to him, these kinds of companies are called shell companies.

However, it is no offence to be a shell company per se. A corporate entity may be set up in such a fashion with the objective of carrying out corporate activities in future. That would not make it an illegal entity. The Registrar of Companies can strike off the name of such a company from the register of companies. But, if such Shell Company is/was involved in money laundering or tax evasion or for other illegal purposes, then relevant provisions of laws under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002, Prohibition of Benami Transactions Act, 2016, Income-tax Act, 1961 and the Companies Act, 2013 would be attracted.

As per the study, SEBI had proposed to the Government of India that there should be a legal definition of Shell Company as there was no law in India which defines a Shell Company. Such definition besides giving legal clarity, would also enable the investigative agencies to carry out investigation more swiftly and in a structured manner. The Committee was of the view that all Shell Companies may not have fraudulent intention. Therefore, the expression shell company needs to be defined as having fraudulent intent as one of the characteristic features of such a company.

HELD

The Honourable Judge based on the above, deduced that though Shell Company was defined in other jurisdictions, in India there was no statutory definition of the term. However, the general perception was that with presence of shell companies there can be a potential use for such Companies for illegal activities that threatens the very economic foundation of the country and severely compromises its economic foundation and ultimately sovereignty.Thus, there was a prima facie view that since declaration of M/s ACIL as a Shell Company by itself would entail adverse consequences, M/s. ACIL should have been at least served a notice before being branded as a Shell Company. It was recorded that M/s ACIL was an old and reputed company owning 14 tea estates in the State of Assam producing 11 million KGS of tea every year and having a labour force of 20 thousand of its own. Therefore, branding such a company as a Shell Company was not justified.

Principles of natural justice would require that before such branding, M/s ACIL should have been put on notice and being provided a reasonable opportunity of hearing as to why and on what grounds it was being suspected to be a Shell Company. Only if the response was found to be not satisfactory, then such a finding could have been recorded. Besides, initiating proceedings after branding M/s ACIL as a Shell Company virtually amounted to giving a finding first and thereafter initiating a proceeding to justify the finding like a post-decisional hearing. One cannot be declared guilty first and thereafter subjected to a trial to justify or uphold finding of such guilt. The letter dated 09th June, 2017 was very clear that M/s ACIL was a Shell company and not a suspected Shell company.

Therefore, upon thorough consideration of the matter, writ petition was not only maintainable but also deserved to be allowed.

Impugned letter dated 09th June, 2017 in respect of M/s ACIL was accordingly interfered with and was set aside.

8 M/s. Oscar FX Pvt Ltd
U72900TG2014PTC094237/Telangana/152 of 2013/2023/4139 to 4141
Adjudication Order
Registrar of Companies, Hyderabad
Date of Order: 24th January, 2023.

Order under section 454 read with Section 159 of the Companies Act, 2013 for the violation of section 152(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 i.e. in case of appointment of any person as director in the company who does not have a valid director identification number (DIN) at the time of his/her appointment.

FACTS

M/s OFPL (hereinafter referred as ‘Company’) is registered in the State of Telangana on 29th May, 2014, having its registered office in Telangana. M/s OFPL had filed an application in Form GNL-1 dated 16th January, 2023 along with its officers in default under section 159 for adjudication of violation of Section 152(3) read with Section 454 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) seeking necessary orders.It was submitted that erstwhile Board of Directors of the Company comprising Mr. KKP (Managing Director) and Mr. RPK (Director) at its Board Meeting held on 30th March, 2021 had appointed Ms. VBP as an Additional Director with effect from 30th March, 2021. However, Ms. VBP did not have a valid Director Identification Number (DIN) at the time of appointment to become the director on the Board of the company, which was a violation of the provisions of Section 152(3) of the Companies Act, 2013; and liable for penalty under Section 159 of the Companies Act, 2013.

It was further submitted that such appointment of Ms. VBP was unintentional and inadvertent due to lack of knowledge of provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.. Immediately upon realisation, Ms VBP, had applied to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) for allotment of DIN on 15th September, 2021 and was allotted DIN on the same day by MCA. Immediately upon allotment of DIN to Ms. VBP, M/s OFPL had filed e-form DIR-12 with the Registrar of Companies dated 28th September, 2021 to give effect to her appointment as additional director. Section 152(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 states the following:

(3) No person shall be appointed as a director of a company unless he has been allotted the Director Identification Number under section 154:”

Section 159 of the Companies Act, 2013 contemplates the following:

“If any individual or director of a company makes any default in complying with any of the provisions of section 152, section 155 and section 156 such individual or director of the company shall be liable to a penalty which may extend to fifty thousand rupees and where the default is a continuing one, with a further penalty which may extend to five hundred rupee for each day after the first during which such default continues “.

HELD

After considering the submissions made in the application made by M/s OFPL and the facts of the case it is proved beyond doubt that M/s OFPL and the officers of the company have defaulted in complying the provisions under Section 155(3) of the Act. In this regard, M/s OFPL being a small company, and its officers in default (within the meaning of section 2(60) of the Companies Act, 2013) are hereby directed to pay the following penalty from their own sources.

Name of the Company

Penalty under section 159 r/w s. 446B of the Act.

 

On default

On continuous
default, with a further penalty which may extend to
R 500 for 169 days
(date of allotment of DIN).

Total penalty

Oscar FX Private
Limited

Rs. 25,000/-

169 @ 100 = 16,900/-

Rs. 41,900/- (Rupees
Forty-One Thousand Nine Hundred only)

Officer in Default

Penalty as per Act.

 

On default

On continuous
default, with a further penalty which may extend to five hundred rupees for
169 days (date of allotment of DIN).

Total penalty

Mr. KKP (MD)

Rs. 25,000/

Rs. 169 @ 100 =
Rs. 16,900/-

Rs. 41,900/- (Rupees
Forty-One Thousand Nine Hundred only)

It was directed that the penalty be paid within 30 days from the date of issue of the order.

Audit Trail – Key Considerations for Auditors and Companies

INTRODUCTION

 

Section 143(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 provides various matters on which auditors are required to report in their auditor’s report. Clause (j) of Section 143(3) states that auditor’s report shall also state such other matters as may be prescribed. Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 specifies such other matters that are to be reported by the auditor.The requirement with respect to audit trail was contained in Rule 11(g) with regard to auditor’s reporting requirements. The requirement was initially made applicable for the financial year commencing on or after the 1st April, 2021 vide notification G.S.R. 206(E) dated 24th March, 2021. However, the applicability was deferred to financial year commencing on or after 1st April, 2022, vide MCA notification G.S.R. 248(E) dated 1st April, 2021.

The corresponding requirement for companies has been prescribed under the proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 requiring companies, which use accounting software for maintaining their books of account, to use only such accounting software which has audit trail feature. This requirement for companies was initially made applicable for financial year commencing on or after 1st April, 2021. However, its applicability has been deferred two times and this requirement is finally applicable from financial year commencing on or after 1st April, 2023.

The respective requirement for companies under Rule 3(1) of Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 and for auditors under Rule 11(g) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 are given below.

Text of Proviso to Rule 3(1) of Companies (Accounts)
Rules, 2014

Text of Rule 11(g) of Companies (Audit and Auditors)
Rules, 2014

Provided that for the
financial year commencing on or after the 1st April, 2023, every
Company which uses accounting software
for maintaining its books of account, shall use only such accounting

Whether the company,
in respect
of financial years commencing on or after the 1st April, 2022, has
used such accounting software
for maintaining its books of
account which has a feature of recording

software which has a
feature of recording audit trail of each and every transaction, creating an
edit log of each change made in the books of account along with the date when
such changes were made and ensuring that the audit trail cannot be disabled.

audit trail (edit
log) facility and the same has been operated throughout the year for all
transactions recorded in the software and the audit trail feature has not
been tampered with and it has been preserved by the company as per the
statutory requirements for record retention.

The ICAI has issued an Implementation Guide on Reporting under Rule 11(g) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (IG) to enable the auditors to comply with the reporting requirements of Rule 11(g). The author provides additional insights through Q&As on the subject.

WHAT IS MEANT BY BOOKS OF ACCOUNTS FOR THE PURPOSES OF RULE 3(1) AND RULE 11(G) PRESENTED ABOVE?

The definitions are included in Section 2 of the Companies Act, 2013. These are given below.

(12) “book and paper” and “book or paper” include books of account, deeds, vouchers, writings, documents, minutes and registers maintained on paper or in electronic form;

(13) “books of account” includes records maintained in respect of—

i.    all sums of money received and expended by a company and matters in relation to which the receipts and expenditure take place;

ii.    all sales and purchases of goods and services by the company;

iii.    the assets and liabilities of the company; and

iv.    the items of cost as may be prescribed under section 148 in the case of a company which belongs to any class of companies specified under that section;

WHAT IS MEANT BY AUDIT TRAIL?

This is defined in the IG as follow: Audit Trail (or Edit Log) is a visible trail of evidence enabling one to trace information contained in statements or reports back to the original input source. Audit trails are a chronological record of the changes that have been made to the data. Any change to data including creating new data, updating or deleting data that must be recorded. Records maintained as audit trail may include the following information:

  •  when changes were made i.e., date and time (time stamp)

 

  • who made the change i.e., User Id/Internet protocol (IP)

 

  • what data was changed i.e., data/transaction reference; success/failure

Audit trails may be enabled at the accounting software level depending on the features available in such software or the same may be captured directly in the database underlying such accounting software.

The requirement for companies applies for financial year commencing on or after 1st April, 2023. On the other hand, the requirement to report on audit trail applies to auditors only w.e.f. financial years commencing on or after 1st April, 2022. For the financial year ended 31st March, 2023, should the auditor report on the audit trail?

For the year ended 31st March, 2023, it may not be appropriate for the auditor to comment on whether audit trail is maintained or not by the company, since the requirement for companies applies only in the following year. The auditor shall state in his report this fact and not make any other observations on whether the company has complied with the requirement of audit trail or not.

WHETHER THE AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BOOKS OF ACCOUNT PREPARED MANUALLY?

The requirement applies only to books of account prepared electronically using an accounting software. It does not apply where the books of account are entirely maintained manually. In such a case, as the assessment and reporting responsibility under Rule 11(g) will not be applicable, the same would need to be reported as a statement of fact by the auditor against this clause. Wherever, some books of account are maintained manually, whereas other are maintained electronically, the requirement would apply to books of accounts maintained electronically.

WHETHER AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENT FOR BOOKS OF ACCOUNTS INCLUDE COST RECORDS?

Yes, it will include cost records because as per Section 2(13)(iv) of the Companies Act, 2013, books of accounts include cost records if it belongs to any class of companies specified under section 148 of the Companies Act, 2013. It may also apply to cost records of other companies, if the information generated by those cost records is used in some manner for the purposes of preparing the company’s trial balance or financial statements or is otherwise integrated with the financial records used for preparing financial statements.

WHETHER AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENT WOULD APPLY TO THINGS SUCH AS RENTAL AGREEMENTS OR CASH VOUCHERS, ETC?

The audit trail requirement applies to books of accounts and not books and papers. Therefore, the audit trail requirement would not apply to papers such as rental agreements or cash vouchers. In other words, if changes are made to the underlying cash voucher that was prepared digitally, there is no need to maintain an edit log for the same. However, from an internal control point of view, it is important that the authentication of the persons preparing and approving the voucher is appropriately documented on the cash voucher.

FOR AUDITOR REPORTING UNDER RULE 11(G), DOES THE REQUIREMENT APPLY TO STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (SFS) ONLY OR SHALL APPLY TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CFS)?

Section 129(4) of the Act specifically states that the provisions of the Act that apply to SFS with respect to financial statements, shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to the CFS. Therefore, the requirements apply both to SFS and CFS. However, while reporting on CFS, the auditor shall exclude certain components included in the CFS which are (a) either not companies under the Act, or (b) are incorporated outside India. The auditors of such components are not required to report on these matters since the provisions of the Act do not apply to them.The reporting on compliance with Rule 11(g) would be on the basis of the reports of the statutory auditors of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures that are companies defined under the Companies Act, 2013. The auditors of the parent company should apply professional judgment and comply with applicable Standards on Auditing, in particular, SA 600, “Using the Work of Another Auditor” while assessing the matters reported by the auditors of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures that are Indian companies.

WHICH ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE IS COVERED UNDER RULE 3(1)?

Any software that maintains records or transactions that fall under the definition of books of account as per section 2(13) of the Companies Act will be considered as accounting software for this purpose. For e.g., if sales are recorded in a standalone software and only consolidated entries are recorded monthly into the software used to maintain the general ledger, the sales software should also have the audit trail feature because it is part of the financial records.

WHETHER ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, GOVERNANCE (ESG) SOFTWARE AND ESG RECORDS ARE COVERED UNDER RULE 3(1)?

No, since ESG records do not constitute books of accounts as defined under Section 2(13) of the Companies Act, 2013.

WHETHER EDIT LOG NEEDS TO BE MAINTAINED FOR CREATION OF A USER IN THE ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE?

No, because creating a user account in the accounting software does not change the books of accounts. Nonetheless, from the perspective of internal controls, it would be necessary to have edit logs for creation of a user in the accounting software.

 

DOES TALLY PRIME LATEST VERSION HAVE EDIT LOG FEATURES?

Tally has made two different product releases, ‘TallyPrime Edit Log Release 2.1’ and the regular ‘TallyPrime release 2.1’. As per Tally, TallyPrime Edit Log Release 2.1 comes with an edit log feature enabled all the time, without an option to disable it. While TallyPrime Release 2.1 gives an option to enable/disable the edit log when required.It will be inappropriate to compare Tally to a sophisticated ERP such as SAP. Can the auditor rely on Tally as a tool on which reliance could be placed to review the inbuilt or digital controls relating to audit trail or should it be looked at as a black box? Tally’s representation that the edit log cannot be disabled or tampered with and that the inbuilt digital controls can be relied upon needs to be tested and validated by the auditor before drawing that conclusion.

Is the accounting software required to be hosted on a physical server located in India?

It should be noted that the accounting software may be hosted and maintained in or outside India or may be on-premises or on cloud or subscribed to as Software as a Service (SaaS) software. Further, a company may be using a software maintained at a service organisation. For example, the company may have outsourced its payroll processing with a shared service centre that may use its own software to process payroll for the company. On the other hand, back-up of books and papers are required to be maintained on a physical server located in India only.

IF COMPANIES (ACCOUNTS) RULES ARE NOT FOLLOWED, WILL IT TANTAMOUNT TO NON-COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AS PER SA 250 CONSIDERATION OF LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN AN AUDIT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS?

Yes, it will be a non-compliance with laws and regulations, but no additional qualification is required on this account alone if the penalty amount is likely to be insignificant. However, auditors need to consider the likelihood of frauds and conduct appropriate procedures. Also, the Audit Committee needs to be properly briefed.

DOES NON AVAILABILITY OF EDIT-LOGS IMPLY FAILURE OF INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM, AND WOULD AUDITOR NEED TO QUALIFY THE INTERNAL CONTROL REPORT?

The answer to this question would depend upon detailed facts and circumstances of the case. Sometimes mere non-availability of audit trail does not necessarily imply failure or material weakness in the operating effectiveness of internal financial controls over financial reporting. For e.g., due to some temporary glitch the audit trail may have not worked, that does not mean that the internal financial control system would deserve a negative reporting from the auditor. An important point to note is that the requirement of the audit trail applies throughout the financial year; however, as regards the internal financial control, any weaknesses if resolved prior to the end of the financial year would not attract any qualification or reservation from the auditor.

Food Co runs several restaurants, and the revenue includes a sizable portion collected in cash from the customers. The company does not have any system of edit logs associated with the cash collection process or with respect to the accounting in the sales ledger and general ledger. How should the auditor approach this situation?

This is a serious issue, and the auditor needs to consider several aspects, a few of which are listed below:1.    Should the auditor accept such a client and when already accepted, should the auditor continue doing an audit of such a client? This assessment needs to be carried out by the auditor.

2.    The auditor shall perform an assessment of risk of material misstatements due to fraud and would consider both qualitative and quantitative factors in assessing a deficiency or combination of deficiencies as a significant deficiency or material weakness. This audit procedure would accordingly require application of professional judgement while linking the reporting against Rule 11(g) and the internal control reporting requirements.

3.    The auditor may need to disclaim several clauses of CARO, such as with respect to reporting on the clause relating to fraud. The auditor would have to state that the occurrence of an error or fraud could not be established due to lack of maintenance, availability or retrievability of audit trails.

Ze Co maintains edit logs for each and every transaction; however, for a particular day during the financial year Ze could not produce any edit logs, as that system was down. What would be the auditor’s responsibility in such cases?

Audit report under Rule 11(g) is a factual reporting. The auditor will have to report the non-availability of edit logs for the particular day for reporting under Rule 11(g). The auditor will have to state in the report that edit logs were available throughout the financial year except for a particular day and provide the reason why the edits logs were not available for that day. Additionally, the auditor will also have to carry out detail procedures to validate if the absence of edit logs was or was not related to any fraud as well as evaluate the implications on the reporting on internal financial controls.

A company has outsourced its payroll processing to an external party. In such a case, whether the requirements of audit trail are applicable, and how does the auditor verify the same?

As per the requirements, the accounting software should be capable of creating an edit log of “each change made in books of account” and the audit trail feature has not been tampered with. In case of accounting software supported by service providers, the company’s management and the auditor may consider using independent auditor’s report of service organisation (e.g., Service Organisation Control Type 2 (SOC 2)/SAE 3402, “Assurance Reports on Controls at a Service Organisation”) for compliance with audit trail requirements. The independent auditor’s report should specifically cover the maintenance of audit trail in line with the requirements of the Act.

A company did not preserve audit trail for a few of its in-house application such as the payroll processing system for earlier years, though edit logs are fully preserved for the financial year commencing on and after 1st April, 2023. Whether any reporting is required by the auditor under Rule 11(g)?

The auditor is required to comment whether ‘the audit trail has been preserved by the company as per the statutory requirements for record retention’. Considering the requirement of Section 128(5) of the Act, which requires books of account to be preserved by companies for a minimum period of eight years, the company would need to retain audit trail for a minimum period of eight years, i.e., effective from the date of applicability of the Account Rules (i.e., currently 1st April, 2023, onwards). Therefore, if audit trail has not been preserved for earlier years, no reporting is required by the auditor under Rule 11(g).

As per Rule 3(1), the accounting software shall have a feature of recording audit trail of each and every transaction, creating an edit log of each change made in the books of account along with the date when such changes were made and ensuring that the audit trail cannot be disabled. Would the software ensure that the audit trail feature cannot be disabled or management has to ensure that the audit trail feature is not disabled?

Most of the commonly used accounting software, including Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) software, has an audit trail feature that can be enabled or disabled at the discretion of the company. The management of the company may have put in place certain controls such as restricting access to the administrators and monitoring changes to configurations that may impact the audit trail. Auditors are accordingly expected to evaluate management’s policies in this regard and test such controls to determine whether the feature of audit trails has been implemented and operating effectively throughout the reporting period.

The requirement should not be interpreted to conclude that if the software has the feature to disable audit trail, it should be automatically treated as non-compliant with Rule 3(1). Most advanced business applications have many features that can be enabled and disabled as per client’s business requirements. This by itself, does not create a compliance issue.

In order to demonstrate that the audit trail feature was functional, operated and was not disabled, a company would have to design and implement specific internal controls (predominantly IT controls) which in turn, would be evaluated by the auditors, as appropriate. For e.g., these could relate to

  •     Controls to ensure that the audit trail feature has not been disabled or deactivated.

 

  •     Controls to ensure that User IDs are assigned to each individual and that User IDs are not shared.

 

  •     Controls to ensure that changes to the configurations of the audit trail are authorised and logs of such changes are maintained.

 

  •     Controls to ensure that access to the audit trail (and backups) is disabled or restricted and access logs, whenever the audit trails have been accessed are maintained.

 

  •     Controls to ensure that administrative access to the audit trail is restricted to authorised representatives.

 

  •     Periodic testing of controls relating to audit trail configuration by management or internal auditors.

HOW DOES AN AUDITOR, AUDIT THE AUDIT TRAIL?

There are many direct and indirect evidences that an auditor needs to collect / review to ascertain compliance with the requirements. This includes but not limited to management representation, review, on a sample basis, the audit trail records maintained by management for each applicable year and evaluate management controls for maintenance of such records without any alteration and retrievability of logs maintained for the required period of retention.The management should ensure that an internal control system is implemented and operates effectively throughout the year. A combination of prevent and detect controls, ITGC’s, ITAC’s, should be used, supported also by Entity Level Controls (ELC’s). The management should conduct proper tests to ensure that controls are operating effectively throughout the year and take quick remedial actions in case of defects and auditors should test those controls.

Some examples of how the auditor can verify controls relating to audit trail are given below:

Controls over changes in configuration of audit trails whether those are authorised and whether logs of such changes are maintained can be verified by applying the following steps

Obtain a log of changes made to audit trail configuration made during the year.

Select sample changes made.

Ask for approvals or authorizations for such changes made.

Controls to ensure that the audit trail feature has not been disabled or deactivated; the auditor can check this from change management log in SAP.

The management should ensure that every user is assigned a User ID; auditor can take a sample of new joiners and verify if they are allotted an ID; the auditor can also verify for every User ID if there is an employee identified and that there are no dummy IDs.

Controls to ensure that User ID’s and Passwords are not shared; e.g., auditor can check for instances where multiple users log-in from the same machine (IP).

CONCLUSION

The intent of the audit trail seems to be to prevent fabrication of books through overwriting the books of accounts. The trail is expected to easily track the changes made to the books of accounts,and would require the company to explain the reasons thereof. Globally, no similar reporting obligation exists for the auditors.In the past, several instances have come to notice, where senior executives of companies have tampered with the books of accounts, without leaving any footsteps on the changes made, and who made those and at what time. Hopefully, with these changes, such instances would be significantly curtailed or exposed.

UAE’s Corporate Tax Law – An Update

In the earlier article published in BCAJ February, 2023, authors had provided an overview of the United Arab Emirates’ [UAE] newly introduced Corporate Tax Law [CT Law].

In this article, the authors endeavor to cover further developments in this respect of the CT Law since the issue of Federal Decree Law No. 27 of 2022 on 9th December, 2022. Since the CT Law has become effective for financial years starting on or after 1st June, 2023, these developments assume lot of significance.

A. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS RELATED TO CT LAW

The Federal Decree Law No. 27 of 2022 on Taxation of Corporations and Businesses was signed on 3rd October, 2022 and was published in Issue #737 of the Official Gazette of the UAE on 10th October, 2022. The UAE CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/corporate-tax/.

FAQs

The law has been supplemented with FAQs originally released on 9th December, 2022 comprising of 158 questions and answers, by the Ministry of Finance [Ministry]. The FAQs have been updated and the current Corporate Tax FAQs contain 209 questions and answers that provide guidance on the UAE CT Decree-Law. The FAQs on the CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/corporate-tax-faq/.

‘EXPLANATORY GUIDE’ ON CT LAW

The UAE’s Ministry has on 11th May, 2023 issued the ‘Explanatory Guide on Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the ‘Taxation of Corporations and Businesses’.The CT Law provides the legislative basis for imposing a federal tax on corporations and business profits in the UAE. It comprises of 20 Chapters and 70 Articles, covering, inter alia, the scope of Corporate Tax, its application, rules pertaining to compliance and the administration of the Corporate Tax regime etc.

The Explanatory Guide has been prepared by the Ministry, and provides an explanation of the meaning and intended effect of each Article of the CT Law. It may be used in interpreting the CT Law and how particular provisions of the CT Law may need to be applied.

The Explanatory Guide has to be read in conjunction with the CT Law and the relevant decisions issued by the Cabinet, the Ministry and the Federal Tax Authority [FTA] (The information on the Corporate Tax topics can be found at the link https://tax.gov.ae/en/taxes/corporate.tax/corporate.tax.topics.aspx) for the implementation of certain provisions of the CT Law. It is not, and is not meant to be, a comprehensive description of the CT Law and its implementing decisions. The Explanatory Guide on the CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/explanatory-guide-for-federal-decree-law/.

CABINET DECISIONS

The CT Law in 18 of the total 70 articles, contains enabling powers to prescribe various conditions, determine persons, list entities, prescribe relevant dates, etc. in a decision issued by the Cabinet at the suggestion of the Minister.Accordingly, the following Cabinet decisions for the purposes of Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the Taxation of Corporations and Businesses have been issued by the Prime Minister of the UAE:

Sr. No. Cabinet Decision No. Cabinet Decision regarding Issued on Relevant Article of CT Law
1. 37 of 2023 Regarding the Qualifying Public Benefit Entities 7th April,2023 Article 9 – Qualifying Public Benefit Entity
2. 49 of 2023 On Specifying the Categories of Businesses or Business Activities Conducted by a Resident or Non-Resident Natural Person subject to Corporate Tax 8th May, 2023 Article 11 – Taxable Person
3. 55 of 2023 Determining Qualifying Income for the Qualifying Free Zone Person 30th May, 2023 Article 18 – Qualifying Free Zone Person
4. 56 of 2023 Determination of a Non-Resident Person’s Nexus in the State 30th May, 2023 Article 11 – Taxable Person

The Cabinet Decisions contain a Standard Article ‘Implementing Decisions’ which provides that ‘The Minister shall issue the necessary decisions to implement the provisions of this Decision.’ Accordingly, necessary Ministerial Decisions are issued for implementation of the Cabinet Decisions, in addition to other Ministerial decisions prescribing, determining, specifying, etc under various articles of the CT Law.

MINISTERIAL DECISIONS

The Office of the Minister, Ministry of Finance of the UAE, for the purposes of Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the Taxation of Corporations and Businesses, has issued the undermentioned Ministerial Decisions:

Sr. No. Ministerial Decision No. Ministerial Decision regarding Issued on
1. 43 of 2023 Concerning Exception from Tax Registration 10th March, 2023
2. 68 of 2023 On the treatment of all businesses and business activities of a government entity as a single taxable person 29th March, 2023
3. 73 of 2023 Small Business Relief 03rd April, 2023
4. 82 of 2023 On the Determination of Categories of Taxable Persons required to prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements 10th April, 2023
5. 83 of 2023 On the Determination of the Conditions under which the presence of a Natural Person 10th April, 2023
in the state would not create a PE for a Non-Resident Person
6. 97 of 2023 On requirements for maintaining TP Documentation 27th April, 2023
7. 105 of 2023 On the Determination of the Conditions under which a person continue to be deemed as an Exempt Person  4th May, 2023
8. 114 of 2023 On Accounting Standards and Methods 9th May, 2023
9. 115 of 2023 On Private Pension Funds and Private Social Security Funds 10th May, 2023
10. 116 of 2023 On Participation Exemption 10th May, 2023
11. 120 of 2023 On the adjustments under the transitional rules 16th May, 2023
12. 125 of 2023 On tax group 22th May, 2023
13. 126 of 2023 On the general interest deduction limitation rule 23rd May, 2023
14. 127 of 2023 On unincorporated partnership foreign partnership and family foundation 24th May, 2023
15. 132 of 2023 On transfers within a qualifying group for corporate tax purposes 25th May, 2023
16. 133 of 2023 On business restructuring relief for corporate tax purposes 25th May, 2023
17. 134 of 2023 On the general rules for determining taxable income for corporate tax purposes 29th May, 2023
18. 139 of 2023 Regarding qualifying activities and excluded activities 1st June, 2023

The Cabinet and Ministerial Decisions on the CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/tax-legislation/.

B. FREE ZONE CORPORATE TAX REGIME [FZCT REGIME]

In this Article, we have analysed and focused on the Cabinet Decision No. 55 of 2023 on ‘Determining Qualifying Income’ and on 1st June, 2023 issued Ministerial Decision No. 139 of 2023 on ‘Qualifying Activities and Excluded Activities’ related to FZCT Regime.The FZCT Regime is a form of UAE Corporate Tax relief which enables Free Zone companies and branches that meet certain conditions to benefit from a preferential 0 per cent Corporate Tax rate on income from qualifying activities and transactions.

Free zones are an integral part of the UAE economy that continue to play a critical role in driving economic growth and transformation both in the UAE and internationally. In recognition of their continued importance and the tax-related commitments that were made at the time the Free Zones were established, Free Zone companies and branches that meet certain conditions can continue to benefit from 0% corporate taxation on income from qualifying activities and transactions.

Natural persons, unincorporated partnerships and sole establishments cannot benefit from the FZCT Regime. Only juridical persons can benefit from the FZCT Regime. This includes any public or private joint stock company, a limited liability company, limited liability partnership and other types of incorporated entities that are established under the rules and regulations of the Free Zone. A branch of a foreign or domestic juridical person that is registered in a Free Zone would also be considered a Free Zone Person [FZP].

A foreign company can become a FZP by transferring its place of incorporation to a UAE Free Zone and continue to exist as an entity incorporated or established in a Free Zone.

The FZCT Regime does not impose any limitations or restrictions with regards to who can establish or own a FZP.

The FZCT Regime does not restrict or prohibit a Qualifying Free Zone Person [QFZP] from operating outside of a Free Zone either in the mainland UAE or in a foreign jurisdiction. However, the income attributable to a domestic or foreign branch or Permanent Establishment [PE] of the QFZP, outside the Free Zone, will be subject to the regular UAE Corporate Tax rate of 9 per cent.

In the case of a foreign PE, the QFZP can claim relief from any double taxation suffered under the Corporate Tax Law or the applicable double tax treaty.

FREE ZONE PERSON

Chapter 5 of the CT Law comprising of Articles 18 and 19 contains relevant provisions relating to FZP.A FZP is a legal entity incorporated or established under the rules and regulations of a Free Zone, or a branch of a mainland UAE or foreign legal entity registered in a Free Zone. A foreign company that transfers its place of incorporation to a Free Zone in the UAE would also be considered a FZP.

The FZCT Regime is available only to FZPs, and this term is also used to determine what income can benefit from the regime by treating income from transactions with other FZPs as Qualifying Income.

QUALIFYING FREE ZONE PERSON [QFZP]

Article 18(1) of the CT Law provides that a QFZP is a FZP that meets all the five conditions mentioned therein i.e.
a) maintains adequate substance in a Free Zone;
b) derives Qualifying Income;
c) has not made an election to be subject to the regular UAE Corporate Tax regime;
d) comply with arm’s length principle and transfer pricing rules and documentation requirements;
e) Prepare and maintain audited financial statements.

Failure to meet any of the conditions results in a QFZP losing its qualifying status and not being able to benefit from the FZCT Regime for five (5) Tax Periods.

On 30th May, 2023, the UAE Ministry of Finance issued Cabinet Decision No. 55 of 2023 on ‘Determining Qualifying Income’ and on 1st June, 2023 issued Ministerial Decision No. 139 of 2023 on ‘Qualifying Activities and Excluded Activities’. These two decisions seek to clarify the application of the UAE corporate tax framework to UAE Free Zone businesses, and whether a taxable person qualifies to be treated as a QFZP under Article 18 of the UAE CT law.

Where a taxpayer is classified as a QFZP, Article 3(2) of the UAE CT law states that the QFZP would be subject to tax at 0 per cent on its Qualifying Income, and at a 9 per cent rate on non-Qualifying Income that it receives.

The FZCT Regime apply automatically. A QFZP that continues to meet all relevant conditions will automatically benefit from the FZCT Regime. There is no need to make an election or submit an application to the FTA.

A QFZP that does not want to benefit from the FZCT Regime can elect to apply the standard UAE Corporate Tax regime instead.

A QFZP will need to maintain documents to evidence compliance with the conditions of the FZCT Regime. In addition to maintaining audited financial statements and adequate transfer pricing documentation, a QFZP will need to maintain all relevant documents and records to evidence its compliance with the conditions to be considered a QFZP. This includes documentation in relation to the substance maintained in a Free Zone and the types of activities performed and income earned.

A QFZP is responsible for ensuring that it continues to meet all the conditions to benefit from the FZCT Regime and for filing its Corporate Tax return on this basis.

The FTA is responsible for the administration and enforcement of UAE Corporate Tax. In this capacity, the FTA can verify and make a final determination of whether a QFZP has complied with all the conditions of the FZCT Regime.

QUALIFYING INCOME

Article (3)(1) of the Cabinet Decision 55 provides that for the purposes of application of Article 18 of the CT law, ‘Qualifying Income’ of the QFZP shall include income derived from transactions with:

1. Other FZPs (except income derived from Excluded Activities);
2. A Non-Free Zone person, only in respect of ‘Qualifying activities’ that are NOT Excluded Activities;
3. Any other income (i.e. income from Excluded Activities) provided that it is below the de minimis threshold.
However, such qualifying income should not be attributable to a Domestic PE or a Foreign PE or to the ownership or exploitation of immovable property in accordance with the Article (5) and (6), respectively, of the Cabinet Decision 55.

INCOME DERIVED FROM TRANSACTIONS WITH OTHER FZPS

Income will be considered as derived from transactions with a FZP where that FZP is the ‘Beneficial Recipient’ i.e. a person who has the right to use and enjoy the service or the goods and does not have a contractual or legal obligation to pass such service or goods to another person.

QUALIFYING ACTIVITIES

Article (2)(1) of the Ministerial Decision 139 states that the following activities conducted by a QFZP shall be considered as Qualifying Activities:
(a) Manufacturing of goods or materials.
(b) Processing of goods or materials.
(c) Holding of shares and other securities.
(d) Ownership, management and operation of Ships.
(e) Reinsurance services that are subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(f) Fund management services that are subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(g) Wealth and investment management services that are subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(h) Headquarter services to Related Parties.
(i) Treasury and financing services to Related Parties.
(j) Financing and leasing of Aircraft, including engines and rotable components.
(k)Distribution of goods or materials in or from a Designated Zone to a customer that resells such goods or materials, or parts thereof or processes or alters such goods or materials or parts thereof for the purposes of sale or resale.
(l) Logistics services.
(m) Any activities that are ancillary to the activities listed in paragraphs (a) to (l) of this Clause.

EXCLUDED ACTIVITIES

Excluded Activities are defined in Article (3)(1) of the Ministerial Decision 139 which states that the following activities shall be considered as Excluded Activities:

(a) Any transactions with natural persons, except transactions in relation to the Qualifying Activities specified under paragraphs (d), (f), (g) and (j) of Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decision.
(b) Banking activities subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(c) Insurance activities subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State, other than the activity specified under paragraph (e) of Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decision.
(d) Finance and leasing activities subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State, other than those specified under paragraphs (i) and (j) of Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decision.
(e) Ownership or exploitation of immovable property, other than Commercial Property located in a Free Zone where the transaction in respect of such Commercial Property is conducted with other FZPs.
(f) Ownership or exploitation of intellectual property assets.
(g) Any activities that are ancillary to the activities listed in paragraphs (a) to (f) above.

An activity shall be considered ancillary where it serves no independent function but is necessary for the performance of the main Excluded Activity.

The activities referenced in Clause (1) of the Article shall have the meaning provided under the respective laws regulating these activities.

Where income falls within Excluded Activities this will not be treated as Qualifying Income (irrespective of where this income is derived from).

DE MINIMIS THRESHOLD

Article (4) of the Ministerial Decision 139, contains provisions related to De Minimis Requirements.A QFZP can earn Non-qualifying income from (i) Excluded Activities or (ii) activities that are non-Qualifying Activities where the other party is a Non-Free Zone Person, provided that this does not exceed the De Minimis threshold, being the lower of either (i) 5 per cent of total revenue of the QFZP in the tax period or (ii) United Arab Emirates Dirham [AED] 5 million.

Certain revenue shall not be included in the calculation of non-qualifying Revenue and total Revenue. This includes revenue attributable to certain immovable property located in a Free Zone (non-commercial property, and commercial property where transactions are with Non-Free Zone Persons). It also includes revenue attributable to a Domestic PE (e.g., a UAE mainland branch) or a Foreign PE.

OTHER CONDITIONS

Where the De Minimis threshold is breached or the QFZP does not satisfy the eligibility conditions of Article 18 of the UAE CT law or any other conditions prescribed, then the FZP shall cease to be a QFZP for the current tax period and then the subsequent four (4) tax periods i.e. they will be treated as a Taxable Person subject to 9 per cent CT rate for a minimum of five years.The implication of the FZP ceasing to be a QFZP is that all of the Taxable Income of the FZP would be subject to 9 per cent (on the Taxable Income that exceeds AED 375,000).

DOMESTIC PE

The Decisions introduce the concept of a Domestic PE where a QFZP has a place of business or other form of presence outside the Free Zone in the State.Income attributable to a Domestic PE should be calculated as if the establishment was a separate and independent person and shall be subject to CT at 9 per cent. However, it will not disqualify the FZP from benefitting from a 0 per cent CT rate on Qualifying Income, or be factored into the de minimis test (as above).

For the purposes of determining whether a QFZP has a Domestic PE, the normal PE rules of Article 14 of the CT Law shall apply. A mainland branch of a QFZP will therefore generally constitute a Domestic PE and be subject to CT at 9 per cent.

REQUIREMENT TO MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUBSTANCE

Article 18(1)(a) of the UAE CT law requires that, in order to be treated as a QFZP, the FZP has to have adequate substance in the UAE.

Article (7) of Cabinet Decision No. 55 provides that a QFZP is required to undertake its core income-generating activities in a Free Zone and having regard to the level of activities carried out, have adequate assets and an adequate number of qualifying employees, and incur an adequate amount of operating expenditures.

It is possible for this substance requirement to be outsourced to a related party in a Free Zone or a third party in a Free Zone, provided that there is adequate supervision of the outsourced activity by the QFZP. Therefore, it would not be possible for these activities to be outsourced to a UAE mainland party.

The FZCT Regime does not prescribe any minimum investment, job creation or business expansion requirements. However, a QFZP must have adequate staff and assets and incur adequate operating expenditure in a Free Zone relative to the Qualifying Income it earns.

This requirement is in line with the existing UAE economic substance regulations.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Article (5)(1)(b) of Ministerial Decision No. 139 confirms the requirement that if a FZP is seeking to be treated as a QFZP it is required to prepare audited financial statements for the tax year in accordance with any decision issued by the Minister on the requirements to prepare and maintain audited financial statements for the purposes of the CT law.Article 54(2) of the CT Law dealing with Financial Statements provides that the Minister may issue a decision requiring categories of taxable persons to prepare and maintain audited or certified financial statements.

Ministerial Decision No. 82 of 2023 on the Determination of Categories of Taxable Persons required to prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements, provides that the following categories of taxable persons shall prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements:
A Taxable Person deriving Revenue exceeding AED 50,000,000 (fifty million United Arab Emirates dirhams) during the relevant Tax Period.
1. A Qualifying Free Zone Person.
2. Thus, each QFZP is to prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements.

CONCLUSION

The release of Cabinet Decision No. 55 on Determining Qualifying Income and Ministerial Decision No. 139 on Qualifying Activities and Excluded Activities provide some clarity on the nature of a Free Zone Person’s income that will be taxed at 0 per cent, as well as the income that would disqualify the FZP (completely) from claiming the 0 per cent tax rate.The released Decisions present a huge shift in understanding of the Free Zone regime within the UAE CT framework. Notably, the introduction of a de minimis threshold will have an impact on Free Zone entities as they could be fully taxable under the new rules.

The definition of ‘Qualifying Activity’ captures a large number of domestic business activities and the provision of services to entities that are located outside of a Free Zone, as well as preserves a beneficial tax regime for the UAE headquarters functions (with headquarters and treasury services falling within the definition).

For Free Zone entities that earn income from individuals (such as earnings from e-commerce sales to individuals, retail businesses, restaurants, hotels, and to an extent professional service/consultancy firms) and UAE businesses that hold or exploit intellectual property (e.g., royalty and license fees from copyrights, trademarks), these income streams are included in the definition of ‘Excluded Activity’ income. This will result in the businesses needing to assess if this income falls within the De Minimis exclusion (being the lower of (i) 5per cent of total revenue or (ii) AED 5 million).

The regulations suggest that if the level of the Excluded Activity income falls outside the De Minimis threshold, then the entity affected would not be eligible to be treated as a QFZP and all of its income would be subject to tax at 9 per cent (under the UAE mainland tax regime). Furthermore, such a business would also be excluded from seeking to be treated as QFZP (i.e., claiming the 0 per cent rate) for the following four (4) tax periods.

It is, therefore, critical that a FZP assesses whether and the extent to which their income streams can be viewed as Qualifying Activity income (i.e., including if their Excluded Activity income falls within the De Minimis exclusion).

Free Zone businesses should ensure that they satisfy all of the requirements of Article 18 of the UAE CT law (which also includes the preparation of audited financial statements) to ensure that they continue to satisfy the conditions to be viewed as a QFZP.

With the release of these Cabinet and Ministerial decisions, and with UAE CT law now effective (accounting periods starting on or after 1 June 2023), businesses that are yet to assess the impact of UAE CT should commence this assessment, at the earliest. With the clarity now available on CT law for Free Zone, time is of essence for Companies to assess their readiness to register and comply with the new regime.

Novel 80-20 Rule for Residential Real Estate Projects (RREP)

Real estate development sector was criticised over the non-percolation of input tax credit benefit to end consumers as well as the prevalence of low cash output. The GST council took cognizance and devised a Composition scheme for residential and mixeduse projects in 2019. Though the legal process for implementing the scheme was complex, the math behind the introduction of this scheme was to augment taxes by restricting input tax credit and collecting output taxes in cash. All aspects of taxation (classification, valuation, input tax credit, reverse charge provisions, tax payment methodology, etc.) were meticulously taken up and a series of notifications were introduced. There was a concoction of multiple provisions integrated into a single notification. Among the various tax aspects introduced into the said scheme, was the novel 80-20 rule which restricted the source of procurements by real estate developers from persons not registered under GST. The said rule mandates the minimum ratio of procurements to be maintained by developers from registered (RPs) and unregistered (URPs) persons. In cases where the procurement from RPs falls short of the 80 per cent ratio (or URPs exceeds 20 per cent), a shortfall value is ascertained and tax is payable on such amounts under reverse charge basis by the Developer (can be termed as excess URP tax). Naturally, this rule was aimed to encourage procurements from RPs so that the net tax collections from residential development do not fall below the 18 per cent threshold.

ELABORATION OF RELEVANT NOTIFICATIONS

Real estate developers/ promoters (RE Promoters) engaged in the construction of residential / commercial apartments in real estate projects (RE project) were directed to comply with a composition scheme devised through a series of rate / exemption notifications1. The list of the relevant rate notifications introduced in 2019 and their specification of the 80/20 rule has been tabulated:


  1. The difference between a rate and exemption notification seems to be obscure since the Central Government is currently empowered with both the powers (i.e. rate specification and exemptions) and has issued notifications combining both the powers.

RCM Notification (N-7/2019) has been issued under section 9(4) imposing a liability on procurement of goods and services from specified categories of persons to the extent of excess URP procurements. The said notification has been linked to the RE construction services notifications (discussed below) which specifies the 80/20 rule as a condition for availing the benefit of lower rate. Though the liability is fixed under this notification, the manner of computation is with reference to RE Construction Services Notification.

RE Construction services rate/exemption Notification (11/2017 r/w 3/2019) is the master notification which specifies the rates for construction services of residential apartments. Different rates have been prescribed based on the nature of the residential project and its affordability (size and value). Five taxing entries have been introduced with the rate being subjected to certain conditions – in the current context the 80/20 rule. As tabulated above, the RCM obligation has been introduced as a ‘condition’ to the rate/ exemption entry i.e. RE promoter is required to comply with the 80/20 while availing the benefit of the lower rate of 5 per cent / 1 per cent on residential apartments. The source of this notification assumes some significance. It can be observed that the notification derives powers from multiple provisions:

Section Nature of Delegated prescription
Section-9(1) Power of fixation of rate of goods/ services (absolute power)
Section-9(3) Power to prescribe RCM tax on ‘specified categories’ of goods or services
Section-9(4) Power to prescribe a ‘class of registered persons’ who would be liable to pay RCM tax on ‘specified categories’ of goods or services
Section-11(1) Power to grant absolute or conditional exemptions
Section-15(5) Power w.r.t. determination of value of supply
Section-16(1) Power to impose conditions and restrictions for availment of input tax credit
Section-148 Special procedures for certain class of registered persons

The subject notification has derived powers from multiple statutory provisions including the provisions of section 9(3)/ 9(4) which impose RCM tax on taxable persons. While the said notification appears to have comprehensive provisions for RCM assessment (identification, valuation and rate of tax) on excess URP procurements, it should be appreciated that the RE construction services notification by itself does not impose RCM liability on URP procurements. The said notification merely provides the mechanism to comply with the RCM liability, while the liability is fastened only by virtue of the RCM notification (7/2019).

 

Goods Rate Notification (N-1/2017 r/w 3/2019) – A new entry 452P has been inserted specifying a 18 per cent rate for all goods (other than capital goods and cement) excessively procured from URPs. An explanation has been appended to entry 452P which attempts to override other entries and fixes the rate of 18 per cent on all goods excessively procured from URPs even though they may be covered by a more specific description or HSN heading. The purpose of this notification is to specify a standard rate of 18 per cent for the entire excessive procurement irrespective of the nature/ HSN of goods. An imposition of a default rate of 18 per cent for all goods on excess procurements obviates the requirement of identification of the HSN of goods which comprise the URP basket under the 80/20 rule.

 

Services Rate/Exemption Notification (N-11/2017 r/w 8/2019) – The services rate notification has also been amended with a new entry 39 specifying 18 per cent rate for all services excessively procured from URPs irrespective of their classification under the SAC schedule. Like the goods rate notification, an explanation has been appended to Entry 39 which imposes tax on excess procurement even though they may be covered by a more specific description or HSN heading. Again, the purpose of this notification is to specify a standard rate of 18 per cent irrespective of the nature/ HSN of services.

SUMMARY OF 80-20 RULE (EXCESS URP TAX)

A summary of the notifications leads to the following conclusions:

–   RE promoters availing the benefit of lower rate are permitted to procure their inputs and input services from URPs subject to a threshold cap of 20 per cent;

–   Any excess procurements from URPs (or shortfall procurements from RPs) would result in an RCM tax liability on the RE promoter to the extent of the excess/ shortfall i.e. minimum ratio of 80-20 (RP:URP) is to be maintained;

–   Any input or input service on which tax is already paid on RCM basis would be treated as part of the 80 per cent basket from registered persons;

–   Goods & Services rate notifications carve out a special entry pegging the rate at 18 per cent on the value of excess procurement;

–   Computation would have to be performed on a ‘project level’ for each financial year from commencement until the completion of the project;

–   Prescribed form (DRC-03) on the common portal would be available for reporting the shortfall of 80-20 rule tax;

–   Capital Goods and Cements must necessarily be procured from RPs and any procurement from URPs would be liable at the rate of 18 per cent / 28 per cent respectively;

–   The excess procurement tax would be payable in the month of June following the relevant financial year(s) – RCM tax on cement and capital goods would be payable on the month of receipt itself;

–   Value of input or input services in the form of grant of development rights, long term lease of land, floor space index, or the value of electricity, high speed diesel, motor spirit and natural gas used in construction of residential apartments in a project shall be excluded.

PROCEDURE FOR 80/20 RULE COMPUTATION

The 80/20 Rule specified in the construction services entry has provided for certain enumerations for imposition of RCM liability. The following flowchart provides the manner of computation of the value which would be subjected to RCM:

Step 1 – Identification of inputs and input services

The first step in the said process would be ascertain the inputs and input services. The said terms are well defined as follows:

 

“(59) “input” means any goods other than capital goods used or intended to be used by a supplier in the course or furtherance of business;

(60) “input service” means any service used or intended to be used by a supplier in the course or furtherance of business;

Therefore, all goods (other than capitalised items) purchased by the RE promoter in respect of the business activity would be inputs. Even though cement procurements would be considered as inputs, they have been delineated for URP-RCM calculation in view of the higher rate applicable at 28 per cent. Capital goods (being goods which are capitalised) would be excluded from the calculation and liable to RCM irrespective of the quantum. Similarly, all services (irrespective of being capitalised or not) availed by the RE promoter would qualify as input services.

The scope of the term’s inputs and input service needs consideration. The definition seems to be very simple to include all goods and services used in the business activity to be included in the 80/20 formula. The definition of goods (under section 2(52)) and services (under section 2(102) would be applicable to this formula. Consequently, items which are neither goods nor services would fall outside the phrase inputs/ input service. Take for example salary and wages paid to URPs by the RE promoter in respect of the construction of the project. In terms of Schedule III, the said costs are neither supply or goods or services in view of the ‘employee-employer’ relationship. Cases which are outside the defined scope of good/ services would not fall for consideration in the 80/20 rule. The Government FAQ on this aspect also affirms this conceptual understanding –

 

FAQ – 15. The condition in Notification No. 3/2019 specifies that 80% of inputs and input services should be procured from registered person. What about expenditure such as salaries, wages, etc. These are not supplies under GST [Sl. 1 of Schedule III]. Now, my question is, whether such services will be included under input services for considering 80% criteria?

Services by an employee to the employer in the course of or in relation to his employment are neither a goods nor a service as per clause 1 of the Schedule III of CGST Act, 2017. Therefore, salaries and wages paid by promoter to his employees will not be relevant for the minimum purchase requirement of 80%.

 

Step 2 – Identification of supplier of such inputs / input services

This step requires identification of the registration status of the supplier of inputs / input services. A supplier could be unregistered under GST on account of (a) turnover falling below the taxable threshold (b) not engaged in any supply/ business activity (c) exclusively engaged in exempt activity (d) exclusively engaged in RCM activity where recipient is liable to pay tax (e) compulsory de-registration on account of non-compliance or fraudulent activity. All such suppliers would qualify as unregistered persons and supplies therefrom would fall within the 20 per cent basket. Certain challenges arise while identifying the registration status of a supplier.

 

Retrospective Cancellation – Logically speaking, the status of registration of a supplier would have to be ascertained on the date of the transaction. Now, let’s take a case where a RE promoter avails supplies from a supplier having valid registration but is subjected to retrospective cancellation under section 29(2). The RE promoter would have naturally aggregated the supplies from such person(s) in the RP basket and established compliance with the 80/20 rule. After the computation and payment of the RCM, it has come to the knowledge of the RP that the registration of the supplier has been retrospectively cancelled. Generally, the RP would have also charged taxes on such inputs/ input services.

One of the objectives of imposing the URP-RCM is to augment revenue by balancing the tax on inputs as well as output taxes. URPs would have not levied tax on their supplies and hence an obligation has been placed on the RE promoter as a recipient of URP supplies to discharge tax and balance the loss of revenue under the reduced rate. Where the cancelled RPs have charged the tax on their supplies (having registration at the relevant point of time), a view can be adopted that retrospective cancellation does not alter the tax status of the transaction and hence the condition of the notification has stands complied. Moreover, the notification lacks any provision to perform a ‘true-up adjustment’ akin to Rule 42 based on change in registration status. In the absence of any specific provision for consequential reworking of retrospective cancellation, it appears that retrospective cancellation may not warrant a re-working of the 80/20 rule.

 

Filtration of supplies which are from RPs and URPs – The recent experience from revenue audits suggest that officers have the tendency to take gross expenditure reported in the Profit & Loss account of the RE promoter (exclude the salary costs and depreciation) and compare the composition of RPs and URPs with reference to the input/ input services reported in GSTR-2A. Take for example the table below:

Particular Amount Ratio
Total Expense in P&L a/c 100
Less: Payroll Cost (20)
Less: Depreciation (10)
Less: Non-supply costs/ accounting provisions (20)
Input/ Input services of project 50 100 per cent
GSTR-2A inputs/ input services 30 60 per cent
Balance deemed as URPs 20 40 per cent

The revenue authorities are adopting a summary approach to ascertain the compliance with 80/20 rule. They believe that the only a credible source of information for RP procurements is the GSTR-2A. The balance is deemed to be obtained from URPs. This approach fails to appreciate that in many cases the suppliers report their invoices in B2C column and hence they do not reflect in the GSTR-2A. There is a burden placed on the RE promoter to prepare the expense register with corresponding GSTINs of suppliers involved. Since the burden of proof to establish compliance with an exemption notification is on the tax-payer, the cumbersome process would necessarily have to be followed by the tax-payers.

 

Step 3 – Identification of inputs or input services ‘used for supplying the service’

This is the most critical step and ambiguous leg in ascertainment of the GST liability under RCM. The said provision states that RCM liability would be imposed only on such inputs or input services which are ‘used for supplying the service’. This phrase is relatively ambiguous and leaves us with the question of whether RCM is imposable on the entire gamut of input or input services which are received the RE promoter. The specific questions in this regard are (a) whether all business related inputs/ input services are amenable to RCM or only such inputs/ input services which are having a nexus with the construction services of flats amenable to RCM (Nexus vis-à-vis construction activity or business activity); (b) what is the extent of nexus required with construction activity, whether indirect costs / apportioned costs would fall into consideration (Direct and/ or indirect nexus with construction activity); (c) whether there should also be a nexus with the exemption entry itself (Nexus with exemption entry);

 

Issue A – Nexus Issue vis-à-vis entire business activity: The rule provides for imposition of RCM on inputs/ input services used in supplying the service. On the other hand, the terms input and input services have been defined with reference to the ‘overall business activity’ of a taxable person. The business activity of a taxable person is wide enough to include all streams of supplies (construction services, other taxable or non-leviable supplies, etc.). Take for example a promoter who is engaged in construction activity of residential flats as well as engaged in sale of residential plots (which is a non-leviable activity) and residential project maintenance activity (a completely taxable activity). Though all business costs would form part of the definition of inputs/input services, only those inputs/ input services which are used for supplying the construction services
would fall into the 80/20 pool. To reiterate, only those inputs and input services which are ‘used in supplying the construction service of residential flats’ are to be considered. In the said example, inputs/ input services exclusively pertaining to the plotted development and the maintenance activity would fall outside consideration. Reference can also be made to the explanation to the proviso which mandates the promoter to maintain ‘project wise accounts’ for the RE project and RCM is to be discharge on a yearly basis for the relevant project only.

 

Issue B – Direct or indirect nexus with Construction costs – The RCM notification, which is the primary notification imposing RCM liability, makes a reference to the excess procurements from URPs for the purpose of ‘construction of the project’. Thus, reading the rate/ exemption notification and the RCM notification in tandem appears to lead to the conclusion that RCM liability is imposable only on such costs which meet both the criteria’s – i.e.

– Used for supplying the construction services; and

– Used for construction of the project.

Therefore, the expenses should not only be used for providing the construction service, it shall also be related to the cost of construction of the RE project. Inputs and input services exclusively related to other business activities or undertaken at the management or corporate level operations may not fall into the 80/20 pool. A tabulation of certain typical costs incurred
by a Promoter during his business activity may be analysed:

Nature of Costs Extent of Nexus Includability
CONSTRUCTION SERVICE RELATED COSTS
Civil construction costs Direct Nexus – exclusive to Construction costs Yes
Common amenities costs Direct nexus – exclusive to construction costs Yes
Goodwill for land Direct Nexus – Debate on being input services Debatable if in nature of development rights
Post OC Finishing costs Direct Nexus – exclusive to construction services Debatable since RCM is imposable only upto Project OC date
Marketing costs Having indirect nexus with construction costs but used for construction services May be
Government related costs Direct nexus with construction costs Yes
Rental accommodation for existing redevelopment projects Direct nexus with construction services but strictly not a construction cost May be
CORPORATE BUSINESS/ ENTITY LEVEL COSTS
Director Sitting Fees Common Excludible
Interest costs Common Excludible
Corporate office Rentals Common Excludible
Corporate administrative Costs Common Excludible
Brand promotion/ Marketing Common Debatable

The criteria for inclusion of the procurements are its linkage to the construction services and the ascertainment of whether they are ‘construction costs’. Evidently, the notification does not specify whether such nexus should be direct or indirect and exclusive or common. Moreover, where common costs are incurred for multiple projects/ business segments, the notification does not provide for an apportionment mechanism for such costs. The Government FAQ (extracted below) indicates that common costs should be apportioned among the various projects on a carpet area basis.

“FAQ – 5. In case of a Real Estate Project, comprising of Residential as well as Commercial portion (more than 15%), how is the minimum procurement limit of 80% to be tested, evaluated and complied with where the Project has single RERA Registration and a single GST Registration and it is not practically feasible to get separate registrations due to peculiar nature of building(s)?

 

The promoter shall apportion and account for the procurements for residential and commercial portion on the basis of the ratio of the carpet area of the residential and commercial apartments in the project.”

It is here where a decisive tax position may have to be taken by promoters to implement the rule. A conservative view would be to identify all direct project-related costs in terms of commercial principles (cost centre accounting). To this direct cost a reasonable apportionment of common costs (either based on carpet area or turnover etc.) may be adopted and such costs may be loaded onto the direct project costs. In the above table, if a RE promoter incurs common marketing costs for multiple projects, it may apportion the yearly marketing costs to each project on carpet area basis and then apply the rule against each project independently.

 

Issue C –Nexus Issue vis-à-vis construction services activity: One may recall that the 80/20 rule has been introduced as a condition to an exemption entry w.r.t construction services rendered by a promoter in a residential real estate project. The RCM notification parallelly imposes the tax liability on the promoter who avails the benefit of the exemption entry under the rate notification. This leads to a pressing conclusion that 80/20 rule is applicable only to such supplies which are availing the benefit of the exemption entry. Therefore, the question which may require consideration is whether the input and input service must have a nexus with the supply of construction service. Can one infer that only such supply activities taxable under the construction service entry of the rate/ exemption notification would be subjected to the 80/20 rule?

We are all aware that only under-construction booked flats are liable to tax by virtue of Schedule II – on the converse, flats which are un-booked/ in stock until issuance of OC and / or are sold after issuance of the OC are not considered as supply in terms of Schedule II read with Schedule III. Accordingly, these flats do not require the cover of an exemption entry.

The RE promoter would incur common costs for all flats comprised in the RE project. The exemption entry would operate only once the levy is attracted i.e. receipt of sums of money for under-construction flats. Consequently, the 80/20 rule should operate only to the limited extent of the residential flats which were booked/ sold by the RE promoter prior to OC date. If the exemption entry is said to operate only to the extent the project is booked, then inputs and input services pertaining to the flats which were lying unbooked or sold after OC would stand excluded from the RCM liability. Let’s understand this by way of an example – the progression of the flats booked by the end-customer in the RE project and the implication of the 80/20 Rule could be interpreted as follows:

Year % of flats booked Applicability of Exemption entry & 80/20 rule Remarks
Y1 Project Launch – 10 per cent On 10 per cent 10 per cent flats taxable
Y2 Under construction – 40 per cent On 40 per cent 40 per cent flats are taxable
Y3 Upto Occupancy Certificate – 80 per cent On 70 per cent 70 per cent flats are taxable
Y4 Post OC Sale/ Unbooked Flats – 20 per cent On 70 per cent Balance 30 per cent flats are not supplied

The above table depicts that the Company would be incurring common costs (in form of inputs and input services) for the entire project tenure from Y1 to Y4 for all the residential flats comprising the project. The simple reading of the proviso to the exemption entry implies that the 80/20 rule operates on the entire project costs. But one should also not lose sight of the fact that the 80/20 rule is a condition for an exemption entry. The RCM entry is also linked to such exemption entry. Therefore, in Y1 it appears that only 10 per cent of the project cost would be amenable to the 80/20 Rule; in Y2 only 40 per cent of the project cost would be amenable to the said rule and in Y3 70 per cent of the project cost would be subjected to this rule. Flats which remain unbooked or sold post OC do not require the shelter of the exemption entry and hence need not be subjected to the 80/20 rule.

Though this interpretation and its consequential apportionment is not explicit in the proviso or RCM notification, the fact that the RCM liability is tagged to the exemption entry gives legal credibility to this interpretation. A reasonable / rational approach would be to compute the RCM liability for the entire project under the 80/20 rule and then apportion them to the extent of the percentage of flats booked in the project. This approach would certainly face resistance from the revenue authorities who believe that RCM is an independent / stand-alone provision for taxation and hence the entire project is subjected to 80/20 rule.

Similar issue arises where certain RE promoters are offering the land owner’s share of flats as a works contract service rather than construction service and discharging tax at the head line rate of 18 per cent instead of 5 per cent. While RE promoters have a legal rationale for fixing the tax at 18 per cent, a connected complication emerges on the front of the 80/20 rule. Re-iterating the principle stated above, the RE promoter is discharging tax to the extent of land owner’s share as a contractor under works contract service category and is not availing the benefit of the exemption entry. Therefore, the 80/20 rule cannot be said to extend its domain of operations on other taxing/ exemption entries. 80/20 rule would have to be trimmed to this extent in such scenarios. The Government FAQ in this context may be relied for this purpose. It clearly excludes the applicability of 80/20 rule where the tax is being paid under a different entry of the rate/ exemption notification.

 

FAQ 17. – Whether the condition of receiving 80% of inputs and input services from the registered person shall be applicable if the developer opts to continue to pay tax at the old rates of 12%/8% in respect of an ongoing project?

 

No, if the developer opts to continue to pay tax at the old rates of 12%/8% in respect of an ongoing project, the condition of receiving 80% of inputs and input services from the registered person doesn’t apply.

 

POST OC COSTS/ COMPUTATION OF 80-20 RULE

RE promoters incur costs even after issuance of occupancy certificate. The said costs could be in the nature finishing costs (housekeeping, fittings, etc.), post OC receipt of invoices from contractor, etc. 80/20 rule provides that the RE promoter would have to compute the RCM liability for each financial year until the issuance of the OC. The literal wordings limit the operation of the rule only for inputs and input services received upto to OC. This is despite that the RE promoter is in the process of handing over possession/ registration of pre-booked flats during the construction stage and is yet to offer the said dues for taxation under the construction services entry. We reach a situation where the RE promoter would be availing the benefit of the exemption entry for Post OC receipts of under-construction pre-booked flats but is not under the obligation to discharge the RCM under the 80/20 rule. This is primarily because the time frame of applicability of the 80/20 rule is from the date of commencement of the project until issuance of the occupancy certificate. We may recall that the provisions of 13(3) which fix the time of supply on RCM activity at the time of making payments or sixty days from the date of issuance of the invoice by the supplier. Going by the time of supply provisions, all payments made to URPs after the OC would be outside the scope of the 80/20 rule.

Step 4 – Discharge of Tax / Rate and Value

Exemption entry under Exemption Notification vis-à-vis Rate notification

The other aspect is the inclusion of taxable and exempt supplies of goods and/or services. By taxable supplies we refer to those supplies which are leviable to specific rate under the rate/ exemption notification (say 5 per cent, 12 per cent, etc.). Exempt supplies are those which are wholly exempt under the exemption notification (NIL rate). The current structure of the notifications is framed as follows:

– Rates for goods are notified in N-1/2017

– Wholly exempt goods are notified in N-2/2017

– Rate for services / partially exempt services are notified in N-11/2017

– Wholly exempt services are notified in N-12/2017

The point for consideration is whether the RCM liability can be fixed at the headline rate of 18 per cent on all goods/ services including those which are partially / wholly exempt. Take for example, purchase of water (which is wholly exempt goods) and interest on borrowings (which is wholly exempt service). In literal terms the said goods / services would qualify as ‘inputs’ / ‘input services’ and hence form part of 80-20 rule computation. The supplier while supplying the goods would have claimed exemption under the goods / services exemption notification respectively. But by virtue of special entry (452Q of the goods rate notification and 39 of the services notification), the very same transaction at the recipient’s end appears to be subjected to imposition of a 18 per cent tax rate to the extent such costs along with other costs cross the 20 per cent URP threshold. Two concerns arise here (a) the transaction is being viewed differently at the supplier’s end (by grant of exemption) and differently at the recipient’s end (by imposing a 18 per cent liability). Moreover, the Government is taking away the benefit granted at the supplier’s end (which ultimately benefits the recipient) by imposing a tax at the recipient’s end. Is this permissible or legally intended? The Government FAQ in this context is below”

“FAQ – 18. Whether the inward supplies of exempted goods/services shall be included in the value of supplies from unregistered persons while calculating 80% threshold?

 

Yes. Inward supplies of exempted goods/services shall be included in the value of supplies from unregistered persons while calculating 80% threshold.”

We take a step forward to understand the operation of the rate/exemption notification vis-à-vis RCM notification. The source of the rate/exemption notifications assumes significance. Section 9(1) imposes the liability of GST supplies at the rates notified by the Government. Section 9(1) is a charging provision which specifies the subject-matter of tax, its taxable value, its taxable rate and the taxable person. Section 11(1) is an extension of the said provision which provides for a partial or a full exemption to specified categories of goods/ services. By application of these sections, one ascertains the tax payable on supply transactions.

Sections 9(3)/ 9(4), on the other hand, are merely collection provisions whereby the recipient has been fastened with the last aspect of levy i.e. the person by whom tax is payable. These sections operate vis-à-vis the discharge of tax liability and not with respect fixation of the levy (i.e. fixation of rates / value on which tax is payable). To address this, the policy makers have inserted specific entries i.e. Entry 452Q in goods rate schedule and Entry 39 in services rate schedule. The said entries specifically state that despite goods/services being specifically classifiable elsewhere, in respect of the value representing the excess procurement from URPs, the said entry would prevail over all other specific entries. Therefore, there are conflicting rates in the rate schedule – one being the rate under which the goods/ services are classifiable and the other being the special entry introduced by virtue of the 80/20 rule. Going by the explanations to the special entry, the said special entry would prevail over default entry.

But it is important to carefully note that this overriding implication extends only to the rate schedule (i.e. Notification 1/2017 for goods or 11/2017 for services). The extract of the overriding explanation is worth noting:

 

“Explanation. – This entry is to be taken to apply to all services which satisfy the conditions prescribed herein, even though they may be covered by a more specific chapter, section or heading elsewhere in this notification.”

Emphasis should be placed on the phrase ‘this notification’ which clearly implies that the explanation does not extend its operations to other notifications (including the exemption notification 2/2017 for goods and 12/2017 for services). Keeping this inference in mind, we should apply the provisions of section 9(1) r/w 11(1). Now let’s go back to the water/ interest example which is specified as wholly exempt by virtue of 11(1). The baseline rate in the rate schedule would typically fall under the residuary category of 18 per cent. The special entry for RCM also imposes tax at 18 per cent and the said special entry could prevail over the default entry specified in the rate notification. But on the other hand, the exemption notification grants a complete exemption to water/ interest. Can these conflicting conclusions be reconciled? The possible answer would be that the special entry prescribed for imposition of tax at 18 per cent on all goods/services would extend only to the rates notification and cannot override the exemption notification. Though tax is payable at 18 per cent, by virtue of an exemption notification, the said goods would stand to be completely exempt in terms of section 11(1). Hence, RCM may not be payable on such exempt goods despite the special entry introduced for RCM purposes. The repercussion of this conclusion would give rise to the question of what is comprised in the excess value of URPs. The table below depicts the challenge:

Goods Rate Composition to Total Cost
Sand Taxable 5 per cent
Wood Taxable 10 per cent
Water Exempt 5 per cent
Jelly Taxable 5 per cent
Total URP composition 25 per cent
Excess URP purchase 5 per cent

The question here would be on the attribution of the 5 per cent excess URP purchase to a particular commodity to decide its taxability/ exemption. The law is clearly silent on this aspect and one reaches a dead-end to implementation of the Rule. While one may claim absence of a machinery mechanism, a conservative taxpayer would discharge the tax assuming that all taxable and exempt activities are includible in the 80/20 rule and subjected to the 18 per cent headline rate.

OTHER ISSUES IN IMPLEMENTATION OF 80/20 RULE

Interplay of section 9(3) – specified list of RCMs and 9(4) – RCM on URP procurements

 

The other interesting issue arises in the inter-play of RCM liability emerging from notification issued u/s 9(3) as well as 9(4). Take the table below as an example:

 

Services/ Goods Covered under notification 9(3) Covered under Notification 9(4)
Lawyer services Yes Yes, if the supplier unregistered
Goods transport services Yes Yes, if the supplier unregistered
Sponsorship services Yes Yes, if the supplier unregistered
Services from the Central/ State Government Yes Yes, if the supplier unregistered
Services of renting of motor cab in specific instances Yes Yes, if the supplier unregistered

 

Therefore, certain services are due for RCM liability under both notifications. One would simply believe that the consequence would be neutral as RCM is payable in either scenario. But such a belief is not true. Take for instance a case where these services are procured from unregistered suppliers but fall below the 20 per cent threshold. In such a scenario, the RE construction services notification read with the RCM notification issued under section 9(4) would not obligate the RE promoter to discharge the tax to the extent it falls below the 20 per cent threshold. We may also note that RE construction services notification contains a provision which reads as follows:

“Provided also that inputs and input services on which tax is paid on reverse charge basis shall be deemed to have been purchased from registered person”;

Curiously, the said proviso only states that once tax is paid under RCM basis on certain inputs/ input services, they shall be deemed to have been purchased from registered persons even-though they have been actually purchased from URPs. The proviso operates only on such inputs/ input services where the tax is paid and does not conclude on whether tax is payable at all on such overlapping RCM provisions. The purpose of this proviso is two-fold (a) to avoid consequence of double taxation of RCM under section 9(3) and 9(4); (b) to treat the RCM tax paid on excess procurements as part of the 80 per cent pool and make an otherwise non-compliant service provider, a compliant service provider after payment of the RCM tax, thereby protecting the exemption. But the proviso no-where breaks the conflict arising from simultaneous operation of both section – 9(3) and 9(4).

A conservative view would be to hold that section 9(3) RCM liability would continue to be payable (being a specific entry and applicable to all persons without any exception). Moreover, the RCM notification is not intended to grant any exemption of RCM liability to inputs/inputs services which were previously taxable – the situation is status quo as regards lawyer/ GTA, etc. activities. RCM notification under section 9(4) was introduced to place a new liability on input/input services which are not previously taxable. Therefore, RCM would still be payable in terms of 9(3) and once the RCM liability is paid, the said amounts would fall within the RP basket by virtue of the proviso extracted above. Alternatively, an aggressive view would be that both notifications operate in tandem, but the notification 9(4) is more specific for RE promoters. Moreover, since such notification entry is subsequent to the introduction of entry in notification 9(3), the entry in Notification 9(4) would have overriding effect. Consequently, such lawyer and other specified services falling with the 20% threshold would not be liable for RCM to such extent.

INTER-PLAY OF INPUTS/ INPUT SERVICES WITH PLACE OF SUPPLY PROVISIONS

The basic tenets of imposition of GST liability involve ascertainment of the inter-state or intra-state character of a supply. Once this is decided, the supply transaction is to be legally examined within the confines of the respective statute and notification (i.e. intra-state supply would be subjected to CGST/SGST notifications and inter-state supply would be subjected to IGST notifications). Even in the context of RCM, the recipient has to assess the inter-state/ intra-state character of a supply and discharge its liability accordingly. Curiously the 80/20 rule does not lay down any guideline on this aspect. All RE promoters would charge CGST/SGST taxes on their output supplies on account of the POS provisions. Hence, they avail the benefit of the CGST/ SGST notification and do not have to draw any reference to the corresponding IGST rate/exemption notification.

But they may be availing inter-state inputs and services from both RPs as well as URPs2. Two challenges emerge herein: (A) Whether inputs and services specified under the RCM notifications include only those which meet the CGST/ SGST provisions (i.e. intra-state inputs/ input services) or even those which meet the IGST provisions (i.e. inter-state inputs/ input services); and (B) Can an intra-state notification impose RCM liability for an inter-state input/ input service? The RCM notification can be referred herein. While CGST is properly worded, the IGST notification and the corresponding RCM notification apply only when IGST exemption is being availed under the IGST Act:

Sl. No. Category of supply of goods and services Recipient of goods and services
(1) (2) (3)
1 Supply of such goods and services or both [other than services by way of grant of development rights, long term lease of land (against upfront payment in the form of premium, salami, development charges, etc.) or FSI (including additional FSI)] which constitute the shortfall from the minimum value of goods or services or both required to be purchased by a promoter for construction of project, in a financial year (or part of the financial year till the date of issuance of completion certificate or first occupation, whichever is earlier) as prescribed in notification No. 8/2017-Integrated Tax (Rate), dated 28th June, 2017, at Items (i), (ia), (ib), (ic) and (id) against Serial No. (3), published in Gazette of India vide G.S.R. No. 683(E), dated 28th June, 2017, as amended. Promoter

2. Section 24 provides compulsory registration where the inter-state supply is a taxable supply and possibly exempt suppliers would not have availed compulsory registration despite inter-state supplies

A decisive answer to both the questions may be slightly elusive. One may interpret the IGST entry as having reference to inputs and input services only on application of the IGST statute and the IGST rate/exemption notification. Where the RE promoter is discharging tax under the CGST statute and CGST rate/ exemption notification, the input and inputs services having an inter-state character would stand excluded. This is apparent from the reading of the IGST-RCM notification (7/2019-IGST(R)) which imposes IGST-RCM liability only with reference to the prescription/ quantification as per the IGST exemption notification and falls short from referring to the CGST/SGST exemption entry. There is no apparent cross-linkage among the IGST and CGST/SGST act and their RCM and the rate/ exemption notifications. Thus, literal wordings lead to the pressing interpretation that IGST-RCM may not be payable when applying the CGST/SGST rate/ exemption entry. RE promoters would not be liable to include inter-state inputs/ input services while ascertaining the CGST/SGST liability under the 80/20 rule.

 

CONCLUSION

The fiscal benefits of a complicated rule such as this should be ascertained by policy makers from the revenue collection statistics. Where the tax collections are insignificant in comparison to the legal complexities and administrative burden, an attempt should be made to simplify the rate notification and ease the business enterprise from the burden of the 80/20 rule. This apart, the initial concerns of stakeholders that the RE notification is complicated and challenging to comprehend seems to have dwindled over the years and the RE promoters have accepted the composition scheme as the norm for the future thereby re-working their project costs with much more certainty. The RE promoters opting for this notification have experienced significant drop in their compliance burden in terms of ITC availment, 2A matching, vendor followup and most importantly project economics. The only urge of the industry is that since the industry is now following main-stream economy, it is time to reduce the overall impact of transaction taxes on this sector.

Future of Audit: The Transformation Agenda

 
BACKGROUND
The audit profession is as old as civilisation itself, but its relevance is being questioned today, perhaps more strongly than ever before. This article is an attempt to identify the root causes for the erosion of confidence in the audit function and actions required to transform this profession particularly in the context of India’s growth and the aspiration of the Indian Auditing Profession to be the world leader.

 

Having been part of the audit profession for over four decades my views may be somewhat biased in favor of the profession though I have tried to be impartial in my assessment of the state of the profession and the actions required to transform the audit function.

 

Auditing limited companies, made mandatory around a hundred years before, was always a check on the so-called ‘principal/agent problem’ inherent in the corporate form of business. As Adam Smith once pointed out, “managers of other people’s money could not be trusted to be as prudent with it as they were with their own”.

 

After more than seven decades of statutory recognition in India, the auditing profession is in the twilight zone transitioning from one era to another. There is a general feeling of concern, angst and helplessness. Critics of the profession believe there has been a significant delay, while hardcore loyalists passionately believe that its past glory is intact, if not enhanced and spoken glowingly about the profession’s contribution to nation building. The loyalists allege that a lot of criticism (including from its members) is biased and incorrect. I personally believe the condition of the audit profession world over and in our country is not as bad as the critics point it, nor is it as sparkling as loyalists profess it to be.

 

Whatever be the reality, it is time for introspection and taking corrective steps to make the audit function “fit for the future”. To determine the appropriate steps, we begin by:

 

  • Understanding the present situation, i.e., the current state
  • Analysing the trends, challenges, headwinds and tailwinds, and
  • Evaluating and considering the impact of external and internal factors.

 

CURRENT STATE
Ever since the dawn of the 21st century, the world has been plagued by several corporate failures, from Enron, Worldcom, etc., to the more recent Carillion in UK and Wirecard in Germany. In many of these, there are allegations of governance failures, frauds and audit failures.

 

Closer home in our country, too, we have witnessed failures and frauds in financial services entities and other companies in the business of technology, steel, jewellery, real estate, construction, etc.

 

Whilst laying the blame at the feet of the audit profession for what could be business failures and not necessarily audit failures may be inappropriate, it cannot be denied that in some cases, the auditors have failed to detect large craters in the balance sheet and not just holes in the balance sheet. A senior Indian Government official rightly remarked: “we don’t expect auditors to find a needle in a haystack, but surely their duty extends to finding the elephant in the room!”

Some concerns arising out of these failures are:

 

  • World’s most prominent companies with the best systems, reputed auditors, high profile boards collapsing suddenly overnight under the weight of shoddy accounting and auditing with no warning signals
  • Poor corporate governance
  • Lack of ethical behavior
  • Savings and retirement plans evaporating – in many cases, overnight
  • Investors experiencing complete erosion of the value of their investments
  • Erosion of credibility of oversight and enforcement actions
  • Auditors missing glaring signs

 

Tim Steer, in his book titled “The Signs Were There” states “….the dives in share prices and the company disasters that resulted in bankruptcy could have been predicted by a little more than a browse through the annual reports if you know where to look….the warning signs are regularly there in the form of accounting shenanigans or other clear signs that the business is changing direction for the worse, or that excellent results are being reported only because of one-off and non-recurring items. Often these red flags are either not seen or are ignored by investors and other stakeholders.

 

Tim Steer further states in the context of the failure of Carillion in the UK, “the collapse in January 2018 of Carillion, which had received enormous amounts of public money as one of the UK government’s favourite construction and support service companies, is just one in a long line of corporate disasters where even a cursory look at the balance sheet by anyone with a smattering of financial training would have evoked a feeling of dejavu and the realisation that the company was heading for a fall”.

 

In his Review Report on quality and effectiveness of audit, Sir Donald Brydon stated: “The quality and effectiveness of audit has become an increasingly contested issue …….Audit is not broken, but it has lost its way and all the actors in the audit process bear some measure of responsibility.

 

Regulators, too, have expressed similar sentiments. These statements correctly reflect the state of the auditing function in India and the rest of the world.

 

What are the causes? What should be done to fix it? What is the future? I will deal with these later in the article, as we must first also consider the trends, challenges, headwinds and tailwinds, if any, impacting the audit function.

 

TRENDS, CHALLENGES AND HEADWINDS
The future of auditing, if done the way it is presently, is indeed bleak, given the developments in technology and other changes in regulations, headwinds, etc. The audit function was designed in another century. Built to last, as the saying goes. It was not built to withstand rapid, radical change. A twentieth-century system cannot function forever and effectively in the 21st century.

 

So what is the conclusion? Has our audit function, which I was a part of for over four decades, suddenly decayed or have the audit professionals become cowboys or toxic? The answer is a firm ‘NO’. We are transitioning from another era and are undergoing the labor pains of a new birth. It will involve a lot of transformation effort with changes in mindset, skillset and toolset.

 

No one can predict the future. We are not soothsayers. Of course, one thing is certain and that is “change”. We can no longer function as in 1949 or in the way we have been doing so far. Disruption of the audit function is a certainty. It is not about ‘whether’, but ‘when’. Unfortunately, it can happen faster than we can expect or anticipate as it is not just ‘change’ which is happening but “exponential change”.

 

The Auditing profession is in a remarkable state of flux. In less than two decades, the way in which audit professionals work and what they will do will change radically. We saw auditors adapt during the pandemic, which for the first time demolished many myths. We are already witnessing many challenges, some of which we never imagined would happen after 73 years. Some examples are:

  • Disappearance of branch audits
  •  Remote physical verification
  • “Audit from home”
  • Same services being provided by other professionals
  • Moves to eliminate audits of smaller entities
  • Audits of sustainability reports and integrated reporting

Although everyone would be impacted, the unfortunate part is that the changes will impact the audit function earliest.

 

Even if we cannot predict the future, we need to be able to observe, understand trends, read the tea leaves correctly and smell the coffee brewing. No purpose will be served by criticizing or ignoring or resisting some of the developments. We need to understand the principles which are driving them.

 

As the saying goes, “We cannot direct the wind, but we can adjust the sails”

 

Some of the drivers of this change are:

  • Technology
  • Liberalisation
  • Exclusivity
  • Convergence
  • Corporatisation of professions
 I will briefly explain each of these.

 

Technology

 

We are told the average desktop computer will have the same processing power as the human brain which neuroscientists tell us is 1016 calculations per second.

 

By 2050, according to Ray Kurzweil, the average desktop machine will have more processing power than all of humanity combined.

 

Technology is growing exponentially in that it more than doubles in power while dropping in price on a regular basis. Moore’s Law is a classic example.

 

The developments in storage, speed of processing, connectivity, IOT, Big Data, Analytics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, etc. will undoubtedly disrupt what services are required, how services will be rendered, who will deliver the services, where services will be rendered and how services will be priced. The audit function cannot be immune to the disruption and will need to transform and adapt if it has to remain relevant and effective.

 

 
Liberalisation

 

As our country continues to liberalise and dismantle bottlenecks in doing business, we will witness decreases in attest requirements and more reliance on self-certification. The audit profession cannot seek legislations which are akin to ‘employment guarantee programmes’. The profession should earn its existence by creating a compelling need for audit services and delivering quality similar to other businesses or professions that have more number of persons dependant and operate in highly competitive environments where price, value and quality of service are some of the criteria which determines who succeeds.

 

Exclusivity

 

Alongside liberalisation we will witness actions to eliminate monopolies and eliminate exclusivity. This will further be facilitated by developments in technology which obviate the need for dependence on external professionals but will also shape environments functioning on sophisticated technologies where the traditional professional trained in a significantly manual environment would become extinct. If audit continues to be a relevant function and is expected to use technology and operate in complex technology environments designed by tech professionals questions would be asked as to why technology companies which designed such systems should not be eligible to audit those systems with the help of “techies” and other professionals proficient in accounting. After all, audit is about verifying data, exercising judgements and drawing conclusions. We may not wish that this happens but audit professionals who, perhaps, number 150,000+ in a population of 1.4 billion should justify their exclusivity to provide audit services.

 

Convergence

 

Increasingly we are witnessing a thirst for bundled services like a departmental store or a shopping centre. We have already discussed the impact of technology on the audit function and if we consider the increasing need for involvement of specialists in forensic, tax, valuations, technology, etc. in rendering audit services will mean that audit service providers will not only have to partner with other service providers but perhaps will have to house those skill sets under their roof. What will then be the identity of the audit firm? What changes are required in the regulations?

Corporatisation of professions

We have seen how audit services cannot be provided without the involvement of other service providers and the rapidly changing identity of an audit firm. Further, the need to invest in technology to render audit services and to house the specialists who will be involved will require huge investments. When I began my career more than four decades ago, the audit partner who attested the financial statements was a well-versed individual who was not only a specialist in audit but in corporate laws, taxation, valuation, etc. and there seldom was a need for involving anybody else. The changes we
are witnessing in other professions, for example, the medical profession where the delivery of medical services has shifted from individuals to multi-speciality institutions, and the investment required in building state-of-the-art facilities has resulted in the creation of a corporate form of organisations with the investors/financiers not being exclusively from the medical profession. The audit profession needs to introspect about this and seriously consider allowing financial and other strategic partners in audit firms.
FUTURE OF AUDIT: THE ESSENTIAL BUILDING BLOCKS

Let us come back to what needs to be done. We need to address and change:

  • The why and what of audit
  • Who does the audit
  • How audit is done and, finally
  • The output of the audit

We will need to address the perception of audit quality as well as the substance of audit quality

To succeed in this, we must:

  • Be willing to accept the present state instead of being in a denial mode.
  • Introspect and identify the root causes.
  • Identify possible actions with a clearly visualised end.
  • Be willing to transform (which is the most difficult of all) and, above all,
  • Develop the ability to implement and swiftly embrace change.

I would classify my suggestions into seven buckets or silos:

  • Purpose
  • Structural factors
  • Environmental factors
  • Execution of audit
  • Output factors
  • Oversight and evaluation
  • Other factors – frequency, timelines, fees, etc.

 

Purpose
Too long has the audit profession taken shelter behind the words “True and Fair” and the auditing standards which it wrote for itself and about which the users have little knowledge or care about. Any extra “asks” by the users have been rebuffed and rationalized as “Expectation Gap”.
If this rationalisation were to continue the ‘gap’ would widen and the audit profession and its users would be so far apart that audit services would become unnecessary and irrelevant. If the users’ expectation is that audit should address fraud, the profession must take appropriate steps to incorporate this in their audit approach. If the users’ expectation is that the audit should provide some form of assurance of the continuance of the entity in future, the auditor (who is the expert) should be willing to advance a few steps in this direction to meet the expectation.
Sir Donald Brydon, in his Review Report states: “the purpose of an audit is to help establish and maintain deserved confidence in a company, in its directors and in the information for which they have responsibility to report, including the financial statements”.
Our honourable Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi, in November 2019, said: “We must challenge the frauds. Both internal and external auditors need to find innovative methods to catch frauds. We need to encourage the core values of auditors for the same”.
Clearly, there is a case for revisiting the purpose of the audit. The sooner the profession addresses this, the faster it will prevent further erosion of confidence in the audit function.
Root causes
A survey conducted by IFIAR some time ago identified a number of causes for poor quality. Some of these are:
  • Failure to maintain/monitor independence.
  • Failure to evaluate non-audit services.
  • Deficiencies in auditing accounting estimates, internal control testing, audit sampling, revenue recognition, group audits, etc.
  • Inadequate training and learning of audit professionals.
  • Audit quality is not considered in performance assessment.
  • No timely supervision and review.
  • Insufficient depth of Engagement Quality Control Review (EQCR).

Inspections by regulators have frequently pointed out the above as root causes of audit failures.

Besides poor audit quality, there is an allegation that the audit profession has put ‘self interest’ above ‘public interest’.
The Building Blocks
The essential building blocks for the transformation of the Audit function are summarised in the table below:

Structural Factors

Environmental
Factors 

Execution of Audit

   Profile of the Profession

   Audit Market Profile

   Choice and Concentration

   Size of the Firms

   Auditor Appointment

   Auditor Compensation

   Auditor Independence

   Multi-disciplinary firms

   Corporate Financial Reporting Eco-system

   Internal Audit System

   Independent Directors, Audit Committee,
Boards

   Proxy Advisors, Credit Rating Agencies

   Regulators and Regulations

   Responsibility

   Audit Procedures

   Tools & Technology used

   Evaluation of Audit test Results

 

Output Factors

Oversight & Evaluation

Other Factors

   Mandatory Communication to Audit Committee

   Audit Report

   Form

   Type

   Reporting to Regulator

   Enhancements

   Management Letter

   Group Audit

   EQCR

   Evaluation of Auditor’s performance by
Audit Committee

   Inspection of Audit engagements by
Regulators

   Peer Reviews, Quality Review Board reviews,
etc.

   Frequency

   Timelines

   Transparency

Due to constraints of space, I will deal with some of the elements in the building blocks.w

STRUCTURAL FACTORS


Profile of the Profession and Audit Market profile
Every profession should have a profile consistent with the constituency it serves. Our country’s rapid expansion since liberalisation has created a situation where the audit market profile is inconsistent with the size of businesses and industries. There are a large number of sole proprietorships and very small firms involved in rendering audit service. With increasing complexity and investments required in technology and audit tools, these firms will find it exceedingly difficult to render audit service and pass regulators’ scrutiny of their work. Size enables strength and resilience. There is an urgent need for consolidation.
Choice and Concentration
Although the concentration in the Indian Audit Market is not as high as it is in many countries in the western world, yet it is not low enough to provide clients with a sufficiently wide choice. A number of suggestions have been made to address this, including auditor rotation, joint audits, etc., but these do not solve the problem. Rotation does not solve the problem, for the audits would continue to be rotated within the select few, And in some cases, the rotation would be a disincentive for an audit firm to invest in specialised resources required for a particular industry.
A joint audit is also proposed as a solution to widening professional opportunities and address concentration. In some banks, there are more than six joint auditors. The reality is that this only fragments the audit market and does not build firms of the size required to address concentration. Also, divided responsibility leads to divided accountability and impairs audit quality. If this argument is extended it means that appointing a hundred auditors for a large business would deliver better quality than a single firm carrying out the audit. Imagine if we were to have a law which mandatorily requires joint surgeries (by more than one surgeon) to enhance the quality of the surgeries and also provide opportunities for all practising surgeons!
 
Auditor appointment and Auditor independence
Appointment of auditors by an independent authority is often promoted as the panacea for the audit failures. This is on the mistaken belief that addressing auditor independence will miraculously enhance audit quality as it proceeds on the assumption that auditors are more likely to be compromised if appointed by the company they audit. If true, this is a sad reflection of the members of the audit profession. I do not believe that the manner of appointments have been the cause for audit failures including the recent failures in India and that we should amend the appointment process merely to deal with a few toxic professionals. In reality, besides independence and absence of nexus with the auditee, audit quality depends on a number of factors including size or the firm, quality and experience of audit professionals, ability to deploy the resources required to do a high-quality audit, audit methodology, auditor’s toolkit, etc.
There have been other proposals like (1) prohibiting auditors from providing non-attest services to their audit clients and (2) requiring audit firms to separate their non-audit businesses to create an “audit only” firm. While there is some merit in the former proposal as the audit firm has the rest of the market to render non-attest services, creating ‘audit only’ firms considerably weakens the audit firm and impairs delivery of quality audits.
Auditor’s compensation
If audits are to be carried out effectively by deploying experienced professionals using state-of-the-art tools and involving specialists then auditors have to be well compensated. Audit fees are presently very low in our country and this is further split into fragments by dividing amongst several joint auditors. Fixing of the audit fees by a regulator is not the solution. Entities vary by size, complexity, geographical spread, level of technology, nature of businesses, etc. and fees cannot be fixed or vary with reference to the results or any component of the financial statements. Equally, the audit profession must recognize that fixing fees on an ‘hourly rate’ model is flawed in a digital age when millions of transactions can be analysed by a mere press of a button using digital tools. Increasingly buyers of audit services will look for ‘value delivered’ rather than pay for the cost of input. Too often we have witnessed auditors seeking fee increases based on cost increases without delivering ‘incremental value’ or making efforts to reduce their input costs by using technology. Unfortunately, audit is not considered a ‘premium’ service and the enthusiasm to pay high fees is limited.
Multi-disciplinary firms

Audit in today’s complex and technology dominated environment requires a multi-disciplinary approach. This would be more efficient if the resources and capabilities are under one roof. The future, in my view, is multi-disciplinary firms and the profession should allow unlimited sharing of resources with non CAs even if it means that the CA firm is dominated or led by a non-CA. The bogey of difficulty in taking action when audit failures happen is often cited as an argument against multi-disciplinary firms whereas regulations can be shaped to take action against erring firms or erring professionals, whatever be their profession.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS


Corporate Financial Reporting and Audit Ecosystem

 

The audit function cannot alone deliver quality audit. It is influenced and facilitated by the entire Corporate Financial Reporting System. The Financial Reporting and Audit Ecosystem comprise of many participants, each having a very distinct role in ensuring the veracity of financial information and ultimately the efficient functioning of the capital markets. These participants (see graphic below) include:

 

1. Preparers of financial information – Management, including key managerial personnel

 

2. Internal monitoring mechanism – internal auditors
3. Corporate governance – audit committee, independent directors, board of directors

 

4. External auditors

 

5. Other stakeholders – credit rating agencies, analysts, proxy advisors, specialists such as valuers and actuaries

 

6. Regulators

 

7. And last but not least, the users of financial reports – shareholders, lenders, other stakeholders, potential investors, etc.

 

Any deficiencies in the role played by any one or more of these participants could lead to sub-optimal functioning of the entire ecosystem.

 

In addition to the components and participants in the financial reporting ecosystem, there are also influences on the financial reporting ecosystem, which have an effect, both positive and negative, as they drive the behaviour of the participants. These, too, need to be reviewed and, if necessary, re-calibrated to produce the desired effect. Some of these are:

 

  • Provisions of various laws which deal with the roles, responsibilities and accountability of the participants in the ecosystem.
  • Penalty and prosecution provisions in the various laws.
  • Role and process of investigative agencies.
  • Multiplicity and overlapping investigative/regulatory agencies.
  • Whistleblower mechanisms.
  • Standards – accounting standards, auditing standards, secretarial standards, internal audit standards, etc.

 

Internal Audit System

 

The internal audit function plays an important role in assisting the board in providing assurance on the effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management, internal control and governance process in the company. It also plays a complementary role in facilitating external audit quality.

 

In order to improve the internal audit function:
  • Internal audit should be subject to regulation and oversight just as the statutory audit.
  • Minimum qualifications for the internal auditor should be prescribed, including membership of a professional body or the Institute of Internal Auditors.
  • Internal auditors, too, should be accountable for their work.
  • Education and training needs of internal auditors should be addressed, including continuing professional education requirements, as well as focus on skills of the future.

Other environmental factors

Some of the other suggestions to improve the reporting environment and supporting the audit function are discussed below:

 

CEOs and CFOs play a very critical role in financial reporting. Not only are they signatories to the financial system, but also acknowledge and confirm their responsibility for the financial statements being free of fraud and error. They are, in effect, the architects of all business transactions and reporting. Currently, there are term limits and rotation requirements for external auditors and Independent Directors but no term limits for internal auditors, CEOs and CFOs. We must critically examine if term limits and reappointment rules should be extended to these individuals too.

 

MCA, SEBI or NFRA should set up a data science department that will focus its efforts on the review of the financial statements and filings to detect reporting, disclosure and audit failures. The principal goal of the department should be the detection and prosecution of violations involving false or misleading financial statements and disclosures. The department should also focus on identifying and exploring areas susceptible to fraudulent financial reporting and should include the ongoing review of financial information and the use of data analytics.

 

A practical public document should be brought out detailing the various deficiencies, frauds, and misstatements noticed by ROC, SFIO, NFRA, etc. This would help corporates, auditors, regulators and other users.

 

EXECUTION OF AUDIT
 

Let me first begin with ‘who’ does the audit as audit quality is also influenced by who performs the audit. I believe the current model is flawed.Audit procedures are significantly carried out by trainees or fresh graduates. To expect them to discover frauds or interpret visible signals of misreporting or failure is similar to a medical student carrying out a surgery and the busy eminent surgeon coming in at the end when the sutures are to be done. Our experienced and qualified auditors spend disproportionately less time compared to that of trainees either because they are too busy or that spending more hours increases the cost of audit and erodes audit profitability. A first step towards correcting this is to ensure that articleship with specific focus on specialisation should begin only after passing the CA exam.

 

Having briefly dealt with who does the audit, I will touch upon the “how” of audit.

 

The audit has, over the years, moved away from a “thinking audit” to an “inking audit”. The focus has shifted to documenting the processes rather than effectively carrying out the processes.

 

 
Auditors seem to have lost their sense of smell. The focus on testing and reliance on internal controls through walk-throughs, etc., has diluted the effectiveness of audit. There is more emphasis on the correctness of the accounting and the disclosures rather than the propriety and genuineness of the transactions. With this and the sampling methods where a speck of the entire population is tested to form conclusions, the auditors seem to be losing their sight or vision too. Sampling methods, howsoever scientific, dilute audit quality. With the use of technology, it is today possible to scan the entire population, focus on outliers, identify questionable patterns, etc. It is time the auditing standard on “Sampling” is revised. It is also time the audit profession uses technology extensively. Additionally, disclosure in the audit report of the sampling methodology used may be considered.

 

Sir Donald Brydon, in his Review Report, recommended that auditors be required to undergo initial and ongoing periodic training in forensic accounting and fraud awareness. In my view, every audit team should include a forensic specialist.

 

Yet another issue is the focus of audit. Auditors today are rarely able to walk into a client’s office with an expectation of what they should be seeing. Instead, audit today is about verifying what is presented rather than confirming expectations. I am reminded about the Sherlock Holmes story about “the dog that did not bark”. The analytical review procedures carried out by auditors generally analyse the information presented to them. That too, the focus is on analysing variances beyond certain predetermined thresholds and documenting the reasons. The absence of changes in expenses or income when there should be a change is happily ignored. A case of not probing why “the dog did not bark”!

 

OUTPUT FACTORS
 
The Auditor’s Report

I read with interest the dipstick survey carried out by BCAJ in May 2021, seeking views on the format, size, utility, components and other contents of the Statutory Auditors’ Report. I was alarmed and disappointed when 83.6% of auditors responded ‘Yes’ to the question – “In your opinion, will additional reporting requirements prescribed in CARO 2020 be onerous and will increase responsibilities for the auditors (evergreening of loans, going concern, reporting on defaults, etc.)?” Are we so concerned about the increase in responsibilities? Isn’t this what is expected of an auditor? Should we not focus on these matters in our audit and report our findings for the benefit of users, including regulators? It would appear that getting an auditor to do more work to bridge the ‘expectation gap’ is more difficult than getting a tooth extracted by a dentist!Another shocking response to the survey is by 59% of auditors having > 5 years’ experience who responded “Somewhat, but needs improvement” to the question “Do you believe there is adequate, emphatic and clear guidance covering situations for auditors on preparing/issuing Audit Report? This response should have woken up the professional body and resulted in swift corrective action. 

I, personally believe, “sunshine is the best disinfectant”. Over the years, I have witnessed the profession resisting any changes to the bland, template-driven audit report. This is strange as the only visible output of the audit to the users is the audit report and if anything can influence the perception of audit quality, it is the audit report. Most audit reports are similar, if not identical, barring minor differences due to the recent inclusion of Key Audit Matters. Does this mean audit quality in all cases is uniform? It is time we brought out into the open the information on what and how the auditor has performed the audit, when the audit commenced, when it ended, the number of hours spent by each category of audit personnel, the number of qualified professionals involved in the audit, the time spent by the audit partner, the use of audit tools, the sampling methodology and the number of items tested, independent external confirmations obtained and the results thereof, experts consulted, errors the auditors found, materiality, etc. rather than the bland statements that the audit has been done in accordance with the auditing standards (written by the auditors themselves only known to and understood by only them)!
 

Audit reports contain lengthy statements pointing out the roles and responsibilities of management and boards, limitations of the audit and clearly describing the auditor’s responsibility. Has these deterred regulators and investigative agencies? Have auditors been absolved of the blame? Users of audit reports see these cautionary statements with the same disdain as smokers see the statutory warnings in cigarette packs which state “cigarette smoking is injurious to health”!

 

CONCLUSION

 


The future of “audit” is bleak, and there are dark clouds on the horizon. I have great respect for the audit profession and sympathy for they are being attacked from all sides – intense competition, unremunerative prices for their services, inability to attract talent to the audit function, demanding clients and society, disruptions due to technology, intense regulatory scrutiny, pursued by multiple investigative agencies for the same work, etc. I am confident that this, too, shall pass but that depends on how the profession addresses some of the matters highlighted in this Article.

 

The need for a thorough overhaul and transformation is urgent. The issues need to be brought out into the open, for discussion and debate and should not be only within the walls of the Council Hall of ICAI. Wisdom also resides outside the hallowed Council Hall! We cannot forever continue to be in denial mode and hope the present glory (or distrust) would continue. Regulators like NFRA, RBI, SEBI, IRDA, etc. provide a useful role and show us the mirror. We may not like the reflection but let us not throw stones at the mirror. Instead, let us address the image reflected. I have just written a few thoughts in view of space limitations. I have many more thoughts, which are for another time.

 

We must not attempt any quick fixes or band-aids, or address the issues on piecemeal basis. Code of Ethics, AQMM, UDIN, etc. are some examples of positive actions which are piecemeal and do not move the needle. Such fixes are like changing the dress on a mannequin and hoping it transforms into a live human being!

 

The future of audit is in our hands only, and I am confident the Audit Profession will reshape itself to be one of the premier professions in our country’s journey to be the third largest economy. We can hardly claim to the partners in nation-building without rebuilding the Audit Profession. Perhaps, what we need is a Review similar to one by Sir Donald Brydon in UK. Let me list some of the questions for debate:
Need for economies of scale – the importance of consolidation of SMPs.
  • Declining interest in an accounting career and its effect on the future of auditing.
  • Trend of questioning authority by the lay public. Experts are no longer thought to be beyond criticism or scrutiny.
  • The rise of NFRA and the end of disciplining by peers – some of NFRA’s orders indicate that the auditors did not know the accounting or auditing standards.
  • The days of government-mandated work are over – need to justify the value of work.
  • Recent developments in law enforcement e.g., tax fraud, shell companies and rising demands on accountants and auditors.
  • How should education change – curriculum, selection of students, exams, training, lifelong learning.
  • Audit reports in a language that a reasonably intelligent and earnest user can understand.
  • What kind of competition would the audit face?

It is said that people change, not when they see light, but when they feel the heat. I am hopeful my fellow professionals effect the changes swiftly without measuring the transformation action on the ‘popularity’ scale.

CA Profession and BCAS @ 75

Congratulations to all my esteemed professional colleagues in the Chartered Accountancy profession and members of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) for completing 74 years and entering the 75th year. It is heartening to see the profession, and BCAS grow from strength to strength in these 75 years. We must salute the wisdom of our forefathers for having established the voluntary body of CAs, namely, BCAS, within just five days (i.e., 6th July, 1949) of setting up of the Regulatory Body, ICAI, on 1st July, 1949. BCAS has the unique distinction of being the oldest and also the largest (with over 8500 members pan India) voluntary body of Chartered Accountants in India pursuing academic activities for the benefit of the CA community at this scale and in diverse fields. BCAS has rendered yeoman services to the profession since its inception. Today it is rightly considered as the “think tank and the torch bearer” of the profession. Seventy-five years is a long-time span in the life of an individual, as also for a voluntary body of professionals.

The uniqueness of BCAS is the selfless services of its volunteers spread across the country and through generations. It is an amalgam of the wisdom of seniors and the enthusiasm of youth, where a generation nurtures and blossoms talents and then passes on the baton to the next generation. It is a place where the “Profession First” is practised by its committed members in letter and spirit. This has created a unique “BCAS Culture” over the years. Truly, BCAS is working relentlessly for its vision of harnessing talent, disseminating knowledge, building skills, and networking amongst its members and encouraging them to adhere to the highest ethical standards and professional integrity. Many other voluntary bodies of CAs are being motivated and inspired by the precedents set by BCAS.

Incidentally, the Nation completed 75 years of independence on 15th August 2022, and the BCA Journal carried a distinctive feature, “India @ 75”, in which past presidents who completed 75 years of their life shared their experiences of India @ 75. The articles by past presidents were accompanied by QR code-enabled recordings by a team of volunteers, which helped members to listen to the same, also in addition to reading them. This novel experience was well received by the journal subscribers and hence is repeated in this Issue also. Three patriotic poems in Hindi were the highlights of this special feature in the August 2022 issue of the BCAJ, which also happened to be the 750th Issue of BCAJ.

It is interes ting to note that the emblem of ICAI carries a Sanskrit verse  (Ya Esa Supteshu Jagarti) from a shloka from the Kathopanishad (Also known as “Katha Upanishad”). It literally means “A person who is awake in those that sleep.” This quote/verse was given by Sri Aurobindo at the time of the formation of ICAI in the year 1949.

When we look at the emblem of BCAS, we find yet another interesting Sanskrit verse, namely,  (Na Bhayam Chasti Jagratah) The literal meaning of this verse is “if you are alert, you will not have any fear.”

Both these quotes are apt in that a CA is expected to be more vigilant and aware of the latest developments in the laws and regulations to protect the interest of all stakeholders. In February 2022, while speaking at one of the ICAI’s award functions, the Union Minister Dr Jitendra Singh said that “Chartered Accountants are the conscience keepers of the nation’s account. Therefore, the integrity of their own conscience is vital for the health of a nation in general and the financial health of a nation in particular.” It reflects the trust that this profession enjoys from the various stakeholders, as also their expectations. Naturally, professionals, in turn, shoulder huge responsibility to meet these expectations.

Much has changed in the last 75 years in the CA profession. From handwritten notes, we have moved to smart writing pads; from manual counting to calculators and computers; from the manual filing of returns to electronic filings; from in-person assessments to virtual and faceless; and so on. Technology Transformation/disruption has been the biggest impactor in the last 75 years, more so in the last decade or so. The pace of technological developments is changing the face of the CA profession very fast. Auditing today without the aid of technology is unthinkable. Implementation of GST would not have been possible without the use of information technology. The income-tax portal is used not only for disseminating knowledge but also for rendering a variety of services to taxpayers. The advent of “Artificial Intelligence” has taken transformation/disruption to the next level. It will completely change human life and so also our profession in times to come. The profession will have to reinvent itself. New practice areas will emerge and are emerging, and traditional areas of practice will fade away or get extinct. Only those who will accept, adapt, and use technology will survive.

At BCAJ also, we have adopted and adapted to technology swiftly. After the initial cyclostyled ‘Bulletin’, the first printed issue of the “Bulletin” was published in December 1962. Thereafter the Bulletin was printed intermittently, owing to some difficulties. The first issue of the Journal was published in July 1967. However, the first monthly issue was published in January 1969  and since then, it has been regularly published till date. From the cyclostyled Bulletin, BCAJ has moved to modern printing and has also become digital.

Today India is one of the fastest-growing economies in the world. The scale and pace of growth is enormous. Today India is the 5th largest economy in the world and is expected to occupy the 3rd place latest by the turn of the decade, i.e., 2030. Both our country and CA profession are in the Amrut Kaal, and therefore, this year’s theme for the Special Issue of July 2023 is selected as “Economic Development”. Four eminent authors have contributed articles on the impact of four different areas, namely, Audit, Direct Tax, Alternative Dispute Resolution (Legal) and Technology, on the economic development of India. Besides these interesting articles, the special issue also carries a transcript of an interview with Dr Brinda Jagirdar, Economist. One can listen to these articles by scanning the respective QR code printed along with them.

All authors and interviewees have emphasised the role of technology in the economic development of the country.

As our PM Shri Narendra Modi said, truly, we have entered a “Techade” (A decade dedicated to technology), which will rule the world. However, a word of caution here is that along with the increasing use and impact of technology, let us not forget ‘humanity’. We will have to learn certain soft skills, such as the right attitude towards life, compassion, communication, human relations and most importantly, work-life balance. It is good to use technology, but we should not allow technology to use us. Before AI masters us, let us master ourselves!

Shareeramadyam Khalu Dharmasadhanam!

This is one of the most important messages for every human being. It underlines the importance of physical fitness. Health is wealth. We Chartered Accountants should take special note of this and implement it religiously. All of us merely say that ‘Health is Wealth’ but seldom follow it in our lives.

They say, one sacrifices one’s health to acquire wealth, but when the time comes to enjoy the wealth, he has to spend heavily to ‘regain’ or ‘maintain’ the health. Often, it is too late.

The quote is from the play ‘Kumara-Sambhavam’ (5:33) written by Kavi Kalidasa. All of us know the story that Parvati, the daughter of Himalaya, fell in love with Lord Shiva (Mahadev Shankar). Actually, her father, Himalaya, wanted to get her married to Lord Vishnu. So Parvati secretly went to a forest and did very rigorous Tapashcharya (Penance). She fasted so strictly that she did not eat anything – not even fruit or leaves! That is why Parvati is also called ‘Aparna’. Parna means a leaf. She didn’t consume even a leaf, hence ‘Aparna’.

Lord Shiva appeared before her in the guise of a Brahmin. He enquired about her health.
Meaning – whether the samidha (small wooden sticks used in Pooja) are easily available for ‘havan’ (i.e., fire, sacrifice) and whether enough water is there for your bath and cleanliness. Whether you are putting your efforts only within your physical limits (strength), or are you doing something excessive? After all, your body is the main instrument for achieving everything!

There are four purusharthas  Dharma, Artha, Kama and Moksha. These are the ‘tasks’ to be achieved by every man. Dharma is duty; and not religion as we commonly unders tand. Artha is money and resources. Kama means all desires. And Moksha is ultimate salvation. For achieving all these, your physical fitness is a prime ins trument.

Lokmanya Tilak realised it since his school days. He was very pale, weak and feeble. So, after his schooling, he sacrificed one full year to acquire physical strength through good exercise, a good diet, discipline, etc. Later, he performed magnificently in life and in my opinion, he was one of the most versatile persons India has ever produced.

Today, we find our children and youth obsessed with computers, mobile phones, social media and so-called careers. They hardly go on the ground to play, swim or do exercise. Yoga can give us not only physical fitness but also mental strength. Unfortunately, we realise this too late in our lives. Almost everyone is consuming some tablet or the other every day – be it for blood pressure or for diabetes! There is a pain in knees therefore, they can’t even walk easily. They are forced to restrict their diet! They cannot enjoy tasty food; they have to think twice before going on a tour. Often, they are prone to neurological diseases due to their present lifestyle.

There are premature deaths among professionals. Therefore, one needs to think very seriously in early life as to how one wants to shape one’s career and future. This mantra needs to be inculcated in early childhood, but we can do it only if we are convinced for ourselves.

Sir Salamat To Pagdi Pachaas!

So friends, let us follow this mantra without any delay to change our priorities.

Letter to the Editor

Dear Sir,

“Auditor – Whether a Watchdog or a Bloodhound “

I am in agreement with the views expressed in your Editorial of June, 2023 issue of BCAJ, entitled, “CA- From a Watchdog to a Bloodhound” and the penultimate paragraph of “ Namaskar” column by  Shri C. N. Vaze.

The responsibilities cast on a CA as the Statutory Auditor of a Company are very extensive and excessive, and ever increasing, enough to deter a CA from undertaking the vast and excessive responsibilities  cast on the Statutory Auditor under the Companies Act, 2013.

All the Regulators and Enforcement Agencies should understand that the Auditor’s Responsibility ends with making appropriate disclosures in the Audit Report and it’s Annexures. It is upto various Stakeholders to read, understand and take the necessary remedial action(s).

The Auditor should not be made a scapegoat for the lack of knowledge, understanding and necessary timely action on the part of the Management and various other Stakeholders.

Further, requiring the Auditor to Report on every contravention  of various Laws or Regulations  to various Law Enforcement Agencies is neither feasible nor practical.

An Auditor is not a Bloodhound.

And now, on top of everything, comes the latest Notification under the PMLA. One really wonders why the legal profession has not been brought under the ambit of the said PMLA Notification, as the lawyers also render many of the services which come under the purview of PMLA.

In view of ever increasing responsibilities cast on a CA under the Companies Act, PMLA and various other Financial Regulations by various Regulators, and  looking at the increasing tendency of the Enforcement Agencies to arrest the Chartered Accountants for the financial irregularities committed by their Clients,  it is hightime that we, the Practising CAs, should not get entangled in the financial transactions and business dealings/ activities of our Clients and instead, should keep ourselves restricted to our advisory / attest functions .

The time has come for the Finance Ministry to issue elaborate instructions and Guidelines to the Field Officials which need to be scrupulously followed before a CA/ Auditor is arrested or prosecution proceedings are launched against him, to ensure that innocent professionals are not threatened or harrassed in the quest for catching the real culprits who are generally very rich and powerful and politically well connected.

An unnecessary and premature arrest of a CA under PMLA or any other law tends to irreparably destroy and damage the personal, social and professional life and career of a professional.

Various Government Agencies and Regulators need to call a halt on further extension on reporting requirements/responsibilities of the Statutory Auditors. In fact, there is an urgent need to review the existing requirements with a view to weed out the unnecessary requirements.

Yours Sincerely,
CA. Tarunkumar G. Singhal

Disciplinary Proceedings – When They Start?

Arjun: O’Lord! There are problems, problems and problems! No solutions anywhere.

Shri Krishna: That’s life, Parth! Even as a God, I also have problems – very complex ones.

Arjun: Ah! How can you have problems, Krishna?

Shri Krishna: Don’t you remember? I was born in a jail when my parents were in prison of the tyrant Kaunsa. Immediately after my birth, during heavy rains, I was taken to Gokul, on the opposite bank of river Jamuna. And in my early childhood, many demons came to kill me. Even after I grew up and became a king, there were disputes among my community of Yadavas. In my family, there was friction between my wives!

Arjun: Yes, and we, as your cousins, also fought amongst ourselves. You had to mediate between us.

Shri Krishna: True. But tell me, what is your problem now?

Arjun: We CAs need to fill up forms for empanelment so that we can get audit assignments from Government authorities, banks and so on.

Shri Krishna: It has to be so!

Arjun: Even for private sector companies, we need to give a declaration every year for appointment or renewal.

Shri Krishna: Then what is wrong with that? What is your problem?

Arjun: In those forms and declarations, we need to write whether any of the partners have been held guilty of professional or other misconduct. We also need to write whether there are any disciplinary proceedings pending against any partner.

Shri Krishna: It is a factual thing. You have to write Yes or No.

Arjun: Agreed. But against a few of my friends, some people have filed complaints to the Institute for misconduct. At this stage, they don’t know what to write – whether proceedings are pending or not.

Shri Krishna: (smiles). This is a common problem, Arjun. The answer is simple. You know that after the complaint is received, you have to file your explanation.

Arjun: Written Statement (WS).

Shri Krishna: Correct. Your WS goes back to the complainant. On that, he sends his rejoinder.

Arjun: Yes.

Shri Krishna: Now, after scrutinising these papers, Director Discipline arrives at a Prima Facie Opinion, whether you are prima facie guilty on any of the allegations.

Arjun: I know. A few of my friends have received such Prima Facie Opinion (PFO).

Shri Krishna: Director has to place the PFO before the Board of Discipline, if the offence pertains to the First Schedule item. If it is from Second Schedule, he places it before Disciplinary Committee, right?

Arjun: Yes. Bhagwan.

Shri Krishna: Now, when BOD or DC concurs with DD’s PFO that a member is prima facie guilty, that is the point of time when they say disciplinary proceedings are pending. Understood?

Arjun: Okay. You mean, when merely a complaint is filed, or WS is submitted, that is not considered as pending disciplinary proceedings. Am I right/

Shri Krishna: Absolutely.

Arjun: But what it implies?

Shri Krishna: The appointing authority or the client company can then take a call on whether, despite such pendency of disciplinary proceedings, they want to appoint your firm as Statutory Auditors.

Arjun: Obviously, they will not!

Shri Krishna: Yes. But there is no rule of law to that effect. It is their discretion. But as a policy or practice, they may not appoint such a firm.

Arjun: Then what will the firm do? They may lose revenue.

Shri Krishna: Naturally. If he is a proprietor, he will suffer more. If it is a firm, that particular partner who is held prima facie guilty, may withdraw from the firm so that the firm does not suffer.

Arjun: And what will he do?

Shri Krishna: He continues to be a member. He can continue in practice. It is only when he is finally punished and his membership is suspended, he has to stop practising.

Arjun: Can a membership be restored?

Shri Krishna: Yes. But at that time, your seniority is Zero! You can’t take articles.

Arjun: So, he can sign audits even when he is prima facie guilty; but not yet punished. Right?

Shri Krishna: Yes. Once you are held prima facie guilty, it is referred to ‘enquiry’ before BOD or DC.

Arjun: It is logical. Otherwise, anybody can just file a complaint against a member and make him disqualified for the appointment. That would be disastrous. Now there is a comfort that until you receive PFO, you won’t have to bother. Big relief, Lord, to my friends.

Shri Krishna: But wisdom lies in doing the practice diligently, following all standards and norms.

Arjun: Agreed. But Lord, we are human beings. And now the Regulators are numerous, and Regulations so complicated, that even for Gods, it will difficult to escape disciplinary proceedings. Auditors are expected to be ‘Super Gods”

! Om Shanti !        

(This dialogue seeks to clarify the expression ‘pendency of disciplinary proceedings)

How to Spot and Avoid Fake News

These days, there is a plethora of News and Information bombarding us from all sides – be it Whatsapp, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, TV Channels, News Websites, Newspapers or even Radio! Very often we come to know after a few days / months that an earlier report was false. Sometimes, we may not even come to know of this, until it is too late. Hence, an average layperson is perplexed over what is true and what is not. In this brief writeup, we will try and understand how to spot and avoid Fake News.

TYPES OF FAKE NEWS

Fake News can be of three types:

a)    An honest mistake – where the propagator genuinely believes something to be true and announces it or forwards it without verifying. This can be rectified easily by a simple, sincere apology

b)    Pranks – in this case, the propagator deliberately states something he knows to be false, just for the fun of it, to create mischief. He may even propagate it anonymously, since he knows the repercussions, but the purpose is solely to play a prank

c)    Fake News – this is an intentional propagation of something, knowing it to be false, with the intention to cause benefit or hurt – religious, political or commercial. Of late, the number of cases in this category has been steadily rising.

SO HOW DO WE SPOT AND COMBAT FAKE NEWS?

  • Apply Common Sense: There were several fake photos and videos circulating during the recent Biparjoy Cyclone news. Some even showed massive destruction even before the Cyclone had reached the land! Simple application of mind would be sufficient to call out such fakes!
  • Avoid Confirmation Bias – Not everything about someone who you admire, has to be true. So, when you read something about someone whom you adore, you automatically tend to believe it. Try and avoid the confirmation bias at all times.
  • Look for evidence / source – Always look for links to credible news portals or information websites. Never forward or like stuff if no evidence is provided by the sender. We often find Whatsapp forwards which mention “Forwarded as Received” This is a very strong indicator that the news is unverified and most likely to be false. So, when you get such a message, always ask the sender to quote a reliable source for the same – if a reliable, independently verifiable source cannot be identified, you can most certainly disbelieve the news item. In such cases, please do not forward it further and stop propagation of such false items.

Further, if the author is a known rabble rouser or propagator of fake news in the past, be wary to believe the same person, even if his name is quoted as authentic.

  • Beware of Websites with no physical contact details or the people or group behind them – When the source of the news is a website, please visit the About Us or Contact Page of the website. If you do not see a proper address (not just an email id) it is a red flag! Websites with no physical address and / or the names of people or organisation behind them, are most likely to be misleading and liable to be distrustful.
  • Google Baba to the Rescue – one easy way to fact-check a news item is to search for its title in Google. If it is true, you will find multiple stories around the same topic. If not, you may even find a story which mentions it to be false!
  • Google Reverse Image Search – if you find a horrifying or unbelievable image, just do a Reverse Image Search on Google – Go to Google.com and click on this icon.  It will allow you to copy paste an image and search for the image online. Just try it and you will be surprised at the results!
  • Fake News Debunker Extension – if you would like to frequently check news for its veracity, install the Fake News Debunker Extension in Chrome. Once installed, when you right click on any news item, it will confirm whether it is fake or not.
  • Poynter.org – and if you are concerned on the spread of Fake News, visit this website which offers a free course on identifying Fake News. The key points to consider are:
  • Is this important enough?
  • Is this fact-checkable?
  • Is this original?
  •  Is this reliable?

 

  • There are many sites which help you identify whether any news items are genuine or not. Some important of these are as under:
  • Altnews.in
  •  Boomlive.in
  • smhoaxslayer.com
  • https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/times-fact-check
  • https://www.thequint.com/news/webqoof
  • https://fssai.gov.in/cms/myth-buster.php
  • Snopes.com
  • www.factcheck.org/
  • https://factly.in/
  • https://www.factchecker.in/

Most importantly

  • Question Everything
  • Ask the sender to provide evidence
  •  Do not forward if not credible
  • Educate Others – Schools, Colleges and Whatsapp Groups

DO NOT BECOME A FOOL / TOOL IN THE SPREADING OF FAKE NEWS!

Updated FAQS on Insider Trading Throw Light on Many Complex Issues

BACKGROUND

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has recently issued (on 31st March, 2023) comprehensive Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on its regulations relating to insider trading – the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 (the Regulations). It is good to see this practice continuing whereby, not just clarifications, even if not binding, are given on important and repetitive issues, but they are all updated and provided at one place. The Regulations are fairly complex with a series of deeming provisions. Insider trading violations are regularly caught through a fairly sophisticated data surveillance, coupled with good investigation and quick orders. Of course, some orders are found wanting on evidence or principles of law applied and do not stand up on appeal, but the fact that such Regulations exist and there is a close watch acts as a deterrent. Insider trading reduces the credibility of markets since investors would feel demoralised if, whether in purchase or in sale, the insiders are able to illegally profit from information they are entrusted with as fiduciaries.

The Regulations are also distinct, in the sense that many of the provisions have a note attached to them which explain the intention of the particular provision. The FAQs add further to this by explaining and clarifying many provisions.

BINDING NATURE OF FAQS

It would be axiomatic to say that the Act and the Regulations and even certain notifications/circulars have a binding effect but not the FAQs. Indeed, they bind not even the regulator, i.e., SEBI, as the FAQs themselves take pains to emphasise. Paragraph 4 of the FAQs, says that the FAQs “…are in the nature of providing guidance on the SEBI (PIT) Regulations, 2015 and any explanation/clarification provided herein should neither be regarded as an interpretation of law nor be treated as a binding opinion/decision of the Securities and Exchange Board of India”.

That said, the FAQs do reveal the mind of the regulator on certain provisions. They explain many concepts useful to the student, the compliance officer and practitioner. Often, the question may not be of technical interpretation but of understanding what a particular provision means to say. Importantly, the cautious compliance officer and companies may prefer to toe the line by following the interpretation given in the FAQs, since it is likely that SEBI may initiate proceedings. The appellate authorities, however, may not give more than a passing view to the FAQs, if at all.

There are 59 frequently raised questions that are answered in the FAQs. While it would not be possible to cover all of them, some of the important ones can be highlighted.

PLEDGE OF SHARES – THEIR CREATION, INVOCATION AND RELEASE

The concept of pledge of shares has to be seen, in context of the Regulations, from at least three perspectives. Firstly, what is pledge of shares and how it is created, invoked and released? Secondly, why is it relevant for these Regulations? Thirdly, who are the persons who have obligations when they pledge their shares or get the pledge released, etc?

Pledge of shares, as a concept is well understood. Shareholders may want to raise finance against the security of shares held by them. Such security may be in the form of hypothecation or pledge, with the latter being more preferred by lenders. Pledge is generally governed by the Indian Contract Act, 1872 but a detailed discussion on this would be beyond the scope of this article. Unlike earlier times when physical shares with duly executed transfer deeds were deposited with the lenders, the depository system requires a different method. The pledge has to be registered with the depository. Invocation of such pledge is easier. Some lenders may still want to go all the way and ask the borrower to actually transfer the shares to the lender’s DEMAT account. The implications of such a ‘pledge’ is a complex issue by itself and deserves a separate detailed discussion.

The Regulations deal with insider trading and the first reaction would be that pledge is not trading as commonly understood. However, the Regulations have learnt from history. A shareholder may pledge while being in possession of unpublished price sensitive information (UPSI) and realise a higher value of shares. Thus, the scope of the terms has been widened to include pledge, and therefore also their invocation and release. Note though that the Regulations provide for this widened meaning by way of a note to the definition of ‘trading’.

Thus, the Regulations require specified insiders not to carry out a pledge while being in possession of UPSI. In other words, the restrictions on trading also apply to the creation of a pledge.

DEALING IN SECURITIES OTHER THAN SHARES/CONTRA TRADES

Do the Regulations apply only to dealings in shares or do they apply to dealings in futures and options too? Do they apply to exercise of ESOPs and also to sale of shares arising on exercise of ESOPs?

To begin with, the Regulations make it clear that they apply to ‘securities’, the definition of which is wide enough to include futures and options. Since ESOPs are a form of options, it is clear that the Regulations apply to ESOPs too. The FAQs specifically deal with this issue to put this issue beyond any doubt.

The question then comes of contra trades. As a matter of principle, the Regulations prohibit trading while in possession of UPSI. However, in case of close insiders (i.e., ‘Designated Persons’ as identified by the company), a stricter rule is adopted. Trading by them at a short intervals, called contra trades, is banned altogether since such trading would typically be done only on basis of UPSI. But several questions arise.

Firstly, futures and options get reversed within a short period. The Regulations do not provide how to deal with this. The FAQs have provided a view as follows. If a person buys futures/options and then sells them (or vice versa) within the maturity period of less than six months, then it would be deemed to be a contra trade and hence prohibited. However, if such trades mature by physical settlement, then they will not be deemed to be contra trades and hence not banned.

Even entitlements to rights shares are treated as securities and hence trading in them would attract the contra trade ban.

As far as ESOPs are concerned, the view expressed is as follows. The first part relates to grant of ESOPs. These are not treated as ‘trading’ and hence grants can be made even when the trading window is closed. Similarly, exercise of ESOPs is also not treated, the FAQs say, as trading. Hence, the acquisition of shares on exercise of ESOPs can be done even while in possession of UPSI. There is yet another concession regarding ESOPs. If shares are acquired on exercise of ESOPs, they do not invite the six-month ban of contra trades and hence such shares can be sold within six months of acquiring the shares.

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER FIDUCIARIES AND THE REGULATIONS

Firms of Chartered Accountants render services to listed companies in many ways. They may act as auditors (statutory or internal or tax), they may act as advisors for many services. This is so also for other professionals such as company secretaries, lawyers, etc. They are very likely to have access to UPSI and hence would generally be deemed to be insiders.

However, they have a further and more elaborate role. They are required to frame a code of conduct which should contain at least the minimum requirements specified in the Model Code. This includes pre-clearance of trading in specified securities, ban on contra trades therein, etc.

Moreover, they are also required to maintain a structured database. Essentially, this is maintenance of prescribed details of persons to whom UPSI is shared with. And maintain such records for at least the minimum specified period. Such database “shall not be outsourced” and “shall be maintained internally”. On the question of keeping such a database on third party servers such as Amazon, Google, etc. which are also maintained outside India, the FAQs give a cryptic answer, instead of a clear ‘yes’ or ‘no’. The answer given merely reiterates the responsibilities of the Board and the Compliance Officer to ensure that all Regulations, laws, etc. are complied with. However, on the question whether the company can use the software provided by third party vendors, the FAQs state that such software and services are provided on a login basis. The vendor may have access to the data and this would be contrary to the requirements of the Regulations.

Professionals rendering services to listed companies and having access to UPSI may range from small proprietorship to a large multi-partner firm, but the requirements are the same.

The FAQs confirm that these requirements are to be complied with by all professionals who have an access to the UPSI.

RELATIVES OF INSIDERS

There is often a confusion on the extent to which persons connected with the insider are also covered by the Regulations. The FAQs speak about this on some aspects.

The term ‘insider’ is broadly defined to cover several groups of persons who may have access to the UPSI. However, apart from persons directly connected to the company, there may be persons who have connection with them. For example, there may be a CFO of a company. The question is whether the family members of such a CFO would also be deemed to be insiders. The Regulations have sought to strike a fair balance but in the process has created confusion. Apart from relatives, several entities connected with such persons are also covered as insiders unless proven otherwise. But we could focus on one term that creates some confusion and practical difficulties too.

‘Immediate relatives’ of specified insiders are also deemed to be insiders, unless proven otherwise. The term ‘immediate relatives’ is defined in a curious manner. It includes not only the spouse, but also parents, siblings and children of such a person or their spouse, but they should be either financially dependent on such a person or should consult such persons in taking decisions relating to trading in securities. On first part, identifying such relatives should be easy enough. The question is applying the two alternate conditions.

Firstly, the question is whether the relative is financially dependent on such a person. This should be generally easy in many circumstances such as a minor child or a non-working spouse, etc. However, there may be grey areas such as a relative who earns and contributes to the household. Whether such persons can be said to be financially dependent?

The other condition is easier to explain but difficult to prove. Does such a relative consult the insider for their decisions on trading in securities? Financial discussions in families are very likely to happen and it would be difficult to prove otherwise. This makes things particularly difficult when the relatives actually take an independent decision. Let us say one person is a partner in a firm of Chartered Accountants acting as statutory auditor and also an advisor to several listed companies. The spouse works in another company and manages their own investments without consulting or even informing the other spouse. If by chance, trading is done by such a spouse in securities of a company where the spouse has access to UPSI, it will be difficult to prove that there was no violation of the Regulations. Now take the matter further where the spouse is a lawyer rendering services to various listed companies. Now the difficulty becomes compounded.

CONCLUSION

The FAQs are welcome generally as they not only clarify several concepts but give a good starting point for taking a view. Many of the difficulties expressed above arise in spite of these FAQs and not because of them. And the Regulations are also complicated because insider trading is not only common, but is often done by while collar educated persons who can use many sophisticated methods including technology to evade the law. Caution then becomes the rule and applying the interpretation given by the FAQs can give a higher level of assurance that one is within the law, even if the clear fact is that they are not binding, not even on SEBI itself.

What’s In a Name? Immovable or Movable Could Be the Same

INTRODUCTION
Immovable property is the most ancient form of an asset which mankind has ever known. Its law and practice are multi-faceted, both from a legal and tax perspective.Different laws have defined the term ‘immovable property’ differently. These definitions are very relevant in determining whether or not a particular asset can be classified as an immovable property. For example, there is a difference in the rates of stamp duty on conveyance of a movable property and an immovable property. Similarly, GST is payable only in respect of sale of goods which are movable property and not on a completed immovable property. Recently, the Supreme Court in the case of the Sub Registrar, Amudalavalasa versus M/s Dankuni Steels Ltd., CA No. 3134-3135 of 2023, order dated 26th April, 2023 had an occasion to consider this issue in great detail. The Court analysed various definitions and propounded the settled principle that anything which is permanently affixed to land would also be immovable property. Let us examine this important proposition.

FACTS OF THE CASE

In the case of Dankuni (supra), under an auction, the assets of a company which consisted of land, building, civil works, plant and machinery and current assets, were declared to be sold to the highest bidder for a consideration of Rs. 8.35 cr. A sale deed was executed for this amount. Subsequent to the sale deed, a conveyance was executed for conveying the land, building and civil works. In the conveyance, the fact of the sale deed was mentioned and it was also stated that the market value of the land and building was Rs. 1.01 cr.Accordingly, the buyer tried to pay stamp duty on this amount of Rs.1.01 cr. and register the conveyance deed. The Sub-Registrar of Assurances did not agree with this value and held that the market value of the plant and machinery should also be included since it was immovable in nature. The matter reached the Division Bench of the Andhra Pradesh High Court, which held that the when the conveyance was only for the land and building, the Sub-Registrar could not force the buyer to pay stamp duty on the value of the plant when he does not seek its registration. The Court directed the registration of the conveyance deed as it stood and for the value recorded therein. Aggrieved by this decision, the Revenue appealed to the Supreme Court.

DEFINITIONS

The Registration Act, 1908 defines the term in an inclusive manner to include land, buildings, hereditary allowances, rights of ways, lights, ferries, fisheries or any other benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to earth or permanently fastened to anything which is attached to the earth, but not standing timber, growing crops and grass.The General Clauses Act, 1897 defines the term to include land, benefits to arise out of land and things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth.

The Transfer of Property Act, 1882, is the primary law dealing with immovable property. The Act merely defines immovable property as not including standing timber, growing crops and grass. However, it defines the phrase attached to the earth to mean-

“(i)      rooted in the earth, as in the case of trees and shrubs;

(ii)    imbedded in the earth, as in the case of walls or buildings; or

(iii)     attached to what is so imbedded for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of that to which it is attached”.

Section2(ja) of the Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958, defines the term immovable property as follows:

“Immovable property includes land, benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth.”

The Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 does not contain any definition of the term immovable property or land. However, the definition of the crucial term “goods” states that it not only includes every kind of movable property other than money and securities but also actionable claims, growing crops, grass and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be severed before supply or under a contract of supply.  Thus, in this case the definition under the Transfer of Property Act would come in useful.

From the above definitions, it would be evident that the main issue whether an asset is an immovable property or not would arise in respect of plant and machinery, power transmission towers, cellular towers, and similar assets.

JUDICIAL HISTORY

Various landmark decisions of the Supreme Court and High Courts have dealt with what is an immovable property. Key decisions are discussed below.The Supreme Court in Sirpur Paper Mills (1998) 1 SCC 400 while examining whether or not a paper plant was an immovable property, held that the whole purpose behind attaching the machine to a concrete base was to prevent wobbling of the machine and to secure maximum operational efficiency and also for safety. It further held that paper-making machine was saleable as such by simply removing the machinery from its base. Hence, the machinery assembled and erected at its factory site was not an immovable property because it was not something attached to the earth like a building or a tree.  The test laid down was, whether the machine can be sold in the market. Just because the plant and machinery is fixed in the earth for better functioning, it would not automatically become an immovable property.

Further, the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Duncan’s Industries Ltd vs. State Of U. P. (2000) 1 SCC 633, dealing with a fertiliser plant, is also relevant in determining what is movable and what is immovable. In this case, the Supreme Court distinguished Sirpur’s case and held that whether machinery which is embedded in the earth is a movable property or an immovable property, depends upon the facts and circumstances of each case. Primarily, the court will have to take into consideration the intention of the party when it decided to embed the machinery: the key question is, whether such embedment was intended to be temporary or permanent?  If the machineries which have been embedded in the earth permanently with a view to utilising the same as a plant, e.g., to operate a fertiliser plant, and the same was not embedded to be dismantled and removed for the purpose of sale as a machinery at any point of time, then it should be treated as an immovable property.  In this case, a transfer took place on “as is where is” basis and “as a going concern” of a fertiliser business. This was preceded by an agreement which involved also expressly the transfer of plant and machinery. The Collector levied a stamp duty and penalty on the basis that since the transfer contemplated the sale of the unit as a going concern, the intention of the vendor was to transfer all properties in the fertiliser business in question.

Applying the above principles, the Apex Court agreed with the demand of the Collector. It was held that when the buyer contended that the possession of the plant and machinery were handed over separately to by the vendor, the machineries were not dismantled and given to the buyer, nor was it possible to visualise from the nature of the plant that such a possession de hors the land could be given by the buyer. Thus, it was an attempt to reduce the market value of the property the document by drafting it as a conveyance deed regarding the land only. The buyer had purported to transfer the possession of the plant and machinery separately and was contending now that this handing over possession of the machinery was de hors the conveyance deed. The Court relied on the conveyance deed itself to hold that what was conveyed was not only the land but the entire fertiliser business including plant and machinery.

In the case of Triveni Engineering & Indus. Ltd., 2000 (120) ELT 273 (SC), the Supreme Court held that generating sets consisting of the generator and its prime base mover are mounted together as one unit on a common base. Floors, concrete bases, walls, partitions, ceilings etc., even if specially fitted out to accommodate machines or appliances, cannot be regarded as a common base joining such machines or appliances to form a whole. The installation or erection of the turbo alternator on the concrete base specially constructed on the land could not be treated as a common base and, therefore, it followed that the installation or erection of turbo alternator on the platform constructed on the land would be immovable property.

The decision in the case of Mittal Engineering Works Pvt. Ltd. vs. CCE Meerut, 1996(88) ELT622 (SC) was on similar lines where it held that a mono vertical crystalliser, which had to be assembled, erected and attached to the earth by a foundation at the site of the sugar factory was not capable of being sold as it is, without anything more. Hence, the plant was not a movable property.

In Quality Steel Tubes (P) Ltd vs Collector of Central Excise, 1995 SCC (2) 372 it was held that goods which were attached to the earth became immovable, and did not satisfy the test of being goods within the meaning of the Excise Act nor could be said to be capable of being brought to the market for being bought or sold, fall within the definition of immovable. Therefore, a plant of tube mill and welding head was regarded as immovable.

The Delhi High Court in Inox Air Products Ltd vs. Rathi Ispat Ltd (2007) 136 DLT 101 (DB) dealt with machineries which have been embedded in the earth, to constitute Cryogenic Air Separation Plants for the production of oxygen and nitrogen to be used in the production of steel. The machinery was erected with civil and structural works, viz., foundation, piling, structural support and pipe support, etc. for the installation of the plant, and the same could not be shifted without first dismantling it and then re-erecting it at another site. These were held to be immovable in nature. On erection, the machinery, ceased to be movable property. The Court held the machinery did not answer the description of “goods” or “movable property”, which by its very nature envisaged mobility and marketability on an “as it is, where it is basis”. Even though, the plant and machinery after dismantling could have been sold as scrap, but that was also the case with steel recovered from the rubble of an edifice.

The Karnataka High Court in Shree Arcee Steel P Ltd vs. Bharat Overseas Bank Ltd, AIR 2005 Kant 287, held that the meaning of the word “immovable” means permanent, fixed, not liable to be removed. In other words, for a chattel to become immovable property, it must be attached to the immovable property permanently as a building or as a tree attached to earth. Though a moveable property was attached to earth permanently for beneficial use and enjoyment, it remained a movable property. The Court gave an illustration that though a sugar cane machine/or an oil engine was attached to earth, it was moveable property. The degree, manner, extent and strength of attachment of the chattel to the earth or building were the main features to be recorded. Thus, the Court concluded that a centerless bar turning machine measuring 80’ in length and 10’ in width and 5’ height embedded to the earth by mounting the same on a cement base and fastened to it with bolts and nuts could not be called as immovable property.

The Central Board of Excise and Customs had, under the erstwhile, Central Excise Act 1944, after considering several Court decisions (including some of those mentioned above), clarified vide Order No. 58/1/2002 – CX that:

(A)    If items assembled or erected at site and attached by foundation to the earth cannot be dismantled without substantial damages to components and thus cannot be reassembled, then the items would not be considered as movables.

(B)    If any goods installed at site (e.g., paper-making machine) are capable of being sold or shifted as such after removal from the base and without dismantling into its components/parts, the goods would be considered to be movable. If the goods, though capable of being sold or shifted without dismantling, are actually dismantled into their components/parts for ease of transportation etc., they will not cease to be movable merely because they are transported in dismantled condition.

(C)    The intention of the party is also a factor to be taken into consideration to ascertain whether the embedment of machinery in the earth was to be temporary or permanent. This, in case of doubt, may help determine whether the goods are moveable or immovable.

The CBEC also issued clarifications for specific items:

(i)    Turn key projects like Steel Plants, Cement plants, Power plants, etc. involving supply of large number of components, machinery, equipments, pipes and tubes, etc. for their assembly/installation/erection/integration/inter-connectivity on foundation/civil structure etc. at site, will not be considered as excisable goods.

(ii)    Huge tanks made of metal for storage of petroleum products in oil refineries or installations: These tanks, though not embedded in the earth, are erected at site, stage by stage, and after completion they cannot be physically moved. On sale/disposal they have necessarily to be dismantled and sold as metal sheets/scrap. It is not possible to assemble the tank all over again. Such tanks are therefore not moveable.

(iii)    Refrigeration/Air conditioning plants: These are basically systems comprising of compressors, ducting, pipings, insulators and sometimes cooling towers, etc. They are in the nature of systems and not machines as a whole. They come into existence only by assembly and connection of various components and parts. The refrigeration/air conditioning system as a whole cannot be considered to be goods.

(iv)    Lifts and escalators: Lifts and escalators which are installed in buildings and permanently fitted into the civil structure cannot be considered to be goods.

DECISION IN DANKUNI’S CASE

The Supreme Court considered the various statutory definitions of the term immovable property as well as its own decision in Duncans (supra). It also considered the sale deed in the present case. Accordingly, it was clear from the sale deed itself, that the total sale consideration was Rs. 8.35 cr., for the land, building, civil works, plant and machinery and current assets, etc. However, what had been done was that an amount of Rs.1.01 cr. had been taken as the value of the land, building and civil works. The Court held that what was purported to be conveyed, was, the land as defined in the Sale Deed and land was immovable property. However, Immovable property was defined in the General Clauses Act, 1897 as ‘including land, benefits to arrive out of land and things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth’. When it came to the definition of ‘immovable property’ in the Transfer of Property Act, it is defined as ‘not including standing timber, growing crops or grass’. In the Registration Act, 1908, immovable property included, apart from land and buildings, things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth but not including standing timber, growing crops or grass. In this respect, the Supreme Court made a useful reference to section 8 of the Transfer of Property Act which declared that in the absence of an express or implied indication, a transfer of property passed to the transferee all the interests, which the transferor was capable of passing in the property and in the legal incidents thereof. Such incidents included, inter alia, where the property was land, all things attached to the earth. Accordingly, the Apex Court laid down a very important principle, that when the property was machinery attached to the earth, the movable parts thereof also were comprehended in the transfer.A proper reading of the Sale Deed, indicated that what was conveyed was rights over the scheduled property, which, no doubt, was the land but it also included all the rights, easements, interests, etc., i.e., the rights which ordinarily passed on such sale over the land. The Court held that it was from a reading of this deed in conjunction with section 8 of the Transfer of Property Act that the intention of the parties become self-evident that the vendor intended to convey, all things, which inter alia stood attached to the earth. The mere fact that there was no express reference to plant and machinery in the Sale Deed did not mean that the interest in the plant and machinery which stood attached to the land was not conveyed. It held that the buyer had only considered value of the land, building and civil works and this was done to tide over the liability to stamp duty for what was actually, in law, conveyed. Thus, the Court concluded that it was clear that the sale deed operated to convey the rights over the plant and machinery as well, which were comprised in the land mentioned in the sale deed. However, it added that as far as plant and machinery was concerned, it would be only that which was permanently embedded to the earth and answering the description of the immovable property as defined above. Accordingly, the stamp duty valuation should be recomputed on that basis.

EPILOGUE

Apparently, the quote “What’s in a Name?” would hold true in this case. Even if an asset is called movable property, if it answers the description of immovable property, then instruments dealing with it would be subject to stamp duty accordingly. In this case, a “Rose by any other name would smell as sweet!” Although one may hasten to add that here, the smell would be far from sweet due to the higher stamp duty incidence.

Section 147 r.w.s 148 – Reopening of assessment – Based on TPO report – Reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer to determine Arms’ Length Price cannot be initiated, in the absence of any proceeding pending before the AO – Reference for determination of Arms’ Length Price cannot precede the initiation of assessment proceedings.

9. PCIT – 6 vs. Kimberly Clark Lever Pvt Ltd
[ITA No. 123 Of 2018,
Dated: 7th June, 2023. (Bom.) (HC).]

Section 147 r.w.s 148 – Reopening of assessment – Based on TPO report – Reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer to determine Arms’ Length Price cannot be initiated, in the absence of any proceeding pending before the AO – Reference for determination of Arms’ Length Price cannot precede the initiation of assessment proceedings.

The assessee is engaged in the business of manufacturing diapers and sanitary napkins. It also markets consumer tissue products and had filed a return of income declaring total income at Rs.30,01,43,006 on 31st October, 2007 for the A.Y. 2007-08.

The return of income was processed under section 143(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act). The AO made reference under section 92CA of the Act to the Transfer Pricing Officer (TPO) on 26th October, 2009. The TPO passed an order under section 92CA(3) of the Act on 29th October, 2010 making an adjustment on account of arms’ length price of the international transaction at Rs.12,17,43,370. The AO recorded reasons for re-opening the assessment and issued notice under section 148 of the Act on 14th January, 2011. The assessee vide its letter dated 28th January 2011 objected to the notice. It was the case of the assessee that the reasons to believe income had escaped assessment was based on an invalid transfer pricing order, and hence there was no reason for re-opening the assessment on the basis of the said order of TPO. The reason why the assessee took this stand was because respondent’s return of income was processed under section 143(1) of the Act and there was no assessment proceeding pending under section 143(3) of the Act during which a reference could be made to the TPO under section 92CA of the Act. Hence, such a reference to TPO itself was invalid and any order passed by the TPO would be invalid and such an invalid order of the TPO cannot be the reason for re-opening the assessment. Admittedly, no notice under Section 143(2) of the Act had also been issued. The AO has in fact admitted that the case was not selected for scrutiny and no notice under section 143(2) of the Act was issued but in view of the findings of the TPO he has re-opened the case for the A.Y. 2007-08.

The assessee contented that where against the return of income filed by the assessee in time, no proceedings were initiated by issuing notice under section 143(2) of the Act, the reference made to the TPO by the AO under section 92CA(1) of the Act was invalid. Consequently, the order passed by the TPO under section 92CA(3) of the Act could not be the basis for recording the reasons for re-opening the assessment, i.e., initiating re-assessment proceedings. Where the AO had re-opened the assessment by merely making a reference to the order of the TPO which admittedly was passed without any jurisdiction, then there was no independent application of mind by the AO to commence the re-assessment proceedings. In the absence of the same, the assessment proceedings could not be re-opened.

The Honourable Court observed that it is judicially well settled that the belief of the AO that there has been escapement of income must be based on some material on record. There must be some material on record to enable the AO to entertain a belief that certain income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment for the relevant Assessment Year. In this case, the only material relied upon is the order of the TPO.

The issue which arose for consideration is the validity of the assessment proceedings initiated under section 147/148 of the Act. As noted earlier, admittedly reference was made to the TPO for determining the arms’ length price of the international transaction and no notice under section 143(2) of the Act was issued before making the said reference to the TPO. When no assessment proceedings were pending in relation to the relevant assessment year, the AO was precluded from making a reference to the TPO under section 92CA(1) of the Act for the purpose of computing arms’ length price in relation to the international transaction.

The entire scheme and mechanism to compute any income arising from an international transaction entered between associated enterprises is contained in Sections 92 to 92F of the Act. Section 92CA of the Act provides that where the AO considers it necessary or expedient so to do, he may refer the computation of arm’s length price in relation to an international transaction to the TPO. In such a situation, the TPO, after taking into account the material before him, pass an order in writing under section 92CA(3) of the Act determining the arms’ length price in relation to an international transaction. On receipt of this order, Section 92CA(4) of the Act requires the AO to compute the total income of the assessee in conformity with the arms’ length price so determined by the TPO. This means that the determination of the arm’s length price wherever a reference is made to him is done by the TPO under section 92CA(3) of the Act but the computation of total income having regard to the arm’s length price so determined by the TPO is required to be done by the AO under section 92CA(4) r.w.s. 92C(4) of the Act.

Therefore, the process of determination of arm’s length price is to be carried out during the course of assessment proceedings, may it be, under Sub Section (3) of Section 92C of the Act where the AO determines the arm’s length price or under Sub Sections (1) to (3) of Section 92CA of the Act, where the AO refers the determination of arm’s length price to the TPO. Reference may also be made to the provisions of section 143(3) of the Act dealing with assessment of income. In terms of clause (ii) of Sub Section 3 of Section 143 of the Act, it is prescribed that the AO shall, by an order in writing, make an assessment of the total income or loss of the assessee, and determine the sum payable by him or refund on any amount due to him on the basis of such assessment. It is only in the course of such assessment of total income, that the AO is obligated to compute any income arising from an international transaction of an assessee with associated enterprises, having regard to the arm’s length price.

The occasion which requires the AO to compute income from an international transaction arises only during the assessment proceedings, wherein he is determining the total income of the assessee. The Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) in Instructions No. 3 dated 20th May, 2003 has also stated that a case is to be selected for scrutiny assessment before the AO may refer the computation of arm’s length price in relation to an international transaction to the TPO under Section 92CA of the Act.

Therefore, the Honourable Court upheld the proposition that an AO can make reference to the TPO under section 92CA of the Act only after selecting the case for scrutiny assessment. The instructions of CBDT are also a pointer to the legislative import that the reference to the TPO for determining the arm’s length price in relation to an international transaction is envisaged only in the course of the assessment proceedings, which is the only process known to the Act, whereby the assessment of total income is done. Therefore, the Tribunal was correct to hold that when reference was made to the TPO by the AO for determination of arm’s length price in relation to the international transaction, when no assessment proceedings were pending, was an invalid reference. Consequently, the subsequent order passed by the TPO determining the assessment to the international transaction was a nullity in law and void ab initio. In view thereof, the AO could not have relied upon an order of the TPO which is a nullity to form a belief that certain income chargeable to tax has escaped the assessment for the relevant Assessment Year.

In view of the above, the revenue’s Appeal was dismissed.

Section 263 – Revision – interest under section 244A on excess refund – where two views are possible – Order cannot be stated to be erroneous or prejudicial to interest of revenue.

8 Pr. CIT – 2 vs. Bank of Baroda
[ITA NO. 100 OF 2018,
Dated: 07/06/2023, (Bom.) (HC)]
[Arising from ITA No 3432/MUM/2014,
Bench: E Mumbai; dated: 9th November, 2016; A.Year: 2007-08 ]

Section 263 – Revision – interest under section 244A on excess refund – where two views are possible – Order cannot be stated to be erroneous or prejudicial to interest of revenue.

The Assessee had filed return of income on 30th October, 2007 for A.Y. 2007-08 declaring total income of Rs. 997,10,30,681. Subsequently, a revised return declaring an income of Rs. 615,19,97,000 was filed on 19th March, 2009. The assessment was completed under section 143(3) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) on 23rd March, 2009 assessing total income at Rs.1904,69,88,000. The Assessee preferred an appeal and the CIT(A) vide an order dated 15th June, 2011 decided some issues in the favor of the assessee. An effect to the CIT(A) order has been given by the AO on 7th March, 2012 resulting in revised income being accepted at Rs. 968,38,10,000. This resulted in a refund of Rs. 377,95,44,631.

On verification of the records, the PCIT noticed that the AO had failed to conduct proper enquiries and examine the issues in an appropriate manner. This gave rise to an erroneous assumption in as much as in the original return the assessee had claimed a refund of Rs. 21,19,54,764 as against the claim of refund of Rs. 337,74,22,347 in the revised return. The PCIT felt that the delay in claiming enhanced refund was attributable to the assessee and accordingly interest under section 244(A) of the Act was not allowable on the refund of Rs. 125,54,67,583 for 11 months, i.e., from 1st April, 2008 to 19th March, 2009. According to the PCIT, this resulted in an excess allowance of interest of Rs. 9,81,31,689. Consequently, a notice under section 263 of the Act was issued. The Assessee appeared, made submissions and PCIT passed an order which was impugned by assessee before the ITAT. The ITAT allowed the appeal vide order dated 9th November, 2016. It followed the coordinate Bench decision on the issue in case of State Bank of India vs. DCIT (ITA No 6817&6823/M/2012, A.Y. 2001-02 and ITA No 6818 & 6824, A.Y. 2002-2003)

Sub Section (2) of Section 244(A) of the Act reads as under:

(2) If the proceedings resulting in the refund are delayed for reasons attributable to the assessee, whether wholly or in part, the period of the delay so attributable to him shall be excluded from the period for which interest is payable, and where any question arises as to the period to be excluded, it shall be decided by the Chief Commissioner or Commissioner whose decision thereon shall be final.

The Honourable Court observed that as per the provision if the proceedings resulting in the refund are delayed for the reasons attributable to the assessee, the period of delay so attributable to the assessee shall be excluded from the period for which interest is payable. The Court noted that there were no findings of the PCIT as to how the assessee delayed the proceedings that resulted in the refund or what reasons could be attributable to the assessee. It was true that assessee had initially filed return of income on 30th October, 2007, declaring total income of Rs. 997,10,30,681, and subsequently on 19th March, 2009 a revised return declaring an income of Rs. 615,19,97,000 was filed. The assessment was completed under section 143(3) of the Act on 23rd March, 2009 assessing the total income at Rs. 1904,69,88,000. Against the assessment order, the assessee preferred an appeal and the CIT(A) vide an order dated 15th June, 2011 decided some issues in favour of the assesse. In giving effect to CIT(A)’s order, the AO on 7th March, 2012 granted a refund of Rs. 377,95,44,631. Therefore it cannot be stated that proceedings resulting in the refund were delayed for reasons attributable to assessee wholly or in part.

The Court observed that, the ITAT has also, relied on a judgment in the State Bank of India vs. DCIT-2 (supra) case and come to a conclusion that the order passed by the AO was neither erroneous nor prejudicial to the interest of revenue, and the AO has allowed the amount of interest in question taking one of the possible views. The Tribunal had held that where two views are possible and the AO takes one of the possible views, the PCIT could not have exercised revisional jurisdiction under section 263 of the Act.

The Honourable Court after perusal of the ITAT order held that the entire issue is fact-based. The Tribunal having come to the factual conclusion on the basis of materials on record, decided that no question of law arises. In view of the same, the revenue’s Appeal was dismissed.

Search and seizure — Assessment in search cases — General principles — No incriminating material found during search — Assessment completed on date of search — No additions can be made in assessment pursuant to search

27. S. M. Kamal Pasha vs. Dy. CIT
[2023] 454 ITR 157 (Kar.)
Date of order: 2nd September, 2022
Sections: 132 and 153A of ITA 1961

Search and seizure — Assessment in search cases — General principles — No incriminating material found during search — Assessment completed on date of search — No additions can be made in assessment pursuant to search.

Pursuant to a search and seizure conducted under section 132 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in the residential premises of the assessee, the AO issued notice under section 153A. The assessee declared a total income of Rs. 99,33,890 in his return filed in response to the notice. Thereafter, the AO passed an order assessing the total income at Rs.7,92,57,600.

The Commissioner(Appeals) set aside the order passed under section 153A. The Tribunal allowed the Department’s appeal.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“The Tribunal was not justified in reversing the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) setting aside the order u/s. 153A when there did not exist any incriminating material found during the search u/s. 132 for issuing notice u/s. 153A. Hence the order of the Tribunal was set aside and the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) was restored.”

Search and Seizure — Assessment of third person — Income-tax survey — Statement of assessee during survey not conclusive evidence — Author of diary based on which addition made had expired on date of search and entries not used in case of person against whom search conducted — Addition as unexplained investment in assessee’s case — Erroneous and unsustainable.

26 Dinakara Suvarna vs. DCIT
[2023] 454 ITR 21 (Kar.)
A.Ys.: 2005-06 to 2007-08
Date of order: 08th July 2022
Sections: 69B, 132, 147 and 153C of ITA 1961

Search and Seizure — Assessment of third person — Income-tax survey — Statement of assessee during survey not conclusive evidence — Author of diary based on which addition made had expired on date of search and entries not used in case of person against whom search conducted — Addition as unexplained investment in assessee’s case — Erroneous and unsustainable.

The assessee was a contractor. A search was conducted under section 132 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in the residential premises of one AK and a diary was seized. The diary contained details of payments made by AK to the assessee. Thereafter, on 21st April, 2009, a survey action under section 133A was conducted in the business premises of the assessee, and his statement was recorded wherein the assessee agreed to offer 8 per cent additional receipts as income. However, the assessee did not file his revised return offering additional income.

On 26th March, 2010, the AO issued a notice under section 148 of the Act and called upon the assessee to show cause as to why the amount agreed to be offered to tax was not declared in the return of income. On 12th April, 2010, the assessee filed his return of income and declared the same income as filed in the original return of income. The assessee vide letter dated 30th May, 2010 objected to the reopening on the grounds that there was no reason to believe that the income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment. On 24th December, 2010, the AO passed assessment orders for the A.Ys. 2005-06 to 2007-08 making the additions.

The CIT(Appeals) partly allowed the appeals. The assessee and the Revenue preferred appeals against the said order before the Tribunal. Against the appeal preferred by the Revenue, the assessee preferred cross-objections. The Tribunal partly allowed the appeals and cross-objections filed by the assessee. The appeal preferred by the Revenue for the A.Y. 2007-08 was partly allowed and dismissed the appeals for other years.

The following questions were framed by the Karnataka High Court in the appeal filed by the assessee:

“a)    Whether the Tribunal is correct in law in upholding the action of the Assessing Officer in reopening the assessment u/s. 147 of the Act for the A.Ys. 2005-06, 2006-07 and 2007-08 on the facts and circumstances of the case?

b)    Whether the Tribunal erred in law in not holding that there was no reason to believe that income escaped assessment and all mandatory conditions to reopen the assessment u/s. 147 of the Act were not satisfied on the facts and circumstances of the case?

c)    Whether the Tribunal was correct in law in reversing the deletion made by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) of the addition u/s. 69B in respect of alleged unexplained investments made in properties of Rs. 28,75,500 for the A.Y. 2007-08 on the facts and circumstances of the case?”

The High Court allowed the appeal and held as follows:

“i) The Tribunal had erred in upholding the reopening of the assessment u/s. 147 for the A.Ys. 2005-06, 2006-07 and 2007-08 and in holding that there was reason to believe that income had escaped assessment and all mandatory conditions to reopen the assessment were satisfied. No proceedings were initiated u/s. 153C. Thus, there was patent non-application of mind. The Assessing Officer had not recorded his satisfaction with regard to escapement of income. The assessee’s admission
during the survey u/s. 133A could not be a conclusive evidence.

ii) The Tribunal had erred in reversing the deletion made by the Commissioner (Appeals) of the addition made u/s. 69B for the A.Y. 2007-08. We have perused the order passed by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) and Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. It is held therein that the entries in the seized diary could not be relied upon because Smt. Soumya Shetty had passed away and there was no corroborating evidence. The Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) has held that it was travesty of justice that the relevant entry has not been used in Shri Ashok Chowta’s case but it has been used in the assessee’s case who is a third party to the proceedings. The Tribunal while reversing the finding of Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) has relied upon the signature of the assessee in the seized diary. Admittedly, the author of the diary had passed away. The addition has been made in the case of the assessee based on the entries in the diary but the said entries have not been used in the case of Shri Chowta. As recorded hereinabove, the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Pullangode Rubber Produce Co. Ltd. has held that admission is an important piece of evidence but it cannot be said to be conclusive. Shri Chandrashekar also placed reliance on CIT v. S. Khader Khan Son [2008] 300 ITR 157 (Mad) and contended that a statement recorded u/s. 133A of the Act is not given any evidentiary value because the officer is not authorised to administer oath and to take any sworn statement. Therefore, in view of the fact that the author of the diary had passed away and relevant entry has not been used in the case of Shri Chowta himself, reversing the findings of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal is not sustainable.”

Search and seizure — Assessment in search cases — Effect of insertion of section 153D by Finance Act, 2007 — CBDT circular dated 12th March, 2008 and Manual of Office Procedure laying down the condition of approval of draft order of Commissioner — Circular and Manual binding on Income-tax authorities — Approval granted without application of mind — Order of assessment — Not valid.

25. ACIT Vs. Serajuddin and Co.
[2023] 454 ITR 312 (Orissa)
A. Ys.: 2009-10
Date of order: 15th March, 2023
Sections: 153A and 153D of ITA 1961.

Search and seizure — Assessment in search cases — Effect of insertion of section 153D by Finance Act, 2007 — CBDT circular dated 12th March, 2008 and Manual of Office Procedure laying down the condition of approval of draft order of Commissioner — Circular and Manual binding on Income-tax authorities — Approval granted without application of mind — Order of assessment — Not valid.

The search and seizure operation was carried out in the case of assessee and various other persons and concerns of the assessee. Subsequently, assessments were completed and orders were passed under section 143(3)/144/153A after making various additions/disallowances.

The assessment orders were challenged in appeal. One of the grounds for challenge was in respect of non-compliance with section 153D which required prior approval of the Additional Commissioner (Addl. CIT). Further, the approval had been granted in a mechanical manner without application of mind. The CIT(A) observed that a consolidated approval order given by the Addl. CIT for A.Ys. 2003-04 to 2009-10 and therefore held, partly allowing the appeal, that it was not necessary for the AO to mention the fact of approval in the body of the assessment order. The Tribunal concluded that the approval was granted without application of mind and the assessment orders were accordingly set aside.

The Orissa High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Department and held as under:

“i)    Among the changes brought about by the Finance Act, 2007 was the insertion of section 153D of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The CBDT circular dated March 12, 2008 ([2008] 299 ITR (St.) 8) refers to the various changes and, inter alia, also to the insertion of a new section 153D. Even prior to the introduction of section 153D in the Act, there was a requirement u/s. 158BG of the Act, which was substituted by the Finance Act of 1997 with retrospective effect from January 1, 1997, of the Assessing Officer having to obtain previous approval of the Joint Commissioner/Additional Commissioner by submitting a draft assessment order following a search and seizure operation.

ii)    The requirement of prior approval u/s. 153D of the Act is comparable with a similar requirement u/s. 158BG of the Act. The only difference is that the latter provision occurs in Chapter XIV-B relating to “Special procedure for assessment of search cases” whereas section 153D is part of Chapter XIV. A plain reading of section 153D itself makes it abundantly clear that the legislative intent was for the Assessing Officer when he is below the rank of a Joint Commissioner, to obtain “prior approval” before he passes an assessment order or reassessment order u/s. 153A(1)(b) or 153B(2)(b) of the Act.

iii)    An approval of a superior officer cannot be a mechanical exercise. While elaborate reasons need not be given, there has to be some indication that the approving authority has examined the draft orders and finds that it meets the requirement of the law. The mere repeating of the words of the statute, or mere “rubber stamping” of the letter seeking sanction by using similar words like “seen” or “approved” will not satisfy the requirement of the law. This is where the Technical Manual of Office Procedure becomes important. Although, it was in the context of section 158BG of the Act, it would equally apply to section 153D of the Act. There are three or four requirements that are mandated therein: (i) the Assessing Officer should submit the draft assessment order “well in time”; (ii) the final approval must be in writing; and (iii) the fact that approval has been obtained, should be mentioned in the body of the assessment order. The Manual is meant as a guideline to Assessing Officers. Since it was issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes, the powers for issuing such guidelines can be traced to section 119 of the Act. The instructions under section 119 of the Act are binding on the Department.

iv)    It was an admitted position that the assessment orders were totally silent about the Assessing Officer having written to the Additional Commissioner seeking his approval or of the Additional Commissioner having granted such approval. Interestingly, the assessment orders were passed on December 30, 2010 without mentioning this fact. These two orders were therefore not in compliance with the requirement spelt out in para 9 of the Manual of Official Procedure. The requirement of prior approval of the superior officer before an order of assessment or reassessment is passed pursuant to a search operation is a mandatory requirement of section 153D of the Act and such approval is not meant to be given mechanically. In the present cases such approval was granted mechanically without application of mind by the Additional Commissioner resulting in vitiating the assessment orders themselves.”

Offences and prosecution — Sanction for prosecution — Failure to deposit tax deducted at source — Failure due to inadvertence of assessee’s official — Assessee depositing tax deducted at source with interest though after delay — Effect of Circular issued by CBDT — Prosecution orders quashed.

24. Dev Multicom Pvt Ltd & Ors vs. State of Jharkhand
[2023] 454 ITR 48 (Jharkhand):
A. Y. 2017-18
Date of order: 28th February, 2022
Sections 276B, 278B and 279(1) of ITA 1961

Offences and prosecution — Sanction for prosecution — Failure to deposit tax deducted at source — Failure due to inadvertence of assessee’s official — Assessee depositing tax deducted at source with interest though after delay — Effect of Circular issued by CBDT — Prosecution orders quashed.

The assessee had deducted tax at source. However, this tax deducted at source had been deposited with delay. The assessee paid an interest on the delay in depositing of tax deducted at source. Prosecution notices were served on the assesses and complaint was lodged stating that the assessee and its principal officer had deducted tax but failed to credit the same to the account of Central Government and therefore committed offence punishable u/s. 276B of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The assessee filed petition to quash the complaint. The Jharkhand High Court allowed the petition and held as under:

“i)    Instruction F. No. 255/339/79-IT(Inv.) dated May 28, 1980, issued by the CBDT that prosecution u/s. 276B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 shall not normally be proposed when the amount of tax deducted at source involved or the period of default is not substantial and the amount in default has also been deposited in the meantime to the credit of the Government. But no such consideration will apply to levy of interest u/s. 201(1A).

ii)    The tax deducted at source in all the cases was deposited with interest by the assessees and there was no reason to proceed with the criminal proceeding after receiving the amount with interest though a delay had occurred in depositing the amount. The continuation of the proceedings would amount to an abuse of the process of the court.

iii)    Apart from one or two cases, the deducted amount was not more than Rs. 50,000. While passing the sanction u/s. 279(1) the sanctioning authority had not considered the Instruction dated May 28, 1980 issued in this regard by the CBDT. Accordingly, the entire criminal proceedings and the cognizance orders in the respective cases passed by the Special Economic Offices whereby cognizance had been taken against the assessees for the offences u/s. 276B and 278B were quashed.”

Industrial undertaking — Special deduction under section 80-IB — Condition precedent — Manufacture of article — Making of poultry feed amounts to manufacture — Assessee entitled to special deduction under section 80-IB.

23. Principal CIT vs. Shalimar Pellet Feeds Ltd
[2023] 453 ITR 547 (Cal)
A. Y. 2008-09 to 2013-14
Date of order: 22nd February, 2022
Section 80-IB of ITA 1961

Industrial undertaking — Special deduction under section 80-IB — Condition precedent — Manufacture of article — Making of poultry feed amounts to manufacture — Assessee entitled to special deduction under section 80-IB.

For the A.Y. 2008-09 to 2013-14, the assessee claimed a deduction under section 80-IB(5) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the grounds that the activity of manufacturing poultry feed in their factory was a manufacturing activity. The AO was of the view that there was no manufacturing done and that the assessee only mixed various products, that each one of them had an individual identity and could not be construed to be an input for manufacturing of poultry feed. The AO rejected the asessee’s claim.

The CIT (Appeals) allowed the assessee’s claim and granted deduction. The Tribunal, on the facts and on the grounds that the Central Government had notified the poultry feed industry under section 80-IB(4) affirmed the order of the CIT (Appeals).

The Calcutta High Court dismissed the appeals filed by the Revenue and held as under:

“i)    For the A.Ys. 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010-11 the appeals were covered by the circular issued by the CBDT and therefore were not maintainable since they involved low tax effect.

ii)    The process undertaken by the assessee in producing the poultry feed amounted to manufacture. The simple test which could be applied was to examine as to whether the individual ingredients which were mixed together to form the poultry feed could be recovered and brought back to their original position. After the process was completed, if such reversal was not possible then the final product had a distinct and separate character and identity. Though the individual ingredients were capable of being consumed by human beings, the end product, namely, the poultry feed could not be consumed by human beings. Therefore, the individual ingredients would lose their identity and get merged with the final product which was a separate product having its own identity and characteristics. Nothing contrary was shown by the Department against the factual findings recorded by the Commissioner (Appeals) after examining the process undertaken by the assessee as affirmed by the Tribunal. The Tribunal was right in confirming the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) granting deduction u/s. 80-IB for the A.Ys. 2011-12, 2012-13 and 2013-14.”

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — Interest — Funds received for project from capital subsidy, debt and equity — Funds placed with banks during period of construction of project — Interest earned thereon capital in nature.

22. Principal CIT vs. Brahmaputra Cracker & Polymer Ltd
[2023] 454 ITR 202 (Gau):
A. Ys. 2011-12, 2014-15 and 2015-16
 Date of order: 12th April, 2023
Section 4 of ITA 1961

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — Interest — Funds received for project from capital subsidy, debt and equity — Funds placed with banks during period of construction of project — Interest earned thereon capital in nature.

The assessee received a capital subsidy from the Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers for setting up Integrated a Petro-Chemical Complex. The assessee maintained a separate bank account for such capital subsidy and any excess amount not being utilised was temporarily parked in short-term deposits in banks and interest was earned thereupon. The assessee made these deposits in accordance with the guidelines of the Department of the Public Enterprises. Clarifications were received from the Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers indicating that the interest earned on the aforesaid deposits shall be treated as a part of the capital subsidy and will reduce the part of capital subsidy sought from the Government. The assessee claimed these receipts as capital receipts in the return of income. The AO treated these receipts as revenue receipts chargeable to tax.

The CIT(A) allowed the appeal of the assessee. The Tribunal dismissed the appeal of the Department.

The Gauhati High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Department and held as under:

“Interest received by the assessee from short-term deposits made out of unutilized capital subsidy, unutilized debt funds, and unutilized equity funds received as capital during the formative years till the project was completed was rightly claimed by the assessee as capital receipts. No question of law arose.”

Assessment — Validity — Amalgamation of companies — Fact of amalgamation intimated to Income-tax authorities — Notice and order of assessment in the name of company which had ceased to exist — Not valid.

21. Inox Wind Energy Ltd vs. Addl./Joint/Deputy/Asst. CIT/ITO
[2023] 454 ITR 162 (Guj.)
A. Y. 2018-19
Date of order: 31st January, 2023
Section: 143 of ITA 1961

Assessment — Validity — Amalgamation of companies — Fact of amalgamation intimated to Income-tax authorities — Notice and order of assessment in the name of company which had ceased to exist — Not valid.

IR was incorporated on 11th October, 2010 under the Companies Act. For the A.Y. 2018-19 the return of income was filed declaring the total income at nil. The case was selected for scrutiny and the notice under section 143(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, was issued on 23rd September, 2019. Pending this assessment, on 25th January, 2021, the composite scheme of arrangement between IR and GFL and the assessee-company was approved by the National Company Law Tribunal and the appointed date for the merger of IR and GFL was fixed on 1st April, 2010 and demerger of the energy business to the assessee-company was from 1st July, 2020. The scheme since came into operation from 9th February, 2021, and the jurisdictional AO received the intimation through e-mail on 10th March, 2021. The assessee informed the respondent about the sanction of the composite scheme on 31st August, 2021 and on 19th September, 2021. Notices continued to be issued in the name of erstwhile company IR, which no longer existed from 1st April, 2020. The show-cause notice-cum-draft assessment order was also issued on 23rd September, 2021. Therefore, on 25th September, 2021, once again the assessee intimated and objected to the notice. However, an order was passed under section 143(3) r.w.s.144B of the Act, assessing the income in the name of IR for the A. Y. 2018-19.

The Gujarat High Court allowed the writ petition challenging the validity of the assessment order and held as under:

i)    The assessment in the name of a company which has been amalgamated and has been dissolved is null and void and framing of assessment in the name of such companies is not merely a procedural difficulty, which can be cured.

ii)    The amalgamated company had already brought the facts of amalgamation to the notice of the AO and yet he chose not to substitute the name of the amalgamated company and proceeded to make the assessment in the name of a non-existing company thereby rendering it void. The assessment framed in the name of the non-existing company requires to be quashed.

iii)    While disposing of this petition, as a parting note, it is being observed that this order of quashment against the non-existing company will not preclude the authorities to initiate actions, if permitted under the law against the amalgamated company.

Section 32 read with section 263 – Where the subsidiary of the assessee company was amalgamated with it by following the purchase method, then the excess consideration paid by the assessee amalgamated company over and above the net-asset value of transferor/amalgamating company was to be treated as goodwill arising on amalgamation and same could be amortised in books of accounts of transferee company and was eligible for depreciation under section 32 (1).

18 Trivitron Healthcare (P.) Ltd. vs. PCIT
[2022] 98 ITR(T) 105 (Chennai – Trib.)
ITA No.:97 (CHNY.) OF 2021
A.Y.: 2015-16
Date of order: 24th June, 2022

Section 32 read with section 263 – Where the subsidiary of the assessee company was amalgamated with it by following the purchase method, then the excess consideration paid by the assessee amalgamated company over and above the net-asset value of transferor/amalgamating company was to be treated as goodwill arising on amalgamation and same could be amortised in books of accounts of transferee company and was eligible for depreciation under section 32 (1).

FACTS

The assessee company was engaged in the business of manufacturing  diagnostic equipment. During the year, Kiran Medical System Pvt Ltd (KMSPL), which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the assessee, had amalgamated with the assessee company and the entire assets of the amalgamating company were taken over by the assessee company. The assessee company treated the difference between net-value of assets of the amalgamating company and the value of investments in the shares of the amalgamating company, as goodwill arising on amalgamation and claimed depreciation on same as applicable to intangible assets.

The AO accepted depreciation on goodwill claimed by the assessee. Subsequently, the case was taken up for revision proceedings by the PCIT on the grounds that the AO had allowed depreciation on goodwill even though 5th proviso to section 32(1) had very clearly restricted claim of depreciation to successor company on amalgamation, as if such succession had not taken place.

Aggrieved by the order of PCIT, the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the fifth proviso to section 32(1) was inserted by the Finance Act, 1996, to restrict the claim of aggregate deduction which was evident from memorandum of the Finance Bill of 1996. As per the same, in case of succession in business and amalgamation of companies, the predecessor of business and successor or amalgamating company and amalgamated company, as the case may be, are entitled to depreciation allowance on same assets which in aggregate cannot exceed depreciation allowance in any previous year at prescribed rates. Therefore, it was proposed to restrict aggregate deduction in respect of depreciation during a year at the prescribed rate and apportion the same allowance in the ratio of number of days for which said assets were used by them. From the memorandum explaining Finance Bill, and purpose of introduction of fifth proviso to section 32(1), it was very clear, as per which predecessor and successor in a scheme of amalgamation should not claim depreciation over and above normal depreciation allowable on a particular asset. In other words, in a scheme of amalgamation where existing assets of amalgamating company were acquired by amalgamated company, then while claiming depreciation after amalgamation, the amalgamated company can claim depreciation only on the basis of the number of days a particular asset were used by them. Therefore, the said proviso only determines the amount of depreciation to be claimed in the hands of predecessor/amalgamating company and in the hands of successor or amalgamated company only in the year of amalgamation based on date of such amalgamation. However, it did not in any way restrict claim of depreciation on assets acquired after amalgamation or during the course of amalgamation. Therefore, it was very clear from fifth proviso to section 32(1), that effectively, scope of the said proviso was narrow as could be culled out for the purpose for which said proviso was inserted in the statute as reflected in the Memorandum to the Finance Bill. To further clarify, fifth proviso to section 32(1)  was restricted to assets which belong to the amalgamating company and its application would not be extended to the assets which arise in the course of amalgamation to the amalgamated company.

The intention of law was to extend the benefit available to the amalgamated company on succession and not to restrict depreciation on assets generated in the course of succession. It was very clear from the proviso that it referred to depreciation allowable to the predecessor and successor in the case of succession, and this should be understood as a reference to the assets that belong both to the predecessor and successor, and which  once belonged to the predecessor company. It did not apply to the assets generated in the hands of amalgamated company for the first time, as a result of amalgamation as approved by the High Court. In considered view, the fifthproviso applied only to those assets which commonly exist between predecessor and successor, however, it did not apply to an asset which has been created or acquired after amalgamation. The creation of the new asset by virtue of amalgamation like goodwill completely go out of reckoning of said proviso and thus, basis of PCIT to invoke his jurisdiction under section 263 was incorrect.

In the instant case, there was no dispute with regards to the fact that goodwill does not exist in the books of account of the amalgamating company. Further, depreciation on goodwill claimed by assessee was first time recognised in the books of account of amalgamated company in a scheme of amalgamation approved by the High Court. As per said scheme of amalgamation, accounting treatment in the books of transferee company has been specified as per which transferee company shall account for merger in its books of account as per ‘purchase method’ of accounting prescribed under Accounting Standard-14 issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). As per AS-14 issued by the ICAI, all assets and liabilities recorded in the books of account of transferor company shall stand transferred and vested in the transferee company pursuant to scheme and shall be recorded by the transferee company at their book value. The excess of or deficit in the net-asset value of the transferee company, after reducing the aggregate face value of shares issued by the transferee company to the members of the transferor company, pursuant to the scheme and cost of investment in the books of the transferee company for the shares of transferor company held by it on the effective date, is to be either credited to the capital reserve or debited to the goodwill account, as the case may be in the books of transferee company. Such resultant goodwill, if any shall be amortised in the books of transferee company as per principles laid down in Accounting Standard-14. Therefore, from the scheme of amalgamation and Accounting Standard-14 issued by the ICAI, it is very clear that once amalgamation is in the nature of ‘purchase method’, then excess consideration paid over and above net-asset value of transferor company shall be treated as goodwill and can be amortized in the books of account of the transferee company.

In this case, net asset value of the transferor company (amalgamating company) was at Rs. 42.66 crores. Further, value of investments of transferee company i.e., in the instant case, the value investment of the assessee company in the shares of transferor company (in the present case amalgamating company) was at Rs. 114.30 crores. The value of investments held by the assessee company in the shares of amalgamating company extinguishes after amalgamation and consequently difference between the net-asset value of amalgamating company and the value of investment held by amalgamated company would become goodwill in the books of account of the transferee company. In the instant case, the difference between net-value of assets of amalgamating company and the value of investments held by amalgamated company was at Rs. 71.63 crores and the same would become goodwill in the books of account of amalgamated company. Therefore, accounting of goodwill and consequent depreciation claim on such goodwill in the books of account of the assessee company was nothing but the purchase of goodwill and, thus, the assessee had rightly claimed depreciation on said goodwill in terms of section 32(1).

In this view of the matter and considering facts and circumstances of the case, the assessment order passed by the AO under section 143(3) was neither erroneous nor prejudicial to the interest of the revenue. The PCIT had assumed jurisdiction under section 263 on the sole basis of application of 5th proviso to section 32(1), towards depreciation on goodwill. In view of the factual matrix and non-applicability of the fifth proviso to section 32(1), to the facts of the instant case, there cannot be an error in relation to the view taken by the AO while framing the original assessment. Therefore, in absence of any such error in the assessment order, assumption of jurisdiction under section 263 by the PCIT should be reckoned as invalid. Hence, the order passed by him under section 263 was quashed.

Loan – Whether A Capital Asset?

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Lending of money on interest or otherwise to other persons, on request or otherwise, in the course of business or as an investment, is normal. Some of the money so lent at times becomes bad and irrecoverable, besides inability of recovery of interest.

In such circumstances, the issue that arises for consideration is whether the loan is a capital asset within the meaning of section 2(14) of the Income tax Act. The definition includes property of any kind including the right, title and interest in property. Is loan not a property and a capital asset? Is it not an asset even under popular parlance? The case of the lender to hold it as a capital asset seems better.

The additional issue that arises is whether on recovery of loan becoming bad, whether there arises a transfer within the meaning of the term under section 2(47) of the Act. Can it be said that on write-off of the loan, there is a relinquishment or extinguishment of the asset or the right therein? Is it possible to hold that there is a transfer even where legal steps are not taken or where taken but not concluded against the lender? Will the claim of the tax payer for loss and its set-off be better in cases where a loan or a deposit or advance is exchanged for another asset or similar product or where it is assigned or transferred in the course of an amalgamation?

Is the amount invested in financial small savings instruments such as Kisan Vikas Patra a capital asset and whether on its redemption or maturity a transfer happens, entitling the investor to claim the benefit of indexation of the cost of investment?

The issues definitely are interesting and of importance, and have been presented before the courts for adjudication, resulting in conflicting views. A decade ago, the Bombay High Court held that the loss arising on the loans turning irrecoverable was not allowable under the head capital gains. A later decision of the same Court however has held that such a loss arising on assignment was allowable under the head capital gains.

CROMPTON GREAVES LTD.’S CASE

The issue had first come up for consideration of the Bombay High Court in the case of Crompton Greaves Ltd. vs. DCIT [2019] [2014] 50 taxmann.com 88.

In this case, the assessee was a company carrying on the business of manufacturing transformers, switch gears, electrical products, home appliances, etc. It was to receive amounts of Rs.17,87,31,508 and Rs. 17,25,46,484 from M/s Bharat Starch Industries Ltd and M/s JCT Ltd, respectively. Against the said dues, it had received shares worth of Rs. 60,00,000 only from M/s Bharat Starch Industries Ltd. Therefore, during the previous year relevant to the assessment year 2002-03, it had written off balance of Rs. 34,52,77,992, and claimed it as a capital loss, carried forward for set-off in subsequent years. The said write-off was in the course of schemes of arrangement, which were subsequently sanctioned by the Gujarat and Punjab and Haryana High Courts, respectively.

The AO rejected the claim of the assessee, by holding that in order to be eligible to carry forward of the capital loss, there should be a capital asset as defined in section 2(14) and the same should have been transferred in the manner as defined in section 2(47). Since, in his view, the deposits or advances given to M/s JCT Ltd. and M/s Bharat Starch Industries Ltd. written off were not capital assets nor was there any transfer, no capital loss was allowed to be carried forward to the subsequent year.

The CIT (Appeals) also held that the loss incurred by the appellant-assessee was not a capital loss in relation to the transfer of an asset. He agreed with the AO and held that the loss has been rightly determined as a capital loss.

Upon further appeal, the Tribunal concluded that it was clear that the loans were not given in the ordinary course of business. The assessee’s claim that the loan was in the form of an inter-corporate deposit, which was a case of capital asset and had been transferred, was also rejected by the Tribunal. The Tribunal found that there was no evidence to show that it was a case of an inter-corporate deposit, because before the AO, it was claimed that the loss was on account of writing off of the advances given to M/s Bharat Starch Industries Ltd and M/s JCT Ltd. There was no material to show that a case of intercorporate deposit had been made out. The loans, therefore, could not be termed or construed as capital assets.

Agreeing with the finding of the Tribunal, the High Court held that the said findings of fact rendered in the peculiar factual backdrop did not give rise to any substantial question of law. Thus, the High Court did not entertain the appeal filed by the assessee.

However, in fairness, the High Court dealt with the judgment cited before it in support of the argument that the definition of “capital asset” in section 2(14) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, was wide enough to include even an advance of money. The Bombay High Court held that the judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of Ahmed G.H. Ariff vs. CWT [1970] 76 ITR 471 (SC), was in the context of the provisions in the Wealth-tax Act, 1957. The question raised before the Supreme Court was that the right of the assessee to receive a specified share of the net income from the estate in respect of which wakf-alal-aulad has been created, was an asset assessable to wealth-tax. It was in that context that the definition of the term “asset” as defined in section 2(e) of the Wealth-tax Act, 1957, and section 6(dd) of the Transfer of Property Act were referred to. All conclusions which had been rendered by the Supreme Court, must be, therefore, read in the peculiar factual situation and circumstances. In dealing with the argument that the right claimed of the nature could not be termed as property, the Supreme Court had held that “property” was a term of the widest import and subject to any limitation which in the context was required. It signified every possible interest which a person could clearly hold and enjoy. On this basis, the High Court held that this decision of the Supreme Court was not relevant for the assessee’s case.

With respect to the decision of the Gujarat High Court in the case of CIT vs. Minor Bababhai [1981] 128 ITR 1 (Guj) which was cited before the Bombay High Court, it was held that it could not assist the assessee, because in the said case, there was no controversy that what was before the authorities was a claim in relation to capital asset. Further, it was also observed by the Court that what was argued before the lower authorities was that the loss of advance was a capital loss in relation to transfer of capital asset, and now what had been argued was that the advances were not as such but intercorporate deposits (ICDs). It was in relation to this alternative argument that the judgment of the Gujarat High Court was cited before the Court. In view of this, it was held that the said judgment was of no assistance as the issue advanced did not arise for determination and consideration of the lower authorities.

On this basis, the High Court dismissed the appeal of the assessee, by holding that it did not give rise to any substantial question of law.

SIEMENS NIXDORF INFORMATION SYSTEMSE GMBH’S CASE

The issue, thereafter, came up for consideration once again before the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs. Siemens Nixdorf Information Systemse GmbH [2020] 114 taxmann.com 531.

In this case, under an agreement dated 21st September, 2000, the assessee company had lent an amount of €90 lakhs to its subsidiary, Siemens Nixdorf Information Systems Ltd (SNISL). SNISL ran into serious financial troubles and it was likely to be wound up. Therefore, the assessee sold its debt of €90 lakhs receivable from SNISL to one Siemens AG. The difference between the amount which was lent to SNISL and the consideration received upon its assignment to Siemens AG was claimed as a short-term capital loss in assessment year 2002-03.

The AO disallowed the said short-term capital loss on the grounds that the amount of €90 lakhs lent by the assessee to its subsidiary SNISL was not a capital asset under section 2(14) and also that no transfer in terms of Section 2(47) had taken place on its assignment. Upon further appeal, the CIT (A) held that, although the assignment of a debt was a transfer under section 2(47) of the Act, but it was of no avail, as the loan being assigned/transferred, was not a capital asset. Thus, he confirmed the disallowance made by the AO.

On further appeal, the Tribunal held that in the absence of loan being specifically excluded from the definition of capital assets under the Act, the loan of €90 lakhs would stand covered by the meaning of the word ‘capital asset’ as defined under section 2(14) of the Act. The term ‘capital asset’ was defined under section 2(14) to mean ‘property of any kind held by an assessee, whether or not connected with his business or profession’, except those which were specifically excluded in the said section. The word ‘property’ had a wide connotation to include interest of any kind. The Tribunal placed reliance upon the decision of the Bombay High Court in the case of CWT vs. Vidur V. Patel [1995] 79 Taxman 288/215 ITR 301 rendered in the context of Wealth Tax Act, 1957 which, while considering the definition of ‘asset’, had occasion to construe the meaning of the word ‘property’. It held the word ‘property’ to include interest of every kind. In view of this, the Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to claim short-term capital loss on assignment/transfer of the SNISL loan to Siemens AG.


1   In this case, it was held that the amount standing to the credit of the assessee in the compulsory deposit account was an 'asset' within the meaning of section 2(e) of the Wealth-tax Act.

Before the High Court, the revenue contended that the loan of €90 lakhs was not a capital asset in terms of Section 2(14) of the Act. Further, it was submitted that reliance placed upon the decision in the case of Vidur V. Patel (supra) was not proper for the reason it was rendered in the context of a different Act i.e. the Wealth Tax Act, 1957. Thus, it could not have application while dealing with the Income-tax Act.

The High Court held that section 2(14) of the Act has defined the word ‘capital asset’ very widely to mean property of any kind. Though it specifically excluded certain properties from the definition of ‘capital asset’, the revenue had not been able to point out any of the exclusion clauses being applicable to advancement of a loan. It was also not the case of the revenue that the said amount of €90 lakhs was a loan/advance in the nature of trading activity.

In so far as the reliance placed by the tribunal on the decision of Vidur V. Patel (supra) was concerned, the High Court noted that the revenue had not been able to point out any reason to understand meaning of the word ‘property’ as given in section 2(14) of the Act differently from the meaning given to it under section 2(e) of the Wealth Tax Act, 1957. The High Court disagreed with the contention of the revenue that the said decision should not be considered as relevant, merely because it was under a different Act, when both the Acts were cognate.

Further, the High Court referred to the decision in the case of Bafna Charitable Trust vs. CIT [1998] 101 Taxman 244/230 ITR 864 (Bom.)2  which was rendered in the context of capital assets as defined in section 2(14) of the Act and it was held that property was a word of widest import and signifies every possible interest which a person can hold or enjoy except those specifically excluded. On this basis, the High Court held that loan given to SNISL would be covered by the meaning of ‘capital asset’ as given under section 2(14) of the Act. The High Court declined to entertain the question of law framed in the appeal before it, on the grounds that it did not give rise to any substantial question of law.


2.  In this case, it was held that advancing of money on English mortgage could be regarded as utilisation for acquisition of another capital asset within the meaning of section 11(1A).

OBSERVATIONS

A loan or a deposit or an advance or an investment is a case of an asset for finance personnel and so it is for an accountant. It was also an asset for the purpose of the levy of wealth tax till such time it was leviable. The dictionary meaning of an asset includes any one or all of them, and so it is in popular parlance.

Capital Asset under the Income-tax Act, 1961 is defined under section 2(14) of the Act. While expressly excluding many items, it is inclusively defined to include property of any kind. Section 2(14) surely does not exclude a loan or a deposit or such other assets from its domain. In the above understanding, is it possible to contend that a loan is an asset but is not a capital asset? We think not. The term “capital” is perhaps used to isolate a trading asset from the other assets. It would not be possible to exclude an asset from section 2(14) once it is a property of any kind, unless it is one of the assets that are specifically excluded.

A loan, like many other assets or properties, is transferable or assignable; it is an actionable claim under the Transfer of Property Act; a lender can relinquish or release his rights to recover the same. All in all, it has all the characters of a capital asset.

A gain or loss arises under the Act only where a capital asset is transferred. The term “transfer” is inclusively defined in section 2(47) of the Act. An act of assignment of a loan is a transfer. In some cases, the loan becoming irrecoverable may be regarded as extinguishment or relinquishment. For this, support can be drawn from the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs Grace Collis 248 ITR 323 (SC), where the Supreme Court, in the context of extinguishment of shares, held:

“The definition of ‘transfer’ in section 2(47) clearly contemplates the extinguishment of rights in a capital asset distinct and independent of such extinguishment consequent upon the transfer thereof. One should not approve the limitation of the expression ‘extinguishment of any rights therein’ to such extinguishment on account of transfers, nor can one approve the view that the expression ‘extinguishment of any rights therein’ cannot be extended to mean extinguishment of rights independent of or otherwise than on account of transfer. To so read, the expression is to render it ineffective and its use meaningless. Therefore, the expression does include the extinguishment of rights in a capital asset independent of and otherwise than on account of transfer.”

A loan can be exchanged for any other asset, including the shares of company or a promissory note and even a new loan. A contract to exchange is governed by the Indian Contract Act or the Transfer of Property Act or other relevant statutes.

In the above understanding and settled position in law, it is appropriate to hold that a gain or loss arising on transfer of a loan, is taxable under the head capital gains and likewise, a loss arising on its transfer will be eligible for the prescribed treatment under sections 70 to 79 of the Act.

In fact, the Mumbai Tribunal, in the dissenting case of Crompton Greaves Ltd. (supra), agreed that the company could not establish that the asset in question was not an inter-corporate deposit; had the company done so, the decision may have been different. The Tribunal also observed that the treatment could have been different for a loan advanced in the course of business. Importantly, the case of the company for a claim under sections 70 to 79 was better, in as much as the assets in question (loans) were extinguished and in lieu thereof, shares of the amalgamated company were issued in the course of amalgamation of the companies under the Court’s order.

In our considered opinion, there at least was a substantial question of law that required the High Court’s consideration. It seems that the later decision of the same Court has settled the controversy in favour of the allowance of the loss on transfer of the loan or such investments.

Section 69 read with section 44AD – Where the assessee furnished bank statements for relevant assessment year which showed that there were deposits and withdrawals of almost equal amounts from the bank account of assessee and the AO failed to give any findings regarding said withdrawals, then the assessee deserved to get benefit of telescoping and addition of entire deposits as unexplained was unjustified.

17. Smt. Sanjeet Kanwar vs. Income-tax Officer
[2022] 98 ITR(T) 12 (Amritsar – Trib.)
ITA No.:67 (ASR.) of 2019
A.Y.: 2015-16
Date of order: 30th June, 2022

Section 69 read with section 44AD – Where the assessee furnished bank statements for relevant assessment year which showed that there were deposits and withdrawals of almost equal amounts from the bank account of assessee and the AO failed to give any findings regarding said withdrawals, then the assessee deserved to get benefit of telescoping and addition of entire deposits as unexplained was unjustified.

FACTS

The return of income was filed on 3rd December, 2015 declaring a total income of Rs. 2,69,600. Subsequently, the case was selected for limited scrutiny under CASS for cash deposits in bank accounts being more than the turnover. The assessee and her husband appeared before the AO and submitted that the cash sales during the year was Rs. 8,31,625 and profit shown under section 44AD was Rs. 66,531. All the cash sales and purchases were first accounted in business cash account by the assessee and out of which the cash was deposited in the bank. The total cash deposits during the year were Rs. 8,57,000 out of which cash sales were Rs. 8,31,625. The excess amount of Rs. 25,375 was deposited out of profits earned by the assessee during the year. The Assessee submitted that the AO cannot blow hot and cold because at one hand he had accepted assessee’s returned income and on the other hand he had made addition of Rs. 8,57,000. The said amount had arisen out of cash sales of Rs. 8,31,625 and balance cash of Rs. 25,375 out of total profit shown amounting to Rs. 66,531.

The AO thereafter proceeded to frame the assessment under section 143(3) of the Act. Thereby, he made addition of Rs. 8,57,000 being the cash deposited in the bank account of the assessee.

Aggrieved against this, the assessee preferred appeal before CIT (A) who after considering the submissions and perusing the material available on record dismissed the appeal of the assessee and sustained the impugned addition.  Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the authorities ought to have given a clear finding regarding withdrawals made by the assessee during the year under consideration. Since there were debit entries in the bank statement of the assessee then the addition of entire deposits as unexplained was not justified. The assessee deserved to get the benefit of telescoping and the entire addition would not survive. The AO was directed to delete the addition.

Section 68 – Where deposit had been made from cash balance available in the books of accounts, and the AO had not rejected the books of accounts, there was no question of treating the same as unexplained cash deposit and hence, its addition made to the assessee’s income was not justified

16. R. S. Diamonds India (P) Ltd  vs. ACIT
[2022] 98 ITR(T) 505 (Mumbai – Trib.)
ITA No.: 2017 (MUM.) OF 2021
A.Y.: 2017-18
Date of order: 26th July, 2022

Section 68 – Where deposit had been made from cash balance available in the books of accounts, and the AO had not rejected the books of accounts, there was no question of treating the same as unexplained cash deposit and hence, its addition made to the assessee’s income was not justified.

FACTS

The assessee was engaged in the business of trading in diamonds. The AO noticed that the assessee had deposited a sum of Rs. 45 lakhs into its bank account during demonetisation period. In respect of the said amount, the assessee had furnished an explanation that the said amount represented cash balance available in its books of accounts which included advance received from the customers towards sale over the counter. The AO asked the assessee to provide details of customers who had given these advances. It was explained that each sale made to the customer was less than Rs. 2 lakh, and hence it had not collected complete details of the customers. The AO took the view that the assessee had failed to prove cash deposits made by it during the demonetisation period. Accordingly, he treated the cash deposits of R45 lakhs as unexplained cash deposits and assessed the same as income of the assessee under section 68 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 [hereinafter referred to as “the Act”].

Aggrieved the assessee preferred an appeal to the Ld. CIT (A), who also confirmed the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the order of CIT (A), the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that deposit made into the bank account was from out of the books of accounts and the said deposits had been duly recorded in the books of accounts which were not disputed. Reliance was placed on the judgment in the case of Lakshmi Rice Mills vs. CIT [1974] 97 ITR 258 (Patna) wherein it was held that when the books of accounts of the assessee were accepted by the revenue as genuine and cash balance shown therein was sufficient to cover high denomination notes held by the assessee then the assessee was not required to prove the source of receipt of said high denomination notes which were legal tender at that time. Reliance was also placed on the judgment in the case of ACIT vs. Hirapanna Jewellers [2021] 189 ITD 608 (Visakhapatnam – Trib.) wherein it was held that when the cash receipts represented the sales been duly offered for taxation then there was no scope for making addition under section 68 of the Act in respect of deposits made into the bank account.

Accordingly, it was held that the addition of Rs. 45 lakhs made in the hands of the assessee was not justified since the said deposits had been made from the cash balance available in the books of accounts. Consequently, the order passed by the CIT (A) on this issue was set aside and the AO was directed to delete the addition of Rs. 45 lakhs.

In result the appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Impact of Technology on Economic Growth of India

A year ago, I was travelling in the US with a friend of mine. At one of the airports, we had to produce our Covid vaccination certificates. My American friend took out a soiled folded paper and produced it to the medical officer with a lot of disgust; while I just got my e-copy of the certificate, and both of them were quite impressed by India’s use of technology, something that developed country like the USA has not managed to achieve. Right from healthcare to EVMs, we seem to have used technology successfully not only for elites but also for 1.4 billion of the masses. I can say today proudly that India is known today for the use of technology for the masses. JAM1 is the classic buzzword around the globe to underline India’s use of technology for the economic upliftment of people. When we talk about technology, it’s not just Information Technology, but we are talking about Biotechnology, Nano Technology, Robotics, AI, ML, Block Chain, Augmented Reality, 3D printing and so on. It is a known fact that in the current era of knowledge economy, the only factor that will push the economy is the correct use of technology, not only for the select groups, but for masses of the country. In this article, we will see the amazing impact technology had on the Indian economy in the past decade. We will also discuss emerging technologies and their impact on our economy and our lives. We will see the impact on the Service sector, Manufacturing and Agriculture sectors, which together make our Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Economic growth is measured today mainly in terms of GDP growth. Yet there are a number of social and ESG (Environment, Social and Governance) factors that determine economic growth. Economic growth is sought to be achieved with balanced growth. Balance in terms of geographies, different classes of masses, employment generation ability of economy, spending on education and healthcare etc. If a country has imbalanced geographic growth, it may create social issues. Growth with increased unemployment is not considered healthy. An increase in GDP should enable governments to spend more on the education and healthcare of citizens to enable them to enjoy the fruits of the growth. Thus, it’s not merely the numbers of GDP growth that decide economic growth but carries a much wider perspective.

1. 1. JAM (abbreviation for Jan Dhan-Aadhaar-Mobile) trinity is the initiative by the Government of India to link Jan Dhan accounts, Mobile numbers and Aadhar cards of Indians to directly transfer subsidies to intended beneficiaries and eliminate intermediaries and leakages.

Last hundred years, there is tremendous growth in the application of innovations and technologies for the betterment of people and in improving the economic growth of countries. A million years back, ‘fire’ was considered as a revolution of technology, and humans started ‘cooking’ food on fire and used it for protection. We still use fire to cook our food and rely on the same age-old technology, though the sources of fire have changed. During the Neolithic Period, around 15000 years ago, several key technologies arose together. We moved from getting our food by foraging to getting it through agriculture. People came together in larger groups. Clay was used for pottery and bricks. Clothing began to be made of woven fabrics. The wheel was also likely invented at this time. In 950 AD, windmills got into use; in 1044 AD, compass navigated us, and in 1455 AD, Printing technology made a substantial revolution and then came the steam engine in 1765 AD. In 1876, the invention of Telephones changed our communication world, and today with cell phones and broadband and satellite connectivity, geography has become history. The world has come so close that the economies of most countries got interwoven for good and sometimes for bad. In 1937 Computers and in 1947, Transistors changed the world forever and had a deep impact on the economies. The Internet came in 1974, and the term Artificial intelligence (AI) was coined in 2017. Each one of these has impacted the economic growth of countries that adopted these technologies. Rather the difference between developed, developing, and underdeveloped countries depended on the speed and ease at which they adapted the technologies.

And then came the COVID pandemic. It dramatically affected the world economies and changed the way we live and work, and it has forced us to rapidly adopt new technologies to survive the economic effects of the pandemic. Many of them will last long after Covid has passed. We have increased remote working, advanced online learning, and adopted telemedicine to a greater degree, increased e-commerce, contactless payments and entertainment streaming in significant ways.

Technology innovation has advanced significantly in the past two years. To name a few,

  • Artificial Intelligence: AI has continued to advance rapidly, with major breakthroughs in natural language processing, computer vision, and autonomous systems.
  • 5G Technology: The fifth generation of wireless technology promises to be much faster and more reliable than its predecessor, 4G.
  • Internet of Things (IoT): The IoT has continued to expand, with more devices and systems connected to the Internet, allowing for greater automation and control.
  • Cloud Computing: Cloud computing has continued to grow in popularity, providing businesses and individuals with scalable and cost-effective computing power.
  • Blockchain: Blockchain technology has continued to gain traction, with new use cases emerging in areas such as supply chain management, finance, and healthcare.
  • Quantum Computing: Quantum computing has continued to advance, with new breakthroughs in quantum computing hardware and software.

INDIAN ADAPTATION OF TECHNOLOGIES

In India, we had a peculiar situation. When knowledge was applied to products, Europe got in too quickly. We call it the Industrial Revolution and it impacted economies of entire Europe. The manufacturing industry flourished and mass-scale production created economies of scale. This allowed them to export manufactured goods and got a real economic boost. India was under British rule and clearly missed the bus. Instead, Britishers procured raw materials from India, took them to their country and exported the finished goods to India and their other colonies. In fact, this time, technology had an inverse impact on the Indian economy.

Then came the era when knowledge was applied to processes and quality and ‘Total Quality’ became the buzzword. Countries like Germany and Japan got this era right and emphasised on quality production. This time, technologies gave tremendous impetus to these economies and German goods like engineering goods and automobiles became the world’s best products by quality. India missed this bus again as we were in a closed Nehruvian economy era. We had manufacturing with complete protection and Indian manufacturers ignored the quality aspect of production. Indian masses suffered from low-quality local products with short supplies. With protection from imported products and the ‘license raj’ that prevented global manufacturers to enter India, quality took a back seat. Remember those days of the 70s and 80s, when we had a choice between two cars and used to wait for months to get a telephone line? The world used knowledge of products and processes and applied new technologies, but India lagged behind, and its economy suffered heavily, which led to the 1991 situation. It forced India to get into globalisation and free entry for global industries with their technical know-how. The rate at which Indian industry adopted the new technologies benefitted consumers, industries and certainly the economy.

Then came the era when technology started getting applied to knowledge. This happened in the mid-90s. India, by then, was a globalised economy, a free democratic country and a large number of English-speaking technically qualified resources. Information Technology (IT) and Information Technology Enabled Services (ITES) grew remarkably in India. The growth was mainly export-oriented. Two fiber optic cables reaching the east and west coasts of India connected the world, and India saw this service sector, which was completely based on technology, flourished. This industry led the contribution of the Service sector to the total GDP. India is a unique example in the global economy, where manufacturing followed the service sector growth. Since the year 1998, one of the major factors that have given rise to the growing value contributed by the services sector to the GDP is the IT/ITES sector. Overall, India’s tech industry is estimated to touch $245 billion in the 2022-23 financial year, with an incremental revenue addition of $19 billion during the same period. Furthermore, the IT industry accounted for 7.4% of India’s GDP in FY22, and it is expected to contribute 10% to India’s GDP by 2025. As innovative digital applications permeate sector after sector, India is now prepared for the next phase of growth in its IT revolution. On the other hand, the IT industry has timely moved to remote working settings. Currently, India is one of the largest data generators, with an increasingly young and tech-savvy population. Therefore, emerging technology in economic development in India is playing a huge role.

ROLE OF EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES

Key Technologies Shaping the “Digital Transformation of India”

The new technology is codified knowledge in the form of routines and protocols. Technology helps to get enough knowledge about the use of economic resources to manufacture goods and render services more efficiently and effectively. Economic growth has increased and is becoming efficient due to the advancement of technologies. In business, starting from production to profits got enhanced due to technologies. It has also helped Government machinery as they are the enablers of economic growth. Indian Government is adopting technology in the form of e-Governance, which has brought in speed and transparency to a larger extent.

India is a good adapter of new technologies. In the past decade, especially during and after COVID, the growth in e-commerce and electronic payments has been phenomenal. The number of Fintech companies that have come up and grown in India has shown the world that India, too, has a local market and appetite for using the current technologies. The cloud services market’s growth in India is driven by the growing adoption of big data, Artificial Intelligence (AI), Machine Learning (ML) and the Internet of Things (IoT). IoT links multiple devices or appliances that need to be connected to the internet. This includes automation and real-time device control. IoT-connected devices such as connected cars, household appliances, and electronics use a cloud-based backend to interact and record information. This has given a significant boost to the manufacturing sector too.

Artificial intelligence (AI) refers to the field of computer science that focuses on creating intelligent machines capable of performing tasks that typically require human intelligence. AI involves developing algorithms and systems that can process information, learn from it, reason, and make decisions or take actions. AI systems aim to replicate human cognitive abilities, such as understanding natural language, recognizing objects and patterns, solving problems, and adapting to new situations. These systems can be designed to operate in various domains, including image and speech recognition, natural language processing, robotics, recommendation systems, and autonomous vehicles, among others. The growth of AI not only boosts the IT industry but also helps all three sectors of the economy, namely, the Agriculture, Manufacturing and Service Sector.

Emerging technology in India has influenced the Indian Economy to a larger degree. Emerging technologies and their adoption have escalated quickly with time and have contributed considerably to the Economy. Furthermore, several government policies and initiatives have driven technology adoption across various verticals. According to a recent report by the World Bank, Indian economy is expected to expand by 6.5 per cent. The economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in India has been quite disruptive. The digital era has caused an unparalleled change in technology, business, and society. Moreover, the situation is starting to break the inertia of digital adoption and the cloud and AI will continue to be significant as part of the transformation. Emerging technologies are influencing several sectors in India propelling its faster economic development. Businesses across verticals have been impacted by the worldwide crisis, but certain industries are standing out to change the game for the economy in the coming future.

Industries like Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI), healthcare and pharmaceuticals, e-commerce, retail, and manufacturing are adopting emerging technologies. Companies in these industries have reacted to difficulties presented by the pandemic and are aiming heavily on creating strategies in the new setup to change their game in the next five years. The string that ties together all these industries is modern technology. Also, the cloud plays an important role to help all these industries propel into a game changer for the Indian economy. New-age technologies will be offering India the possibility to carve itself a unique identity as a global hub for cloud solutions.

Industry 4.0, digital supply chain, digital assistance, digital payments systems and many more are some of the technologies that will aid economic development by 2025. Emerging technology on economic development in India is beginning to allow industries to rebuild the country’s economic status in a post-Covid world. Organisations relevant to these verticals are boarding on their journeys. The smarter organisations are taking advantage of the huge capability of emerging technologies to their benefit. Once the economy bounces back, these organisations will be the leaders and will capture a larger percentage of the market.

TECHNOLOGY TOUCHING ALL SECTORS

1. Natural Resources: Modern technology helps human beings in utilising the natural resources that are hidden in seas, lands, and mountains, like oil, gas, and metals. It also allows us to find water resources beneath the soil, as water is an important element for economic growth.

2. Agricultural: The technology has helped to introduce fertilizers for plants and agricultural land, tractors, the invention of High Yield and genetically modified seeds, threshers, and pesticides. The revolution resulted in the cultivation of good crops and became a profitable profession and helped in putting an end to the shortage of food and grains. The weather forecasts, which are so crucial to this sector, have improved predictability and have helped the economy by getting better agro-produce. Technologies in storage and preservation, too, have helped farmers and markets to keep stability in the prices.

3. Healthcare: Healthcare Industry has gained maximum benefits in terms of value delivery by adapting to new technologies. Biotechnology, Biochemistry, Molecular Biology and fields like that are constantly on the move with innovations. The speed at which we could get the COVID vaccination is a classic example of this. New medicines, new drug delivery systems, drug discovery simulations, and the use of robotics have truly helped doctors and patients. While it adds to the value of GDP, the healthy population of India contributes more to the economy.

4. Entertainment: Technology has completely changed this industry. Right from production to distribution, there is a revolutionary change in the way this industry was and now is. I have no doubts, this industry will be a different economic ball game in the next five years.

5. Manufacturing: Globally, manufacturing is going to be deeply impacted by the innovations and new technologies coming into the market. Robotics will bring a lot of precision and improved productivity, lesser rejections and so on. What will bring revolution in manufacturing is 3D printing technology. This will probably make large factories redundant, and manufacturing will be on mass-scale personalised manufacturing. 3D printing is currently used to create prototypes, and many start-ups have come up in India with 3D printing utilities to help large companies to create prototypes for their new products.

6. Logistics: During covid, Flexport (logistics startup, now huge) was able to share live data and tech support with LA port authority to resolve shipping traffic – they were able to help the mayor of LA to take real-time decisions. This is just a one-off example. In India, we require huge improvement in our logistic services. We have seen in the past few years, technology such as AI, and IoT are helping warehousing and transport companies to improve the efficiency of their services. Delivery for the last mile was always facing challenges in locating addresses when they started delivering couriers. To solve this, they added location tagging to their courier agent apps. The agent had to mark delivery at the delivery address – this captured the latitude-longitude of the address. Now they have built a database of addresses in India with very high accuracy. They do have apps that aggregate deliveries at the same locality to make the service time effective.

7. Efficient operations: Technology can optimise the operations of the industry. Technology plays an important role in the generation of efficient processes. It can help the industry to reduce or eliminate duplications, errors, and delays in the workflow, as well as accelerate the automation of specific tasks. Inventory technologies allow business owners to efficiently manage production, distribution and marketing processes. With the right technology in place, businesses can save time and money and make them more productive and competitive.

8. Expansion of Markets: Technology in business made it possible to achieve a greater reach in the global market. Globalization has been carried out thanks to the wonders of technology. Anyone can now do business anywhere in the world. Technology has driven the development of electronic commerce, which has brought new dynamics to the globalisation of companies. The diffusion of information technology has made production networks cheaper and easier and has been fundamental for economic globalisation. The adaption of technology affects both the quality and cost of manufactured goods in India and makes it more competitive in the global market.

PAYMENT, FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL MARKETS IN INDIA & TECHNOLOGY

In the last few years, we have seen various new and faster payment modes emerge and establish their presence in the Indian digital payment space. This has largely been possible due to regulators introducing new initiatives and products to push digital payments, and industry stakeholders encouraging customers to shift from paper-based to digital payment modes. The benefits of shifting towards digital payments are visible in India. These benefits will witness an upward trend, marking a significant change in how the Government, corporates and citizens adopt new technologies for their transactions. RBI is planning to introduce a “Lightweight Payment and Settlement System” (LPSS) that can operate from anywhere with minimal staff. The LPSS will be activated on a need basis and will operate independently of existing payment systems, such as RTGS, NEFT, and UPI. The Indian digital payment space has seen extraordinary growth in the last few years, with the volume of transactions increasing at an average compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 23%. The launch of new and innovative payment products like Unified Payments Interface (UPI), National Electronic Toll Collection (NETC) and Bharat Bill Pay Service (BBPS) have firmly placed the digital payment industry on an upward growth trajectory.

Apart from UPI, BBPS and NETC have also grown at a similar pace. Both BBPS and NETC are growing at a CAGR of 500% and 123%, respectively, since 2018 with the help of a government and regulatory push. Banks and non-banking financial companies are now more focused on providing integrated solutions. Digital payments have evolved from being viewed as a cost centre for banks to a revenue centre and a key lever for customer acquisition. Financial companies have stepped up their efforts to strengthen their payment infrastructure and have started offering other adjacent services such as lending, wealth management, micro insurance, and the use of data analytics to offer more customised solutions for customers.

We witness today various Fintech platforms emerging for equity and fixed income securities. One latest that I have seen is www.harmoney.in funded by ‘y combinator’ and providing a platform for fixed income security trading. We have seen multiple platforms for equity trading, and NSE, with the help of technology, is one of the hi-tech exchanges in the world. Any economy needs matured capital and financial markets, and India has witnessed how technology has helped these markets to improve in quality and volumes of transactions.

GOING FORWARD

Millions of Indians hope for a better future, with well-paying jobs and a decent standard of living. To meet these aspirations, the country needs broad-based economic growth and more effective public services. Technology would play an important role in enabling the economic growth that India needs. The spread of digital technologies, as well as advances in Nano and biotechnology, can raise the productivity of the Manufacturing, Services and Agriculture sectors of the Indian economy. It will redraw how services such as healthcare and education are delivered and contribute to higher living standards for millions of Indians by raising education levels and improving healthcare outcomes.

The Indian government’s non-profit open e-commerce network, ONDC, has grown to 236 cities while bringing on 36,000 merchants to its platform in the past year. The platform, which enhances the digital commerce process for small business and retail shops in India, is slowly recording an uptick in transactions. India is now looking forward to newer platforms like ONDC, a new commerce-commerce platform where the consumer will have a seamless choice between various e-commerce sites. The Open Credit Enablement Network (OCEN) is an open network which codifies the flow of credit between borrowers, lenders, and credit distributors under a common set of standards. Technologies like blockchain will bring a revolution in banking and other services and make many old companies and maybe banks redundant.

However, like every change, humans and societies are apprehensive of adopting these new technologies. The fear of unemployment with AI coming in is one such fear. I saw this happening in the 90s when computers started getting into banks and offices. There were union strikes resisting computerisation. Looking back today, we would laugh at it. What we need to adapt is retraining ourselves with new technology. I firmly believe new technologies cannot eliminate the need for humans. What will change is the nature of the work and the workforce adequately trained to create and handle these new technologies. India has the youngest population, and hence I feel, India is most eligible to have newly trained resources to create and handle these new technologies not only in India but globally. I don’t believe it is a threat to the economy but an opportunity for Indian Economy to grow faster.

Impact of the Alternative Dispute Resolution Mechanism on the Economic Growth of India

INTRODUCTION
On
a recent trip back to Copenhagen, I was keen to revisit Christiania, a
social experiment where hippies squatted and rejected state control.
Originally set up in 1971 in a former military complex in Denmark’s
capital, it had continued in its existence and the population had grown,
but this hippie utopia was not thriving. Accommodation was in disrepair
and members of the community could not afford its repair costs. Rising
rents meant many were forced to leave the community and return to the
main state, one with law and order, whose economic prosperity could feed
them and their families.This is the impact that a state and its legal system can have on economic growth.

 

TYPES OF LEGAL SYSTEMS
I
am called to the bar in India, England & Wales and the DIFC in
Dubai. All three are common law jurisdictions where court judgments
become precedents binding on future judges of lower courts or hold
persuasive value for judges of courts having an equal ranking. The
common law system permits incremental advancement in law where every
judgment slowly builds on and adds to a nation’s body of law.Dubai,
however, is a bit of a mixed bag. The DIFC Court is a common law oasis
in what is otherwise a civil law system. The ‘on shore’ Dubai courts
outside the DIFC follow a civil law system and apply Sharia law, as
legislated by the UAE. Most of Europe and many countries around the
world that are not part of the commonwealth (previous British colonies)
also follow a civil law system.In civil law jurisdictions, there
is not much scope for advocacy and historic judgments do not hold
precedent value. In these countries, the letter of the law is closely
followed. This works too, but rather differently from common law systems
as there is less opportunity for a judge to tailor his / her ruling to
the specific facts and circumstances of a case.There are also
alternate dispute resolution systems such as arbitration and mediation. I
dare say arbitration has become rather mainstream and an integral part
of the legal system in India and other countries such as Singapore,
England, Nigeria, Kenya etc. Arbitration allows tremendous flexibility.
An arbitrator / arbitral tribunal derives its power from the consent of
parties. In the circumstances, if the parties want the arbitrator to
hear and rule on only one part of a dispute between them, they can
direct the arbitrator to do so. They can remove powers from an
arbitrator or add to them. Large volumes of civil procedure code that
one must follow if their case is before a court are replaced with a thin
booklet of arbitration rules (if the arbitration is governed by an
institution) or replaced with the simple procedure laid down in the
Indian Arbitration Act 1996 (if the arbitration is an ‘ad hoc’
arbitration).

 

THE BENEFITS OF ARBITRATION
What
is marvellous about arbitration is that one can appoint an arbitrator
truly suited to their needs. For example, in a cement arbitration seated
in London between an Indian and Spanish party that I had undertaken
some years ago, the clause required a cement expert to be appointed as
an arbitrator. Some commodities exchanges, such as the Refined Sugar
Association and GAFTA in the UK, only appoint industry experts as
arbitrators. Even if such arbitrators could be out of depth in terms of
the law, they can appoint a lawyer as an advisor to the tribunal.
Appointing experts such as accountants, engineers etc., as arbitrators
is a power that more Indian parties should be encouraged to adopt for an
award tailored to their needs.Likewise, the appointment of
younger arbitrators, if Indian parties can stomach the idea, could
revolutionise arbitration. I began to get arbitrator appointments at age
40 and my co-author, Kunal Katariya, began to get them at an even
younger age. Younger arbitrators are keen to establish their reputation
as arbitrators, are willing to take on disputes of smaller value and
since they are mid-career and extremely busy, they are far more likely
to hold fewer hearings and pronounce arbitration awards more quickly.Appointing
more women as arbitrators can also restore a balance. A study that was
undertaken in the US following the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008
revealed that a lot of major financial institutions that went under, or
nearly went under, had all-male boards. Those companies that had women
on their boards of directors were more resilient to risks and changes in
the economic climate. This is because ideas were challenged, and not
everyone in the boardroom held exactly the same view, which is healthy.Presently,
one of Western India’s best arbitration institutions, the Mumbai Centre
for International Arbitration (MCIA), has managed to appoint about 30%
women as arbitrators. This is one of the best ratios in India and ought
to increase. The Indian Arbitration and Mediation Centre, Hyderabad
(IAMC), another fabulously run institution, has, in the last year,
appointed over 80% women as mediators.Mediations, if popularised
as a method to resolve commercial disputes, can dramatically reduce
costs for parties. Mediations also diminish the time spent in resolving a
dispute to a couple of months. Mediations, however, require both sides
to compromise and come to a mediation leaving ego to one side. In my
experience, several private equity/shareholder disputes tend to stem
from ego clashes or the siphoning of funds, and such cases are less
likely to be resolved by way of mediation. When appointing a mediator,
one must not be shy of asking what percentage of previous mediations
undertaken by that individual has resulted in success.
 
THE LATEST CHANGES TO INDIA’S ARBITRATION LAWS
Since
arbitration only emerges out of contract, the starting position is that
only signatories to an agreement containing an arbitration clause can
be made parties to an arbitration. India has, however, taken a liberal
approach historically by allowing group companies to be brought into the
fold of an arbitration, and thereby be bound by an arbitration ruling,
even if the group companies were not signatories to the original
contract that contained an arbitration clause. The Supreme Court is
currently reviewing this group of companies’ doctrine1. Several ongoing
arbitrations are waiting for the outcome of this review. By comparison,
England takes a strict approach to the joinder of non-parties to an
arbitration agreement and Switzerland and other European civil law
countries have taken the more liberal view.Meanwhile, the NN
Global case2 has recently held that a court cannot appoint an arbitrator
or send parties off to arbitration even if an arbitration clause is
contained in their contract in circumstances where the underlying
contract is insufficiently stamped. One of the authors, Mr Katariya,
whose view is shared by the majority of arbitration practitioners in
India, believes this judgment has dealt a significant blow to India’s
pro-arbitration stance because it is a wriggle-out method and affects
the enforceability of an arbitration clause contained in an unstamped /
under-stamped agreement. The other author, Karishma Vora, holds the view
that the law on impounding/staying the enforcement of any under-stamped
agreement should be followed in the case of an arbitration agreement
too. If this needs to change, the legislature will need to amend laws to
carve out an exception for the stamping of arbitration agreements.Arbitration
law in India has also been evolving rapidly and much-needed reforms
were brought in by the 2015 and 2019 amendments, which added strict
timelines for completion of proceedings.

1 Cox and Kings v. SAP India 2022 SCC OnLine SC 570

2 N. N. Global Mercantile Pvt. Ltd. v. Indo Unique Flame Ltd. & Ors. 2023 SCC Online SC 495

 

WHAT DOES THE FUTURE HOLD?
Last
month, I was in court in London. It was a virtual hearing and
announcements were made at the beginning in the usual course that it was
being recorded by the court and that no one else could record the
hearing without the court’s permission. No permission had been sought
and we went about the hearing in the usual course. The following
morning, I received a frantic call from my instructing solicitors
informing me that a full transcript of the hearing had been circulated
to everyone who attended the hearing, including the judge.We
rang the client, who is a successful co-founder of a private equity fund
that specialises in investing in tech businesses. He explained that he
subscribes to an AI app called Firefly that automatically allows itself
into every zoom, Teams or other meeting on his calendar, transcribes it
and circulates it to all who were on the calendar invite. Quite
efficient but not so when one is in contempt of court.Although
the contempt was purged, the humorous judge asked the only pertinent
question that ought to have been asked – how accurate was the
transcription?International arbitrations and litigation that
take place in London, Dubai, Singapore etc. often engage expensive live
transcribers. The sums at stake justify the few lakhs spent per week for
live transcription. All parties, counsel, solicitors and the judge or
arbitrator have immediate access to every word that was spoken or
argued. Sometimes, to reduce costs, parties subscribe to transcription
that is not live and is circulated only at the end of the day.Bringing
this to an Indian context, arbitrations tend to be conducted only in
two-hour slots 5-7 pm, after court. Counsel asks his / her
cross-examination question, the witness responds, and both the question
and the response are dictated by the arbitrator to steno. Even the
quickest steno in the world slows down the process, and often, the punch
of cross-examination is lost in translation, even when it is English to
English.If technology-assisted transcription was brought into
the fold, Indian arbitrations (and court proceedings, if courts were
open to allowing live transcription) would see a dramatic improvement in
the efficiency with which cross-examination is conducted, judgments are
dictated etc. It would ensure all submissions made by advocates are
recorded, which can be rather useful at the stage of appeal.And
this is just for transcription. Technology and AI can have a
significant impact on India’s legal system, and thereby on India’s
economy. Take small claims, for example. There are hundreds of thousands
of people who probably, on a yearly basis, forgo money owed to them by
others. These could be resolved by replacing the judge with technology.
Let us take a leaf out of eBay’s book. ‘eBay’, a platform where one can,
for example, sell their old sofa, resolves 60 million disputes per
year. Most of these are low value, often under Rs. 2000 ($25) in
dispute.This is an example of how online dispute resolution
(ODR) can and should be the future of our struggling civil justice
system. ODR can provide access to justice for lakhs of Indian citizens
who may not otherwise have the means or the time to partake in the
nation’s court system at an incredibly fast pace.A vision of
the future of India’s justice system should also include smart
contracts. In basic terms, a smart contract is a self-executing
contract. Think about your order on a food app such as Swiggy. You place
an order, and Swiggy blocks the money on your card. Although the
restaurant has not received the money, it begins to prepare your order
on the faith that it will receive payment automatically once it carries
out its end of the bargain. At the time of execution, being the delivery
of the food, the payment is automatically released to the restaurant
and the delivery person, with a small cut being retained by Swiggy.
Although this is not exactly a smart contract, it is a good example of
the beginnings of what a legal system could look like in the future.
Traders could enter into self-executing contracts once the technology
associated with smart contracts and blockchain becomes more prevalent.When
making such technology an integral part of the legal system,
legislators need to think about the level of detail going into the
legislation. I find that a broad-brush approach enables a tech-related
law to remain relevant for a longer period of time. France is
legislating technology with a tedious level of detail. This carries the
risk of its laws becoming outdated soon. The UK, on the other hand, is
modernising old laws by setting out only a basic framework, in the hope
that the framework will not need to be changed even if underlying
technology changes.

For example, the UK has just drafted a bill
for electronic bills of exchange. It is called the Electronic Trade
Documents Bill and is presently going through its second reading in the
House of Commons (the equivalent of the Lok Sabha). The bill will reduce
the estimated 28.5 billion paper trade documents printed and flown
around the world daily3. Presently, bills of lading and bills of
exchange are required to be paper based. If this bill is passed,
paperless versions of these documents will be legally recognised in the
UK, allowing British businesses to trade faster and cheaper and reduce
employee time on needless paperwork and bureaucracy.


3 https://www.gov.uk/government/news/paperless-trade-for-uk-businesses-toboost-growth

 

This Electronic Trade Documents Bill4 has
only seven sections and says that if reliable technology is used to
secure that only one person can exercise control over / alter an
electronic document at any one point in time, then it would be accepted
in the manner that the older paper trade documents (e.g., bills of
exchange) were legally recognised. That’s it. No further detailed
definitions or complications. In other words, no matter what technology
is used, so long as an individual can demonstrate they are the only ones
in control of the electronic document, akin to a trader having physical
possession of, say, a paper bill of lading, the electronic document
would be legally recognised.Like France and the UK, India needs
to give some thought to how it wants to prepare itself for the enormous
digitisation of trade, which is inevitable. The Indian legal system must
start preparing itself now to ensure it meets the progress of the
economy step by step. Modernising laws or introducing new ones are in
the hands of the legislature and bureaucrats and may take some time, but
the enormous advantage of India’s common law judicial system is that
its judges can apply existing laws and adapt them to the changing
circumstances of the economy.A good example of this is when
courts began to allow service of court proceedings via WhatsApp when
other methods were not acknowledged, and the recipient’s chat showed a
double blue tick.5 Another issue that the Indian judiciary can think
about is permitting litigants who are victims of online fraud
perpetrated by faceless individuals to file cases against ‘persons
unknown6. The concept of bringing a case against someone whose name and
address the plaintiff does not know is alien, but this is one of the
many ways that the existing legal system, and the judiciary in
particular, can assist the economy.As for non-litigation work,
such as drafting documents, the use of artificial intelligence can be
pathbreaking. The drafting of property documents, hire purchase
contracts, franchise agreements, trademark agreements, shareholder
agreements etc., already have a revolutionary app in ChatGPT, and it is
only getting better. Once legal software companies build on the open AI
network of ChatGPT and enable lawyers to feed in historic drafts to
train the AI, very many young associates in law firms could lose their
jobs; but the drafting could easily be of an international standard and
enable lawyers to improve their efficiency.Presently, one
spends a few hours a day on administrative tasks, delegation of work,
reviewing work, team discussions etc. This will change as practitioners
will be able to spend less time on non-legal tasks and more time on the
law.A family court in Australia replaced its mediator with an AI
machine whose outcomes matched those of the family court judge by over
80% during a pilot that was conducted to test the AI. Parties were
positively influenced by this percentage, and many settled along the
lines of what the AI predicted in order to avoid the costs of a
full-blown dispute in the family court. This is the potential of AI
crossing paths with mediation.

4 https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/bills/cbill/58-03/0280/220280.pdf

5 Tata Sons v John Do CS (Comm) 1601/2016, order dated 27.04.17, Delhi HC. Kross Television v Vikhyat Chitra Productions 2017 SCC Online Bom 1433

6 CMOC Sales & Marketing limited v Persons Unknown & 30 others [2018] EWHC 2230 (Comm)

 

CONCLUSION
Contracts
are the foundation of commerce and nearly every Rupee that goes in and
out of a household or company is governed by a contract. From a bus
ticket to a large investment agreement, parties fall back on the terms
of their contract for interpretation and look to a breach of those terms
to bring cases against each other. A World Bank study revealed that
while it takes 165 days to enforce a contract in Singapore, it takes
about four years on average in India. I should admit that I find the
four years also astonishingly speedy. India has about 1.09 crore civil
cases pending, and this would be in addition to arbitrations. The Indian
legal system needs a serious shake-up if it needs to assist economic
growth.In addition to the tech-based solutions set out above,
other simple solutions can also be implemented. Senior counsels in every
court could be mandated to sit as judges for a minimum of, say, three
weeks per year, or for a minimum term of, say, three years at a stretch.
This would reduce the backlog. Every adjournment should have a large
cost associated with it, payable within one week of the adjourned
hearing.Statistics could be published revealing how many
adjournments were granted by every judge in the country per term, or how
many hearings were before a judge that did not result in disposing off
the matter.Presently, most Bar Councils around India have a
one-time enrolment. If an advocate was enrolled by the Bar Council of
Maharashtra and Goa in 2006, he/she would not need to renew their Sanad
for the rest of their lives. This should be changed to periodic
renewals, say every five years, and advocates should be mandated to pay a
small percentage of their last year’s earnings in order to renew. This
money could be re-invested in providing advocacy training to younger
advocates, which would, in turn, assist judges because the quality of
submissions being received by judges would improve. In December 2022,
the Bombay High Court taught senior juniors, including one of the
authors of this article, to impart advocacy training. Even though this
training was focussed on training the teachers, the very young students
who participated in this training showed a dramatic improvement in their
advocacy skills over the course of just one weekend. Another rule that
Indian Bar Councils may want to consider promulgating is no double
booking. In other words, if an advocate has accepted a brief to argue
one case on a day, he/she cannot accept a brief to argue any other case
on that day. Alternatively, they could accept a maximum of three briefs
per day. This will dramatically reduce adjournments and far more
advocates will get an opportunity to argue cases than the present system
where most briefs are concentrated in the hands of a few.With the hope of a better tomorrow, the authors now sign off.

Economic Growth – Role Of Direct Tax

1. Let me delineate the scope of this article
The
title “Economic Growth – Role of Direct Tax” has two different facets.
An economist will read this as nexus between economic growth and direct
tax by adverting to economic areas such as – what should be the tax
policy of India; how to ensure horizontal and vertical equity; how to
ensure buoyancy in tax revenue commensurate with GDP growth; relative
composition of direct and indirect tax; whether agricultural income
should continue to remain exempt; should income tax be supplemented by
other taxes like Gift Tax or Wealth Tax to address wealth disparity,
etc. etc.The brief from the organisation does, however,
surround the alternative facet of nexus. The brief is to analyse the
impact which currently applicable direct tax laws and their
administration have on the economic growth of the country or on the
morale of taxpaying community. The mandate is to examine legitimate
expectations which taxpaying community contributing fair share of tax
may have from the framers and administrators of direct tax laws as
enacted. Indeed, this is a highly significant area of discussion
inasmuch as the reasonableness, fairness and ease with which laws are
implemented will, in the long run, cultivate greater loyalty and a high
happiness index.

 

2. Realisation of legitimate expectations of taxpaying community – ever a dream?

The
realisation of legitimate expectations can contribute to the
enterprising spirit and strength of Indian Taxpayers in the competitive
global world. It is also an important factor to attract FDI.
Some
legitimate expectations could be the enacted law as also tax
administration should treat taxpayers with respect which inspires
loyalty and patronage to the system; ensure certainty, predictability,
stability, and simplicity of law; smoothen/streamline process and
procedure of compliance, assessment, and collection; usher in
transparency and accountability of high standard. Some of these
parameters are commented further in this article.

 

3. Sermons of Kautilya: A Utopian World!!
The
Income tax Department’s website refers to the principles of taxation
laid down in Kautilya’s Arthasastra. These were cited by former Finance
Minister and President of India, Late Shri Pranab Mukherjee, in his
Budget Speech of 2010-11 as follows: –“Thus, a wise Collector
General shall conduct the work of revenue collection…. in a manner
that production and consumption should not be injuriously affected….
financial prosperity depends on public prosperity, abundance of harvest
and prosperity of commerce among other things.”
There are
many other metaphors provided by learned economists on how tax should be
collected from the subjects. Say, like, how a honeybee collects nectar
from flowers without injuring it, how the Sun draws moisture from the
earth to give it back a thousand times, how a calf draws milk from a cow
and so on.On timing of taxation, Kautilya’s Arthasastra
recommends plucking the ripe fruits from garden and avoiding unripe
fruits. The ancient text wisely recommends accountability for the tax
collectors and the prevention of corruption.

 

4. Impact analysis of tax incentives
The
primary aim of a tax law and administration of tax law is to generate
revenue. But one of the variables of tax policy which influences overall
tax collection is a package of tax incentives offered to the taxpayers
to meet specific fiscal objectives like make-in-India or environment
protection. These incentives reduce effective tax rate payable by the
taxpayers.Much can be said about virtues and vices associated
with the basket of incentives. For long many years, corporate India was
subject to a tax model of relatively high rates of tax with a regime of
multiple incentives but tempered by Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT)
liability which partly neutralised the advantages of tax incentives. To
say the least, it was not at all easy to resolve intricacies of
incentives; it was as highly difficult to interpret MAT provisions with
added complexity of convergence to Ind AS. Taxpayer’s life today is far
more easier with a shift in policy which favours fewer incentives along
with moderate rate of tax and dispensation of MAT. This policy is
funnelled by global initiative insisting on minimum tax levy in each
jurisdiction, on profits accruing in that jurisdiction. This aims not
only to prevent race to the bottom but also relieves pressure of
offering “wasteful” tax incentives by developing countries1Frankly,
not all incentives are introduced with the prime object of relieving
tax liability. Many of them have different economic rationale and have
been retained in the selfish (though, noble) interest of the Government.
By grant of incentives, the attempt is to lure taxpayers to undertake
certain activities/investments which, in turn, relieve the pressure of
economic upliftment from the Government. The target sectors which
supplement the Government agenda are : growth of exports; realisation of
infrastructural development; generation of employment, development of
backward areas, encouragement of start-up eco-systems, research, and
development etc. These incentives are substitutes for subsidies which
may otherwise have been imperative to disburse. Amidst the trend of
withdrawal of incentives, those incentives which attract overseas
investments are still popular2.One submission to the tax
administration could be that once an incentive is agreed to be offered,
it may be implemented with grace. As one illustrative example, an
incentive such as an incentive in respect of expenditure on medical
relief to persons with disability should be formulated, perceived, and
implemented with compassion rather than by making it compliance heavy
with difficult conditions.

1. OECD’s report of October 2022 titled ‘Tax incentives and the Global Minimum Corporate Tax – Reconsidering Tax Incentives after the GloBE’s Rules’

2 Many of these incentives may be phased out at policy level after implementation of Pillar 2 initiative of OECD leading to implementation of Global Anti-Base Erosion Rules

 

5. Retrospective amendments can be counterproductive to economic growth
The
Legislature has power of using the magic stick of creating a law with
retrospectivity. It can create a fiction – say for example, it can
introduce a new law from a back date. A law may be introduced today but
the Legislature can mandate us to believe as if the law was always
legislated much before. On principles, this is a perfectly permissible
exercise – though, at times, the taxpayers may consider this to be an
unfair/avoidable exercise of power.In the celebrated case of
Vodafone International Holding BV [2012] (341 ITR 1), on the 20th
January2012, a 3-judge bench of the Supreme Court pronounced that a
non-resident taxpayer is not chargeable to tax on capital gains from
transfer outside India of shares of a non-resident overseas company,
even if such company (whose shares are transferred) may be deriving
value from its underlying operating subsidiaries in India. On the 16th
March 2012, the Legislature carried out a retrospective amendment to
nullify the impact of Supreme Court decision by offering a justification
that the amendment was carried out to clarify the law and for removal
of the doubts. It was not a convincing justification to offer after
the SC had laid down the law. No wonder that the amendment puzzled most
non-resident investors; and almost undermined their faith in the tax
system of the country. There was a scare among the investors whether
investment in the country was as safe.

The country paid the
price and lost some reputation when, under the shelter of BIPAs
(Bilateral Investment Promotion and Protection Agreements), the
International arbitral tribunals ordered the Government of India to pay
damages by way of compensation (including towards interest and legal
cost) pursuant to petitions filed by Vodafone International and Cairn
Group. Their grievance was that the action of Indian Legislature was in
breach of legitimate expectations of fair and equitable treatment, which
the investor from that country had from India. In reaching to the
conclusion, the arbitral tribunals noted the recommendation of Shome
Committee that retrospective amendments should occur in exceptional
circumstances, such as (i) to correct apparent mistakes/anomalies in the
statute (ii) to remove technical defects, particularly in the
procedure, which had vitiated the substantive law or (iii) to protect
the tax base if it is eroded through highly abusive tax planning schemes
that have the main purpose of avoiding tax.The arbitral
tribunals concluded that investors (Vodafone/Cairn) were not treated
fairly and there was violation of fair and equitable treatment promised
under the BIPA.

 

6. Resolve of new Government to stay away from retrospectivity
Upon
its installation in 2014, the new Government was quick enough to
promise to the people that it will refrain from any retrospective
amendment to the prejudice of taxpayers. To its credit, it has largely
lived up to its promise subject to some aberrations viz. that, of late,
every February, the Government has been introducing some amendments in
the budget which hit the transactions which may have taken during the
year up to the month of January basis the law in force up to the date of
budget. Clinically, such amendments are also retrospective in nature.
One would desire that this is avoided.

 

7. Why should an amendment be introduced as a surprise?
A more desirable approach may be to introduce an amendment after proper debate. There
have often been suggestions that the amendments could be de-linked from
the annual budget exercise and be enacted after examining the overall
impact, including the burden of compliance on the taxpayers. So long as,
however, the new practice is not introduced, the least which is
expected is to ensure that there are no surprise amendments directly at
the enactment stage without reference thereof in the Finance Bill.

For example, provisions relating to a controversial levy, viz.
equalisation levy on e-commerce transactions having significant impact
on non-residents and consequential impact on residents was introduced at
the enactment stage in 2020 to be effective from 1 April 2020 amidst
COVID-19 nation-wide lockdown. Interpreting these provisions was a
challenge even with the professionals. The software integration of
taxpayers was obviously not ready as well. Such surprises do certainly
belie expectations of taxpayers.What is also most desirable to
ensure is that each important and significant adverse amendment
introduced as part of the Finance Bill is referred and explained in the
budget speech. A taxpayer feels aggrieved when he finds that while the
budget speech appeared to offer favourable tax proposals like lowering
of tax rate, the fine print has a number of unpleasant surprises for him
in the form of criminalisation of TDS non-deduction default or
expansion in the scope of withholding of tax refunds.

 

8. Taxpayers’ charter
Every
organisation has a statement on its commitment to the stakeholders,
apart from its motto and mission statement. Taxpayers’ charter of the
Income tax department enlists multiple commitments to the taxpayers. In
terms of caption headings, the commitments extend to:1. Provide fair, courteous, and reasonable treatment2. Treat taxpayer as honest3. Provide mechanism for appeal and review4. Provide complete and accurate information5. Provide timely decisions6. Collect the correct amount of tax7. Respect privacy of taxpayer8. Maintain confidentiality9. Hold its authorities accountable10. Enable representative of choice11. Provide mechanism to lodge complaint12. Provide a fair & just system13. Publish service standards and report periodically14. Reduce cost of compliance

Text-wise,
the statement is impressive as also fairly broad. Taxpayers will truly
regard themselves as fortunate if they are able to enjoy the spirit of
commitments. But, very likely, the perception and belief of many – if
not most or all, may be to the contrary on some of the above captions
when viewed in terms of real-life experience. The taxpayers in a high
scale, may have a lot to lament on the performance of administration. It
is not uncommon to hear of grievances of high-pitched assessments,
hasty disposals in defiance of natural justice, re-opening notices being
issued without making base papers available to taxpayers, withholding
of refunds, increased cost of compliance, visible lack of accountability
etc.

While on this, the statistics may often be misleading.
Refunds being granted in less than a month in >95% of the cases is
not reflective of the challenges faced by taxpayers in relatively high
tax brackets. Multiple writs filed in high courts merely to obtain
refunds may not be a good sign to cherish. Pending rectifications for
multiple past years and adjustment of refunds against erroneous demands
are commonly heard grievances of taxpayers. And, while on refunds, a
disappointing development (which can potentially cover up denial of a
valid refund due to the taxpayer) is a recent insertion in S.245 of
Income-tax Act which permits tax authority to withhold refund on the
basis that the authority is anticipating some demand to arise in future
upon conclusion of pending proceedings
. The status of such a
taxpayer may remain vulnerable, in terms of his ability to secure
refund, if pendency of one or the other proceedings is a regular feature
of his tax life.

A recommendation to the tax administration
may be to entrust, in each year, to a professional agency the
responsibility of soliciting responses on the success of taxpayer
charter (on a scale of 1 to 10) from stakeholders on a no- name basis
through the medium of a survey.
The agency may seek evaluation from
2500 randomly selected samples of stakeholders such as – HNIs, large
corporates, medium to high range income/turnover taxpayers, tax
professionals, non-residents, tax judges before whom appeals travel,
officials of tax department etc. The tax administration should endeavour
to make such independent evaluation public.

9. A recent trend which can potentially be worrisome

In some sections of Income-tax Act, introduced in the recent past, one finds following provisions by way of two sub-sections:

“If
any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of this
section, the Board may, with the approval of the Central Government,
issue guidelines for the purposes of removing the difficulty.

Every
guideline issued by the Board under sub-section (4) shall, as soon as
may be after it is issued, be laid before each House of Parliament, and
shall be binding on the income-tax authorities and on the assessee”

As
part of Income-tax Act, the first such text was found in S.115BAB
introduced w.e.f. 1 April 2020. The language has been replicated in
sections 206C(1G/H), 194-O, 194Q, 194R, 194S, etc. The trend appears to
be on the path of becoming regular.

The newly introduced
innovation is far different from provisions found earlier. For example,
provisions in sections 294A & 298 of Income-tax Act were far more
graceful. While they conferred power to issue Guidelines, there was a
clear warning that the action/order of the Central Government should
never be inconsistent with provisions of the Act. Therefore, there
seemed to be an express guarantee that none of the actions of tax
administration can operate in deviation of law.

Per contrast, the
new style of delegated legislation has the ill of tax administration
imposing its own interpretation of a provision in the name of binding
guidelines. There is no assurance that the power conferred by law will
be so delicately exercised that the impact of guidelines is necessarily
restricted to removal of administrative difficulty to redress taxpayer’s
grievance or concerns.
For example, FAQ 4 of Circular 12/2022
issued in the context of S.194R states that cost of free medicine sample
given by a pharma company to a doctor with a narration ‘Not for Sale’
can be considered as a ‘benefit’/’perquisite’ provided to the doctor and
hence the pharma company providing free samples needs to deduct TDS
under s.194R. Even assuming that the tax administration may have that
view, it is unfair to presume that an alternative view has no basis. In
fact, most people in the industry subscribe to the alternative view.
There is room for another view. Yet, read with innovated text of S.194R,
the departmental view as expressed in the guidelines will unfairly
become binding on the taxpayers and carry the risk of prosecution if not
compiled. It would be a hard battle for the taxpayers to contend that
imposition of such interpretation through the medium of guidelines is in
excess of the power vested in the authority (Refer Madeva Upendra Sinai
[1975] 98 ITR 209 (SC). One hopes that the trend of such legislation is
reversed sooner than later.

In the same breadth, the
Legislature may also need to be judicious in conferring power to
prescribe rules or to issue notifications. Keeping a check over the
correct use of such actions is far more difficult.

10. Remarkable adaptation to technological innovations

All
the organs of the country connected with direct tax have recorded
enormous progress on the front of adaptation of technology in the last 5
to 10 years. The way all three organs (viz., tax administration,
taxpayers, and judiciary) responded to the challenges posed during the
COVID period is truly remarkable.The finance minister has done
away with the British-era style of bringing budget papers in a
briefcase. For some years now, the finance minister has been presenting
the budget in paperless format by using tablet of India make.To
the full credit of tax administration, the administrators have built up
huge digital infrastructure which can effectively collect, collate, and
handle data capacity, which is mind-boggling.
It has made good
progress since the days of June 2021 when its new e-filing portal was
reported to have faced glitches from day one due to which statutory due
dates of returns had to be extended. It is, as of now, much better
equipped to receive and process the returns/transfer pricing data; can
handle e-hearings and e-assessments/appeals; has in-built AI, which can
handle selection of cases for scrutiny. It is claimed to have achieved a
peak processing capacity of 22.94 Lakhs returns in a single day on July
28, 2022. There are multiple cases where refunds are sanctioned in less
than a week, or a show cause notice requiring an explanation on the
mismatch of some data is received within a week. The continuing scaling
up of networking of IT infrastructure with other Ministries or other
countries will make the infrastructure all the more versatile and should
be a very effective check on tax avoidance or tax evasion. The youth of
the country has voted completely in favour of transition.The
judiciary, too, has kept pace with changes. There is live streaming of
court hearings. Time may not be far that we may have transcripts of
hearings as well on a concurrent basis. In an interesting example, the
Supreme Court reacted very sharply to NCLT when one NCLT member required
of a petitioner to make physical filing in addition to e-filing. The
Supreme Court, speaking through Chief Justice Dr D.Y Chandrachud (who is
himself a crusader favouring technology) observed as under:“The
judiciary has to modernize and adapt to technology. The tribunals can
be no exception. This can no longer be a matter of choice. If some
judges are uncomfortable with e-files, the answer is to provide training
to them and not to continue with old and outmoded ways of working.

If a lawyer or litigant is compelled to file physical copies in addition
to e-filed documents, then they will not resort to e-filing.
It
is utterly incomprehensible why NCLAT should insist on physical filing
in addition to e-filing. This unnecessarily burdens litigants and the
Bar and is a disincentive for e-filing. This duplication of effort is
time consuming. It adds to expense. It leaves behind a carbon footprint
which is difficult to efface. The judicial process has traditionally
been guzzling paper. This model is not environmentally sustainable.”
(Emphasis supplied)
The message will be as relevant to
Income-tax Appellate Tribunals and other authorities functioning under
the Income-tax Act. In turn, this message underscores that the tax
administration will need to impart training to its own personnel, while
the professional bodies may equip professionals across age groups.Indeed,
while the progress made on technology front is commendable, it is not
as if that there are no hiccups which are still present. For example, we
continue to hear of delays in disposal of rectification applications;
helplessness in securing TDS credits; also, the difficulty is envisaged
in locating the stage at which applications for processing of refunds
are pending. The goal may be to so design the platforms that it has an
in-built tracking mechanism with regard to each petition or each
assessment. Let the taxpayers verify for themselves where exactly is the
hold up.

 

11. Trends in direct taxation: Some positives to cherish – some negatives to remedy
There
are some positive trends which can have noticeable impact on economic
growth. One must appreciate the commitment of the Government to optimise
rates of tax. The corporate tax rate has been virtually brought down to
22% plus surcharge. There is no overbear of wealth tax nor any sign of
imposing any new form of tax. The impact on buoyancy of economy and
enthusiasm of taxpayers is visible.What is also noticeable is
that, at the Governmental level, there is a growing thrust on voluntary
compliance; a desire to ease the norms of doing business in India;
thrust on digitalisation which encourages data mining in a faceless and
transparent manner. As a result of digitalisation coupled with warnings
from the Government, tax evasion is becoming far more expensive day by
day, and the compliance is improving. Further, by actively participating
in OECD and other forums, the Government is privy to supporting
measures which would discourage storage of wealth or earning of income
in tax heavens.Amidst all the sincerities, there are some
negatives to be taken care of. We are almost reaching a stage of
excessive compliance. The stress of compliance is evident on taxpayers
and professionals. Despite his best efforts, there is no guarantee that
the honest taxpayer will be able to establish himself to be honest
without the drudgery of litigation. This ironical imbalance impacting
taxpayers can be somewhat mitigated with equal thrust on accountability
of the administration.
The appraisal of accountability should be
self-driven with the use of technology rather than being assessed on the
basis of number of complaints received. It would be an incorrect
proposition to suggest that, absent a complaint, an administrator can be
presumed to be meritorious.One draconian provision of law,
in the context of prosecution, is that a taxpayer who has committed a
default is unfortunately (and unjustifiably) presumed to have defaulted
consciously or intentionally.
The burden is on taxpayer to convince
the court that the default was innocent and was neither deliberate nor
with intent to avoid tax. On a parity of reasoning, an administrator
should be deemed to be accountable on the basis of some objectively set
benchmark standards. Just as one example, on the basis of technology, if
it appears that there has been a default in granting the refund as
directed by law, the presumption should be that the non-grant is
influenced by an intentional move. Could such be the parity of
standards?

 

12. Legislating for outliers? Is simplicity a dream?
More
than a majority will likely agree that, as of now, the direct tax law
is highly complex. Ironically, every attempt at simplification results
in it becoming more complex for people in business and high brackets.An
impression which is getting consolidated every year is that, on a
consistent basis, the law is legislated, keeping in view the
probabilities of outliers. Compliance expectation is built up to rope in
the outliers; in the process, the large community of honest taxpayers
has the suffering of compliance
. This is a paradox in as much as
that, in the days of vigilance/presence of GAAR and technological
advancement, one would expect Government to spot and deal with outliers
as the responsibility of the Government.As one example, after
decades of litigation, the courts had provided clarity on the onus cast
on borrowers to explain the nature and source of cash credit. It was
working quite well. To the surprise, however, of taxpayers, the law
was recently amended to provide that the borrower has the onus of
explaining source of the source as well – a requirement or onus which is
impractical to fulfil in the commercial world. What is more, the
statutory provision as legislated expects that even a borrower from a
scheduled bank like SBI has to explain the source of source. The failure
to comply has the consequence of attracting punitive rate of tax of 60%
as increased by surcharge of 25%!
Given the environment of
accumulated litigation, such unfair provisions can only lead to heavier
pile up of litigation. One wonders whether life may be easier if the
Legislature shifts the emphasis from an outlier to an honest taxpayer
and reconcile itself to some small loss of revenue. Balancing of
strength may justify that the Government may absorb some loss to itself
should it appear to a reasonable mind that the proposed remedy is likely
to cause injury or agony to multiple honest taxpayers.It may
be interesting and rewarding to study the opportunity cost of complex
legislation. The cost is invisible but enormous. The best of the
resources of the country (in and outside the Government) are drawn into
the understanding, implementing, resolving, and litigating the
intricacies – and dare say, not by choice. Life may be a lot more better
if talent is diverted for better national use. All this is apart from
the consumption of paper, which is associated with the publications and
administration of tax laws.

 

13. Maze of the TDS/TCS regime
Over
the years, a wide range of TDS/TCS provisions has overtaken the tax
world. The provisions are reflective of the responsibility vested in the
tax deductors to act as collection agents on a free-of-cost basis. If I
am right,
almost around 85% of tax is collected through these
provisions. The deductors run the risk of disallowance of expense,
interest burden, risk of prosecution – all this, on the occurrence of
some defaults, at the root of which may be the inability to interpret
the complexities accurately. Not only the taxpayers themselves, but the
principal officers also carry the burden of stress. It is an area which
demands some correction. Firstly, it is time that the multiple rates
of tax are converted into some standardised rates of tax. Secondly, the
law relating to disallowance of expenditure and/or prosecution needs to
be humanised. Thirdly, there is a need to clarify some regular
controversies through the medium of FAQs, which are published by the
CBDT in consultation with external experts (may be, also the retired
judges) to provide guidance of practicality to the taxpayers.
And
such guidance may be considered as binding on the tax authority while
conducting penal actions, even if the court were to eventually opine to
the contrary.

 

14. Some learnings of wisdom have eternal value
Resonating
with the ancient philosophy of collecting taxes without hurting the
citizens, the current Finance Minister Smt. Nirmala ji Sitharaman in her
maiden Budget Speech of 2019 cited Pisirandaiyaar’s advice to the King
Pandian Arivudai Nambi to the following effect – a few mounds of rice
from paddy that is harvested from a small piece of land would suffice
for an elephant. But what if the elephant itself enters the field and
starts eating? What it eats would be far lesser than what it would
trample over!I may only end this with a sense of optimism
that, in action and in deeds, the philosophy remains translated into a
perceptible reality.
Let us all hope and pray that crop of paddy is
well protected as a collective responsibility and that paddy field is
not unknowingly run over either by the greed or apathy of taxpayers
themselves, or by the excessive compliances, maze of litigation with no
solution in sight or lack of accountability.

India Knows Where To Go, And Takes Everyone Along

 
 

BCAS and the CA profession are entering into 75th year of their existence. In order to commemorate this special occasion, the BCAJ brings a series of interviews with people of eminence from different walks of life, the distinct ones whom we can look up to, as professionals. Readers will have an opportunity to learn from their expertise and experience as well as get inspired by their personal stories.

The first interview is with Dr Brinda Jagirdar. She is an independent consulting economist with a specialisation in areas relating to Banking and Economics, including Agriculture Economics. She is an independent director on the boards of many companies and a scheduled bank. She retired as General Manager and Head of Economic Research at the State Bank of India, based at its Corporate Office in Mumbai. As part of the Bank’s Top Management team, her work at SBI involved leading the Department of Economic Research to track developments in the Indian and global economy and analyse policy implications for business. She has a brilliant academic record, with a PhD in Economics from the Department of Economics, University of Mumbai, M.S. in Economics from the University of California at Davis, USA, M.A. in Economics from Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, Pune and B.A. in Economics from Fergusson College, Pune. She has attended an Executive Programme at the Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, USA and a leadership programme at IIM Lucknow.

In this interview, Dr Jagirdar talks to BCAJ Editor Mayur Nayak and the past editors Gautam Nayak and Raman Jokhakar about her career at SBI as Chief Economist, the Indian economy, her perspectives on the key factors which changed the Indian banking sector and drove economic growth in India, her advice to youths of India and much more…

Q: (Mayur Nayak): Can you tell us a bit about your childhood? What were your formative years like?

A: (Brinda Jagirdar): My father was in the army, so I am an army daughter. I was born in Punjab, though we belong to Tamil Nadu, and I spent most of my childhood in North India, Jammu & Kashmir, UP, Himachal, and then Delhi. The first language that I learned was Hindi. Initially, my schooling was at different places; however, later on, it was at Kendriya Vidyalaya. I joined Lady Sriram College, Delhi, for the Honours course in Economics, but then we moved to Pune, and I got a degree in Economics from Fergusson College and then did my MA from Gokhale Institute, Pune. After that, I joined the State Bank of India (SBI) in Mumbai.

Then I saw an ad in the newspaper from the Rotary Foundation for a one-year fellowship to study in the US. I applied and got selected. It took me to the University of California at Davis. As I was also a cultural ambassador, I got invited to speak at many Rotary Clubs and was happy to show them that there’s more to India than the Taj Mahal.

My entire career was with SBI. I was at their Nariman Point office, and I retired from there as Chief Economist. Post-retirement, I serve on a few Boards. I also like to talk to students mainly because I feel that they must know what’s happening in the real world, especially today when India is changing so much, and there are so many opportunities for them.

Q: (Mayur Nayak): You also did a Ph.D. in Economics, from Mumbai University.

A: Yes, that was mid-career. I had put in about 17 years of service in the Bank, and then there was always this restlessness – what next? Sometime in the mid-90s, the Bank came out with a scheme that allowed mid-career employees to take a 3-year sabbatical to do their PhD. I registered at Mumbai University under Dr Dilip Nachane. My topic was “Reforms in the Banking Sector”.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): When you look at the first 10-12 years and the last 10-12 years in SBI, how do you see the landscape evolved during your career?

A: It has been a remarkably interesting journey, and I could see the way the banking sector in the country has changed and evolved. We started off with nationalisation. Then we went through a phase, where nationalisation did not seem to deliver the desired results, and there was a clamour for privatisation. Now we have a healthy mix of both, along with new institutions, new players and new regulations. There is a greater emphasis on efficiency, competition and performance. Initially, there were very few women officers in banking; now, there are so many.

Q: (Gautam Nayak): During your career with SBI, what exactly was your role and the things that you used to look out for from an Economist’s perspective for the banking sector? Any specific experiences from your banking experience of 35 years?

A: As an Economist, my role was to track changes in the financial landscape, including policies, budgets and regulations, prepare forecasts and highlight the implications for the Bank. We had to keep track of what is happening in the global economy, in the domestic economy, and in the banking sector. That is what economists are expected to do. Being in SBI, the Government and RBI would consult the Bank, and in this context, I had to interact with different departments, get their suggestions, and put them all together. That helped me learn about what is happening in other areas, including credit, treasury, forex, and agriculture. I was very fortunate to be guided by the best banking brains in the country and got to learn a lot from my seniors and colleagues. Interestingly, even after interest rates were deregulated, there was a lot of debate about deregulating savings bank interest rates. I think this was to prepare banks for the new competitive environment that was unfolding. The banking landscape was changing very rapidly – global norms for capital adequacy, asset classification, provisioning, and accounting were introduced. Bank mergers were happening, and banks were being allowed to move into new areas like capital markets, mutual funds, and insurance.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): In the US these days, we are seeing well-ranked banks fail overnight. Why, in your view, are these banks failing? Anything that you see sitting here and looking at, say, the US, especially because you were in the US as well?

A: In my view, this shows that there is a weakness in their regulation and oversight. Also, the revolving door policy in the US has a conflict of interest – today, you are in the Treasury, and tomorrow you are in Wall Street. This doesn’t happen in India. US banks also put great pressure on making profits here and now, even at the cost of the banking system’s stability and safety. For example, in the 2008 financial crisis, they knew that something was happening. There was a lot of bubble and froth in the system, but nobody paid attention. Thanks to Dr Y. V. Reddy’s foresight, the RBI quickly ring-fenced the banking system. It was being said that there is so much opportunity in the booming capital market and real estate sector, and banks should be allowed to get into this space in a big way. But RBI saw the risks and laid down strict norms for bank exposure to capital markets and real estate. So, from a risk management perspective, we did an excellent job, which the US failed to do. Because we were prudent, the Indian banking system was not affected. I think it is wrongly called the global financial crisis because we didn’t have a financial crisis in India.

Our regulators have always been extremely prudent and cautious. And at the same time, they let the banks have their freedom but with risk management and all systems in place. Thanks to technology, now banks can also monitor their businesses in real-time and immediately know what is happening. The regulators, too, are in constant touch with all players, so supervision has become very ongoing. Now it’s not just an annual inspection, but there’s a lot of dialogue which happens between the banks and RBI all the time, which is the reason our system is so much more stable as compared to what we see abroad. Undoubtedly, it is RBI’s regulation and supervision, along with prudent policies, that has made the commercial banks so resilient and strong.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): Despite all the knowledge, experience, and ways of the West, the Indian regulator hasn’t gotten swayed by the wave from the West. Do you think the regulator is still holding on to its prudent ways that are appropriate to our situation?

A: You are absolutely right – We must be thankful the regulator has remained focused and not gotten swayed by the West. They want India to open up our markets and open up our banking system rapidly. This pressure is there. But we need to build on our strengths and acquire the skills and size to compete globally. We move slowly, but I think there is some sense in moving at this pace, rather than rushing into anything. Also, doing what India needs should be our priority. That is how today we have the highest level of digital banking. We know where to go, and we take everyone along.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): Did you ever imagine, 20 or 30 years ago, such a UPI, QR code, kind of revolution, will result in massive inclusion and formalisation? Did you imagine that a Shing/Chanawala, who would earlier collect cash, put it in his pocket, and go home in the evening, will directly get his day’s earnings in the banking system?

A: This is something truly phenomenal, and there were many like me, who did not imagine that a disruption like this would be so rapid, so widespread and universally accepted. Today, everyone has embraced digital payments, including small businesses and street vendors. They realise that banks are secure, and their money is safe in the bank. And for this assurance, I think we must give credit to the Prime Minister, his vision and the economic policies.

Q: (Mayur Nayak): Internationalisation of the Indian rupee: Rupee is accepted in other countries today. Do you see the Indian rupee becoming a global currency soon with the diminishing importance of the US dollar as the reserve currency?

A: De-dollarisation is what everybody is talking about, and I think that is already beginning to happen for sure. While the US Dollar will remain a very important currency, because it is traded and accepted in such a large number of countries, its importance is slowly diminishing. One reason is geopolitics and the rise of economies outside the Western sphere. When you are growing, you want your share of the pie, and also, you want your place at the high table. So, the Indian Rupee is certainly finding more acceptance, because a lot of countries are trading with India in rupee terms. That bilateral trade is already happening, and India’s role is growing. A lot of countries are looking to India because there is a trust factor, and they know that India will share the technology with them and help them. Already, many countries have reached out to India for UPI, and India has said we are ready to share the technology. So, the time has come for this hegemony of one power or one currency to be challenged.

Q: (Gautam Nayak): Being a director on a Bank Board, how do you see the role of auditors in the whole system? Do you feel that the audit system needs to change? Do auditors need to be more vigilant? Should the role of auditors change? Should it be more towards fraud detection? Should you have separate audits for separate purposes the way it is today – you have separate forensic audit, separate security audit, etc? So, what do you see happening in banks?

A: The regulators, RBI, SEBI, look at independent directors as the first line of defence. In turn, the independent directors look at the auditors as their first line of defence. So, the role of auditors, including internal audit, statutory audit, and secretarial audit is very, very important. Besides these, there are specialised audits like forensic audit and cybersecurity audit. Auditors are completely independent and report directly to the Chairman of the Audit Committee, who is always an independent director. Auditors have to ensure that the processes which are laid down and the policies adopted by the company are followed and confirm that these are followed. I think they have a very important role to play, and that role is only going to increase and expand into more and more areas, as we see the economy growing and the banks growing. I believe it is very important for auditors to be independent, and unbiased. Ethics and corporate governance in auditors are crucial.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): The role of the PSBs over the years: At some point, they were all taken over and converted to the public sector, and now we are coming back to a lot more private sector participation. That whole private flavour that you get when you step into a private bank versus a public bank– going forward, how do you see the role of the public sector banks in the whole landscape of banking? Would that role shrink, or would it stay up to a point where we can overcome, say, poverty issues or certain other issues are overcome, and then maybe that role would probably shrink? Or would the character of the public sector bank itself change?

A: I would agree with bits of what you’re saying, but when you talk about flavour, just step into SBI or Bank of Baroda or, for that matter, any public sector bank, and you will find that the ambience, service, and products are no different from private banks. The public sector banks are also becoming more and more customer friendly and more inviting. Look at their branches – the way they are set up and look at the signage. In services, too, I think the difference is shrinking a lot, and that is mainly because of technology. So today, you are a customer of a bank rather than of a particular branch due to core banking – you can be anywhere, and you can do your banking transactions. Thus, the difference is shrinking between the public sector and the private sector.

Having said that, I think the public sector still has a lot of trust of the public, and they still have a big role in inclusive development. It was public sector banks that opened Jan Dhan Accounts and took them to the last mile with the help of business correspondents. They are also involved in each and every segment of the economy, however small or however far away. I think that role will still continue to be with the public sector banks, which is a good thing, because that’s what will help the economy to grow. We need that big push and support, and I believe only public sector banks can take on that role.

I agree that today we’ve come almost 180 degrees from nationalisation to now having banks in both the public and private sectors. In public sector banks, mergers have also helped to conserve capital and expand size. Today there are about 11 or 12 public sector banks from about 25-27 a few years ago. First, the subsidiaries of the State Bank got merged, and then some other bank mergers happened. So now we have a strong banking sector, and that’s what the Narasimhan Committee also recommended – we must have some strong large Indian banks, because if the economy is going to grow, then it must be supported by a strong and sound banking system. Indian banks must be able to support the movement of Indian businesses abroad and facilitate their growth.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): If we were to become the third largest economy, which seems like the next or the closest goal, what are the changes that you feel should be brought about where 5-10 Indian banks will enter the top 100?

A: Banks need capital to grow. The FT’s Banker magazine brings out every year a list of the top 100 banks in the world based on capital size. This list is currently dominated by Chinese banks in the top 10 places, and only one Indian bank, SBI, figures somewhere in the middle. The Economic Survey for 2019-20 pointed out that being the fifth largest economy, India should have at least six banks in the top 100 global list, and at least eight would be required for a country having a $ 5 trillion economy. As we know, capital is brought in by the owner, and in public sector banks, the owner is the government. This is why the government is willing to reduce its shareholding. Because banks need capital to grow, they must have that intrinsic strength, and be able to raise money from domestic markets as well as international markets.

After the capital, it is risk management. Banks should have very strong risk management systems and very, very sound ethics, and that’s where there is role of auditors. It is very important to make sure that all the laid down policies of the bank are followed, laid down procedures and systems, which the board has mandated are followed – that will give confidence to investors, domestic and abroad, and they will bring in their capital and investment into the bank. Then the bank will also be able to attract that high-quality talent in terms of manpower.

The IBC and the changes that have happened have helped banks to recover their loans and improve their asset quality. NPAs have come down now because of the support from the legal system. But we need strong contract enforcement. The enforcement of contracts today in India is not so quick. We need judicial reforms. Some cases are taken overseas to adjudicate in those courts. That confidence should be there, that our courts will not take 10 or 20 years to decide on a case. And therefore, we need more legal reforms.

Q: (Mayur Nayak): When you talk about IBC, banks are getting some money back, but by and large, we see that banks are the major loser, in terms of higher haircuts. Are there any loopholes in IBC? How can it be plugged and how can banks’ interests be protected?

A: I would agree with you, but this was not the intention when it was started. They said it should be completed within 240 days or 240 + 90 days. So, cases must be settled speedily. This continued delay means something is wrong somewhere. There are some loopholes. Every time the borrower runs to the courts and that should be avoided completely. I don’t know whether we need more courts or whether we need more tribunals, but whatever it is, the enforcement of contracts is very important. If the lender has not been able to recover his money, then the system should support him to get it back from the borrower. However, there is no denying that because of IBC, NPAs have come down, and bank balance sheets are clean. In fact, the borrowers are saying take the principal, take the interest, but leave us. That fear is there; that’s very good for the system. But unfortunately, banks have been able to recover only a very small amount, but that was not the intention. The loopholes need to be plugged in quickly.

Q: (Raman Jokhakar): If you look at some best practices overseas, because top banks outside India have grown to such a massive scale, what would be some of those practices, which facilitate this recovery process – make it faster and more effective?

A: What comes to my mind is the speed of resolution. You go there, you declare bankruptcy, and it’s all very set and happens quickly. It doesn’t drag on, and it’s not an appeal after appeal. It doesn’t go that way. It’s finished very fast. I think that is what we need to do as well.

Q: (Mayur Nayak): Being in SBI you were a witness to 40 crores plus bank accounts being opened in record time. Everything you saw and felt happening in front of your eyes, because we, as lay readers, just read it in newspapers as statistics. You were probably right inside the truck that was driving it.

A: The biggest change was the small man felt that he could walk into the bank branch. Earlier, he would be somewhat diffident about how he will be treated. But now he can just walk in, show his Aadhar card, open an account, get his money, and walk out with his head held high. If he can’t go to the bank, there’s a business correspondent, who would come to him with the handheld machine, and he can do his transaction. You will be surprised to see how readily the common man has embraced technology and is comfortable doing his banking transactions on his mobile. I think that is the biggest change in the banking sector – the common man and also women feel empowered. And I think this is the perfect example of inclusive growth. This kind of revolution, I don’t think, has happened anywhere in the world. Jandhan-Aadhar-Mobile, the JAM trinity, has enabled the Direct Benefit Scheme. People have confidence in the banking system, especially now when they are able to get all their money, whether it’s a pension, whether it’s a fertiliser subsidy or a scholarship, they get it directly into their account, and it comes on time. It comes without any cut, and they are able to access their account and do their transactions anytime, anywhere. The Jan Dhan zero balance accounts have mobilised Rs. 1,97,082 crores as on 31st May 2023 in 49.12 crore bank accounts. People are keeping money in the bank, which was lying outside the formal banking system.

Q: (Gautam Nayak): When we talk about the future of the Indian economy, we talk about a $5 trillion economy. Going forward, what largest trends do you see, and how fast can India develop?

A: Today, India is the fastest growing economy among the G20 countries, it is the only country with zero prospect of recession and India’s growth is being seen as not only healthy for India but also positive in a world where growth slowdown is a major problem. So, let’s see what kind of economy we have today. In terms of PPP, we are the third largest economy, and in GDP terms, we are the 5th largest. Germany may go into recession, and soon we could become the 4th largest economy. It took us 60 years after independence to become a $1 trillion economy in 2008. Growth gained traction and doubling was much faster. In the next 6 years, we became $2 trillion, and it would have doubled in the next six years and become $4 trillion, but for the disruption caused by COVID. Today we are at about $3.8 trillion, so $5 trillion is not so far away. In fact, today, nobody is focusing on $5 trillion. We’re talking about $10 trillion, and we have the scope to become that. Why? Internally, we have all the resources. In terms of food, we are completely self-sufficient. We have the capability in space technology; we are the 4th nation with ASAT technology, we are the fifth country to launch its own GPS (NAVIC), soon we will be the fifth country to manufacture jet engines, we have our own indigenously designed and manufactured modern high-speed trains, we have the 3rd largest tech start-up base, India is 3rd largest in automobile production, and is an exporter in the defence sector. India has also demonstrated its capability in the manufacturing of pharmaceutical products with the production and export of indigenous COVID vaccines.

Do you remember PL 480? There was a time in 1965 when India didn’t have sufficient wheat and was at the mercy of big powers. There was a famine-like situation after the war. This is when India decided to be self-sufficient in food grains and we had the green revolution. After that, there’s been no looking back. We are the second-largest producer of rice and wheat, the largest producer of sugar, and the largest producer of milk, fruits and vegetables. Look at the variety we have. We are also making significant progress in terms of literacy, skilled manpower, and space research. We are taking commercial satellites to space. When India joined the space club, with satellites and rockets totally made in India and on such a small budget, there was a cartoon in the New York Times – the fellow peeping into that window with the cow. The fat people sitting there, no place inside. So, that is the kind of mindset which we broke through.

We are exporting defence products, but we can become big players when we make, say, missiles, and aircraft fully. In electronics, for instance, smartphones are now being made in India. iPhone already has one plant and is going to set up another plant. Tatas and Cisco, I think, are starting to manufacture iPhone 15. We are now an exporter of electronics and mobiles. We were a strong manufacturing country. But slowly, we allowed China to take over. Many companies closed down because it became cheaper to import. Somewhere we lost sight of what was needed for the country, and we allowed China to take that space. Now with the PLI scheme, logistics and infrastructure development, inflow of foreign investment and technology, ease of doing business and other initiatives, we are moving seamlessly into the global supply chain.

Q: (Gautam Nayak): As an economist, if you look back at the last 75 years, what do you think has been the decision which has impacted the economy the most positively and the decision which has impacted the economy most negatively?

A: Positively, I would say the 1991 deregulation and liberalisation have had the biggest impact on the economy. Earlier, when you were manufacturing two-wheelers, you could do only two-wheelers. There was a capacity you could manufacture and sell at a certain price. All that has gone now! I think the freedom, and openness that has been given to the industrialists, along with incentives and government support, have helped the manufacturing sector. That has created more opportunities not just in manufacturing – each manufacturing job will create about five or six other secondary jobs not only in manufacturing but also in audit and accounts, design, planning, transportation, etc. I think, deregulation certainly helped the economy to grow.

The hindrance, I would say, is that you want the small to remain small. Why not let them grow? There will always be a role for MSMEs, but incentivising them to remain small will stunt their growth. In China, for example, the average textile unit would employ 500 people. In India, it would be 50. When industries are allowed to expand, they can take advantage of the economies of scale and economies of scope, create more jobs and overall is good for the industry and good for the economy.

Q: (Mayur Nayak): What would you advise to youngsters?

A: I would tell them, first of all, have confidence in yourself. Have confidence in the country and its policies. Don’t get swayed by hearsay. What you see in front of you is the full truth. So first, have confidence; second, skill yourself. And even if you’re a chartered accountant, learn about other areas. Learn about economics. Learn about technology. Make yourself a little broad-minded and broaden your vision. See what’s happening in other countries, and what new developments are taking place in India and abroad. Stay abreast, read a lot, and read outside your work. Prepare yourself. And then, of course, have a balanced life. Work-life balance should be there. Don’t spend too much time on WhatsApp, Facebook, or gaming. Don’t waste your time on all that. See how you can use technology to increase your productivity. The future of work is going to change, and there will be a lot of disruption caused by AI.

 

From The President

Dear BCAS Family,

On 6th July, 2023, I will complete my term as President of this esteemed institution. My heart is overwhelmed with emotions while I am writing this last communication. It looks as if just yesterday, I assumed the august office of the President of the BCAS. On the one hand, there is an emotion of joy that I could give my best to fulfill the promises made to the best extent possible, on the other hand, there is a hollowness on realising that I will miss out on the energy effervescing out of the 24X7 commitment to the BCAS. It was this energy that kept pumping adrenalin to my brain, driving it to work harder, longer and smarter. There is also an emotion of gratitude for having received so much love, affection and support from such a large community of seniors, stalwarts, colleagues, staff and members. As I look back, I realise that this was a journey of joy, learning, giving and, above all, self-discovery.

Having spent more than fifteen years with the BCAS in different positions, when I became President, I felt that there was a need to make certain things ‘easy’ for the members to help achieve the BCAS vision better. That is how I happened to choose the theme for the year 2022-23 as “EASE”, which promised to bring about required systemic changes. The idea behind this theme was to empower the members to have easy access to knowledge, emerging opportunities, as also ease of networking and reskilling. I am happy to say that I bid farewell to all of you with a great sense of satisfaction that I could fulfill most of the promises made. During the year gone by, we took a number of initiatives, various committees organised excellent events that aligned well with the theme. The events like Income Tax ki Paathshala, Online 5th Long Duration Course on the GST, Workshop on Practical Aspects of Audit for SME Practitioners, M&A Masterclass, Lecture Meeting on “Inflation Dynamics – India v/s USA Approach” and many such events were aligned to give easy access to the knowledge. Many bespoke events were also organised on emerging areas like ChatGPT, Process Automation under GST, Use of Technology in Audit, ‘Value Investing’ etc., for members to embrace the emerging opportunities. For providing ease for networking and reskilling, several residential conferences were organised. Also, for the new members, felicitation and mentoring sessions were organised to help them in their careers and expand their networks.

In addition, numerous initiatives were also taken to achieve the desired goal. During the year gone by, BCAS was certified as an ISO 9001:2015 compliant organisation, hybrid facilities were made available for meetings, engagement with existing and new organisations with a similar vision as BCAS was enhanced, social media presence increased with calibrated strategy and the beta version of the new website and mobile app was launched. Entire journal archives were digitized, and focus was given on making past premium events available to members at a reasonable cost. Under the auspices of the BCAS Foundation, we could carry on good humanitarian work by equipping some schools in backward areas with the facility of digital education through pre-loaded software on the television screens. Tree plantation and blood donation drives were also carried out with great zeal, matched by an equally enthusiastic response. This year BCAS published its long-awaited publication on ‘FAQs on Charitable Trust’, which was very well received by the readers.

Focus was also put on improving the administration by continuous monitoring and training of the staff. You may find the complete details of the activities and the initiatives in the Annual Report which can be downloaded from the site. To summarise, we did find fruition with ‘EASE’.

You will agree that we are at a very exciting time in the history of our institution. BCAS is entering the 75th year of its foundation and this historical feat holds a special place in the heart of all its members. The sheer fact of our society’s meaningful existence for more than seven decades and its successful transformation into a modern, progressive and digital institution speaks a lot about it. Appreciating the importance of the milestone, great plans are on anvil to celebrate the Platinum Jubilee with programmes befitting the occasion. Several events are planned on the bespoke themes throughout the year, culminating with a Mega Event in the month of January 2024. There will also be a special entertainment programme for the members to participate on this joyful occasion. We are surely looking at the exciting year ahead.

Just as I conclude my message, I convey my gratitude to the Chairmen and Co-Chairpersons of the ten committees through which BCAS’s activities were carried out throughout the year. Their dedication and guidance enabled us to provide very relevant and critical events and publications throughout the year. Under their able leadership, the conveners of each committee left no stone unturned to leave a mark of excellence and ensure smooth functioning. I would like to thank all the Past Presidents who have been pillars of strength and a source of inspiration throughout the year. A big thank you to the BCAS staff who have dedicatedly performed their duties and co-operated for new initiatives embarked on during the year for the effective functioning and serving the members of the Society. The year has been made memorable by my Office Bearer colleagues, who spearheaded various goals set at the start of the year. I thank all members and readers of the President’s message, who have, from time to time, showered their compliments, expressed their disagreement, pointed out anomalies and gave their suggestions to make it more effective. I have no hesitation in admitting that without their feedback, I would not have been inspired to do better. Lastly, I thank Almighty to have put me in this privileged position to know and interact with some of the best minds in the country. I hope I have been able to meet their expectations.

There will be a change of guard on the 6th July which also happens to be the 75th Founding Day. I wish incoming President Chirag and his new team all the very best for the coming year. I am sure under his able leadership and creative visualisation, backed up by the youthful energy and mature experience of his team, BCAS will achieve greater heights.

Goodbye to you all, and a big THANK YOU for your support and affection.

Thank You!
Best Regards,

CA Mihir Sheth
President

RIGHT TO INFORMATION (r2i)

In loving Memory of Narayan Varma

PART A | DECISION OF HIGH COURT

State Vigilance Department not completely exempted from operation of RTI Act1
 

Case name:

Subash Mohapatra & Ors. vs.
State of Odisha & Anr.

Citation:

W.P.(C) No. 14286 of
2016

Court:

Hon’ble High Court, Orissa

Bench:

Hon’ble Chief Justice Dr. S.
Muralidhar and Hon’ble Justice Radha Krishna Pattnaik

Decided on:

20th June, 2022

Relevant Act / sections:

Section 24 and 28 of the Right to
Information Act, 2005

Brief facts
• The notification dated 11th August, 2016, stating that Nothing in the RTI Act shall apply to the General Administration (Vigilance) Department of the Government of Odisha and its organization, issued by the Commissioner/Secretary of the Information and Public Relations Department of the Government of Odisha in accordance with Section 24(4) of the Right to Information Act, 2005, was the subject of three writ petitions, each of which was submitted as a Public Interest Litigation (PIL).

 

1   https://theleaflet.in/vigilance-department-cannot-claim-blanket-immunity-from-rti-act-says-orissa-high-court/

Contentions of the Petitioners:
• Violation of Article 19(1)(a) of the Constitution of India which guarantees all citizens the fundamental right to information.

• Exemption provided under Section 24(4) of the Right to Information Act, 2005 is not available to intelligence and security organizations where the allegations pertain to corruption and human rights violations. Therefore, inasmuch as the impugned notification seeks to exempt the entire Vigilance Department in Odisha from the purview of the RTI Act, irrespective of the proviso to Section 24(4), it is ultra vires Section 24(4).
    
Decision:
“For all of the aforementioned reasons, this Court issues a declaratory writ to the effect that the impugned notification dated 11th August, 2016 issued by the Information and Public Relations Department, Government of Odisha under Section 24 (4) of the RTI Act, will not permit the Government to deny information pertaining to the Vigilance Department involving allegations of corruption and human rights violations, and other information that does not touch upon any of the sensitive and confidential activities undertaken by the Vigilance Department. A further clarificatory notification to the above effect be issued by the Government of Odisha within four weeks.”

PART B |  DECODING RTI (SECTION-WISE), PART 2

In Part 1, we understood about the background and basic understanding, objective of the Right to Information Act what is Information and what is a Public Authority?

In Part 2, we will understand about some more basic definitions under the Act.

Record:
Includes
(a) any document, manuscript and file;
(b) any microfilm, microfiche and facsimile copy of a document;
(c) any reproduction of image or images embodied in such microfilm (whether enlarged or not); and
(d) any other material produced by a computer or any other device.

Right to Information
means the right to information accessible under this Act which is held by or under the control of any public authority and includes the right to—
(i) inspection of work, documents, records;
(ii) taking notes, extracts or certified copies of documents or records;
(iii) taking certified samples of material;
(iv) obtaining information in the form of diskettes, floppies, tapes, video cassettes or in any other electronic mode or through printouts where such information is stored in a computer or in any other device;

Third Party
means a person other than the citizen making a request for information and includes a public authority.

In part 1, we understood who a Public Authority is, now we shall understand its obligations and duties, the same is provided under Section 4 of the Act.

Section 4(1) of the RTI Act defines the obligations of public authorities. Every public authority must maintain all its records. They must be duly catalogued and indexed in a manner that facilitates easy dispersal of information under the right to information under this Act. It is to ensure that all appropriate records are computerised and connected through a network all over the country on different systems for easy access.

The authority must publish information pertaining to its organisation, functions, and duties. It must explain publicly the powers and duties of its officers and employees. Further, it must enunciate the procedure followed in its decision-making process, and the norms and rules followed by it in discharging its functions. It must issue a statement of the categories of documents that are held by it or are under its control.

It must also publish a directory of its officers and the system of remuneration for their services. It must make public details of its Public Information Officer such as name, designation and contact details. Information relating to avenues and channels for obtaining information from the authority must be made public in an easy and accessible way. It must publish all relevant facts that were taken into consideration in policy formulation. It must also provide reasons for its administrative and quasi-judicial decision to persons affected by its decisions.

Details of its financial plans and budget allocations must be made public. Further, it must illustrate the execution of subsidy programmes and provide details of the expenditures incurred. If any concessions and permits have been granted by it then details of the recipients of these must be included. It must clearly state the details of arrangements made for consultation in relation to policymaking. Details of board or councils or committees must be furnished along with minutes of their meetings.

All information must be disseminated widely and in a manner that is easily accessible to the public. The authority must also on its own volition make all such information public instead of waiting for citizens to file RTIs seeking such information. The dissemination must be conducted in a cost-effective manner.

PART C | INFORMATION ON & AROUND

Delhi HC Dismisses Students’ Plea Requiring GGSIP Universit y To Provide Certified Copies Of Answer Scripts As Per Fee Prescribed Under RTI Rules2

The Delhi High Court has dismissed a plea filed by two final year law students seeking directions on Guru Gobind Singh Indraprastha University for providing certified copies of answer-scripts to students as per the fee prescribed under the RTI Rules, 2012 at candidate’s request. A division bench comprising of Acting Chief Justice Vipin Sanghi and Justice Sachin Datta however clarified that the Court has not examined the issue as to whether the charges or fee prescribed by the University of Rs. 1,500 per examination answer sheet is excessive, or could be said to defeat the right to obtain information, as no challenge was raised to the prescription of the said fee under its Rules.
_________________________________________

2   https://www.livelaw.in/news-updates/delhi-high-court-ggsip-university-certified-copies-answer-scripts-rti-rules-200014

CIC Slams UGC for Forwarding an RTI Application 16 Times from One Deptartment to Another! 3
Slamming the University Grants Commission (UGC) for making the right to information (RTI) applicant wait for two years during which time it pushed his RTI application from one department to another, 16 times over, the central information commissioner (CIC) observed this delay “as a blatant error and wilful violation of the provision of the RTI Act and that of the public authority.”

Rajiv Khatri, the RTI applicant, sought certified copies under RTI, as follows: 1) Mechanism of grievance redressal for faculty members of affiliated private self-financing colleges of universities under the list of universities of UGC. 2) Standard operating procedure (SOP) of processing of a complaint. And; 3) Name and address of the authority to forward the complaint in case of non-action of the complaint.

____________________________________________________

3   https://www.moneylife.in/article/cic-slams-ugc-for-forwarding-an-rti-application-16-times-from-one-dept-to-another/67426.html

RTI Act | Penalty under section 20(2) For Destruction Of Information Sought Not Attracted In Absence Of Malafide: Gujarat High Court4
The Gujarat High Court has held that where any information sought under the Right to Information Act is destroyed and it is not the case of malafide destruction of information, penalty under Section 20(2) of RTI Act shall not be attracted. Section 20 stipulates disciplinary action against a Public Information Officer where information sought is not supplied within the time specified, or is malafidely denied or incorrect information is knowingly given or information is destroyed.
______________________________________________________

4   https://www.livelaw.in/news-updates/gujarat-high-court-rti-act-section-202-destruction-or-non-preservation-of-record-article-226-201897

 

SOME INTERESTING CHROME EXTENSIONS

In this article, we discuss a few extensions that can help us do our job and excel in other
areas of life, made especially for the Google Chrome web browser.

Chrome has been one of the most popular browsers for a while and the major reason for its popularity is its ability to accept extensions. Extensions are small programs which add to the versatility of the browser and Chrome is one of the browsers which embraces extensions with open arms since the last several years.

Adding an extension in Chrome is super easy. Just head to https://chrome.google.com/webstore/category/extensions. In the search box, search for the extension name. Once you land on the extension home page, you will see the title and a brief description of what the extension does. You will also find an option to add it to Chrome. Just click on the Install button and it will get added to Chrome instantly. Once installed, most extensions line up on the top right of your browser. Some others behave slightly differently, and you may have to make a small effort to find and get used to them. But once you get used to it, you will save loads of time and improve your productivity many times over.

In this issue, we will explore a few Chrome Extensions which are extremely useful to boost our productivity in our day-to-day operations

INSERTING TABLES IN GMAIL


 
I am sure we have all faced difficulties in inserting Tables in Gmail. So clumsy and unpredictable! Here is an extension which allows you to insert Tables seamlessly into Gmail. It is an extension called (you guessed it right) Gmail Tables by CloudHQ.

Installation of the extension is a breeze – just search Google for Gmail Tables Chrome Extension, and install it. Once installed, it will sit as a small tiny icon next to your send button in your Compose Window. Click on it and a menu to create a Table will pop up, allowing you to create tables of all sizes, create headers, padding and much more.

Apart from the ability to create tables, the extension also allows you to add Buttons which can direct the recipient to links of your choice – maybe your website. This is really cool and can be used in a variety of business and personal mails.

So go ahead and create Tables in Gmail – have fun!

EMI CALCULATOR

This EMI calculator by Abhishek Kumar will be loved by all and sundry in the financial sector. If you need to calculate EMI often, you can install this extension in your Chrome Browser.

Installation of the extension is simple, as usual – just search Google for EMI Calculator Chrome Extension, and install it. Once installed, it will sit as an extension on your top toolbar to the right, along with your other extensions.

Now, whenever you need to do an EMI Calculation, just click on it and it will popup the options and instantly give you a report on the Equated Monthly Instalment, the total principal amount and interest amount to be paid and the bifurcation for the same.

A very useful tool for those who wish to calculate EMI over and over!

GRAMMARLY


 

This is a free Chrome Extension. It is a marvellous tool which makes a huge difference to the quality of your communication.

Whatever you type in Gmail or on Messenger or in Google Doc, or social media, on Chrome, Grammarly will automatically check your grammar, point out mistakes and offer suggestions for the correct grammatical syntax. You may accept what is suggested or just ignore it and move ahead. It will even suggest reframing of sentences based on the context and what you wish to convey. Grammarly is totally AI-based.

From grammar and spelling to style and tone, Grammarly helps you eliminate errors and find the perfect words to express yourself.

Recommended for anyone and everyone regardless of where they work or what they do!

STRETCHCLOCK
 

This simple extension reminds you to stretch from time to time. The timer runs in your browser and is configurable. When the countdown timer reaches zero, StretchClock shows easy no-sweat exercises that you can do at your desk in business attire. It includes some easy Office Yoga poses as well.

You can change the settings to match your work style. Easy to pause when you don’t need it and easy to unpause so that the pain doesn’t come back. You can browse through the different exercises during your break and use the ones you need.

It’s a professional break reminder for desk warriors. Take a break and follow the simple no-sweat exercises to avoid pain and stay fit.

The easy way to feel better and be more productive!

TOUCAN
 


 

Toucan is a free Chrome Extension that helps you learn a language without even trying. Once you install the extension, choose the language that you wish to learn – current options are Spanish, French, German, Portuguese and Italian. You also choose the topics that you are interested in.

After that, just browse the web normally. When you point to any word on your webpage, it will show you the translation in the language of your choice. This will help you learn as you browse. You will pick up the vocabulary faster when you see it in context. There are even quizzes and games which help you sharpen your language skills as you move along. You can measure your daily progress and earn achievements that measure your skill level on the go.

Learn efficiently and productively – just install for free and start learning a new language in seconds!

https://jointoucan.com/

PERMISSIBLE AND NON-PERMISSIBLE SERVICES

Shrikrishna: Arjun, we have been meeting regularly over the past many years. We discussed many aspects of Code of Ethics like the meaning of misconduct, disciplinary procedure, principles of disciplinary proceedings, a few live cases and so on.

Arjun: Yes, Lord. It was all interesting but quite often frightening. I lost my sleep many times.

Shrikrishna: True! But your motto says you are not supposed to sleep at all! Ya Esha Supteshu Jagarti…

Arjun: Ha! Ha!! Ha!!!

Shrikrishna: After all, eternal vigilance is the cost of independence.    

Arjun: Agreed. But Bhagwan, today tell me something new. Something latest.

Shrikrishna: Professional Ethics are age-old principles. There can be hardly anything new in that sense. Still, over time, the outlook changes, circumstances change, emphasis changes. In short, its implementation undergoes changes over time.

Arjun: Yes. Kaalaya Tasmai Namah!

Shrikrishna: In the good old days, the impact of good preachings (sanskaaras) was quite strong. Ethical behaviour came out in its natural course. And life was simpler.

Arjun: Technology has totally transformed human behaviour. Business is also becoming more and more complex.

Shrikrishna: And financial expertise is becoming a synonym for financial manipulation! CAs are supposed to be financial police. Hence, there’s more and more expectation from CAs.

Arjun: That means more and more regulations! Bhagwan, we don’t mind regulations, complex rules and other things. But the client does not see any value in it. Therefore, there’s no commensurate remuneration.

Shrikrishna: I agree, Paarth. It is a reality. What you cannot cure should be endured.

Arjun: But why can’t you, as Omnipotent Bhagwan, change the situation? Nothing is impossible for you.

Shrikrishna: Yes, I want to change it. But I will help only those who help themselves. You need to take the first step towards improvement. I will take care of the rest!

Arjun: Anyway. Tell me something about the new restrictions on the services that can be         
rendered by us.

Shrikrishna: Yes. Actually, as you know, the new Code of Ethics has become applicable. And your new Company Law is also putting restrictions on your services.

Arjun: Oh! You mean Section 144?

Shrikrishna: Yes. It states what services you cannot render to an audit client.

Arjun: But many of our audit clients request us to look after taxation, company law compliances, and so many things.

Shrikrishna: Now, you need to be cautious. The section clearly says that you can render only those services which are approved by the Board of Directors or by the Audit Committee!

Arjun: Really? We never see the minutes and secretarial records.

Shrikrishna: This section clearly specifies what services you cannot render. Like internal auditing, outsourced financial services like management of account receivable/payable, investment banking services such as mergers and acquisition, asset management factorial services, etc.

Arjun: I need to know much more about this. Otherwise, I will land myself in trouble. Just now I am busy. July ITR work has started.

Shrikrishna: As you wish!

“Om Shanti”

DONATIO MORTIS CAUSA – GIFTS IN CONTEMPLATION OF DEATH

INTRODUCTION
Death or rather the fear of it makes people do things they might normally not have done. One such act is known as donatio mortis causa or the giving of gifts in contemplation of death. A person on his deathbed gives certain gifts because he does not want to leave to inheritance under his Will or succession. The law deals with such gifts and the Income-tax Act also deals with the taxation of these gifts.

LEGAL PROVISIONS
Black’s Law Dictionary, 6th Edition, defines the Latin maxim “donatio mortis causa” as a gift made in contemplation of the donor’s imminent death.

Section 191 of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 deals with the requirements of gifts made in contemplation of death. It reads as follows:

“191. Property transferable by gift made in contemplation of death. — (1) A man may dispose, by gift made in contemplation of death, of any movable property which he could dispose of by will.

(2) A gift said to be made in contemplation of death where a man, who is ill and expects to die shortly of his illness, delivers, to another the possession of any movable property to keep as a gift in case the donor shall die of that illness.

(3) Such a gift may be resumed by the giver; and shall not take effect if he recovers from the illness during which it was made; nor if he survives the person to whom it was made.”

Thus, the requirements of a gift in contemplation of death as laid down by Section 191 are:

(i)    the gift must be of movable property ~ this is a matter of fact;

(ii)    it must be made in contemplation of death ~ the donor must be in contemplation of his death. He must be fearful that he is likely to die shortly;

(iii)     the donor must be ill and he expects to die shortly of the illness – an illness which is the cause of the fear is a must. A mere statement that the donor was old is not adequate. Medical evidence to prove that he was suffering from an ailment would be helpful in this respect;

(iv) the possession of the property should be delivered to the donee ~ possession should be physical/ actual. It should be clearly demonstrated that the donee has been put in possession of the asset/ money; and

(v)     the gift does not take effect if the donor recovers from the illness or if the donee predeceases the donor ~ this is the most important aspect. Such gifts are conditional upon the donor dying. If he survives, the gift is revoked and returns to him.

For instance, a person is suffering from terminal cancer and is not given much hope to live. He makes gifts to his friends/ relatives/ employees of his money, jewellery, precious watches, securities, etc. Such gifts of movables could be treated as gifts in contemplation of death. However, if he miraculously survives, then the gifts would revert back to him. Thus they are conditional gifts.

However, merely because the ‘gift’ is given at the time of illness, or ‘occasioned’ by the donor undergoing medical treatment, it would not by itself make it a gift in contemplation of death.

In CGT vs. Abdul Karim Mohd., [1991] 57 Taxman 238 (SC), the Supreme Court has held that for an effectual donatio mortis causa, three elements must combine:

(i)    firstly, the gift or donation must have been made in contemplation, though not necessarily in expectation of death, i.e., the person must have a reasonable apprehension that he would die soon;

(ii)    secondly, there must have been delivery to the donee of the subject matter of the gift; and

(iii) thirdly, the gift must be made under such circumstances as showed that the thing was to revert to the donor in case he should recover. The Court held that this last requirement was sometimes put somewhat differently and it was said that the gift must be made under circumstances which showed that it was to take effect only if the death of donor followed.

In the above mentioned case under the Gift-tax Act, a question arose whether the gift deed needed to contain an express clause that the gift would revert to the donor in case, he should recover from the illness? The Supreme Court negated this proposition. It held that the recitals in the deed of the gift were not conclusive to determine the nature and validity of the gift. The party may produce evidence to prove that the donor gifted the property when he was seriously ill and contemplating his death with no hope of recovery. These factors in conjunction with the factum of death of the donor, may be sufficient to infer that the gift was made in contemplation of death. It was implicit in such circumstances that the donee became the owner of the gifted property only if the donor died of the illness and if the donor recovered from the illness, the recovery itself operated as a revocation of the gift. It was not necessary to state in the gift deed that the donee became the owner of the property only upon the death of the donor. Nor it was necessary to specify that the gift was liable to be revoked upon the donor’s recovery from the illness. The law acknowledged these conditions from the circumstances under which the gift was made. The Apex Court cited with approval the following passage from Jerman on Wills (8th edn., Vol. 1, pp. 46-47):

“The conditional nature of the gift need not be expressed: It is implied in the absence of evidence to the contrary. And even if the transaction is such as would in the case of a gift inter vivos confers a complete legal title, if the circumstances authorise the supposition that the gift was made in contemplation of death, mortis causa is presumed. It is immaterial that the donor in that dies from some disorder not contemplated by him at the time he made the gift.”

It also referred to Williams on Executors and Administrators (14th edn., p. 315):

542. Conditional on death:

‘The gift must be conditioned to take effect only on the death of the donor.But it is not essential that the donor should expressly attach this condition to the gift; for if a gift is made during the donor’s last illness and in contemplation of death, the law infers the condition that the donee is to hold the donation only in case the donor dies’.”

In the case of CGT vs. Late C.V. Ct. Thevanai Achi (2006) 202 CTR 566 (Mad ) a lady was 90 years old and ill. Her great-grandson was taken to her and she placed in her hands the key to her safe. She died within seven days. The Gift-tax Department rejected the plea that it was a gift in contemplation of death as it was of the view that old age of 90 years and death within a week of the gift will not establish the ingredient of expectation to die shortly of her illness, which was so essentially an ingredient to establish a gift in contemplation of death. The Madras High Court negated this view. It held that a person of 90 years old would always be in the belief that he/ she will shortly die of illness caused by old age. There may be exceptional cases where persons of 90 years hoped to live long. But the generality was otherwise. In this case, the fact of 90 years of age led to the conclusion that the donor expected to die shortly. All the more so where the donor actually died a week later and it was a natural death caused by old age.

TAX TREATMENT
Section 56(2)(x) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 taxes gifts received without/ or for inadequate consideration. In such cases, the donee becomes liable to tax on the receipt of the gift of money/ property. It also contains several exceptions under which this section does not apply. One such exception is a gift made in contemplation of death. There are no conditions attached to this exception. Hence, one possible view is that all gifts made in contemplation of death are exempt. The gift could also be of immovable property and the gift need not comply with the conditions laid down under the Indian Succession Act since there is no express reference to that section. Such gifts could even be made to non-relatives and yet remain exempt in the hands of the donees. The erstwhile Gift-tax Act, 1958 also contained a similar exemption from gift tax on the donor.

However, the Chennai ITAT in the case of F. Susai Raju vs. ITO [2017] 78 taxmann.com 81 (Chennai – Trib.), has taken a contrary view. It referred to the Apex Court’s decision in Abdul Karim (supra) and held that the conditions specified under Section 191 of the Indian Succession Act had to be complied with to claim exemption under Section 56(2)(x).

It further held that in the present case, the gift was made eight months in advance. Though it did raise some doubts as to whether it was indeed given in contemplation of death, the matter was to be considered in view of the attending circumstances; rather, the totality of the facts and circumstances. The ITAT held that if a person was, as claimed, sick, with little hope of recovery at the time of gift/s, it would matter little that he survived for eight months thereafter. Though there was no finding in the matter, nor any material on record (except the affidavit by the donor stating that he is being treated for the kidney failure), it was held to be inferable from the circumstances that he was ill at the relevant time.

The ITAT also considered the fact that the gift was not been made per a registered document; rather, not even per a deed of gift, but by an affidavit. This objection of the AO (assessing officer) was set aside as the gift, being of money, i.e., movable property, could be legally valid even if oral when accompanied by delivery of possession. The affidavit clearly reflected the alienation of the money in favour of the assessee and hence, operated as a valid gift. The transfer of movable property was only on its delivery. The fact of acceptance was borne out both by the assessee’s conduct (in utilizing the amount for his purposes) as well as of the money having been transferred to his bank account and, thus, in his possession. The ITAT held that it was not a gift simpliciter, but a gift in contemplation of death, which took place only in the event of the ‘donor’ predeceasing the ‘donee’ and, further, was liable to be revoked where the circumstances changed, as, for example, where the donor recovered from the illness, i.e., the condition under which the disposition was made. It was conditional and took place only on the death of the ‘donor’, so that it assumed the nature of a ‘Will’. A will, was not required to be registered.

CIVIL DEATH OR ACTUAL DEATH? An interesting question arose in the case of JCGT vs. Shreyans Shah, [2005] 95 ITD 179 (Mum.)(TM). A lady renounced the world and became a saint. Before taking up sainthood, she gifted all her movable assets to her relatives. The issue was whether such gifts could be treated as gifts in contemplation of death and hence, exempt from gift tax? It was contended that sainthood was akin to civil death and hence, the exemption was available.

The ITAT held that the law was clear that in order to be treated as a gift in contemplation of death, one of the important conditions was that the donor must be ill and should be expected to die shortly of the illness. The finding about the donor being ill was thus sine qua non for applicability of Gift-tax exemption. Sanyas being civil death will not, therefore, suffice. The ITAT held that one also had to proceed on the basis that planning to take up sanyas was to be treated as an illness, and perhaps terminal illness. That according to the bench, was too far-fetched a proposition to meet judicial approval. Gifts in contemplation of death implied reference to natural death alone. There was nothing to suggest that the gift-tax exemption also takes care of gifts in contemplation of a civil death. The very scheme of gifts in contemplation of death took into account only natural death, as was evident from the specific reference to ‘illness’. An illness was only relevant to natural death and not a civil death.

CONCLUSION
Deathbed gifts have gained popularity in the recent pandemic. Many people have resorted to them when they saw no hope of recovering from COVID. However, a word of caution of their potential misuse would not be out of place. That is probably why the Indian lawmakers did not extend such gifts to immovable properties.

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

ADJUDICATION MECHANISM UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013
Adjudication mechanism is covered under the Jurisdiction of Regulator to impose penalty on the defaulting Companies and its officers for non-compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

The reason for the introduction of the in-house Adjudication Mechanism is to promote ease of doing business, to reduce the burden of National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) and Special Court. Since adjudication mechanism is handled by the bureaucrats, the Central Government (CG) has delegated its power to respective Registrar of Companies (RoC) who are acting as Adjudication Officers (AO).

The provisions of Section 454 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Amendment Rules, 2019 provide for adjudication mechanism.

Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019 and 2020, has recategorized various sections/ provisions which were punishable with “Fines” with “Penalties”.

The  Difference between “Fine” and “Penalty” is as under:-

Fine

Penalty

As per the definition
provided in Oxford Dictionary: “Fine” is a sum of money exacted as a
penalty by a court of law or other authority.

As per the definition
provided in Oxford Dictionary “Penalty is “a punishment imposed for
breaking a law, rule, or contract.”

Fine is the amount of
the money that a court can order to pay for an offence after a successful
prosecution in a matter.

Penalties do not
require court proceedings and are imposed on failing to comply with a
provision/s of an Act.

Where any offence is punishable
with;

i. “Fine or imprisonment or both”
or

ii. “Fine or imprisonment”

iii. Only Fine

are compoundable offences under
Section 441
of the Companies Act, 2013 by
filing application before NCLT/ RD /any officer authorised by Central
Government.

Whereas offences
which are Non-Compoundable offences under the Companies Act, 2013, are
punishable with Penalties

Hence, Adjudication Order can be
issued/imposed by the Respective 
Registrar of Companies (RoC).

An appeal against such an order
can be preferred before office of the Respective Regional Director (RD).

Hence, for various non-compliances, a Company may need not go to NCLT with compounding applications and can settle such offences through an in-house mechanism, where a penalty could be levied on violations of the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

If one has a look at the recent Adjudication Orders passed by various offices of Registrar of Companies (RoC), one will observe and experience that massive Penalties are levied even on Private Limited Companies. Hence, it is very useful to circulate such orders amongst our esteemed readers, especially amongst professionals and small and medium-sized firms who will be well equipped to advise their clients regarding such matters.   

Accordingly, we intend to cover Adjudication Orders on a regular basis henceforth.

PART A | COMPANY LAW


5 Central Cottage Industries Corporation of India Limited RoC Adjudication Order ROC/D/ADJ/92&137/Central Cottage/185 Date of Order: 13th January, 2022

RoC, Delhi order for violation of Section 92 (4) (Annual Return e-form MGT-7) & 137(3) (e-form AOC-4 XBRL) of Companies Act, 2013

FACTS
M/s CCICIL is a Government Company incorporated under the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 ( The Act).

M/s CCICIL, along with its Managing Director (MD) and Company Secretary (CS) had suo-moto filed application vide e-form GNL-1 for adjudication of penalty under the provisions of Section 454 of the Act and rules thereunder and stated therein inter alia that:

a. M/s CCICIL could not file its e-form AOC-4 XBRL (Financial Statements) and e-form MGT-7 (Annual Return) for the Financial Year ended on 31st March, 2020 as its Annual General Meeting could not be held in time.

b. After holding the Annual General Meeting on 16th June, 2021, M/s CCICIL had filed e-form MGT-7 (Annual Return) for the Financial Year ended 31st March, 2020 on 28th June, 2021 and e-form AOC-4 XBRL (Financial Statement) for the Financial Year ended 31st March, 2020 on 20th July, 2021 and made good the default.

c. M/s CCICIL had prayed to pass an order for adjudicating the penalty for such violations of the provisions of the Sections 92 & 137 of the Act.

d. M/s CCICIL had complied with the provisions of Section 92(4) and 137(1) of the Act by filing its due annual return and financial statement for the Financial Year 2019-20 on 28th June, 2021 and 20th July, 2021 respectively as stated above.

e. Since the proviso in sub-section (3) of Section 454 of the Act had been inserted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2020 which had come into force w.e.f. 22nd January, 2021, the Authorized Representative contended that no penalty for such violation of Sections 92(4) & 137(1) of the Act should be imposed on the applicants and all proceedings under this section in respect of such default shall be deemed to be concluded.

HELD
Adjudicating Office took into consideration the insertion of proviso of sub-section (3) of Section 454 of the Companies Act, 2013 which inter alia provides that no penalty shall be imposed in this regard and all proceedings under this section in respect of such default shall be deemed to be concluded in case the default relates to non-compliance of sub-section (4) of Section 92 and sub-section (1) of Section 137 of the Act and such default has already been rectified either prior to, or within thirty days of the issue of the notice by the adjudicating officer.

a) In this case, M/s CCICIL and its Director(s) had suo-moto filed an application for adjudication of penalties under section 454 of the Companies Act, 2013 on 23rd November, 2021. Accordingly, in the interest of natural justice, a reasonable opportunity of being heard under section 454(4) of the Companies Act had been given to the M/s CCICIL before passing the relevant order under section 454(5) of the Act taking into consideration the amendment by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2020 No. 29 of 2020 in Companies Act, 2013 which was inserted and, later on, came into force w.e.f. 22nd January, 2021 vide Notification No. 1/3/2020-CL.I dated 22nd January, 2021.

b) In exercise of the powers conferred on the Adjudication Officer vide Notification dated 24th March, 2015 and after considering the facts and circumstances of the case besides oral submissions made by the representative of applicants at the time of the hearing and after taking into account the factors mentioned in the relevant Rules followed by amendments in Section 454(3) of the Companies Act, 2013, Adjudication Officer was of the opinion that no penalty shall be imposed for the default which relates to non-compliance of Section 92(4) & 137 of the Act as the said default had been rectified by filing the annual return and financial statement for the financial year 2019-20 on 28nd June, 2021 and 20th July, 2021, repectively, i.e. prior to the issue of notice by adjudicating officer.

c) The order was passed in terms of the provisions of sub-rule (9) of Rule 3 of Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014 as amended by Companies (Adjudication of Penalties), Amendment Rules, 2019.

6 Tangenttech Infosoft Private Limited RoC Adjudication Order No. RoC-GJ/ADJ. ORDER-2/ Tangenttech/ Section 12(3)(c)/ 201-22 Registrar of Companies, Gujarat, Dadra & Nagar Haveli Date of Order: 6th April, 2022

RoC, Gujarat, Dadra & Nagar Haveli order for violation of Section 12(3)(c) of Companies Act, 2013 – Not mentioning CIN and Registered Office Address on its Letterhead

FACTS
a) Company had filed a certified true copy of Board’s resolution dated 28th December, 2017 as well as letter dated 28th December, 2017 addressed to M/s Himanshu Patel and Company. The said documents were attached with ADT-1 filed on 1st January, 2018 on the MCA21 portal. It was further observed that the company has not mentioned CIN and Registered Office Address on its Letter Head as required under the provisions of Section 12(3)(c) of the companies Act, 2013, which is a violation attracting penal provisions of Section 12(8) of the Companies Act, 2013.

b) Similarly, it was also observed that CIN & Registered Office address of the company have been not mentioned on letter dated 23rd February, 2021, attached with ADT-2  filed on 24th February, 2021 on the MCA, 2l portal.

c) The Ld. Regional Director, NWR, Ahmedabad vide order dated 5th October, 2021 had issued direction to ROC, Ahmedabad to take necessary action and submit action taken report.

d) An adjudication notice was issued to the Company and its officers for aforementioned violations.   

e) In reply and at the time of personal hearing company submitted as under :

“Company is an abiding corporate body and has no motive to disregard any of the compliances. The absence of the CIN and Registered office Address was absolutely unintentional and due to the mistake done by one of employee of the company while scanning the document. ClN and Registered address of the company was mentioned on the letter head but while scanning the documents employee hastily did not take that part which created misinterpretation of that letter.”

The authorised representative further submitted that the “company has also filed various documents to Registrar of Companies (ROC) where company has also mentioned CIN and registered office address as required for Section 12(1) of the Companies Act, 2013.”

It was further requested that before passing any adjudication order, the authorities may take into consideration financial position etc. as the company had incurred heavy financial losses and also the Company’s business suffered due to Covid-19 outbreak and lockdown around the country during the financial year 2020-21.  

f) It was further observed that MGT-7 was filed on 23rd October, 2019, Company had mentioned CIN and Registered Office Address on the Shareholders’ List attached thereto. Thus, it revealed that the Company has failed to comply with the relevant provisions occasionally.   
 
HELD
a) It was observed from the Balance Sheet of the Company as at 31st March, 2021, that the paid-up capital of the Company was Rs 1 Lakh and Turnover was Rs 95.68 Lakhs. Hence, Company was a small Company. Therefore, the provisions of imposing lesser penalty as per the provisions of Section 446B of the Companies Act, 2013 apply to the company.

b) Considering the facts and circumstances, submissions made and further considering number of defaults, a Penalty of an amount of Rs 6000 was imposed on Company and its Directors. (Penalty of Rs 1000 on Company and Rs 1000 on each of 5 directors)

c) Company was directed to pay the penalty within 90 days of the receipt of the order.   

FEW NOTES:
1.  Appeal lies against the order and is required to be filed within 60 days from the date of receipt of the order.

2. If penalty is not paid within 90 days from the date of receipt of the order, Company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than Rs 25000 but may extend to Rs 5,00,000.

3. If officer in default does not pay penalty within 90 days from the receipt of the order, such officer shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to 6 months or with a fine which shall not be less than Rs 25000 but may extend to Rs 1,00,000 or with both.

4. Non-Compliance of the order including non-payment of penalty entails prosecution under section454(8) of the Companies Act, 2013.

PART B |  INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY LAW

4 Vallal RCK vs. M/s Siva Industries and Holdings Ltd and others Civil Appeal Nos. 1811-1812 of 2022 Date of Order: 3rd June, 2022

FACTS
In relation to the Corporate Debtor, IDBI Bank Ltd submitted an application under section 7 of the IBC to initiate CIRP. The NCLT granted the application on 4th July, 2019. M/s Royal Partners Investment Fund Ltd had submitted a Resolution Plan to the RP, which was approved by the CoC. The stated plan, however, could not be accepted because it obtained just 60.90% of the CoC’s votes, falling short of the required 66%. On 8th May, 2020, the RP filed an application under Section 33(1)(a) of the IBC, requesting that the Corporate Debtor’s liquidation procedure be started. The promoter of the Corporate Debtor, the appellant, submitted a settlement application with the NCLT under Section 60(5) of the IBC, indicating his willingness to offer a onetime settlement plan. The RP filed an application before the learned NCLT seeking required directions based on the request of IARCL (one of the Financial Creditors, namely International Assets Reconstruction Co. Ltd. (“IARCL”), which has a voting share of 23.60% and opted to adopt the aforementioned Settlement Plan). The NCLT rejected the application for withdrawal of CIRP and adoption of the Settlement Plan in an order dated 12th August, 2021, holding that the aforementioned Settlement Plan was not a settlement simpliciter under Section 12A of the IBC but a “Business Restructuring Plan.” The NCLT began the liquidation procedure of the Corporate Debtor as well, pursuant to another ruling dated the same day. As a result of this, the appellant filed two appeals with the learned NCLAT. The same was dismissed pursuant to the common impugned judgment dated 28th January, 2022.

ISSUE RAISED
Whether AA/Appellate Authority can sit in appeal over commercial wisdom of CoC? When 90% or more of the creditors, after careful consideration, determine that allowing settlement and withdrawing CIRP is in the best interests of all stakeholders, the adjudicating authority or the appellate authority cannot sit in an appeal over CoC’s commercial wisdom. This Court has consistently concluded that the CoC’s commercial judgment has been given precedence over any judicial involvement in ensuring that the stipulated processes are completed within the IBC’s timeframes. The premise that financial creditors are adequately informed about the viability of the corporate debtor and the feasibility of the proposed resolution plan has been upheld. They act based on a thorough review and assessment of the suggested settlement plan by their team of experts. Only where the adjudicating authority or the appellate authority judges the CoC’s judgement to be entirely capricious, arbitrary, irrational, and in violation of the statute or the Rules would interference be justified.

HELD
In this case, the CoC made its decision after deliberating over the benefits and drawbacks of the Settlement Plan and using their commercial judgment. The Court is of the considered opinion that neither the learned NCLT nor the learned NCLAT were justified in not assigning due weight to CoC’s commercial wisdom, according to the Court. The Court has often highlighted the importance of minimal judicial interference by the NCLAT and NCLT in the context of the IBC. The Court allowed the appeals, the NCLAT’s challenged judgment of 28th January, 2022, and the NCLT’s directives of 12th August, 2021, are quashed and set aside and the Resolution Professional’s application to withdraw CIRP before the learned NCLT was granted.

SUPREME COURT ON PLEDGE OF DEMATERIALIZED SHARES

BACKGROUND
Recently, on 12th May 2022, the Supreme Court of India, gave a detailed judgement on issues relating to the pledge of dematerialized shares and its invocation. Apart from minutely going into the process of the pledge of shares in such form, and making certain rulings on it, it also highlighted that dematerialized shares (“demat shares”) have raised several other issues which SEBI and other regulators will need to clarify or regulate. These include issues of accounting, taxation, Takeover Regulations, etc. Importantly, the Court has taken a harmonious view of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, and the Depositories Act/ Regulations and, for this purpose, overrules certain decisions of the High Court. This decision is in the case of PTC India Financial Services Limited vs. Venkateswarlu Kari & Another ((2022) 138 taxmann.com 248 (SC)).

PECULIARITIES OF PLEDGE OF DEMAT SHARES AND ISSUES THE NEW FORMAT AND PROCESS RAISE
Barring very few exceptions, shares (and even other securities) of listed companies (and even some unlisted companies) are held in dematerialized form. A pledge of such shares is quite common and carried out by many shareholders. In the simplest form of a pledge, a shareholder may want to borrow monies against such shares and would thus pledge them to the lender. Promoters typically pledge their shares for borrowings by the listed company they have promoted or even for their own borrowings. When shares were in paper form, the pledge could be carried out in different ways with each having their own implications. However, the process of pledge of dematerialized shares has its own benefits and challenges.

Briefly stated, the Depositories Act/Regulations provide for a specific procedure in which the pledge (or hypothecation) needs to be carried out. The shareholder intimates the depository participant (“the DP”) of his desire to create a pledge in favour of the pledgee. The depository participant then records the pledge and intimates the pledgor and the pledgee.

If the purpose for which the pledge was created is satisfied, the record of the pledge can be removed with the concurrence of the pledgee. If, however, the pledge is required to be invoked (say, due to default in repayment of the loan), the pledgee intimates the DP who then transfers the shares in the name of the pledgee after, of course, removing the record of the pledge. The pledgee is then free to sell the shares or transfer the shares back to the pledgor in case he complies with the purpose for which the pledge was carried out (e.g., typically by repaying the loan with interest and other charges as per the terms of the loan). However, as this case also illustrates, this is where the complications arise and this is why the matter went all the way to the Supreme Court.

The primary issue arises from the fact that on invocation of the pledge, the shares are transferred to the name of the pledgee. Does this mean that the pledgee has become the clear owner of the shares with its risks and rewards? Or does this mean that the pledgee continues to retain the same merely as security? Can the pledgor argue that the amount of loan should be reduced to the extent of the value of the shares on the day of such invocation/transfer? Should the pledgee account for the shares in its books as owned by it? Does such transfer (and the re-transfer) have tax implications? Would the transfer (or the re-transfer) amount to an acquisition under the SEBI Takeover Regulations (and other applicable Regulations of SEBI) and thus possibly result in an open offer and/or disclosures? The Supreme Court answered some questions but, on other issues, placed the issues on record and referred the matters to the appropriate regulators to deal with them.

BRIEF FACTS AND ISSUES
The facts of the case, simplified and summarized, were as follows. In respect of a loan taken by a group company, another group company pledged shares of an unlisted company, held in dematerialized form, with the lender. There was a default on the loan. After due notice, the lender invoked the pledge. The DP transferred the shares in the name of the lender.

The lender claimed that the full amount of the loan, interest, etc. remained unpaid and sought the payment of the amount while stating that the shares transferred to its name were being retained as security in accordance with the Indian Contract Act. The borrower, however, claimed that on account of the transfer of shares, the amount of loan got reduced to the extent of the value of the shares as on the date of invocation of the pledge/transfer. Further, it claimed to have stepped into the shoes of the lender and thus itself had claims to that extent from the original borrower. There were disputes also as to the value of the shares also and this was not unexpected since the shares were unlisted and thus not having regular quotes/transactions on a stock exchange.

The lender could not persuade any of the authorities up to the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (the matter under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code) that its stand was correct. Hence, it appealed to the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court had several legal issues before it, the primary being whether the Depositories Act/Regulations effectively replaced the Indian Contract Act and thus the provisions of the latter Act did not apply to pledge of demat shares? Or could they be read in a harmonized manner with both the laws being applicable? Was the 150-year-old Contract Act obsolete to modern digital times or the principles so wisely drafted to be nearly timeless? Having decided on that, some other issues became redundant but then some other fresh issues cropped up.

SUMMARY OF THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE INDIAN CONTRACT ACT
The Indian Contract Act provides for, in great detail, the pledge of goods, invocation of pledge and related aspects. Pledge is considered a form of bailment. Simplified and summarized, the provisions are as follows. A person can pledge goods to another by delivering the same to the pawnee/pledgee. When the purpose of the pledge is satisfied, the pledgee returns the goods. Till that time, generally, the goods remain with the pledgee but at the risk and reward of the pledgor. To take examples, in the context of shares, this means that rise and fall in the value of the shares pledged is for the benefit/loss of the pledgor. So are usually accretions to it, say, in the form of bonus shares or dividends. The pledgee, however, has only certain specific and limited rights with regard to such pledged goods, unlike, say, a mortgage.

If the pledge has to be invoked, the goods continue to remain with the pledgee. However, after giving due notice, the pledgee can sell the goods and adjust the proceeds against the loan amount. If the proceeds are higher than the amount of loan, interest, etc., the excess is to be paid to the pledgor. If there is a deficit, he can claim the same from the pledgor. The pledgor is generally entitled, right till the time the goods are actually sold, to repay the loan and get the goods back.

RULING OF THE SUPREME COURT
As discussed above, the primary issue arose about the implications of the transfer of the shares from the name of the pledgor to the pledgee. Did this amount to a purchase/acquisition of the shares by the pledgee whereby, firstly, the loan got reduced to the extent of the value of the shares? Secondly, the shares were then at the risk and reward of the pledgee? Furthermore, the pledgor could not thereafter repay the loan and claim back the shares?

The Hon’ble Court minutely analysed the provisions of the Indian Contract Act and the Depositories Act/Regulations and several rulings in this regard. It noted the peculiarities arising out of shares being held in demat form and also how provisions were made under the relevant law to deal with pledge of such shares. However, it held that this did not negate/override the general principles of the Depositories Act and the two laws need to be read in a harmonized manner. The Court also held as incorrect the view of the Bombay High Court (in JRY Investments (P.) Ltd vs. Deccan Leafine Services Ltd (2004) 56 SCL 339) that demat securities cannot be pledged under the Contract Act as it is not possible to transfer physical possession. However, the view in this decision that the pledge of demat shares requires compliance of the procedure laid down in Depositories Act/Regulations was endorsed as correct, though to be read in light of the present decision.

The Court further held that when the shares were transferred to the pledgee on invocation of the pledge, it continued to hold them as a pledgee and not as an owner. Indeed, it would be a violation of the law if the pledgee transferred the shares to himself as full owner. The loan thus did not get reduced on the day of such invocation/transfer to the extent of the value of the shares. The pledgee could continue to retain such shares and yet claim the full amount of its dues. If it desires to transfer the shares, the provisions requiring giving of due notice under the Indian Contract Act before the sale continue to apply. The right of the pledgor/borrower to pay the dues and seek transfer of the shares back to it continues till the shares are actually sold.

Thus, it ruled in favour of the pledgor/lender and set aside the order of NCLAT.

PECULIARITIES ARISING OUT OF PLEDGE OF DEMAT SHARES, PARTICULARLY AFTER INVOCATION
As discussed above, the Supreme Court noted that holding shares in demat form resulted in peculiarities that, while it did not rule on since these questions were not before the court for ruling, it asked the relevant regulators to consider and provide on.

The issues arise because of certain steps involved in the pledge process. First is the transfer of the shares in the name of the pledgee on invocation of the pledge. The second is when the shares are sold by it after due notice. The third situation is that before the sale, the pledgor pays the dues and this requires transfer of the shares from the pledgee to the pledgor.

Firstly, how should the pledgee account for such shares that were now in their name in its books? This perhaps is an easier question to answer but a little more difficult is the tax implications of the transfer and retransfer/sale. Even more difficult is the answer under the SEBI Takeover Regulations which though deal with pledge to an extent does not cover all situations and all pledgors/pledgees. The Hon’ble Court asked the relevant regulators to ponder and provide for these.

CONCLUSIONS
It is almost amusing to note that a 150-year-old law does not require any change or even any major crease to be ironed out but more recent laws such as the Takeover Regulations and other laws are found to be wanting.

The implications, or at least the issues raised and the approach of how they were solved, of this decision could possibly apply even to other forms of digital assets whose number and variety are fast growing. These could include cryptocurrency, non-fungible tokens, etc. many of which do not as of now even have basic laws specifically dealing with them. Laws governing them thus will have to be well thought out and comprehensive and deal with the issues that arose before the Court in the present matter.
 

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

I. HIGH COURT

21 Sleevco Traders vs. Additional Commissioner, Commercial Tax  [2022] 138 taxmann.com 424 (Allahabad)  Date of order: 17th May, 2022

In a “bill to purchaser – ship to consignee” transaction, once the validity of the e-way bill is generated by the sender (i.e. supplier of the supplier), the fact that the supplier has not taken delivery of the goods during transit and that the goods mentioned on the tax invoice issued by the supplier to the ultimate customer and the goods being transported under the e-way bill are not disputed, there cannot be said to be a contravention of the law on the ground that the tax invoice issued by the supplier is not covered by another e-way bill

FACTS
The petitioner is in the business of purchase and sale of PVC Resin. The petitioner received a purchase order from a customer in U.P. In turn, the petitioner placed its purchase order on a vendor in Maharashtra. The vendor shipped the goods directly to the said customer in U.P. under the cover of a tax invoice which was billed to the petitioner as the buyer and consigned to the customer in U.P. Further, the e-way bill was also generated where the sender’s name was mentioned as that of the vendor in Maharashtra and as purchaser, the name of petitioner was mentioned and under the “ship to” column, the U.P. customer’s name was mentioned. While the said consignment was thus transported from Maharashtra to U.P., it was detained and SCN under section 129 was issued on the ground that the tax invoice issued by the petitioner to the customer at U.P. was not supported by E-Way Bill.

HELD
The Hon’ble Court observed that the goods were being sent directly from the petitioner’s vendor’s place in Maharashtra to the petitioner’s customer’s place in U.P. and that they were supported by the tax invoice issued by the vendor and e-way bill prepared by him, which specifically mentioned the name of the petitioner and it was also provided that the goods transported to U.P. while in transit, on entering U.P., without taking delivery of the goods, the petitioner handed over the tax invoice after charging C.G.S.T. and S.G.S.T. The Court further noted that it is not the case of the department that the goods which were coming in pursuance of the purchase order of the petitioner from Maharashtra which was to be delivered to the buyer of the petitioner in U.P. are different than the goods mentioned in the tax invoice given by the petitioner. The Court, therefore, held that once before starting the journey, the e-way bill was generated from Maharashtra and ending at U.P. at the place of the ultimate purchaser was mentioned and once the fact that petitioner has not taken delivery of the goods during transit is not disputed by the department, it cannot be said that there was any contravention of the provisions of the
Act. The Court decided the matter in favour of the petitioner and also imposed a cost of Rs. 5,000.

22 Aathi Hotel vs. AC (ST) (FAC) Nagapattinam  [2022 (61) GSTL 343 (Mad)] Date of order: 8th December, 2021

When credit is wrongly transitioned not utilized and is reversed, penalty under section 74 of Tamil Nadu GST Act not imposed. Only token penalty was to be imposed

FACTS
Though the petitioner filed TRAN-I and claimed credit of Rs. 3,86,271, it was never utilized. Hence, though the petitioner failed to respond to the show-cause notice, the entire credit was reversed in the monthly returns in January 2020.

According to the revenue, interest was consequential and the penalty in terms of Section 74 of TNGST Act, 2017 was also consequential.

HELD
Distinguishing the Hon. Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Ind Swift Laboratories Ltd 2011 (265) ELT 3 (SC), it was held that the fact is that in the instant case, the credit was not utilized. Further, the Court observed that if the show cause notice issued was to be considered a notice under section 74 of the TNGST Act, 2017 (the Act), it should have specifically invoked Section 74(1) of the Act. Mere statement that due to unavailability of documents to prove admissibility of the ITC does not meet the requirement of Section 74(9) of the said Act. The proper officer had to ascertain whether the credit was wrongly availed and wrongly utilized. It was specifically held that though proceedings can be initiated under section 73(1) and Section 74(1) of the Act for mere wrong availing of ITC, followed by the imposition of interest and penalty under section 73 or under section 74, they stand attracted only when such credit availed is also utilized for discharging tax liability. Hence, the petitioner is not liable for penalty. Since the attempt was made to wrongly avail credit, a token penalty of Rs.10,000 is imposed and thus, the order is partly quashed.

OCEAN FREIGHT – HITS & MISSES

The Hon’ble Supreme court in a recent case of UOI vs. Mohit Minerals Private Limited (CA 1390/2022) (Mohit Mineral’s case) examined the validity of imposition of IGST under Reverse charge provisions (RCM) on ocean freight incurred during importation of goods into India. The appeals were filed by the Revenue pursuant to Gujarat High Court’s decision to strike down an entry in the RCM notification on the grounds of being ultra-vires the parent enactment. The limited issue for consideration before the Courts is whether the RCM is imposable on the Indian importer in respect of ocean freight paid by the overseas supplier to foreign liner for transportation of goods (CIF arrangements).

ECONOMIC BACKGROUND
Prior to 1st June, 2016 (Budget 2016-17), the services of transportation of goods in a vessel from a place outside India up to the customs station of clearance in India was excludible from service tax. As a result, the Indian shipping lines were unable to avail input tax credit (ITC) paid on the input goods and services and such tax formed a part of their transportation costs. Government’s objective was to create a level playing field between Indian liner and foreign liner. In addition, the Government also believed that freight element ought to be ‘taxable as a service’ despite the same being included as a component of the overall value of imported goods for customs duty purposes. Hence, necessary legal changes were attempted under the service tax law which carried forward into the GST law as well.

SERVICE TAX HISTORY
Originally, services of transportation of goods from a place outside India up to customs port to India was included in a ‘negative list’. This disentitled Indian liners from claiming CENVAT credit of input services resulting in tax cascading. In 2016, the Finance Act omitted the entry under the negative list and included the same in the exemption notification, thereby expressing its intent to expand the scope of its levy. Service tax was imposed for the first time in 20171 on international ocean freight up to customs clearance in India. Consequential amendments were made in RCM notification and service tax rules for collection of taxes from the ‘importer on record2’ in all scenarios of international ocean freight. Therefore, even in cases where the importer had not engaged/ received the services directly from the foreign liner, the literal wordings of law mandated the said person to discharge the service tax on RCM, being the ultimate beneficiary of such ocean freight. Initially the RCM was imposed on the vessel owner/ shipping agent but was quickly amended and fastened onto the Indian importer. This is despite that fact that the importer in CIF consignments would not be privy to the price of ocean freight charged on a particular consignment. To remove this anomaly, law incorporated an option to discharge service tax on a notional value of the consignment (1.4%) as RCM. The challenge to these notifications, in the context of CIF contracts, were made before Gujarat High Court3. Such challenge by tax-payers was upheld as follows:

Extra-territoriality – Overseas supplier has appointed the foreign liner for transportation up to Indian customs station and the said service is rendered by the liner to the overseas supplier prior to reaching of goods to the Indian land mass and hence entirely consumed outside India;

Delegated legislation – Parent enactment can take shelter of extra-territoriality operation of law but the delegated legislation cannot seek to impose tax on such extra-territorial services without the authorization of the parent enactment and hence ultra-vires;

Person liable to tax – Indian importers are not the persons receiving “sea transportation service”, because they receive only the “goods” contracted by them, and they have no privity of contract with the shipping line nor make any payment to them; hence liability cannot be fastened onto such importers. The law envisages tax to be either collected from the service provider or the recipient and not any other person;

Charging provisions – Strict interpretation ought to be given to the charging provisions and one cannot extend the taxation to ‘indirect receipt of services’ or ‘beneficiary of services’;

Valuation – Section 67 does not permit rules to supplant notional values. Charging provisions fail since machinery provisions under parent enactment do not provide for deemed valuation in hands of a third person;

The Revenue has appealed against the above decision before the Supreme Court and the matters are currently pending.

___________________________________________________________

1   Notification 1/2017-ST dated 12th
January, 2017

2   Notification 2/2017-ST, 3/2017 dated 12th
January, 2017 originally on the shipping agent of vessel owner/ Indian liners
and later amended to importer on record vide Notification 15/2017 dated 13th
April, 2017

3   Sal steel ltd. vs. Union of India 2020 (37)
G.S.T.L. 3 (Guj.)

GOODS & SERVICE TAX PROVISIONS
During this challenge, the saga continued under the GST regime as well. Article 286 entrust the IGST law to tag transactions as either ‘inter-state’ or ‘intra-state’. GST laws were to operate to the whole of India. Section 5(1) of the IGST Act levied tax on all the inter-state supplies of goods or services or both. GST on goods imported into India is being levied and collected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(1) r/w Section 3 of the Customs Tariff Act, 1975, on the value as determined under the said Act at the point when the duties of customs are levied on the said goods under section 12 of the Customs Act, 1962. Section 7(4) of the IGST Act provides that supply of services imported into the territory of India shall be treated to be a supply of services in the course of the inter-state trade or commerce.

Section 13(9) of IGST Act states that the place of supply of services of transportation of goods other than by way of mail or courier, shall be the place of destination of such goods. The said law characterised the international ocean freight services under the place of supply provisions as follows:

• Services by an Indian liner to an Indian importer are considered as domestic services (Section 12), and hence treated as ‘inter-state’ or ‘intra-state’ depending on the location of the supplier and recipient – FOB contract

• Services by an overseas liner to the Indian importer are considered as international services (Section 13) and treated as import of services and hence assigned an inter-state character and governed by the IGST levy itself – FOB contract

• No specific provision was inserted to address classification of services by an overseas liner to an overseas supplier (extra-territorial services) – CIF Contract

Notification 10/2017-IGST(R) dated 28th June, 2017 imposed tax on the importer under RCM provisions. This was on the premise that the service qualifies as an import of service under section 2(11) of IGST Act, specifying the following cumulative conditions:

• Service provider is located outside India

• Service recipient is located in India

• Place of supply of service is in India

Testing the above requirements for import of services in the context of CIF contracts, the prima-facie conclusion which emerged was as follows:

Test 1 – Location of service provider

Service provider is the one who is ‘supplying the service’ i.e. – contractually liable to render the ocean freight services right from the loading port to the destination port. In simple words, the foreign liner who is consigned with the goods and issues the bill of lading for having received the goods for transportation would be the supplier of services. In terms of Section 2(15) of the IGST law, the foreign liner having its fixed establishment outside India, from where the booking was made, would be located outside India. This condition was satisfied.

Test 2 – Location of service recipient

Service recipient is generally understood as the person receiving the service – contractually seeking the service from the service provider. Section 2(93) of CGST Act r.w 20 of IGST Act would treat a person who is ‘liable to pay the consideration’ as the service recipient. In other words, the person who is contractually obligated to make the payment of consideration for the ocean freight services would be treated as the service recipient. After identification of the person, the location of such recipient would be understood with reference to Section 2(14) of the IGST Act to be the location of the fixed establishment. In the subject scenario of CIF contracts, the overseas supplier would strictly be termed as the ‘service recipient’ of the ocean freight service from the foreign liner and hence treated as located outside India. Hence this condition was not satisfied.

Test 3 – Place of Supply

Place of supply is critical to ascertain the inter-state/intra-state character of a supply. In simple terminology, it is a proxy for the economic consumption of goods/services in a VAT chain. Section 13 fixed the place of supply of ocean freight services as the destination of goods, which in the current facts, is destination port in India. This condition was satisfied.

Combining the above three tests, once reached the conclusion that the ocean freight services rendered by the foreign liner to the overseas supplier is not an ‘import of services’ into India. Consequently one needn’t have to examine the relevant RCM/ rate notifications.

Delegated Provisions

Yet dispute arose on account notifications4 were introduced to impose a levy of GST on ocean freight services. Entry 9(ii) of the GST Rate notification read as follows:

9.
Heading 9965 (Goods transport services)

(ii)
Transport of goods in a vessel including services provided or agreed to be
provided by a person located in non-taxable territory to a person located in
non-taxable territory by way of transportation of goods by a vessel from a
place outside India up to the customs station of clearance in India.

Provided
that credit of input tax charged on goods (other than on ships, vessels
including bulk carriers and tankers) used in supplying the service has not
been taken

 

Explanation:
This condition will not apply where the supplier of service is located in
non-taxable territory.

 

Please
refer to Explanation no. (iv)

Explanation 4. Where the value of taxable service provided by a person located in non-taxable territory to a person located in non-taxable territory by way of transportation of goods by a vessel from a place outside India up to the customs station of clearance in India is not available with the person liable for paying integrated tax, the same shall be deemed to be 10 % of the CIF value (sum of cost, insurance and freight) of imported goods.

_____________________________________________________________

4   Notification No. 8/2017-Integrated Tax
(Rate), dated 28th June, 2017 and Entry 10 of the Notification No.
10/2017-Integrated Tax (Rate), dated 28th June, 2017

Gujarat High Court’s decision

The Gujarat High Court in Mohit Minerals case5 laid down the following legal propositions:

Vivisection – importation of goods on CIF basis encompasses the freight, insurance etc which are bundled into the said importation. It would be impermissible to artificially vivisect the same into separate components and tax them once again as an independent element;

Person liable to pay tax – Section 5(3) unequivocally states that only the recipient of goods or services are liable to pay tax on reverse charge basis. Section 2(98) r.w 2(24) which defines reverse charge and recipient also recognizes this fundamental GST principle. Notification attempting to tax a third person (importer) on the ground of being a beneficiary or indirect recipient bearing the burden of ocean freight is not in consonance with the legal provisions;

Extra-territoriality – The provision of ocean freight services between foreign supplier and foreign liner is neither inter-state supply, intra-state supply nor import of services (under section 7(5)(a)) in terms of the literal provisions. Section 7(5)(c) cannot be interpreted as a residual basket to tax anything and everything and should operate within the confines of the territoriality. Express wordings are required in 7(5)(c) to tax a supply after satisfying the condition that it takes place in India. Place of supply principles are artificial provisions fixing the legal situs of supply and must be used only where the law directs on to identify the place of supply. Section 7(5)(c) does not make any such reference to such place of supply provisions. The phrase ‘supply of goods or services or both in the taxable territory’ shall mean a supply, all the aspects, or majority of the aspects, of which takes place in the taxable territory and which cannot be covered under the rest of the provisions of Section 7 or Section 8 of the IGST Act. In any case, there is no provision for determining the place of supply where both the location of the supplier and the location of the recipient is outside India. The scheme of the IGST Act only contemplates transactions of intra-state supply, inter-state supply and exports & imports;

_______________________________

5   2020 (33) G.S.T.L. 321 (Guj.)

Chargeability vs. Exemption – The exemption granted to exclude services provided from non-taxable territory to person in a non-taxable territory is on the misbelief that tax is imposable on such transactions;

Machinery provisions – The machinery provisions (time of supply, valuation, input tax credit, etc.) would fail if the contention of the revenue that persons other than the direct recipient can also be fastened with the RCM liability;

Scope of Supply – From the importers perspective, the ocean freight supply is neither an inward supply nor an outward supply. Hence tax cannot be fastened onto the importer.

PREFACE TO SUPREME COURT’S DECISION
It would be important to understand the backdrop of the core issue emerging from the above sequence of events. Multiple perspectives were presented before the Supreme Court (analysed below) and the core issue rested on the identification of ‘recipient’ of ocean freight services. In contradistinction to the service tax legislation, CGST law has defined the same in clear terminology as follows:

“(93) “recipient” of supply of goods or services or both, means–

(a) where a consideration is payable for the supply of goods or services or both, the person who is liable to pay that consideration;

(b) where no consideration is payable for the supply of goods, the person to whom the goods are delivered or made available, or to whom possession or use of the goods is given or made available; and

(c) where no consideration is payable for the supply of a service, the person to whom the service is rendered,

and any reference to a person to whom a supply is made shall be construed as a reference to the recipient of the supply and shall include an agent acting as such on behalf of the recipient in relation to the goods or services or both supplied;”

The said definition identifies the person ‘who is liable to pay the consideration’ for the services as the ‘recipient of services’. The liability to pay consideration emerges from the contract for rendition of services. Generally, the person at whose behest the service is rendered takes up the liability to pay the consideration to the service provider, and such person has been termed as the legal recipient of service. In many circumstances, the service may actually be delivered/ rendered to third person identified by the contracting parties. Yet the clear wordings direct that the contracting party who is ‘liable to pay the consideration’ would be the legal recipient.

Separately, the definition also identifies cases in which no consideration may be payable. In the absence of a consideration, the law mandates that the person to whom the service is delivered/ rendered would be termed as the ‘recipient of service’ i.e. it is only in the absence of a consideration would one have to find out the person to whom the service is rendered. The distinction in the approach of identifying the recipient in a case where consideration is payable with a case where the consideration is absent should not be lost sight off while examining SC’s observation.

It would be pertinent to mention that the law is not alien to the concept of ‘receipt of service’ and ‘recipient of service’. Section 16(2) acknowledges that a service could be said to be ‘received’ by a person even though it is directly delivered/ rendered to a third person on the direction of the first mentioned person. Similar provisions are also contained in “Bill to Ship to” for goods under the place of supply as well the input tax credit provisions. While the immediate benefits of a service (so called receipt of service) may be to the third person, the law only recognizes the person who is liable to pay the consideration as the ‘recipient’ of service.

One may also appreciate that even during the erstwhile service tax regime where recipient was not specifically defined under law, Tribunals6 in multiple cases have identified the contractual recipient as the person recipient and barred the revenue from extending it to the ultimate beneficiary of the services. Therefore, the position in law has been consistent on the identification of the recipient and this appeared to be a fairly straight forward issue to be addressed by the Apex Court.

SUPREME COURT’S DECISION
Yet, the Court unravelled certain unexpected interpretations to this settled concept having far reaching implications on the subject matter. The entire decision can be examined under specific heads as follows:

_______________________________________________________________________

6   Paul merchants ltd. V. CCE 2013 (29) S.T.R.
257 (Tri. – Del.) & Vodafone Mobile Services Limited vs. CST Delhi 2019
(29) G.S.T.L. 314 (Tri-Del)

Constitutional Framework & GST Council’s Recommendations

Revenues’ contention

Taxpayer’s defence

Court’s observations

Recommendations of the
GST Council are binding on the legislature and the executive

The GST Council’s
recommendation need to be implemented by either amending the CGST Act or the
IGST Act or by issuing a notification. However, notifications issued cannot
be ultra vires the parent legislation

Article 279A does not
make recommendations mandatory on the Legislature. Only delegated
legislations are bound by GST council’s recommendations

Functions and role of
the GST Council are unique and incomparable to other constitutional bodies –
Power of the Parliament and the State Legislature under Article 246A and the
power of the GST Council under Article 279A must be balanced and harmonised,
such that neither overrides the other

The principles of
cooperative federalism are not relevant in this case as they were not
adjudicated before the High Court. The appeal must test the correctness of
the impugned judgment without expanding its scope. Interpretation of Article
279A of the Constitution was not an issue before the High Court and the present
appeal should be restricted to the validity of the impugned notification

Unlike the Concurrent
list where repugnancy in Central & State laws would tilt in favour
Central Laws, GST is legislated through a simultaneous exercise of power. Recommendations
of the GST Council must be interpreted with reference to the purpose of the
enactment i.e. create a uniform taxation system

Extra-Territoriality

Revenues’ contention

Taxpayer’s defence

Court’s observations

There is sufficient territorial
nexus for the purpose of taxation since the importer is the final beneficiary
of a service provided by a foreign shipping line by way of transportation up
to the customs station of clearance in India

No provision for
deeming the said service as taking place in India. Only nexus with India is
that the service results in the import of goods into India. This activity is
already subject to IGST under the Customs Act

A two-fold connection
is present – destination of the goods is India; and beneficiary of services
in India. An Indian importer could also be considered as an importer of the
transportation service, if the activity falls within the definition of
“import of service” for the IGST Act


Charge of Tax – Taxable event vis-à-vis Composite Supply

Revenues’ contention

Taxpayer’s defence

Court’s observations

GST and customs duties
are not mutually exclusive. GST is a destination-based tax – IGST is imposed
on the ‘supply of service’ and not on the goods. Customs is an anterior
taxation – separate aspect are being taxed, hence it cannot be termed as
overlapping

Freight component
embedded in the IGST taxation as part of proviso to Section 5(1) of IGST Act
r/w Customs Act

In CIF, fact that
consideration is paid by the foreign exporter to the foreign shipping line
would not stand in the way of it being considered as a “supply of service”.

CIF transaction and
IGST on ocean freight are two independent transactions, entitled to suffer
independent levies and do not qualify as a composite supply

Freight is part of the
importation of goods and no contractual service provider-recipient
relationship – taxable as supply of goods and not service

Composite supply play
a specific role i.e. ensure that various elements not dissected and the levy
is imposed on the bundle of supplies altogether. Intent of the Parliament was
that a transaction which includes different aspects of supply of goods or
services and which are naturally bundled together, must be taxed as a
composite supply

Charge of Tax – Taxable Person vs. Recipient

Revenues’ contention

Taxpayer’s defence

Court’s observations

Reverse charge is
applicable on recipient, and he becomes person liable to tax and 5(3)/ 5(4)
are applicable to Importers – RCM notification specifically identifies the
taxable

Section 5(3) only
permits specification of the categories of supply of goods or services or
both on which RCM is applicable. – Government cannot specify the person
liable

Neither Section 2(107)
nor Section 24 of the CGST Act qualify the imposition of reverse charge on a
“recipient of service” and broadly impose it on “the persons who are required
to

(continued)

 

person and Section
2(107) includes a taxable person who is liable to be registered on account of
RCM applicability

 

Statute has not
identified the person liable

to tax and hence
impugned notification identifying such person is legitimate exercise

(continued)

 

to pay service tax on
a reverse charge basis or define a recipient in a notification

(continued)

 

pay tax under reverse
charge”. Since the

impugned notification
10/2017 identifies the importer as the recipient liable to pay tax on a
reverse charge basis under Section 5(3) of the IGST Act, the argument of the
failure to identify a specific person who is liable to pay tax does not stand

 

If Parliament’s
intention were to designate certain persons for reverse charge, irrespective
of them being the recipient of such goods and services, it must make a
suitable amendment to confer such power for exercise of delegated legislation

RCM does not make two independent
contracts as a composite contract. The contract between the foreign shipping
line and the foreign exporter is distinct and independent of the contract
between the foreign exporter and the Indian importer

Supply of service is
an ‘inter-state supply’ under Section 7(3) or ‘intra-state supply’ under
Section 8(2) of the IGST Act depends on the location of the supplier and the
place of supply. In case two recipients are identified for a single supply,
it would lead to absurdity in a transaction being treated as inter-state as
well as intra-state supply.

The deeming fiction of
treating the importer as a recipient must be found in the IGST Act. As it
currently stands, Section 5(3) of the IGST Act enables the delegated
legislation to create a deeming fiction on categories of supply of
goods/services alone.

Importer is recipient in CIF
because

– Ultimate beneficiary of service

– Contextual interpretation to
include beneficiary in recipient definition

– A supply can be made to ‘a
person’, ‘a registered person’ and ‘a taxable person’ and such a supply shall
be construed to be a supply to a recipient (2(93)).

– Notifications under section 5(4)
permits specification of class of registered persons on whom RCM could apply

– Though Time of Supply specific
provisions are directed towards the person making payment but residual
provision factor other recipient’s case

The only place where a
person other than a supplier or recipient is made liable to pay tax is under
section 5(5) of the IGST Act, where an electronic commerce operator through
whom supply is made is taxed – In case the Parliament desired the tax to be
collected from a person other than a supplier or recipient, it would have
expressly provided so in the legislation.

 

Question of who the
beneficiary of the supply is or who has received the supply are irrelevant in
determining the ‘recipient’ under Section 2(93) of the CGST Act;

RCM would be
applicable to all recipients liable for reverse charge under Sections 5(3)
and 5(4) of the IGST Act. Ineffectiveness of a tax collection mechanism under
Section 24(iii) of the CGST Act cannot be argued to obfuscate the concept of
a “recipient” of a good or service

 

Therefore, both the
IGST and CGST Act clearly define reverse charge, recipient and taxable
persons. Thus, the essential legislative functions vis-à-vis reverse charge
have not been delegated

 

Two recipient theory
only creates
absurdity in domestic transactions but in
the case on hand in international transactions this does not annihilate the
concept of recipient

 

The ultimate
benefactor of the shipping service is also the importer in India who will
finally receive the goods at a destination which is within the taxable
territory of
India. Thus, the meaning of the term “recipient” in the IGST Act will have to
be understood within the context laid down
in the taxing statute (IGST and CGST Act) and not by a strict application of
commercial principle

 

This conclusion is in
line with the philosophy of the GST to be a consumption and destinated based
tax. The services of shipping are imported into India for the purpose of
consumption that is routed through the import of goods.

Charge of Tax – Valuation

Revenues’ contention

Taxpayer’s defence

Court’s observations

Deemed valuation is
permitted through delegated legislation under section 15(4)/15(5)

Section 15 does not
permit a deemed valuation in the hands of a third person who is not privy to
the contract

Necessary statutory
framework is available for valuation under Rule 31 of the CGST Rules which
are consistent with the principles Section 15

 

Impugned notification
8/2017 cannot be struck down for excessive delegation when it prescribes 10%
of the CIF value as the mechanism for imposing tax on a reverse charge basis

In summary, the key takeaways from the decision are as follows:

(i) The recommendations of the GST Council are not binding on the Union and States and only recommendary in nature:

(ii) Import of goods by a CIF contract constitutes an “inter-state” supply which can be subject to IGST where the importer of such goods would be the recipient of shipping service;

(iii) Specification of the recipient in notification is only clarificatory. The Government did not specify a taxable person different from the recipient prescribed in Section 5(3) of the IGST Act for the purposes of reverse charge;

(iv) Section 5(4) of the IGST Act enables the Central Government to specify a class of registered persons as the recipients, thereby conferring the power of creating a deeming fiction on the delegated legislation;

(v) The impugned levy imposed on the ‘service’ aspect of the composite supply is in violation of Section 2(30) r/w Section 8 of the CGST Act.

ANALYSIS
Though the decision was on the narrow point of applicability of RCM on CIF contracts, the conclusions of the Court could have extensive implications. The same could be analysed herewith:

Beneficiary vs. Recipient – The case revolved around the three phrases ‘recipient’, ‘reverse charge’ and ‘taxable person’. Recipient definition has been examined previously. Reverse charge (under section 2(98)) has been defined as a liability to tax on the recipient of services instead of the supplier of services under section 5(3)/5(4) of IGST Act. Taxable person (under section 2(107)) has been defined as person who is registered or liable to be registered on account of a tax liability under section 22 or 24. The logical sequence of interpretation would be to first identify the ‘recipient of a service’ and then examine whether the ‘reverse charge liability’ could be fastened on such recipient thereby creating a ‘taxable person’ in the eyes of law. In the context of ocean freight services, the contractual recipient would be the overseas supplier who is liable to pay the consideration and by corollary the reverse charge provisions would be applicable only on such foreign supplier and not on the Indian importer. Thereby, the notification could not have fixed the Indian importer as the taxable person on such a sequential interpretation.

The court seemed to have taken a circuitous route against logical flow of terminology. In para 91 the court stated that since the notification has identified the importer as the ‘recipient’ of service, it makes such person a ‘taxable person’ in law and hence the reverse charge provisions are triggered on account of such tax liability. Further in para 102 r/w 106, the court has invoked a very extreme interpretation to hold that the phrase ‘consideration’ recognises payment of consideration from ‘any other person’ and not merely the recipient. Attributing a narrow meaning to recipient as being the ‘only person’ who is liable to pay consideration would obstruct the scope of the definition of consideration and hence a wider meaning is to be granted to the phrase ‘recipient’ rather than a narrow construct as is being proposed in the arguments.

This appears to be contradictory to para 115 where court has stated that merely because Section 24 mandates a person to seek registration in case of reverse charge liability does not extend the concept of recipient to every person specified in the notification. Reverse charge liability arises from 5(3)/5(4) and not from registration provisions under section 24. The following observation clearly overturns its previous observations:

“Section 2(98) of the CGST Act, which defines “reverse charge” reiterates that it means the “liability to pay tax by the recipient of supply of goods or services or both instead of the supplier…”. It cannot be construed to imply that any taxable person identified for payment of reverse charge would automatically become the recipient of such goods or service. The deeming fiction of treating the importer as a recipient must be found in the IGST Act. As it currently stands, Section 5(3) of the IGST Act enables the delegated legislation to create a deeming fiction on categories of supply of goods/services alone.

116 Interpreting the term “by the recipient” vis-à-vis the categories of goods and services identified in Section 5(3) of the IGST Act should necessarily be governed by the principles governing the definition of “recipient” under section 2(93) of the CGST Act.” Contrary to the arguments of the Union Government, such an interpretation would not annihilate the mandate of compulsory registration under Section 24(iii) of the CGST Act ……..

After having clearly appreciated the issue in the aforesaid paragraph, the court observed that this interpretation would be relevant only in case of inter-state supplies within the territory of India. Accordingly, cross border services could take a deviation in view of the place of supply provisions. Section 13(9) of IGST Act r/w 2(93)(c) of the CGST Act enable identification of recipient different from the contracting parties. Section 13(9) fixes the place of supply of transportation of services as the destination of goods in India. To give effect to this provision, recipient under section 2(93) is to be expanded to include a person in India who is benefitting from the transportation of goods to India and not merely the contractual recipient of transportation services.

Curiously the court has invoked clause (c) of Section 2(93) of the CGST Act which applies only in cases of an absence of consideration. The court appears to have missed that consideration is in fact payable, albeit by overseas supplier to the foreign liner. Possibly the court invoked this clause to overturn the argument of taxpayers that no consideration is payable by the Indian importer to the foreign liner. By invoking Section 2(93)(c), court implied that an Indian importer, who is not privy to the ocean freight activity, falls into the clutches of 2(93)(c) on account of being the person to whom transportation services is rendered. This overlooks the fact that an absence of consideration obliterates the very charge of GST on supply under section 7(1)(a) r/w 7(1)(b)7. Section 2(93)(c) is applicable only to limited cases where the charge of tax on supply survives despite the absence of consideration (say Schedule I transactions). Invocation of clause 2(93)(c) in this context appears to respectfully erroneous and subject matter of review before the said court. The court ultimately held that recipient could also include a beneficiary of services ascertained from the destination based consumption principle and not necessarily by contractual/ commercial obligations.

From a macro perspective, the contextual meaning attributed to the phrase ‘recipient’ to include a beneficiary of service, fails to consider that GST is levy on a transaction-based VAT chain. The transacting parties are the person who drive the value addition of goods or services right up to the point of consumption. Any artificial deviation at an intermittent stage would impact this VAT chain since a beneficiary of service may not carry forward the subsequent value-added activity and hence fall foul to the fundamental VAT principle. In simpler words, certain training services rendered to employees (beneficiaries) of the company (contractual recipient) does not make the employees the taxable recipient of the service. It is the company which consumes this service for a subsequent commercial activity that should be termed as the recipient. Presuming that the service is consumed by the employees and there is no further economic activity would lead to tax cascading and a distorted picture about the consumption of goods/ services.

Composite Supply – The Supreme Court was not impressed with the grievance of the assesse of a dual burden of GST on freight component (as customs duty and as import of service). It is intriguing that the Supreme Court acknowledged the argument of the revenue that there would not be any economic disparity since credit would be available. Though detailed observations were not made, the proviso to Section 5(1) ought to have been analysed in its literal sense to remove this duality. The silver lining however has been that the court barred the revenue from vivisecting elements at different stages of taxation even though there is a single contractual flow of activities between the supplier and recipient. The court fairly observed that the phrase ‘composite supply’ under section 8 directed one to only examine the principal supply and ignore the rest of the elements of supply for purpose of taxation. Ocean freight being admittedly a part of the composite supply cannot be artificially vivisected and taxed as a service once again under RCM provisions. However, this observation was itself overturned by the court in para 144 by creating two leg for a single transaction and viewing them separately (one as an import of goods and two as a supply of transportation of service). The court stated that both are independent transactions and the second leg of the transaction ought to be taxed as a supply of service. The see-saw continues in para 144 where the court states that the Union cannot treat the transactions as ‘connected’ while examining import of goods and treat them as ‘independent’ while examining import of services. The climax however ends at Section 8 where the court observed that the liability to tax has to be ascertained on the plank of principal supply of goods and not otherwise. Yet the court stops shy of reading down the notification extending itself to importers by stating that it is merely clarificatory and would operate when the importer is otherwise recipient of service.

____________________________________________________

7   Supply of goods or services (including import
of services) is said to take place only in cases where there is a consideration

GST Council’s Recommendations – The court categorically upheld the federal principles and the independence of the Centre and State Legislatures to legislate laws and not bound by GST Council’s recommendations. While stating this, the court also held that the Centre and the State are now operating under a cooperative federalism under which both are enforcing their powers simultaneously. This implies that while the GST council’s recommendations cannot bind the legislative function, the function ought to be exercised by the Centre and State in a harmonious manner. It would not be permissible for the Centre or State to single out and deviate from the GST structure when the others have toed a particular line. This important observation may still continue to bind State legislatures to reach out to the GST Council for any State specific exception/ deviation from the overall GST structure and restrain them from taking a unilateral action.

Extra-territoriality – The Court validated the notification on extra-territoriality by holding that the importer is an ultimate beneficiary of the service. That would be far-fetched as it would enable the revenue authorities to tax overseas transaction merely on the surmise that benefit is accruing to a person in India. Take for example a global brand campaign conducted a multinational enterprise (MNE) would have indirect benefits to the sales of the brand in India. The MNE may not have conducted this activity for India exclusively but the revenue may claim that India has been a beneficiary of the service and even in the absence of a transaction of supply between the MNE and its Indian counterpart, GST may stand imposed on such global activities. This theory may open a pandora’s box of issues to the Indian trade. Taking this feature ahead, States may also claim territorial nexus that the beneficiary resides in their state even-though the contractual recipient would be present in other States. Ideally, court ought to have attached additional weightage to Article 286 and place of supply provisions before reaching this conclusion.

Valuation – Section 15 clearly mandates that tax ought to be levied on transaction price except in areas susceptible to under-valuation (such as related parties, side arrangements, etc.). The court has validated the contentious issue of whether notional valuations could be adopted by completely disregarding the contractual price and the threshold tests specified in Section 15. This would empower governments to issue notifications fixing notional values and which may not reflect the true value of the economic activity. Revenue is certainly going to cite this decision when the matters on notional valuation, as decided by the Gujarat High Court in case of Munjaal Manishbhai Bhatt8, is examined by the Supreme Court.

In summary, the decision certainly has some hits and misses for the assesse. The court’s observations would certainly influence the course of the law in days to come. The revenue is certainly pondering over expanding the scope of the RCM provisions to recipients and other third persons for tax collections. We could see certain amendments to Section 5(3)/5(4) empowering the scope of delegation for RCM purposes. Governments should acknowledge that RCM results in a credit chain distortion and should be resorted to as an exception rather than as a rule.

______________________________________

8   2022-TIOL-663-HC-AHM-GST

S. 263 – Revision – Notice – the opportunity of hearing – distinguished Apex court decision in case of “CIT v/s. Amitabh Bachchan [2016] 384 ITR 200 (SC)”

6 Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax – 16 vs. M/s. Universal Music India Pvt. Ltd  [Income Tax Appeal No. 238 OF 2018; Date of order: 19th April, 2022  (Bombay High Court)]

S. 263 – Revision – Notice – the opportunity of hearing – distinguished Apex court decision in case of “CIT v/s. Amitabh Bachchan [2016] 384 ITR 200 (SC)”

The Respondent had filed a return of income on 27th October, 2010 declaring income of ‘Nil’ for A.Y. 2009-2010. Subsequently, an assessment was completed under section 143(3) of the Act. Thereafter, notice under section 263 was issued by CIT on two issues, namely,

(a) disallowance of Fringe Benefit Tax (FBT) paid of Rs. 10,72,532/- included in miscellaneous expenses and not allowed by the Assessing Officer and

(b) provision of Rs. 1,40,98,685/- in respect of slow moving and obsolete inventories.

The CIT directed Assessing Officer by an order dated 20th March, 2013 to make enquiry and examine the two issues and a third issue being particulars of payments made to persons specified under Section 40A(2)(b) of the Act of Rs. 7,00,22,680 allowed in the assessment order. The assessment order was set aside on this issue and to be examined afresh.

Aggrieved by the order dated 20th March, 2013 passed by CIT, Assessee filed an Appeal before ITAT. ITAT by an order dated 27th April, 2016 allowed the Appeal of the Assessee.

On the issue of payments made to persons specified under Section 40A(2)(b) of the Act, the ITAT gave a finding of fact that no such issue was ever raised by CIT in the notice served upon the assessee and the assessee was not even confronted by the CIT before passing the Order dated 20th March, 2013. ITAT concluded that the said ground therefore cannot form the basis for revision of the assessment order under Section 263 of the Act. It is only this finding of ITAT which is impugned in the Appeal. On the other two points, revenue has accepted the findings of ITAT that the Order under Section 263 was not warranted.

The Dept. submitted that Apex Court in its judgment dated 11th May, 2016 (after the impugned order was pronounced by ITAT) in Commissioner of Income-Tax, Mumbai vs. Amitabh Bachchan [2016] 384 ITR 200 (SC), has held that the provisions of Section 263 does not warrant any notice to be issued and what is required is only to give the assessee an opportunity of being heard before reaching his decision and not before commencing the enquiry. Therefore it was submitted that, the ITAT has erred in setting aside the Order of CIT on this issue.

The Hon. High Court observed that it is true that the Apex Court in Amitabh Bachchan (supra) has held, all that CIT is required to do before reaching his decision and not before commencing the enquiry, CIT must give the assessee an opportunity of being heard. It is true that the judgment also says no notice is required to be issued. But in the case at hand, there is a finding of fact by the ITAT that no show cause notice was issued and no issue was ever raised by the CIT regarding payments made to persons specified under Section 40A(2)(b) of the Act before reaching his decision in the Order dated 20th March, 2013. If that was not correct, certainly the Order of the CIT would have mentioned that an opportunity was given and in any case, if there were any minutes or notings in the file, revenue would have produced those details before the ITAT.

In Amitabh Bachchan (supra), the Apex Court came to a finding that ITAT had not even recorded any findings that in the course of the suo motu revisional proceedings opportunity of hearing was not offered to the assessee and that the assessee was denied an opportunity to contest the facts on the basis of which the CIT had come to its conclusions as recorded in his Order under Section 263 of the Act.

In the present case, there is a finding by the Tribunal, as noted earlier, that no issue was raised by the CIT in respect of particulars of payment made to persons specified under Section 40A(2)(b) of the Act and even the show cause notice is silent about that.

In view of the same, the Hon. Court dismissed the appeal of the Department.

Section 264 – Revision Application – Re-computation of capital gain due to subsequent event – Duty of the revenue to compute the correct income and grant the refund of taxes erroneously paid by an assessee

5 Dinesh Vazirani vs. The Principal Commissioner of Income Tax-7 [Writ Petition No. 2475 Of 2015; Date of order: 8th April, 2022  (Bombay High Court)]

Section 264 – Revision Application – Re-computation of capital gain due to subsequent event – Duty of the revenue to compute the correct income and grant the refund of taxes erroneously paid by an assessee

The Petitioner is an individual and resident of India. The Petitioner, along with two other individuals, and one company (collectively referred to as Promoters) was the promoter of a company by the name WMI Cranes Ltd (the Company). Petitioner held 2,35,900 equity shares out of 9,99,920 issued and paid up share capital of the company of Rs.10 each. Promoters entered into Share Subscription and Purchase Agreement (SPA) dated 11th October, 2010 with M/s Kone cranes Finance Corporation (Purchasers). Under the agreement, promoters agreed to sell 51% of the paid up and issued equity share capital of the company to the purchasers. Between the promoters, they held collectively 100% issued and paid up share capital of the company.

Simultaneously with SPA, the promoters and purchasers entered into second share purchase agreement (Second SPA) for the transfer of the remaining equity shares held by the promoters upon satisfaction of certain conditions under Second SPA so that at a future point of time, purchasers will hold 100% of the issued and paid up equity share capital of the company. SPA provided for a value of Rs. 155,00,00,000 as consideration to be paid to the promoters which effectively was working out to about Rs. 3212.31 per share. SPA also provided that out of Rs. 155,00,00,000 that was payable as sale consideration, a sum of Rs. 30,00,00,000 would be kept in escrow, based on which a separate escrow agreement was entered into between promoters, purchasers and the escrow agent. At the time of closure of the deal, promoters received Rs. 125,00,00,000 as sale consideration and the shares were transferred. Balance Rs. 30,00,00,000 was kept in escrow account. SPA provided for specific promoter indemnification obligations and it provides that if there is no liability as contemplated under the specific promoter indemnification obligations within a particular period, this amount of Rs. 30,00,00,000 would be released by the escrow agent to the promoters. SPA provides for escrow arrangement. The escrow account was to be in force for two years from the closing date.

Petitioner/Assessee filed his return of income for A.Y. 2011-2012 on 29th July, 2011 declaring income of Rs. 22,51,60,130. The return of income included Rs. 20,98,08,685 as long term capital gains on the sale of shares of the company. The capital gains was computed by Petitioner taking into account the proportion of the total consideration of Rs. 155,00,00,000, including the escrow amount of Rs. 30,00,00,000, which had not, by the time returns were filed, received by the promoters but still parked in the escrow account. The assessment was completed under section 143(3) of the Act and an order dated 15th January, 2014 was passed accepting total income as declared by the Petitioner.

It is Petitioner’s case and which has not been disputed that subsequent to the sale of the shares of the company, certain statutory and other liabilities arose in the company which was about Rs. 9,17,04,240, for the period prior to the sale of the shares. As per the agreement, this amount was withdrawn from the escrow account and promoters, therefore, did not receive this amount of Rs. 9,17,04,240.

As assessment had already been completed taxing the capital gains at higher amount on the basis of sale consideration of Rs. 155,00,00,000 and without reducing the consideration by Rs. 9,17,04,240, Petitioner/Assessee made an application to PCIT under section 264 of the Act. Petitioner submitted that the amount of Rs. 9,17,04,240 has been withdrawn by the company from the escrow account and, therefore, what petitioner received was lesser than what was mentioned in the return of income and, therefore, the capital gains needs to be recomputed reducing the proportionate amount from the amount deducted from the escrow account. Petitioner also pointed out that the application was being made under Section 264 of the Act because the withdrawal of the amount from the escrow account happened after the assessment proceedings for A.Y. 2011-2012 was completed and it was not possible for Petitioner to make such a claim before the assessing officer or even file revised returns. Petitioner, therefore, requested respondent no. 1 to reduce the long-term capital gains by Rs. 1,31,44,274 and further prayed for directions to the assessing officer to refund the excess tax paid. Petitioner also explained that the amount from the escrow account was never going to be recovered by the promoters under any circumstances and this resulted in reduction in the total realisation towards sale of company.

The PCIT by an order dated 13th February, 2015 passed under section 264 of the Act rejected Petitioner’s application holding:

(a) The Petitioner was entitled to receive consideration at Rs. 3,213.31 per share as per the purchase price defined in the agreement. From the said amount, only cost of acquisition, cost of improvement or expenditure incurred exclusively in connection with the transfer can be reduced to compute capital gains. The agreement between the seller and buyer for meeting certain contingent liability which may arise subsequent to the transfer cannot be considered for reduction from the consideration received i.e, at the rate of Rs. 3,213.31 per share in computing capital gains under Section 48 of the Act.

(b further held that in the absence of specific provision by which an assessee can reduce returned income filed by it voluntarily, the same cannot be permitted indirectly by resorting to provisions of Section 264 of the Act. PCIT further relied on the proviso to Section 240 of the Act which states that if an assessment is annulled the refund will not be granted to the extent of tax paid on the returned income. PCIT held that this shows that income returned by an assessee is sacrosanct and cannot be disturbed and even annulment of the assessment would not have impacted the suo motu tax paid on the return income.

(c) The contingent liability paid out of escrow account does not have the effect on “amount receivable” by the promoters as per the agreement which remains at Rs. 3,213.31 per share.

Aggrieved by the order the Petitioner filed Writ Petition before Hon. High Court.

The Hon. High Court held that the PCIT had erred in holding that the proportionate amount of Rs.9,17,04,240 withdrawn from the escrow account should not be reduced in computing capital gains of the petitioner. Capital gains is computed under Section 48 of the Act by reducing from the full value of consideration received or accrued as a result of transfer of capital asset, cost of acquisition, cost of improvement and cost of transfer. PCIT has erred in stating that only the cost of acquisition, cost of improvement and cost of transfer can be deducted from full consideration and, therefore, Petitioner is not entitled to the proportionate reduction. PCIT has failed to understand that the amount of Rs. 9,17,04,240 was neither received by the promoters nor accrued to the promoters, as the said amount was transferred directly to the escrow account and was withdrawn from the escrow account. When the amount has not been received or accrued to the promoters, the same cannot be taken as full value of consideration in computing capital gains from the transfer of the shares of the company.

The Hon. Court observed that PCIT had not understood the true intent and the content of the SPA. PCIT had not appreciated that the purchase price as defined in the agreement was not an absolute amount as the same was subject to certain liabilities which might arise to the promoters on account of certain subsequent events. The full value of consideration for computing capital gains, will be the amount which was ultimately received by the promoters after the adjustments on account of the liabilities from the escrow account as mentioned in the agreement.

PCIT had gone wrong in not appreciating that income or gain is chargeable to tax under the Act on the basis of the real income earned by an assessee, unless specific provisions provide to the contrary.

In the present case, the real income (capital gain) can be computed only by taking into account the real sale consideration, i.e., sale consideration after reducing the amount withdrawn from the escrow account. PCIT had proceeded on an erroneous understanding that the arrangement between the seller and buyer which results in some contingent liability that arises subsequently to the transfer, cannot be reduced from the sale consideration as per Section 48 of the Act. This is because the liability is contemplated in SPA itself and certainly the same should be taken into account to determine the full value of consideration. Therefore, if sale consideration specified in the agreement is along with certain liability, then the full value of consideration for the purpose of computing capital gains under Section 48 of the Act is the consideration specified in the agreement as reduced by the liability. PCIT observation that from the sale consideration only cost of acquisition, cost of improvement and cost of transfer can be reduced and the subsequent contingent liability does not come within any of the items of the reduction and the same cannot be reduced, is erroneous because full value of consideration under Section 48 would be the amount arrived at after reducing the liabilities from the purchase price mentioned in the agreement. Even if the contingent liability is to be regarded as subsequent event, then also the same ought to be taken into consideration in determining capital gain chargeable under Section 45 of the Act.

The Hon. Court did not agree with the findings of PCIT that the contingent liability paid out of escrow account does not affect the amount receivable as per the agreement for the purpose of computation of capital gains under Section 48 of the Act. Such reduced amount should be taken as full value of consideration for computing capital gains under Section 48 of the Act.

The Hon. Court further held that the assessee could file revised return of income within the prescribed period, to reduce the returned income or increase the returned income. Petitioner filed an application under Section 264 because the assessment under Section 143 had been completed by the time the amount of Rs. 9,17,04,240 was deducted from the escrow account. Section 264 of the Act, has been introduced to factor in such situation because if income does not result at all, there cannot be a tax, even though in book keeping, an entry is made about hypothetical income which does not materialize. Section 264 of the Act does not restrict the scope of power of respondent no. 1 to restrict a relief to an assessee only up to the returned income. Where the income can be said not to have resulted at all, there is obviously neither accrual nor receipt of income even though an entry that might, in certain circumstances, have been made in the books of account. Therefore, PCIT ought to have directed the Assessing Officer to recompute income as per the provisions of the Act, irrespective of whether the computation results in income being less than returned income. It is the obligation of the revenue to tax an assessee on the income chargeable to tax under the Act and if higher income is offered to tax, then it is the duty of the revenue to compute the correct income and grant the refund of taxes erroneously paid by an assessee.

The court further observed that reliance by PCIT on the provisions of Section 240 of the Act to hold that there is no power on respondent no.1 to reduce the returned income, is fraught with error because the circumstances provided in the provisio to Section 240 indisputably do not exist in the present case. Provisio to Section 240 provides that in case of annulment of assessment, refund of tax paid by the assessee as per the return of income cannot be granted to the assessee, which is not the case at hand. There is no provision in the Act which provides, if ultimately assessed income is less than the returned income, the refund of the excess tax paid by the assessee would not be granted to such assessee. As regards the stand of PCIT that the income returned by petitioner is sacrosanct and cannot be disturbed, the only thing that is sacrosanct is that an assessee can be asked to pay only such amount of tax which is legally due under the Act and nothing more. If returned income shows a higher tax liability than what is actually chargeable under the Act, then the assessee is entitled to a refund of excess tax paid by it.

The order dated 13th February, 2015 passed by PCIT was quashed and set aside. The petitioner be entitled to refund of excess tax paid on the excess capital gains shown earlier. The Assessing Officer was directed to pass fresh assessment order on the basis that the capital gains on the transfer of the shares of the company should be computed after reducing proportionate amount withdrawn from the escrow account from the full value of the consideration and allow the refund of additional tax paid with interest.

TDS — Certificate for non-deduction — Non-resident — DTAA —Lease of aircraft under agreement entered into in year 2016 — Assessee granted certificate for nil withholding tax for five years on the basis of agreement — Direction to withhold tax at 10 per cent On the basis of survey in case of group company for F.Y. 2021-22 — Unsustainable

28 Celestial Aviation Trading 64 Ltd vs. ITO(International Taxation) [2022] 443 ITR 441 (Del) A. Y.: 2021-22 Date of order: 12th November, 2021 S. 197 of ITA 1961: R. 28AA of IT Rules, 1962: Arts. 8 and 12 of DTAA between India and Ireland

TDS — Certificate for non-deduction — Non-resident — DTAA —Lease of aircraft under agreement entered into in year 2016 — Assessee granted certificate for nil withholding tax for five years on the basis of agreement — Direction to withhold tax at 10 per cent On the basis of survey in case of group company for F.Y. 2021-22 — Unsustainable

The assessee was a tax resident of Ireland and was in the business of aircraft leasing. On 21st October, 2016, the assessee entered into an agreement with a company AIL for lease of an aircraft for a period of 12 years. For the F.Ys. 2016-17 to 2020-21, the assessee made applications u/s. 197 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for “nil” rate of withholding tax in respect of the lease rentals on the ground that under articles 8 and 12 of the DTAA between India and Ireland they were liable to pay tax only in Ireland. The Assessing Officer allowed the assessee to receive considerations from AIL without any tax deducted at source. For the F.Y. 2021-22, the assessee filed an application before the Income-tax Officer (International Taxation) requesting for issuance of “nil” withholding tax certificate or order in respect of the estimated consideration receivable from AIL under the agreement on a similar basis as before. However, the ITO issued an order prescribing 10 per cent as the withholding tax rate.

The assessee filed a writ petition and challenged the order. The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) The aspects which the Assessing Officer was obliged to take into consideration, while considering an application u/s. 197 had not been adverted to. The reasons proceeded only on the basis of any liability of another company IGL in the group on which survey was carried out and which was alleged to have evaded tax which might or might not be fastened upon the assessee. That by itself could not be a justification for denying the “nil” rate certificates to the assessee. The order was unsustainable and accordingly, quashed and set aside. The matter was remanded back to the Assessing Officer.

ii) In the interim period, the assessee was entitled to avail of the “nil” rate of withholding tax, as had been the position in the past several years consistently. Since the aircraft in question was leased to AIL for a period of 12 years, the interests of the Revenue was sufficiently protected in any eventuality of the assessee being found liable to payment of taxes, interest or penalty.”

Revision — Limitation — Assessee filing and pursuing appeal mistakenly under section 248 resulting in delay in filing revision petition — Revision petition in time if the period spent in prosecuting appeal excluded — Matter remanded to Commissioner

27 KLJ Organic Ltd vs. CIT (IT) [2022] 444 ITR 62 (Del) A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of order: 18th February, 2022 Ss. 248 and 264 of ITA 1961 and S. 14 of Limitation Act, 1963

Revision — Limitation — Assessee filing and pursuing appeal mistakenly under section 248 resulting in delay in filing revision petition — Revision petition in time if the period spent in prosecuting appeal excluded — Matter remanded to Commissioner

For the A.Y. 2018-19, the Commissioner (International Taxation) rejected the revision petition filed by the assessee under section 264 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 due to the delay in filing the petition.

The assessee filed a writ petition submitting that under a bona fide mistake of law and relying on the earlier orders passed by the Income-tax Officer and the Commissioner (Appeals) in its favour on the similar issue, it had filed and pursued an appeal u/s. 248 under the belief that the order was appealable and hence the delay.

The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“If the time spent by the assessee in prosecuting the appeal u/s. 248 was excluded, the revision petition filed u/s. 264 would be within the limitation period. On the facts section 14 of the Limitation Act, 1963, was attracted and the assessee was entitled to exclusion of time spent in prosecuting the proceeding bona fide in a court without jurisdiction. The matter was remanded to the Commissioner (International Transactions) to decide on the merits.”

Reassessment — Notice — Limitation — Exception where reassessment to give effect to order of Tribunal — Assessment not made for giving effect to any appellate order — No finding or recording of reason that income has escaped assessment on account of failure of assessee to disclose truly and fully all material facts — Notice and order rejecting objections unsustainable

26 Sea Sagar Construction Co. vs. ITO [2022] 444 ITR 385 (Bom) A.Ys.: 2001-02 to 2003-04 Date of order: 6th May, 2022 Ss. 147, 148, 149 and 150 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice — Limitation — Exception where reassessment to give effect to order of Tribunal — Assessment not made for giving effect to any appellate order — No finding or recording of reason that income has escaped assessment on account of failure of assessee to disclose truly and fully all material facts — Notice and order rejecting objections unsustainable

The assessee was in the construction business. The contractor from whom the assessee took over two projects followed the completed contract method of accounting. The Assessing Officer was of the view that a part of the income from the project should be assessed to tax based on the percentage completion method and reopened the assessments for the A.Ys. 2001-02, 2002-03 and 2003-04 u/s. 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by issue of notice u/s. 148 dated 19th January, 2012. The objections filed by the assessee were rejected.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) There was no specific finding that income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment for the A.Ys. 2001-02, 2002-03 and 2003-04 nor was there a direction to the Assessing Officer to initiate reassessment proceedings u/s. 147 by issuing notices u/s. 148. On the contrary, the Tribunal had recorded specific findings that following the project completion method the assessee had offered income in respect of the project in the A.Y. 2003-04 which had been accepted by the Department. Once income was taxed in the A.Y. 2003-04 on the completion of the project, there could not be any question of taxing the same amount in the earlier years by applying a particular percentage on the amount of work-in-progress shown in the balance-sheet. Even assuming that the observations of the Tribunal could be stated to be a finding or a direction u/s. 150, still in view of the proviso to section 147, the reopening was not valid.

ii) From the observations of the Tribunal in its order there was some confusion with respect to whether the project completed in the A.Y. 2003-04 was the same project which was shown as work-in-progress in the A.Y. 2000-01 and thereafter, restoring the matter to the Assessing Officer for the limited purpose of ascertaining whether the two projects referred to in the assessment order of the A.Y. 2000-01 were part of the project completed in the A.Y. 2003-04 and offered for taxation in that year. This could not be stated to be either a finding or a direction as contemplated u/s. 150.

iii) There was nothing in the reasons recorded for reopening of the assessments to indicate that there was any escapement of income due to failure on the part of the assessee to truly and fully disclose material facts. Even otherwise after the order of the Tribunal was passed in the first round of litigation the Assessing Officer had passed a fresh assessment order making certain additions. An appeal was filed against the such order, which had been allowed during the pendency of these petitions. The Commissioner (Appeals) had held that considering the purpose for which the matter had been remanded by the Tribunal to the Assessing Officer, and the assessee’s explanation to the confusion in figures over which the matter was set aside and also the assessee’s proving the fact that there was no other project under work-in-progress in any of these assessment years except assignment of the development of sale to the societies, there was no justification in going beyond the directions of the Tribunal. The Tribunal had held that the Department had failed to bring on record any cogent incriminating material to controvert the contention of the assesse and had confirmed the order of the Commissioner (Appeals).

iv) Therefore, on the facts and circumstances, the notices issued u/s. 148 for the A.Ys. years 2001-02, 2002-03 and 2003-04 and the orders rejecting the objections raised by the assessee were unsustainable and hence quashed.”

Reassessment — Notice — Limitation — Effect of sections 149, 282 and 282A — Date of issue of notice — Date when digitally signed notice is entered in computer

25 Daujee Abhushan Bhandar Pvt. Ltd vs. UOI [2022] 444 ITR 41 (All) A. Y.: 2013-14 Date of order: 10th March, 2022 Ss. 148, 149, 282 and 282A of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice — Limitation — Effect of sections 149, 282 and 282A — Date of issue of notice — Date when digitally signed notice is entered in computer

The petitioner is a regular assessee. For the A.Y. 2013-14, the assessment was completed. Subsequently, the assessment was sought to be reopened. For this purpose, a notice under section 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was digitally signed by the assessing authority on 31st March, 2021. It was sent to the assessee through e-mail and the e-mail was received by the petitioner on his registered e-mail id on 6th April, 2021. The petitioner filed objections before the assessing authority. One of the objections raised by the petitioner was that the notice is time-barred and thus without jurisdiction as it was issued on 6th April, 2021 whereas the limitation for issuing notice under Section 148 read with Section 149 of the Act, 1961 expired on 31st March, 2021. The objection was rejected by the assessing authority holding that since the notice was digitally signed on 31st March, 2021, therefore, it shall be deemed to have been issued within time, i.e., on 31st March, 2021.

The Allahabad High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) Sub-section (1) of section 149 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, starts with a prohibitory words that “no notice u/s. 148 shall be issued for the relevant assessment year after expiry of the period as provided in sub-clauses (a), (b) and (c)”, section 282 of the Act provides for mode of service of notices. Section 282A provides for authentication of notices and other documents by signing it. Sub-section (1) of section 282A uses the word “signed” and “issued in paper form” or “communicated in electronic form by that authority in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed”. Thus, signing of notice and issuance or communication thereof have been recognised as different acts. The issuance of notice and other documents would take place when the e-mail is issued from the designated e-mail address of the concerned Income-tax authority. Therefore after a notice is digitally signed and when it is entered by the Income-tax authority in the computer resource outside his control, i.e., the control of the originator then that point of time would be the time of issuance of notice.

ii) Thus, considering the provisions of sections 282 and 282A of the Act, 1961 and the provisions of section 13 of the Information Technology Act, 2000 and the meaning of the word “issue” firstly the notice shall be signed by the assessing authority and then it has to be issued either in paper form or be communicated in electronic form by delivering or transmitting the copy thereof to the person therein named by the modes provided in section 282 which includes transmitting in the form of electronic record. Section 13(1) of the 2000 Act provides that unless otherwise agreed, the dispatch of an electronic record occurs when it enters into computer resources outside the control of the originator. Thus, the point of time when a digitally signed notice in the form of electronic record is entered in computer resources outside the control of the originator, i. e., the assessing authority that shall be the date and time of issuance of notice u/s. 148 read with section 149.

iii) The notice u/s. 148 of the Act for the A.Y. 2013-14 was digitally signed by the assessing authority on 31st March, 2021. It was sent to the assessee through e-mail and the e-mail was undisputedly received by the assessee on its registered e-mail id on 6th April, 2021. The limitation for issuing notice u/s. 148 read with section 149 of the Act, 1961 was up to 31st March, 2021 for the A.Y. 2013-14. Since, the notice u/s. 148 of the Act, 1961 was issued to the assessee on April 6, 2021 the notice u/s. 148 of the Act, 1961 was time barred. Consequently, the impugned notice is quashed.”

ACCOUNTING OF WARRANTS ISSUED BY SUBSIDIARY TO PARENT

This article deals with accounting of a derivative instrument issued by a Subsidiary to a Parent, in the separate financial statements of the Parent and the Subsidiary.

FACTS

•    A Ltd holds a 51% stake in B Ltd and has the ability to control all the relevant activities of B Ltd.
•    B Ltd (‘Issuer’ or ‘Subsidiary’) issues 1,000 warrants to A Ltd (‘Holder’ or ‘Parent’) on a preferential basis. Each warrant is issued at a price of INR 100. Each warrant is convertible into 1 equity share of B Ltd (i.e., the fixed conversion ratio of 1:1).
•    An amount equivalent to 5% of the warrant Issue Price shall be payable at the time of subscription /allotment of each warrant and the balance of 95% shall be payable by the Warrant holder on the exercise of the warrant.
•    The warrant is gross settled (i.e., the warrant cannot be net settled). The issuer doesn’t have any contractual or constructive obligation to redeem /buy back warrants. Gross settled means that the contract will be settled by transfer of the underlying and the consideration; whereas, net settled means that the contract will be settled by settling the difference in cash, for example, a warrant to buy a share at INR 100, will be settled by receiving/paying INR 10 in cash, if the value of the share on the date of settlement is INR 110.
•    The Holder is entitled to exercise the warrants, in one or more tranches, within a period of 18 (Eighteen) months from the date of allotment of the Warrants.
•    In case the Holder does not exercise the warrants within a period of 18 (Eighteen) months from the date of allotment of such warrants, the unexercised warrants shall lapse, and the amount paid by the Holders on such Warrants shall stand forfeited by Issuer.
•    The holder of warrants until the exercise of the conversion option and allotment of Equity Shares does not give the warrant Holder thereof any rights (e.g., voting right, right to dividend, etc.,) akin to that of ordinary shareholder(s) of the B Ltd.
•    The warrant issued by B Ltd is at the money and the Parent intends to eventually exercise all the warrants.
•    The warrants do not currently give the present access to returns associated with an underlying ownership interest, for example, ownership interest akin to a share.
•    As per the accounting policy followed by the Parent, it accounts for investment in the subsidiary at cost as per Ind AS 27 less impairment (if any).

ISSUE

How are these warrants, in nature of derivative, be accounted for, in the Standalone Financial Statements (SFS) of A Ltd and B Ltd?

RESPONSE

Accounting Standard References

“Ind AS 27 Separate Financial Statements

Paragraph 10

When an entity prepares separate financial statements, it shall account for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates either:

(a) at cost, or
(b) in accordance with Ind AS 109………….

Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments

Paragraph 2.1

This Standard shall be applied by all entities to all types of financial instruments except:
(a) those interests in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures that are accounted for in accordance with Ind AS 110 Consolidated Financial Statements, Ind AS 27 Separate Financial Statements or Ind AS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. However, in some cases, Ind AS 110, Ind AS 27 or Ind AS 28 require or permit an entity to account for an interest in a subsidiary, associate or joint venture in accordance with some or all of the requirements of this Standard. Entities shall also apply this Standard to derivatives on an interest in a subsidiary, associate or joint venture unless the derivative meets the definition of an equity instrument of the entity in Ind AS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation.

Appendix A

Definition of derivative
A financial instrument or other contract within the scope of this Standard with all three of the following characteristics.
(a) its value changes in response to the change in a specified interest rate, financial instrument price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, credit rating or credit index, or other variable, provided in the case of a non-financial variable that the variable is not specific to a party to the contract (sometimes called the ‘underlying’).
(b) it requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors.
(c) it is settled at a future date.

Ind AS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation
AG 27 The following examples illustrate how to classify different types of contracts on an entity’s own equity instruments:
(a) A contract that will be settled by the entity receiving or delivering a fixed number of its own shares for no future consideration, or exchanging a fixed number of its own shares for a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset, is an equity instrument………..”

This is generally referred to as meeting the fixed for fixed test.

ANALYSIS

•    The warrant meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with Appendix A of Ind AS 109.
•    The warrant is classified as Equity as per AG 27 of Ind AS 32 by B Ltd/Issuer in its separate financial statements because it meets the fixed for fixed test.
•    From A Ltd’s perspective, because the warrant meets the definition of Equity from the perspective of B Ltd, it would meet the definition of Equity from the perspective of A Ltd also. Consequently, in the separate financial statements of A Ltd, the warrants will be treated as an investment in the equity instrument of the Subsidiary B Ltd.
•    As per paragraph 2.1 of Ind AS 109, derivatives that provide interest in a subsidiary and meet the test of equity classification are accounted for in accordance with Ind AS 27, rather than Ind AS 109.
•    If the instrument either “meets the definitions of equity as per Ind AS 32 from the issuer’s perspective (i.e., subsidiary)” or “currently gives the present access to returns associated with an underlying ownership interest”, then it can be said to be part of the holder’s investment in subsidiary and therefore accounted for under Ind AS 27. However, where the instrument fails to meet the definition of equity from the issuer’s perspective (i.e., a liability of the subsidiary), it shall be classified as financial assets by the Parent and accounted for under Ind AS 109.
•    The warrant meets the definition of equity from a subsidiary’s perspective and hence the warrant is accounted as per Ind AS 27 by parent.

CONCLUSION

The warrant is accounted for as an equity instrument in the separate financial statements of the subsidiary. The warrant, therefore, from the parent’s perspective, is an investment in equity of the subsidiary, which will be accounted for either in accordance with Ind AS 27 or Ind AS 109 (see paragraph 10 of Ind AS 27). The Parent has an accounting policy of applying Ind AS 27 to investments made in the subsidiary in the separate financial statements. Therefore, the warrant is accounted by the Parent as per Ind AS 27, at cost being consideration of 5% paid on initial subscription/allotment till the time warrant are exercised, less impairment if any. On exercise of the warrant, the cost of equity share allocated shall be the total consideration paid for a warrant (i.e., 5% paid on initial subscription/allotment plus 95% paid on exercise of warrant). This is in accordance with the accounting policy followed by the Parent. However, the Parent can also choose to follow an accounting policy of accounting for the equity investment in a subsidiary as per Ind AS 109.

HRA EXEMPTION FOR RENT PAID TO WIFE OR MOTHER

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
An employee who is in receipt of House Rent Allowance (HRA) from his employer, and who incurs expenditure by way of rent on residential accommodation occupied by him, is entitled to claim an exemption of the HRA to the extent prescribed by rule 2A. By virtue of the explanation to Section 10(13A), the assessee is not entitled to such exemption if:

(a) the residential accommodation so occupied is owned by the assessee himself, or

(b) the assessee has not actually incurred any expenditure by way of rent on such accommodation occupied by him.

At times, it may so happen that the accommodation in which the employee is residing is owned by a close relative, either wife or a parent, who also resides in the same accommodation along with the assessee. The issue has arisen before the Tribunals as to whether the assessee is entitled to exemption for HRA under section 10(13A) in such circumstances, more so when the expenditure on rent is not adequately evidenced.

While the Ahmedabad and Delhi benches of the Tribunal has taken the view that an assessee cannot be denied the exemption under such circumstances, the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal has taken a contrary view, holding that the assessee was not entitled to the benefit of the exemption in such a case.

BAJRANG PRASAD RAMDHARANI’S CASE
The issue first came up before the Ahmedabad bench of the Tribunal in the case of Bajrang Prasad Ramdharani vs. ACIT 60 SOT 66 (Ahd)(URO).

In this case, the assessee had paid rent to his wife during the year, and claimed exemption under section 10(13A) of Rs 1,11,168 for House Rent Allowance. The Assessing Officer disallowed the assessee’s claim for exemption on the ground that the assessee had not given details of payment and evidences, and also on the basis that the assessee and his wife were living together. According to the Assessing Officer, the claim of payment of rent was just to avoid taxes, and to reduce the tax liability.

In first appeal, the assessee filed the requisite details and evidence before the Commissioner (Appeals). In the remand report sought by the Commissioner (Appeals) from the Assessing Officer, the Assessing Officer had commented that it was not ascertainable whether the assessee stayed at his wife’s house or at his own house, owned by him, which he had claimed exempt as self-occupied under Section 24. The Commissioner (Appeals) noted that the rent was paid by the assessee as a tenant to his wife, who was the landlord, and that the landlord and tenant were living together in the same house property. According to the Commissioner (Appeals), the very fact that they were staying together indicated that the whole arrangement was in the nature of a colourable device. The Commissioner (Appeals) therefore confirmed the disallowance of the HRA exemption.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, it was argued that a bare reading of the provision would make it amply clear that the assessee was entitled to exemption under Section 10(13A). It was pointed out that requisite details and evidences had been filed before the Commissioner (Appeals), who had called for a remand report from the Assessing Officer. It was submitted that the reasoning given by the Assessing Officer and the Commissioner (Appeals) in disallowing the exemption were different. Therefore, it was claimed that the authorities below grossly erred in not allowing the exemption.

On behalf of the revenue, reliance was placed on the orders of the lower authorities. It was pointed out that the Assessing Officer, in the remand report, had submitted that the assessee had claimed the house owned by him as self-occupied, and therefore disallowance of the assessee’s claim was justified.

The Tribunal noted that the Assessing Officer and the Commissioner (Appeals) had disallowed the claim of the assessee on the ground that the assessee and his wife were living together, and not on the ground that in the return of income, the house owned by the assessee was declared as self-occupied. There was only a mention of it in the remand report, where the Assessing Officer had commented that it was not ascertainable whether the assessee stayed at his wife’s house or at his own house which he claimed as self-occupied. Under these circumstances, according to the Tribunal, it only had to examine whether the assessee was entitled to the exemption under section 10(13A) or not.

The Tribunal analysed the provisions of section 10(13A). It pointed out that the exemption was not allowable in case the residential accommodation was owned by the assessee, or the assessee had not actually incurred expenditure on payment of rent in respect of the residential accommodation occupied by him.

It noted that the Assessing Officer had given a finding of fact that the assessee and his wife were living together as a family. Therefore, it could be inferred that the house owned by the assessee’s wife was occupied by the assessee also. The assessee had submitted rent receipts showing payments made by way of bank transfer.

Therefore, according to the Tribunal, the assessee had fulfilled the twin requirements of the provision; i.e. occupation of the house and payment of rent. The Tribunal therefore held that the assessee was entitled to the exemption under section 10(13A).

A similar case had come up recently before the Delhi bench of the Tribunal in the case of Abhay Kumar Mittal vs. DCIT 136 taxmann.com 78, where the Assessing officer had clubbed the rent paid by the assessee to his wife with the income of the assessee, on the ground that the property was purchased by the wife mainly out of funds borrowed from the assessee. The Commissioner (Appeals), besides confirming the addition, also disallowed exemption on HRA on such rent paid by the assessee to his wife. The facts were that the wife was a qualified medical practitioner, who had repaid the loan later by liquidating her investments.

The Tribunal noted in that case, that the assessee had paid house rent, and the wife had declared such income under the head “Income from House Property” in her returns of income. There was no bar on the assessee extending a loan to his wife from his known sources of income. The Tribunal expressly held that that the Commissioner (Appeals)’s contention that the husband cannot pay rent to his wife was devoid of any legal implication supporting any such contention, and therefore allowed HRA exemption to the assessee.

MEENA VASWANI’S CASE
The issue came up again before the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of Meena Vaswani vs. ACIT 164 ITD 120.

In this case, the assessee was a Chartered Accountant, working as a Senior Finance and Accounts Executive with a listed company. She had claimed exemption for HRA received from her employer under section 10(13A) of Rs 2,52,040 for A.Y. 2010-11 towards rent paid to her mother for a flat in Neha Apartments, owned by her mother. She also had a self-occupied property, a flat in Tropicana, in respect of which she claimed a loss on account of interest on housing loan of Rs 13,888, and deduction under section 80C for repayment of housing loan.

During the course of assessment proceedings under section 143(3), in October 2012, the Assessing Officer asked the assessee to show cause as to why HRA claimed as exempt should not be added to her income, and brought to tax.

The assessee submitted that she had paid a rent of Rs 31,500 per month to her mother in cash for her house in Neha Apartments, and was therefore entitled to the exemption.

The Assessing Officer observed that in her return of income, the assessee had shown her residential address as Tropicana. The same address appeared on her ration card as well as her bank account. The Assessing Officer noted that the assessee was claiming loss from self-occupied property, as well as claiming exemption under section 10(13A). The assessee was asked to furnish leave and licence agreement with respect to the Neha Apartments property taken on rent, and to explain the need for hiring a house property when another house property owned by the assessee was claimed as self-occupied.

The assessee submitted that while she had a self-occupied property at Tropicana jointly held with her husband, she had to live in her mother’s house at Neha Apartments, and pay her rent for her day-to-day living cost. She had no option but to live with her mother at Neha Apartments as her mother was a sick and single old lady. She paid rent so that none of the other siblings would raise any objection on her staying in Neha Apartments. It was claimed that her living in a rented premises was a purely family matter. Since the transaction was between daughter and mother, no formal agreement was executed. Rent receipts were however collected as evidence of payment of rent for income tax purposes. The assessee therefore claimed that she was entitled to the exemption under section 10(13A) for the HRA.

An inspector was deputed to make an enquiry to verify the assessee’s claim that she was living with her mother at Neha Apartments, and paying rent to her. The Inspector visited the Neha Apartments premises, and issued a summons to the mother, who was present there.

In his report, the Inspector noted that:

1. The mother was staying in the 1 Bedroom-Hall-Kitchen premises at Neha Apartments.

2. She had 3 daughters, of whom one daughter Vimla, who was unmarried, was staying in the flat with her mother.

3. Another daughter, the assessee, was staying with her husband and daughter at Tropicana.

4. The third daughter, Kamla, was staying at Thane.

The Inspector also visited the Tropicana premises, which was a walk of just five minutes away from Neha Apartments, and confirmed that the assessee was living there for the last many years with her husband and daughter. These facts were also confirmed with the watchmen and secretaries of the two societies.

The Assessing Officer observed that:

1. The assessee had herself submitted that she was living with her husband, who was also a Chartered Accountant, and a daughter, and that most of her household expenses were taken care of by her husband. There were not many withdrawals for household expenses, except payment of mobile bills.

2. The mother lived with her unmarried daughter in Neha Apartments, and not with the assessee.

3. The assessee could not produce the mother for examination before him, nor did the mother file any further details subsequent to the summons.

4. The mother had not filed any returns of income for the last six assessment years. In March 2013, subsequent to the enquiries made, a return of income of the mother was filed for the relevant year under assessment.

5. The mother was in receipt of pension income, and rental income ought to have been offered to tax by her, which was not done till enquiries were made.

6. There was no leave and licence agreement, or any other proof of stay by the assessee with her mother, and hence genuineness of payment of rent was not established.

The Assessing Officer therefore concluded that the assessee was neither staying in her mother’s flat, nor paying any rent to her, and therefore disallowed the assessee’s claim of exemption of HRA under section 10(13A).

Before the Commissioner (Appeals), the assessee submitted that:

1. Her unmarried sister, Vimla, did not stay with her mother, since she had her own ownership flat in another suburb.

2. The assessee had shifted to Tropicana during the previous year relevant to A.Y. 2013-14, from which year no HRA exemption was claimed.

3. The payment of rent pertained to A.Y. 2010-11, whereas the Inspector visited the premises in March 2013.

4. The statement of the watchman could not be relied upon, since the watchman changed every month.

5. The statement of the Secretaries of the two societies could not be treated as evidence, since the secretaries were neither authorized to keep constant watch on the movements of any members residing in or moving out, nor could their statements for past events be considered as evidence.

6. Even the Inspector did not record the statement of the mother during his visit.

It was therefore argued that the conclusions drawn by the Inspector were based on conjectures and surmise, and that no adverse inference could be drawn against the assessee without any supporting documentary evidence. It was claimed that the rent receipts were valid documentary evidence in support of the assessee’s claim for exemption of HRA under section 10(13A).

The Commissioner (Appeals) rejected the assessee’s claim that her unmarried sister was not staying with her mother as she had her own flat in another suburb, and that the assessee shifted to Tropicana in A.Y. 2013-14, on the ground that these were self-serving statements not supported by any evidence on record. The Commissioner (Appeals) placed reliance on the Inspector’s Report and the statements of Secretaries and Watchmen on the two societies, since they could not be rebutted by the assessee. Noting that no pressing need was shown by the assessee for living in a small flat with her mother while leaving her bigger flat (which was just five minutes walk away) with her family, the Commissioner (Appeals) held that the assessee failed to establish that she was staying with her mother and paying rent to her, and dismissed the assesee’s appeal.

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the assessee, affidavits of the assessee and her mother were filed, stating the whole facts. Reiterating the facts as stated at the lower levels, and that the assessee’s mother was an old and sick lady, it was claimed that the assessee stayed with her mother, and had genuinely paid her rent.

On behalf of the Department, it was argued that the rent of Rs 31,500 per month being paid to mother was shown only to take exemption of HRA under section 10(13A). Rents were stated to have been paid in cash, and drawings from the bank account were minimal, as it was admitted that the household expenses were met by the husband. No leave and licence agreement was produced. There was no independent evidence of the assessee’s staying with her mother, and no intimation was given to the society about such stay. The mother had not filed her returns of income, and filed one return only after enquiries were made. The ration cards, bank statements and return of income showed Tropicana as the assessee’s place of residence, and not Neha Apartments. The Tropicana premises was shown as self-occupied property in the return of income. There was no evidence to support the fact that the unmarried sister Vimla was residing in her flat in another suburb. The mother did not respond to summons served on her, but had now filed an affidavit before the Tribunal. It was urged that such affidavit filed after four years should be rejected as it was filed before the Tribunal for the first time.

In the assessee’s rejoinder to the Tribunal, it was pointed out that there was no bar to payment of rent in cash. There was no requirement in law to inform the society about the assessee’s staying with her mother. Further, it was argued that even with the meagre pension and rent, the mother’s income was below the taxable limit, and she had no obligation to file her return of income. Further, no evidence had been asked for by the lower authorities to prove that the unmarried sister lived in her own property in another suburb.

The Tribunal analysed the facts of the case before it, including the Inspector’s Report. It noted that the assessee could not produce proof of cash withdrawals from her bank account to substantiate payments of rent made to her mother in cash. It observed that the affidavits filed by the assessee and her mother before it constituted additional evidences, for which no application was made for admission under rule 29 of the Income Tax (Appellate Tribunal) Rules, 1963. The facts stated in the affidavits had already been stated before the lower authorities.

The Tribunal observed that the rent receipts prepared by the assessee’s mother did not inspire confidence, as the assessee was not able to substantiate the source of the cash payments. According to the Tribunal, there were no other evidences available which related to the period when the transaction of hiring of the premises in the normal course was progressing. The Tribunal observed that the evidences at the time of transactions which are normal are relevant and cogent evidence to substantiate the assessee’s contentions. These facts are especially in the knowledge of the assessee, and the burden was on the assessee to bring out these evidences to substantiate her contentions that the rent paid was genuine.

The Tribunal noted that the assessee did not come forward with any evidence to substantiate her contentions, except rent receipts, which were not backed by any known sources of cash, as cash was not withdrawn from the bank. The Tribunal referred to Section 106 of The Indian Evidence Act, 1872, which provides that when any fact is especially within the knowledge of any person, the burden of proving that fact is upon him. Further, Section 6 of that Act provides that facts which, though not in issue, are so connected with a fact in issue so as to form part of the same transaction, are relevant, whether they occurred at the same time and place or at different times and places.

According to the Tribunal, the doctrine of res gestae would set in. The assessee could not produce any evidence arising in the normal course of happening of transaction of hiring of premises to prove that transaction of hiring of premises was genuine and was happening during the period. According to the Tribunal, no cogent evidence was brought on record which could substantiate that the assessee had taken the Neha Apartments premises on rent from her mother, as no evidence of her actually staying at the premises were brought on record. According to the Tribunal, the assessee was actually staying in her own flat in Tropicana, as per various evidences, which was also in consonance with normal human conduct of married Indian woman living with her husband and daughter in their own house.

The Tribunal noted that, even on the touchstone of preponderance of human probabilities, it was quite improbable that the assessee, a married lady, would leave her husband and daughter and start living with her mother at another flat just five minutes walk away, and pay a huge rent per month. According to the Tribunal, it was a different matter that the assessee may look after her sick and old mother by frequent visits, but this theory of rent as set out by the assessee did not inspire confidence, keeping in view the evidence produced before the Tribunal. The Tribunal observed that it was also probable that the assessee may have contributed towards looking after her old and ailing mother out of her salary, but that was not sufficient to claim exemption under section 10(13A).

Looking at the factual matrix, the Tribunal was of the considered view that the whole arrangement of rent payment by the assessee to her mother was a sham transaction, which was undertaken by the assessee with sole intention to claim exemption of HRA under section 10(13A) in order to reduce her tax liability. The Tribunal therefore held that exemption under section 10(13A) could not be allowed to the assessee.

OBSERVATIONS
If one examines the language of the explanation to Section 10(13A), it is clear that so long as the assessee has actually paid rent in respect of the premises occupied by him, and so long as the premises does not belong to the assessee himself, the benefit of exemption for HRA under section 10(13A) cannot be denied to him. There is no express prohibition on the premises being owned by a close relative, so long as rent is genuinely paid to that relative. As rightly pointed out by the Delhi bench of the Tribunal, there was no prohibition in law prohibiting payment of rent to the wife (or a close relative).

There is also no express prohibition on such landlord also occupying the premises along with the assessee, as his close relative. It is only that the assessee necessarily has to occupy the premises for his residence.

If one looks at the facts of Meena Vaswani’s case, the decision of the Tribunal was based on two important facts which the assessee was unable to prove with the help of contemporaneous evidence – the fact that she actually occupied the premises, and the fact that she had actually paid rent. Therefore, clause (b) of the explanation to Section 10(13A) was clearly attracted in that case, leading to the loss of exemption.

Therefore, the view taken by the Ahmedabad and Delhi benches of the Tribunal seems to be the better view, and that exemption for HRA would be available under section 10(13A) even if rent is paid to the wife or a close relative, who stays along with the assessee.

In any case, in case the property belongs to the wife or other close relative, who continues to reside therein along with the assessee who pays the rent, one needs to keep in mind that the matter may certainly invite closer inspection by the tax authorities as to whether such letting on rent is genuine, or just a sham, as in the case before the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal.

Offences and prosecution — Condition precedent for prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Prosecution for failure to file the return of income — Payment of tax with interest by assessee acknowledged by Deputy Commissioner — No willful evasion of tax — Prosecution quashed

24 Inland Builders Pvt. Ltd vs. Dy. CIT [2022] 443 ITR 270 (Mad) A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 25th August, 2021 Ss. 276C(2) and 276CC of ITA, 1961

Offences and prosecution — Condition precedent for prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Prosecution for failure to file the return of income — Payment of tax with interest by assessee acknowledged by Deputy Commissioner — No willful evasion of tax — Prosecution quashed

A complaint was filed against the assessee under section 276CC and 276C(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on 5th October, 2017 on the ground that the assessee’s return for the A.Y. 2014-15 was defective for non-payment of self-assessment tax under section 140A before furnishing the return of income. The assessee submitted that the entire dues were paid with interest and furnished the details of payments. The final payment was made on 19th March, 2018.

The assessee filed a criminal writ petition for quashing the criminal proceedings and pointed out the entire tax dues have been paid with interest. The Madras High court allowed the petition and held as under:

“The offences alleged were only technical offences and there was no material to show that there was any deliberate and conscious evasion of tax on the part of the assessee. It had paid the entire amount of tax with interest and this was confirmed by the Deputy Commissioner. Therefore, the criminal proceedings were quashed.”

Charitable purpose — Exemption — Disqualification where property of assessee made available for benefit of specified persons for inadequate consideration — Valuation of rent — Property of assessee let on rent in lieu of corpus donations — Burden to prove inadequacy of rent is on Department — Finding by Tribunal that rent received by assessee exceeded valuation adopted by Municipal Corporation for purpose of levying house tax — Deletion of addition by Tribunal not perverse

23 CIT(Exemption) vs. Hamdard National Foundation (India) [2022] 443 ITR 348 (Del) A.Ys.: 2007-08 to 2010-11 Date of order: 16th February, 2022 Ss. 11, 12, 13(2)(b) and 13(3) of ITA, 1961

Charitable purpose — Exemption — Disqualification where property of assessee made available for benefit of specified persons for inadequate consideration — Valuation of rent — Property of assessee let on rent in lieu of corpus donations — Burden to prove inadequacy of rent is on Department — Finding by Tribunal that rent received by assessee exceeded valuation adopted by Municipal Corporation for purpose of levying house tax — Deletion of addition by Tribunal not perverse

For the A.Y. 2007-08, the AO felt that the assessee had offered substantial concession in rent to the wakf and had let out two properties at a much lower rate as compared to the market rate in lieu of voluntary and corpus donations and therefore, invoked Section 13(2)(b) and Section 13(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and denied exemption under section 11 and 12.

The Commissioner (Appeals) allowed the appeals of the assessee for the A.Ys. 2008-09 and 2010-11 but rejected the appeal for the assessment year 2009-10. For all the assessment years the Tribunal held that there was no justification for invoking the provisions of Section 13(2)(b) read with Section 13(3) by the Assessing Officer and allowed the assessee’s appeals.

On appeals by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) Though strictly speaking res judicata does not apply to Income-tax proceedings as each assessment year is a separate unit, in the absence of any material change justifying the Department to take a different view of the matter, the position of fact accepted by the Department over a period of time should not be allowed to be reopened unless the Department is able to establish compelling reasons for a departure from the settled position.

ii) U/s. 13(2)(b) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 the burden of showing that the consideration or rent charged by the assessee was not “adequate” is on the Department. Unless the price or rent was such as to shock the conscience of the court and to hold that it cannot be the reasonable consideration at all, it would not be possible to hold that the transaction is otherwise bereft of adequate consideration. It is necessary for the Assessing Officer to show that the property has been made available for the use of any person referred to in sub-section (3) of section 13 otherwise than for adequate consideration. In order to determine the consideration or rent, the context of the facts of the particular case need to be appreciated. For determining adequate consideration or rent, however, market rent or rate is not the sole yardstick but other circumstances also need to be considered.

iii) There was no perversity in the findings of the Tribunal that the Department had failed to bring on record any cogent evidence to show that the rent received by the assessee, in the facts of the case, was inadequate, that the material collected from the internet and the estate agents could not be termed as a corroborative piece of evidence and that the rent received by the assessee had exceeded the valuation adopted by the Municipal Corporation for the purpose of levying house tax.

iv) The contention of the Department that the Tribunal had failed to disclose the basis on which it arrived at the quantum of the standard rent could not be accepted in the absence of any determination to the contrary being even pleaded by the Department. Security deposit may be one of the factors to be taken into consideration by the Assessing Officer for coming to a conclusion if the rent was “adequate”, but it cannot be a sole determinative factor. The Assessing Officer except for relying upon the opinion as to rent from property broker firms and websites had not made any independent inquiry on the adequacy of the rent being charged by the assessee from the wakf and on the age and condition of the building of the assessee. It was not denied by the Department that the other property was not even ready during the A.Y. 2008-09 and was lying vacant. In the absence of any such inquiry by the Assessing Officer, the invocation of section 13(2)(b) was rightly rejected by the Tribunal. No question of law arose.

v) The Tribunal while considering appeals for various assessment years had concurred with the view taken by the Commissioner (Appeals) for the A.Y. 2008-09 and had placed reliance on that order taking reasoning therefrom. Therefore, the Tribunal had not erred in adopting the approach while considering the appeal for the A.Y. 2007-08.”

Charitable purposes — Charitable trust — Exemption under section 11 — Meaning of education in section 2(15) — Dissemination of knowledge through museum or science parks constitutes education — Company formed by Government of India for establishing museum and science parks — Company setting up a museum for Reserve Bank of India and Municipal Corporation — Not activities for profit — Company entitled to exemption under section 11

22 Creative Museum Designers vs. ITO(Exemption) [2022] 443 ITR 173 (Cal) A.Ys.: 2013-14 to 2015-16  Date of order: 10th February, 2022 Ss. 2(15) and 11 of ITA, 1961

Charitable purposes — Charitable trust — Exemption under section 11 — Meaning of education in section 2(15) — Dissemination of knowledge through museum or science parks constitutes education — Company formed by Government of India for establishing museum and science parks — Company setting up a museum for Reserve Bank of India and Municipal Corporation — Not activities for profit — Company entitled to exemption under section 11

The assessee was a company registered under section 25 of the Companies Act, 1956 and was formed by the National Council of Science Museum, Ministry of Culture, GOI. The Council was formed by the Government of India for the dissemination of science and development of scientific temperament to the public and to ensure development of society and the country as well. The council established the assessee-company under section 25 of the Companies Act, 1956 whose very nature was charitable and its purpose is dissemination of knowledge to the Indian society. The assessee was engaged in the design and development of knowledge centres like science museums, planetariums, and other knowledge dissemination centres. The Reserve Bank of India proposed to establish a museum and financial literary centre in Kolkata to explain the development of the monetary system and to exhibit its collection of “artefacts’. There was a similar project conceived by the Surat Municipal Corporation. The RBI museums and financial literacy centre, were completed by the assessee with state-of-the-art facilities interactive galleries, trained professionals and handed over to the Reserve Bank of India on 17th September, 2018. On similar lines, Surat Municipal Corporation had awarded the task of establishing five galleries on textiles, astronomy, space, polar science and children learning activities, to educate the general public about the history of the development of textiles, study of astronomy through the ages, understanding space travel, understanding Earth’s poles and children’s interactive gallery. The assessee completed the project and handed it over to the Surat Municipal Corporation which threw it open to the public.

For the A.Ys. 2013-14, 2014-15, and 2015-16 the assessee claimed exemption under section 11 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the surplus which had been generated from these activities. The exemption was denied by the Assessing Officer, Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal.

The Calcutta High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) The term “education” occurring of section 2(15) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, cannot be restricted to formal school or college education. The dissemination of knowledge through a museum or science park would undoubtedly fall within the meaning of “education”. Museums function as places for conservation research, education and entertainment for the general public. Thus, indisputably a museum is a place of informal and free choice education and learning. Museums offer educational experience in diverse fields, to be cherished and enjoyed. To reduce a “Master” curator to a contractor, is to belittle their role in preserving heritage. A museum is not constructed but conceived and developed. The object behind establishing a science centre is undoubtedly in public interest to educate the general public in an easy and attractive manner. To develop in young minds a love towards science, history, astronomy and various subjects also to educate the general public who might not have had formal education owing to circumstances beyond their control. To conceptualise a museum is a serious matter.

ii) The assessee had disseminated knowledge in the process of establishing the facilities for the RBI and the Surat Municipal Corporation. The assessee was a not-for-profit organisation but public utility company and the activities of the company for which it had been established would undoubtedly show that the company by establishing knowledge parks, engaged in imparting education and also undertook advancement of other aspects of general public utility to fall within the definition of charitable purpose as defined u/s. 2(15). The assessee was entitled to exemption u/s. 11.”

Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Where Article of DTAA does not include beneficial ownership condition, reading such condition in the Article will amount to rewriting DTAA provision; hence, in absence of such condition in Article 13, capital gain exemption cannot be denied

7 Blackstone FP Capital Partners Mauritius V Ltd vs. DCIT [[2022] 138 taxmann.com 328 (Mumbai – Trib.)] ITA No: 981/1725/Mum/2021 A.Ys.: 2016-17; Date of order: 17th May, 2022

Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Where Article of DTAA does not include beneficial ownership condition, reading such condition in the Article will amount to rewriting DTAA provision; hence, in absence of such condition in Article 13, capital gain exemption cannot be denied

FACTS

 

Assessee, a Mauritius company, was a member-company of Cayman Island based ‘Blackstone’ group and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cayman Islands Co. It held TRC issued by the Mauritian Tax Authority. Assessee was also issued a Category 1 Global Business License (GBL). Assessee had sold equity shares of an Indian Company (I Co) and had claimed exemption under Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA. AO denied the benefit of capital gains exemption on following grounds:
• Basis the information obtained EOI exchange mechanism from Cayman Island and Mauritius, AO concluded as under:

• effective ownership and administrative control of assessee was with certain Cayman Island-based entities,

• the remittances from Cayman Island entities was the source for funds for acquiring shares of I Co,

• trail of transactions of sale and purchase showed dominant involvement of these Cayman Island-based entities

• directions to carry out the transactions in question were issued by the Cayman Island-based entities, which owned shares of assessee.

• The application form for Category 1 GBL stated that assessee’s ownership was with Blackstone group (Cayman Island), which, prima facie, established that investment in above shares were not made by assessee, but by the Blackstone’s entities in Cayman Island. Accordingly, there was a good case for lifting of the corporate veil.

DRP upheld the decision of AO. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• In order to determine whether the assessee is a beneficial owner of capital gains income, one needs to first determine whether the concept of beneficial ownership can be read into Article 13 of India- Mauritius DTAA. AO erroneously proceeded on the fundamental assumption of applicability of beneficial ownership condition to Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA.

• Unlike Article 10 and Article 11 of DTAA, which specifically include beneficial ownership conditions, Article 13 does not have any such provision . In absence of a specific provision in Article 13 of I-M DTAA, concept of beneficial ownership being a sine qua non to entitlement of treaty benefits, cannot be inferred or assumed.

• Reading beneficial ownership test in a treaty provision which does not include such test specifically, would amount to rewriting the treaty provision itself, rather than be a permissible interpretation.

• Tribunal remanded the matter back to Tax Authority for deciding both the fundamental issues, viz. (a) whether requirement of beneficial ownership can be read into the scheme of Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA; and (b) what are the connotations of beneficial ownership in facts of the case.  

________________________________________________________________

1   Dow Jones &
Company Inc. vs. ACIT (2022) 135 taxamann.com 270 (Del ITAT); Dun and Bradstreet
Espana S.A., IN RE (AAR) (2005) 272 ITR 99 (AAR) and confirmed by Hon’ble
Bombay High Court cited as (2011) 338 ITR 95 (Bom HC); American Chemical
Society vs. DCIT (IT) (2019) 106 taxmann.com 253 (Mum ITAT)

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA – Payments received from subscribers for access of news database was not royalty under India-UK DTAA

6 Factiva vs. DCIT [TS-462-ITAT-2022(Mum)] ITA No: 6455/Mum/2018 A.Ys.: 2015-16; Date of order: 31st May, 2022

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA – Payments received from subscribers for access of news database was not royalty under India-UK DTAA

FACTS
Assessee is in the business of providing global business news and information services to organizations worldwide by employing content delivery tools and services through a suite of products and services under the name Factiva. It granted the rights to distribute the Factiva product in the Indian market to D on principal-to-principal basis. Assessee claimed that the amount received by it was business income which was not taxable in India. However, AO treated the same as royalty under section 9(1)(vi), read with Article 13 of India-UK DTAA. On appeal, DRP upheld order of AO.

Being aggrieved, assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• Assessee collected the information available in the public domain, created a database of news, article/information and provided advanced search capabilities to its subscribers. Subscribers of Factiva product could access the database, raise query and related news articles/ other information were displayed on the screen.

• Subscribers did not make payment for any information qua industrial, scientific or commercial experience. They made the payment for accessing a searchable database based on information already available in the public domain in the form of news, articles etc.

• The payment was made for the use of database and not for the use or right to use any equipment as the subscriber and D did not have any access, right or control over data storage devices or the server maintained by the assessee.

• Copyright in the news article/blog never belonged to the assessee but belonged to the publisher or author. Subscriber could only search and view the displayed information.

• ITAT relied upon undernoted decisions and held that payment received was not royalty in terms of Article 13 of India UK DTAA.

Section 9(1)(i) of the Act – Commission received for overseas distribution of Indian mutual fund was not taxable in India

5 DCIT vs. Credit Suisse (Singapore) Ltd [[2022] 139 taxmann.com 145 (Mumbai – Trib.)] ITA No: 6098/7262/Mum/2019 A.Ys.: 2013-14 to 2015-16; Date of order: 6th June, 2022

Section 9(1)(i) of the Act – Commission received for overseas distribution of Indian mutual fund was not taxable in India

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, was a SEBI registered FII. It entered into an offshore distribution agreement with H, an Indian company, to distribute mutual fund schemes. Assessee created awareness about the schemes of funds, identified investors and procured subscriptions. As consideration, H paid commission which was received by assessee outside India. AO noted that the mutual fund of H was controlled and regulated by SEBI and RBI in India. Therefore, its location control and management were situated in India. This constituted a business connection with India and resulted in offshore distribution income having nexus with India. Accordingly, AO taxed commission in India.

On appeal, CIT(A) held that offshore distribution income earned by the assessee was in the nature of business income. In the absence of permanent establishment, income was not taxable in accordance with Article 7 of India – Singapore DTAA.

Being aggrieved, revenue appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• As per Explanation 1(a) to section 9(1)(i) of the Act, only that portion of the income which is ‹reasonably attributable› to the operations carried out in India is deemed to accrue or arise in India for the purpose of taxation under the Act.

• Assessee earns offshore commission income by distributing Mutual Fund schemes with a view to procuring subscriptions for such schemes from investors outside India.

• Assessee does not carry out any operation within India for the purpose of earning offshore distribution commission income.

• Since all the operations of the assessee were carried out outside India, offshore distribution commission income cannot be treated as being ‹reasonably attributable› to any operation carried out in India.

Section 254: The Tribunal has jurisdiction to admit the additional grounds filed by the assessee to examine a question of law which arises from the facts as found by the authorities below and having a bearing on the tax liability of the assessee

19 ACIT vs. PC Jewellers Ltd [[2022] 93 ITR(T) 244(Delhi- Trib.)] ITA No.: 6649 & 6650 (DELHI) OF 2017 CONo. 68 & 74 (DELHI) OF 2020 A.Y.: 2013-14 & 2014-15; Date of order: 7th December, 2021

Section 254: The Tribunal has jurisdiction to admit the additional grounds filed by the assessee to examine a question of law which arises from the facts as found by the authorities below and having a bearing on the tax liability of the assessee

FACTS
In respect of the appeal filed before the ITAT by the department, the assessee had filed its cross objections and had raised additional grounds in the cross-objections. Admission of the additional grounds was opposed in principle by the Learned Departmental Representative.

HELD
The ITAT followed the judgment of the Hon’ble Apex Court in the case of National Thermal Power Co. Ltd vs. CIT[1998] 97 Taxman 358/229 ITR 383 and admitted the additional ground filed by the assessee.

The Hon’ble Apex court in the abovementioned case considered that the purpose of the assessment proceedings before the taxing authorities is to assess correctly the tax liability of an assessee in accordance with law. The Hon’ble Apex Court also considered that the Tribunal will have the discretion to allow or not allow a new ground to be raised. There is no reason to restrict the power of the Tribunal under section 254 only to decide the grounds which arise from the order of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals). It was held that the Tribunal has jurisdiction to examine a question of law having a bearing on the tax liability of the assessee, although not raised earlier, which arises from the facts as found by the authorities below, in order to correctly assess the tax liability of an assessee.

Section 68: When the assessee has been able to prove the identity of the Investor, its creditworthiness and genuineness of the transaction in the matter, there is no justification for the authorities to make or confirm the addition against the assessee under section 68 of the I.T. Act, 1961

18 Ancon Chemplast (P.) Ltd vs. ITO, Ward-2(4) [[2022] 93 ITR(T) 167(Delhi – Trib.)] ITA No.: 3562(DELHI) OF 2021 A.Y.: 2010-11; Date of order: 30th April, 2021

Section 68: When the assessee has been able to prove the identity of the Investor, its creditworthiness and genuineness of the transaction in the matter, there is no justification for the authorities to make or confirm the addition against the assessee under section 68 of the I.T. Act, 1961

FACTS
The assessee company issued shares at fair market value of Rs. 50 as per audited financial statements of the assessee company. The assessee received from one investor company M/s Prraneta Industries Ltd [Now known as Aadhar Venture India Ltd], a sum of Rs. 45 lakhs in three transactions dated 18.06.2009. Information in this case was received and perusal of the information revealed that the said Investor Company is one of the conduit company which is controlled and managed by ShriShirish C. Shah for the purpose of providing accommodation entries. The statement of Shri Omprakash Khandelwal, Promoter of the Company was recorded where he admitted to provide accommodation entries of the Investor Companies after charging Commission at the rate of 1.8%. Therefore, reasons were recorded and the Ld. A.O. initiated
the reassessment proceedings under section 147 of the Act.

To substantiate the facts that the assessee had received genuine share capital/premium, the assessee filed before A.O. documentary evidences such as copy of the confirmation, ITR Acknowledgement, copy of Board Resolution, copy of share application along with Share Application Form, copy of Master Data, Certificate of Incorporation and evidence in respect of listing of shares at BSE of Investor Company along with ITR and balance-sheet of the Investor. The assessee also submitted that Shri Omprakash Khandelwal, Director of the Investor Company retracted from his statement, and therefore there was no case of reopening its assessment on the basis of such statement.

The A.O. considering the modus operandi of these persons and did not accept the explanation of assessee to have received genuine share capital and made addition of Rs. 45 lakhs under section 68 of the I.T. Act and also made addition of Rs. 90,000 on account of Commission. Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A), however, the appeal of the assessee was dismissed. Aggrieved, the assessee filed further appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD
The ITAT observed that the Investor Company was assessed to tax and was a listed public limited company, therefore, its identity was not in dispute. The assessee had also proved creditworthiness of the Investor Company and that entire transaction had taken place through a banking channel, therefore, genuineness of the transaction in the matter was also not in dispute. The assessee also explained before A.O. that Shri Shirish C. Shah was neither Director nor shareholder of the Investor Company. The A.O. had not brought any evidence on record to dispute the above explanation of the assessee. Therefore, the assessee had been able to prove the identity of the Investor, its creditworthiness and genuineness of the transaction in the matter.

The ITAT considered following decisions rendered by co-ordinate benches of the ITAT:

i. INS Finance & Investment (P.) Ltd [IT Appeal No. 9266 (Delhi) of 2019, dated 29th October, 2020]

ii. Pr. CIT vs. M/s Bharat Securities (P.) Ltd (ITAT – Indore Bench later confirmed in Pr. CIT vs. M/s Bharat Securities (P.) Ltd [2020] 113 taxmann.com 32/268 Taxman 394 (SC)

These decisions considered identical issue on identical facts on account of share capital/premium received from M/s Prraneta Industries Ltd through Shri Shirish C. Shah based on his statement and statement of Shri Omprakash Khandelwal. This issue of receipt of share capital/premium was examined in detail by the Indore Bench of the Tribunal as well as Hon’ble Delhi Bench of the Tribunal and the addition on merits had been deleted.

The Order of the Indore Bench of ITAT was confirmed by the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court and ultimately, the SLP of the Department was dismissed confirming the Order of the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court.

Following these ITAT decisions, the ITAT did not find any justification to sustain the addition of Rs. 45 lakhs under section 68 of the I.T. Act, 1961 and addition of Rs. 90,000 under section 69C of the I.T. Act and deleted the addition of Rs. 45,90,000.

Where under a joint venture agreement shares were issued to a resident venture and a non-resident venture at a differential price and the AO has not disputed or questioned the financial, technical and professional credentials of the venturists for entering into the joint ventures agreement, addition cannot be made under section 56(2)(viib) by disregarding the method of valuation adopted by the assessee

17 DCIT vs. Mais India Medical Devices (P.) Ltd  [[2022] 139 taxmann.com 94 (Delhi-Trib.)] A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 31st May, 2022 Section: 56(2)(viib), Rule 11UA

Where under a joint venture agreement shares were issued to a resident venture and a non-resident venture at a differential price and the AO has not disputed or questioned the financial, technical and professional credentials of the venturists for entering into the joint ventures agreement, addition cannot be made under section 56(2)(viib) by disregarding the method of valuation adopted by the assessee

FACTS
The assessee company was incorporated on 01.03.2012 on the basis of joint venture agreement between M/s Sysmech Industries LLP, a resident and M/s Demas Company, a non-resident. Both the joint venture partners agreed to contribute to the project cost of the assessee company in the ratio of 60 and 40 while keeping share holding ratio 50:50.

On the basis of valuation of equity shares at Rs. 59.99 per share following the DCF method assessee issued shares to non-resident shareholder at the rate of Rs. 60 per share after necessary compliances under FEMA etc. However, shares to the resident shareholder were issued at Rs. 40 per share.

The assessee filed return of income declaring loss of Rs. 2,97,79,141 and the case was picked up for limited scrutiny to furnish the various details including the share valuation as computed under Rule – 11UA of the Income Tax Rules, 1962.

Since the assessee company had suffered a loss in the previous assessment year, the Assessing Officer (AO) rejected the valuation of shares under DCF and made an addition, equivalent to the amount of premium charged from resident shareholder for allotment of shares to the Indian entity Sysmech Industries LLP, under section 56(2)(viib) in the hands of assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who set aside the order passed by the AO by making an observation that as projected in the report of prescribed expert there has been marked improvement in the profit margins of the company in subsequent years and thus upholding the valuation done by the chartered accountant of the assessee on DCF Method.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the AO rejected the share valuation as computed under Rule 11UA for the reason that the shares were issued to a resident shareholder for a price which was lower than the price at which shares were allotted to non-resident shareholder and also for the reason that, according to the AO, DCF method could not be applied since the assessee company had suffered a loss in the previous assessment year.

According to the Tribunal, difference in the share price as issued to the resident company and that to the non-resident company was in furtherance of the clauses of joint venture agreement. The discounted factor has occurred due to difference in the share of capital contribution to the project cost. However, in the case in hand the AO without considering the relevant clauses of joint ventures agreement presumed that as there was difference in the valuation of share for resident and non-resident entity, the valuation given by prescribed expert is liable to be rejected.

The Tribunal relying on the decision of the Supreme Court in Duncans Industries Ltd vs. State of UP 2000 ECR 19 held that question of valuation is basically a question of fact. Thus, where the law by virtue of Section 56(2)(viib) read with Rule 11UA (2)(b) makes the prescribed expert’s report admissible as evidence, then without discrediting it on facts, the valuation of shares cannot be rejected. It noted that the AO has not disputed or questioned the financial, technical and professional credentials of the venturists for entering into the joint ventures agreement. The AO without disputing the details of projects, revenue expected, costs projected has discredited the prescribed expert’s report which is admissible in evidence for valuation of shares and to determine fair market value.

The Tribunal dismissed the appeal filed by the revenue.

There is no prohibition for the NRI for accepting gifts from relatives. In the absence of any prohibition, no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee based on the prevailing system in society Merely the difference in the time between the cash deposited in the bank vis-à-vis cash received as gift cannot authorise the revenue authorities to draw inferences against the assessee until and unless some documentary evidences are brought on record contrary to the contentions of the assessee

16 Atul H Patel vs. ITO  [TS-348-ITAT-2022(Ahd.)] A.Y.: 2012-13; Date of order: 29th April, 2022 Section: 68

There is no prohibition for the NRI for accepting gifts from relatives. In the absence of any prohibition, no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee based on the prevailing system in society

Merely the difference in the time between the cash deposited in the bank vis-à-vis cash received as gift cannot authorise the revenue authorities to draw inferences against the assessee until and unless some documentary evidences are brought on record contrary to the contentions of the assessee

FACTS
During the year under consideration, a sum of Rs. 11,44,000 was deposited, in cash, in the bank account of the assessee, a non-resident Indian, residing at Auckland, New Zealand since 2003. The Assessing Officer (AO) treated the same as cash credit under section 68 and added the same to the total income of the assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) where he stated that he accepted gift of Rs. 6.44 lakh and Rs. 5 lakh from his father and brother which was used by him for purchasing a property in Vadodra. According to the assessee, his father and brother were engaged in agricultural activity on the land held by them in their personal capacity as well as on land belonging to others and were able to generate annual agricultural income of Rs. 23 lakh approx. The assessee produced cash book, bank book, 7/12 extract and gift deed.

The CIT(A) called for a remand report from the AO wherein the AO mentioned that the date of deposit of cash in bank account of assessee was before the date of gift as mentioned in the gift declaration. Thus, he contended that source of cash deposited cannot be out of gift amount. The assessee, in response, submitted that there was a typographical error in the gift declaration. 7th October, 2011 was inadvertently typed as 27th October, 2011.

The CIT(A) held that the assessee is a very unusual and wealthy NRI who has accepted a gift from his father and brother who are claimed to be agriculturists. According to him, the donors do not have sufficient resources and capacity to gift wealthy assessee. Also, there was a contradiction in the gift deed. Therefore, CIT(A) confirmed the order of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
As regards the mismatch of the time in the amount of cash deposits in the bank out of the gift received by the assessee, the Tribunal held that it was the revenue who doubted that the cash deposit is not out of the amount of gift received by the assessee. It held that the assessee has discharged his onus by submitting the details (including revised gift deed) that the cash was deposited out of the gift amount. Now the onus shifts upon the revenue to disprove the contention of the assessee based on documentary evidence. The Tribunal observed that no contrary evidence has been brought on record by the revenue suggesting that the amount of cash deposit is not out of the gift amount. It held that merely the difference in time between the cash deposited in the bank vis-à-vis cash received as gift cannot authorise the revenue authorities to draw inferences against the assessee until and unless some documentary evidences are brought on record contrary to the arguments of the assessee.

The Tribunal observed that admittedly it is very unusual that a wealthy NRI accepts a gift from his father and brother. Generally, the practice is different in society. As such NRIs give gifts to relatives. The Tribunal held that it found no prohibition for NRI for accepting gifts from relatives. In the absence of any prohibition, no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee based on the prevailing system in society.

It also noted that assessee has furnished sufficient documentary evidence of his father and brother to justify the income in their hands from agricultural activity. But none of the authority below has made any cross verification from the concerned parties in order to bring out the truth on the surface. It held that AO before drawing any adverse inference against the assessee, should have cross verified from the donors by issuing notice under section 133(6) / 131 of the Act. The Tribunal held that no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee by holding that the amount of cash deposited by the assessee in his bank represents the unexplained cash credit under section 68 of the Act.

The Tribunal set aside the order passed by the CIT(A) and directed the AO to delete the addition made by him.

Non-compete fees does not qualify for depreciation under section 32 since an owner thereof has a right in personam and not a right in rem

15 Sagar Ratna Restaurants Pvt. Ltd vs. ACIT  [TS-325-ITAT-2022(DEL)] A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 31st March, 2022 Section: 32

Non-compete fees does not qualify for depreciation under section 32 since an owner thereof has a right in personam and not a right in rem

FACTS
For Assessment Year 2014-15, assessee filed a return of income declaring a loss of Rs. 23,12,53,397. While assessing the total income, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that the assessee has claimed Rs. 1,94,33,166 as depreciation on non-compete fees. Since the AO was of the view that non-compete fee is not an intangible asset as per Section 32(1)(ii) and Explanation thereto, he asked the assessee to show cause why the same should not be disallowed. The AO following the ratio of the decision of Delhi High Court in Sharp Business Systems vs. CIT [(2012) 211 Taxman 567 (Del)] disallowed the claim of depreciation on non-compete fees.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that by an agreement entered in June 2011 the assessee acquired a restaurant in the name and style of Sagar Ratna. As per the terms of the agreement, the transferor had transferred all its rights, copyrights, trademarks, etc. in respect of the restaurant Sagar Ratna. The payment made by the assessee towards non-compete fee to the transferor was treated by the assessee as a capital expenditure and depreciation was claimed thereon for A.Y. 2012-13 and 2013-14 which was allowed.

The contention of the assessee that the claim be allowed on the ground that it has been allowed in the earlier years was rejected on the ground that in earlier years the authorities did not have the benefit of ratio laid down by jurisdictional high court in the case of Sharp Business System (supra).

The Tribunal noted that the Delhi High Court in Sharp Business System (supra) while dealing with an identical issue has come to a conclusion that non-compete fee though is an intangible asset it is unlike the items mentioned in Section 32(1)(ii) where an owner can exercise rights against the world at large and which rights can be traded or transferred. In case of non-compete fees the advantage is restricted only against the seller. Therefore, it is not a right in rem but a right in personam. The Tribunal mentioned that it is conscious of the fact that some other non-jurisdictional High Courts have held that non-compete fee is an intangible asset coming within the ambit of Section 32(1)(ii) of the Act and have allowed depreciation thereon, however, the Tribunal was bound to follow the decision of the jurisdictional High Court.

The Tribunal dismissed the appeal filed by the assessee.

BEPS 2.0 SERIES PILLAR ONE – A PARADIGM SHIFT IN CONVENTIONAL TAX LAWS – PART II

(This article is written under the mentorship of CA PINAKIN DESAI)

1. PILLAR ONE – NEW TAXING RIGHT FOR MARKET JURISDICTIONS:

1.1
The digital revolution enables businesses to sell goods or provide
services to customers in multiple countries, remotely, without
establishing any form of physical presence (such as sales or
distribution outlets) in market countries (i.e. country where customers
are located). However, fundamental features of the current international
income tax system, such as permanent establishment (PE) and the arm’s
length principle (ALP), primarily rely on physical presence to allocate
taxing right to market countries and hence, are obsolete and incapable
to effectively tax digitalised economy (DE). In other words, in absence
of physical presence, no allocation of income for taxation was possible
for market countries, thereby resulting in deprivation of tax revenue in
the fold of market jurisdictions.

1.2 To meet the complaints of
market jurisdiction, Pillar One of BEPS 2.0 project aims to modify
existing nexus and profit allocation rules such that a portion of super
profits earned by large and highly profitable Multinational enterprise
(MNE) group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a formulary
approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical presence in such
market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing rights of market
jurisdictions over MNE’s profits. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”.

1.3
Considering a drastic change in tax system is aimed by Pillar One,
Amount A regime is agreed to be made applicable only to large and highly
profitable MNE groups. The first part of this article (published in
BCAJ June 2022 edition) discussed the conditions (i.e. scope thresholds)
that MNE groups must fulfil to qualify within Amount A framework.

1.4
MNE Groups who do not fulfil the scope conditions will be outside
Amount A profit allocation rules. However, MNE groups that fulfil the
scope conditions will be “Covered Group” and such Group would
need to determine Amount A as per proposed new profit allocation rules
(which would be determined on formulary basis at MNE level) and allocate
Amount A to market jurisdictions.

2. MARKET JURISDICTIONS MUST FULFIL NEXUS TEST TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR AMOUNT A ALLOCATION:

2.1
To recollect, the philosophy behind Pillar One is the proposition that
the jurisdiction in which the consumers/users reside is the jurisdiction
which, directly or indirectly, contributes to the profitability of MNE,
and therefore, some portion of the super profit which is earned by MNE
should be allowed to be taxed in the market jurisdiction regardless of
whether MNE accesses the market jurisdiction remotely or physically.

2.2
As mentioned above, Amount A aims to allocate new taxing right to
market jurisdictions. Broadly, market jurisdiction is jurisdiction where
goods or services are used or consumed. Accordingly, if an MNE is
carrying out within some jurisdiction manufacturing function or research
and development (R&D) which are completely unrelated to sales
marketing and distribution functions in a jurisdiction and there is no
sales function carried out there, such jurisdictions would not qualify
as market jurisdiction and hence, not eligible for Amount A. This is not
to suggest that the jurisdiction in which manufacturing function or
R&D activity is carried on will not tax profit attributable to that
activity. What we mean is that such allocation will not be on the basis
of jurisdiction being a market jurisdiction. Pillar One concerns itself
with that part of allocation of profit which has nexus with market
jurisdiction, without impairing all other existing tax rules which may
continue to tax other activities such as manufacture or R&D within
that jurisdiction.

2.3 Further, not all market jurisdictions
will be eligible for Amount A allocation. Amount A of MNE group will be
allocable to a market jurisdiction only where such market jurisdiction
meets the “nexus test”.

2.4 Nexus test: As per nexus test,
a market jurisdiction is eligible for Amount A allocation of a Covered
Group if following revenue thresholds are met:

GDP of market jurisdiction

Revenue threshold

Where GDP of a country > € 40Billion (Bn)

Atleast € 1 million (mn) of MNE’s third
party revenues is sourced from market jurisdiction

Where GDP of a country < € 40 Bn

Atleast € 0.25 mn of MNE’s third party revenues
is sourced from market jurisdiction

2.5  The thresholds for the Amount A nexus test have been
designed to limit the compliance costs for taxpayers and tax
administrations. The thresholds ensure that profits are allocated to
market jurisdiction only when MNE group earns material third party
revenues from such jurisdiction.

2.6 It must be noted that the
new nexus rule apply solely to determine whether a jurisdiction
qualifies for profit re-allocation under Amount A and will not alter the
taxable nexus for any other tax or non-tax purpose.

3. REVENUE SOURCING RULES:

3.1
As mentioned above, to determine whether a market meets the nexus test,
MNEs need to determine how much third party revenues are sourced from a
particular market jurisdiction.

3.2  As a broad principle, for
Amount A regime, revenue is ‘sourced’ from country where goods or
services are used or consumed. To facilitate the application of this
principle, OECD released public consultation draft in February 2022
providing detailed source rules for various types of transactions. While
the detailed list of source rules proposed by OECD for various revenue
categories is provided in Annexure, we have discussed below source rule
proposed for two categories of revenue:

(i) Revenue from sale of finished goods (FG) to end customers – either directly (i.e. through group entities) or through independent distributors is deemed to be sourced from place of the delivery of FG to final customer.
For example, an MNE group in USA may manufacture a laptop which is sold
to independent distributors who may in turn resale it to persons in
India and China. The market jurisdiction for MNE of USA is India or
China. MNE group will need to find out the place of delivery of FG to
determine whether a share of Amount A may be taxed in India or China.

(ii) Revenues from sale of components (i.e. goods sold to a business customer that will be incorporated into another good for sale) shall be sourced to place of delivery of the FG to the final customer into which the component is incorporated.
For example, an MNE group in USA (say Group X) manufactures a component
which is forming part of a car. The component is sold to another MNE
group in UK (say Group Y) engaged in manufacture of cars. Group Y uses
the component purchased from Group X in manufacture of its finished
goods (i.e. Cars) which are eventually sold by independent German
enterprise in India or China. The market jurisdiction for Group X for
sale of component is India or China. Group X will need to find out the
place of delivery of FG to determine whether a share of Amount A may be
taxed in India or China.

3.3 In order to determine place of
delivery of the FG to end customer, following indicators are suggested
by OECD to be place of market jurisdiction:

(i) The delivery address of the end customer.

(ii) The place of the retail storefront selling to the end customer.

(iii)
In case of sale through independent distributor, location of the
independent distributor may also be used in addition to the above
indicators; provided that the distributor is contractually restricted to
selling in that location only or that it is otherwise reasonable to
assume that the distributor is located in the place of the delivery of
FG to the end customer.

3.4 However, various concerns have been
raised by stakeholders on practical application of these revenue
sourcing rules. For instance,

(i) Tracing location of final
consumers, in particular where the taxpayer does not directly interact
with the final consumer will be very difficult.

(ii) It will be
onerous burden on Covered Group to collect, analyse and disclose what is
likely to be highly confidential data, such as location of customers.
This would often require collecting data not in the possession of the
Covered Group, and instead they would require reliance on third-party
data.

(iii) Companies also could face barriers to obtaining this
kind of highly confidential information from third parties. Such
barriers include, for example, contractual obligations in the form of
privacy and confidentiality clauses in third-party agreements as well as
statutory data protection requirements or other confidentiality
regulations.

(iv) In the case of sale of components, it might be
difficult for Covered Groups to track in which FG is their component
incorporated. Consider example of Covered group manufacturing and
selling electronic chips to third party buyers. These buyers may be
manufacturing various electronic gadgets such as computers, laptops,
smart phones, smart watches, washing machines etc. It may not be
possible for Covered Group to understand in which products is their
electronic chip actually installed and what is the final product.

(v)
To be able to apply this source rule for components, Covered Groups
would have to track the whole value chain of their components –
including all independent partners involved. This may be an arduous task
given the complex value chains that businesses follow today, which
would include several intermediary stages and multiple independent
partners outside the group.

3.5 Guidelines for applying revenue sourcing rules:

(i) Revenues to be sourced on a transaction-by-transaction basis:

(a) As per draft rules, source of each transaction that generates revenue for the Covered Group must be determined.

(b)
It is clarified in draft rules that applying source rule on
invoice-by-invoice basis may not be appropriate since one invoice could
contain multiple items or services charged at different prices.

(ii)
Where MNE group sells goods or provides services in multiple countries
under single contract, revenues earned by MNE group need to be allocated
to market countries using appropriate allocation key:

(a) As
per draft rules, where MNE group sells goods or provides services in
multiple countries under single contract, revenues earned by MNE group
need to be allocated to market countries using appropriate allocation
key.

(b) Consider this example where MNE Group A renders online
advertisement services to a US company (US Co) wherein US Co’s
advertisements/ banners will be displayed on Group A’s website across
the globe. However, Group A uses a different pricing model under each
scenario:

Pricing model

Revenue allocation to market jurisdiction

Group A charges US Co on “per click” basis
but clicks are charged at different prices in different jurisdictions.

Prices charged for clicks in each
jurisdiction will be considered as revenue earned by Group A from such market
jurisdiction.

Group A charges on “per click” basis and
same price is charged for viewer clicks across the globe.

For purposes of Amount A, revenues earned
by Group A from rendering ad services to US Co will be allocated to various
market jurisdictions in proportion to the number of viewers in each
jurisdiction.

Group A charges on “per click” basis but
higher prices are charged for ads displayed to customers in certain
jurisdictions such as India, China, Brazil.

For purposes of Amount A, revenues earned
by Group A from rendering ad services to US Co will be allocated to various
market jurisdictions in proportion to both the number of users in a
jurisdiction and the price charged per user.

(iii) Transaction comprising of multiple elements to be sourced according to its pre-dominant character:
As mentioned above, the draft rules provide source rules for various
categories of transaction. However, where a transaction may have several
elements that fall under more than one category of source rule,
revenues are to be sourced according to predominant character of the
transaction.

(iv) Revenues from Supplementary transactions to be sourced in line with main transaction:

(a)
Revenues from Supplementary Transactions should be sourced according to
the revenues from the Main Transaction. “Main Transaction” is defined
as a transaction entered into by a Covered Group with a customer that is
the primary profit driver of a multi-transaction bundle. “Supplementary
Transaction” is defined as a transaction that meets all of the
following conditions:

• The transaction would not have been entered into but for the Main Transaction;

• The transaction is entered into by the Covered Group with the same customer as the Main Transaction; and


Gross receipts from the transaction will not exceed 5% of the total
gross receipts from the Main and Supplementary Transaction combined.

(b) An example of main and supplementary transactions can be case of sale of phone along with repair and maintenance service-


Group X (a Covered group) sells smartphone to Mr. ABC in India. Mr. ABC
frequently travels across different countries and hence, he has
purchased a service subscription from Group X wherein, in case of any
technical defect with the phone, Mr. ABC can repair the phone in any
service centre of Group X across the globe.

• In this case, there
are two separate transactions- sale of smartphone in India and
subsequent repair services in any service centre in world. The revenue
earned from service transaction (being supplementary transaction) will
also be considered as sourced from India since main transaction of sale
of smartphone is sourced in India.

4. TAX BASE DETERMINATION FOR AMOUNT A COMPUTATION:

4.1
To recollect, Pillar One aims to modify existing profit allocation
rules such that a portion of super profits earned by large and highly
profitable MNE group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a
formulary approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical
presence in such market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing
rights of market jurisdictions over MNE’s profits. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”.

4.2
OECD has released draft tax base determination rules in February 2022
to quantify the profit of Covered Groups that will be used for the
Amount A calculations to reallocate a portion of their profits to market
jurisdictions.

4.3 Profits determined basis MNE Group’s consolidated financial statements (CFS):

(i)
As per draft rules, profit will be calculated based on the MNE group’s
audited CFS, while making a limited number of book-to-tax adjustments
and deducting any Net Losses. Amount A tax base will be quantified using
an adjusted profit measure, derived from Covered Group’s CFS, rather
than on a separate entity basis.

(ii) Audited CFS must be
prepared by Ultimate parent entity of the group basis Qualifying
Financial Accounting Standard (QFAS) in which assets, liabilities,
income, expense and cashflows are presented as those of single economic
activity.

(iii) A QFAS means International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) and Equivalent Financial Accounting Standards, which
includes GAAP of Australia, Brazil, Canada, Member States of EU, Member
States of the European Economic Area, Hong Kong (China), Japan, Mexico,
New Zealand, China, India, Korea, Russia, Singapore, Switzerland, UK,
and USA.

4.4 Computation of adjusted profits:

(i)
As per draft rules, the starting point for computation of the Amount A
tax base is the total profit or loss after taking into account all
income and expenses of the Covered Group except for those items reported
as other comprehensive income (OCI).

(ii) To this amount, following adjustments are to be done:

Adjustments

Comments

Financial Accounting P&L
in CFS of Covered Group (except OCI)

Add: Policy
Disallowed expenses

• These expenses are
amounts included in consolidated P&L of MNE group for illegal payments
including bribes, kickbacks, fines, penalties.

 

• Such expenses are related to behaviours
which are not encouraged by the government and hence is commonly disallowed
under corporate tax laws of many jurisdictions.

Add: Income
Tax

• Income tax includes current and deferred
tax expense (or income) a recognised in consolidated P&L of MNE group.

 

• It does not include interest charges for
late payment of tax.

Less:
Dividend Income

• Dividends to be excluded are dividends
included in consolidated P&L of the MNE group received or accrued in
respect of an ownership interest (i.e. equity interest).

 

• In consolidated P&L of MNE group,
intra-group dividends will get nullified and hence, only dividends received/
accrued from third parties will be disclosed which will be excluded from tax
base calculations.

Less: Equity
Gains/Loss

• Gains/loss arising on disposal of
ownership interest (i.e. equity interest)

• Scope of this adjustment is still under
discussion at OECD level. Concerns of differential treatment is raised
between asset interests and equity interests i.e. gains and losses associated
with disposal of asset interests are included in the Tax Base whereas gains
and losses associated with disposal of equity interests are not included.

 

• To remove such difference, OECD is
exploring whether gains and losses associated with disposal of controlling
interests should not be excluded from tax base.

• Changes in fair
value of ownership interest  (i.e.
equity interest)

• The requirement is to exclude gain or
loss arising on fair value measurement of all equity interests of the group
which is routed through the consolidated P&L.

• P&L on equity method of accounting
(except for Joint Venture(JV))

• Under IFRS/ Ind-AS, associates and JVs are
accounted under equity method. The draft rules suggest that P&L
pertaining to associates is to be excluded from tax base calculations but
P&L pertaining to JV is to be included.

 

• While the draft rules do not provide any
reason for differential treatment of associates and JV, one may contemplate
the reason to be that such associates are likely to get consolidated on line
by line basis into CFS of another MNE group which has control over such
associate.

 

• On the other hand, in case of JV, there
is joint control by two or more MNE groups. In such case, each MNE group is
required to consider their share in P&L for respective tax base
calculation of Amount A; otherwise profits of JV are likely to get excluded
from Amount A framework.

Add/ Less: Restatement
Adjustments for the Period

• Income/expense accounted due to prior
period errors or change in accounting policy need to be adjusted.

 

• Adjustments are to be capped to 0.5% of
consolidated MNE revenue. Any excess adjustments need to be carried forward
and adjusted in subsequent years.

Less: Net
Loss (carried forward from previous years)

Refer discussion in Para 4.5 below.

Adjusted Profit Before Tax
(Tax base) for Amount A purposes

4.5 Treatment for losses:

(i) Amount A rules apply only if in-scope MNE group has profitability of greater than 10%.

(ii)
If an MNE group is in losses, such loss can be carried forward and set
off against future profits. Accounting losses are to be adjusted with
above mentioned book to tax adjustments and restatement adjustments to
arrive at the amount of loss carried forward.

(iii) The draft
rules indicates that both pre implementation losses and post
implementation losses of MNE group can be carried forward. The time
limitation of pre and post implementation losses are being discussed at
OECD level. The draft rule suggest that OECD is contemplating these
period as under:

(a) Pre implementation losses to be losses incurred in 2 to 8 calendar years prior to the introduction of Amount A and

(b)
Post implementation losses to be losses incurred in5 to 15 calendar
years preceding current Period for which Amount A is being determined.

5. DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT A OF MNE GROUP:

5.1
The norms of profit allocation suggested in the Amount A regime are way
different from the taxability norms which are known to taxpayers as of
today. Hence, the formulary approach provided under Pillar One should be
studied on an independent basis without attempting to rationalise or
compare them with conclusion to which one would have arrived as per
traditional norms of taxation.

5.2 Pillar One to allocate only portion of non routine profits of MNE group to market countries: The 
philosophy behind Pillar One is that no MNE group can make sizeable or
abnormal or bumper profit without patronage and support that it gets
from the market jurisdiction. There is bound to be contribution made by
the market jurisdictions to the ability of MNE group to earn more than
routine1 (abnormal) profit. Hence, in relation to MNE groups which have
been successful enough to secure more than routine profits (i.e. they
earn abnormal/ bumper profits), some part of such bumper profits should
be offered to tax in every market jurisdiction which has contributed to
the ability to earn profit at group level. Consequently, if MNE group’s
profits are upto routine or reasonable or if the MNE is in losses, the
report does not seek to consider any allocation of profits to market
jurisdiction.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

1   
The blueprint and consensus statements on Pillar
One use the expression “residual profits” to convey what we call here abnormal
or non-routine or super profit

5.3 Amount A to be determined under 25% over 10% rule:

(i)
As per the global consensus statement released in July and October
2021, BEPS IF member countries have agreed that a profit margin of 10%
of book revenue shall be considered as normal profits i.e. 10% profit
margin will be considered as “routine profits” warranting no allocation
and any profit earned by MNE group above 10% alone will be considered as
“non routine profits” warranting allocation to market jurisdiction.
Where an MNE group’s profit margin is > 10%, it is agreed that25% of
profit earned by MNE group over and above 10% shall be termed as “Amount
A” which is allocated to market jurisdictions.

(ii) For
example, if the consolidated turnover of MNE group as per CFS is € 1000
mn on which it has earned adjusted book profits (as discussed in Para 4)
of € 50 mn as per CFS, its profit margin is only 5%. Since the profit
earned by the MNE group is only 5% (i.e. within routine profit margin of
10%), the MNE group is considered to have earned profits due to normal/
routine entrepreneurial risk and efforts of MNE group and nothing may
be considered as serious or abnormal enough to permit market
jurisdiction to complain that, notwithstanding traditional taxation
rules, some income should be offered to tax in market jurisdiction.

(iii)
Alternatively, if the consolidated turnover of MNE group as per CFS is
€50,000 mn on which it has earned adjusted book profit of €15,000 mn as
per CFS, its profit margin as per books is 30%. In such case, the
profits earned by MNE group beyond 10% (i.e. 30%-10%= 20%) will be
considered as non routine profits. Once it is determined that the MNE
group has received non routine profit in excess of 10% (in our example,
excess profit is 20% of turnover), 25% of such excess profit (i.e. 25%
of 20% of turnover = 5% of turnover)is considered as contributed by
market factor and hence, such profit is to be allocated to market
jurisdiction.

Particulars

Amount

Consolidated turnover of MNE group

50,000 mn

Consolidated book profit

15,000 mn

% of book profit to turnover

30%

Less: Allowance for routine profit

(10%)

Excess profit over routine profit, also
loosely for abnormal or super profit

20%

Of this, 75% of super profit of 20% is
considered as pertaining to the strength of non market
factors and having no nexus with contribution of market jurisdiction (and
hence out of Pillar One proposal)

15% of 50,000 mn =
7,500 mn

25% of super profit of 20% being considered
as fair allocation having nexus with contribution of market jurisdictions –
known also as Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to different
market jurisdictions

5% of 50,000 mn =
2,500 mn

5.4 Rationale behind 25% over 10% rule:

(i)
It is the philosophy that the consumers of the country, by purchasing
the goods or enjoying the services, contribute to the overall MNE profit
and but for such market and consumers, it would not have been possible
to effect the sales. However, at the same time, it is not as if that the
entirety of the non-routine or super profit is being earned because of
the presence of market. There are many other factors such as trade
intangibles, capital, research, technology etc. which may have built up
the overall success of MNE group.

(ii) Under the formulary
approach adopted by Pillar One, countries have accepted that 75% of the
excess profit or super profit may be recognised as pertaining to many
different strengths of MNE group other than market factor. It is the
residual 25% of the super profit component which is recognised as being
solely contributed by the strength of market factor. Hence, Pillar One
discusses how best to allocate 25% of super profit to market
jurisdictions.

(iii) The report is not concerned with allocation
or treatment of 75% component of super profit which is, as per present
text of Pillar One, pertaining to factors other than market forces.

(iv)
Even if under existing tax norms, no profits are taxable in a market
jurisdiction (say due to no physical presence), Amount A will ensure
market countries get right to tax over 25% of non-routine profits of MNE
group and that the market jurisdictions should not be left dry without
right to tax income.

6. ALLOCATION OF AMOUNT A TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS:

6.1
To recollect, the Amount A of MNE group determined basis “25% over 10%
rule” discussed in Para 5 above is to be allocated to market
jurisdictions which the nexus test discussed in Para 3. This paragraph
of the article discusses the manner in which Amount A of MNE group to be
allocated to market jurisdictions basis guidance provided in the
Blueprint.

6.2 Broadly, MNE carry out sales and marketing operations in market jurisdictions in following manner:

(i) Sales through remote presence like websites

(ii) Presence in form of Limited risk distributor (LRD)

(iii) Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)

(iv) Presence in dependent agent permanent establishment (DAPE)

6.3 Where MNE group has physical presence in market jurisdiction (say in form of LRD or FRD or DAPE),
there
may be trigger of taxability in such market jurisdiction even as per
existing taxation rules.Amount A will co-exist with existing tax rules
and such overlay of Amount A on existing tax rules may result double
taxation since Amount A does not add any additional profit to MNE group
but instead reallocates a portion of existing non-routine profits to
market jurisdictions.

6.4 The framework of Amount A agreed in
July/ October 2021indicates that such double taxation (due to interplay
of Amount A rules and existing tax rules) shall be eliminated.While the
exact mechanism of allocation of Amount A and elimination of double
taxation is awaited, the below discussion is basis the mechanism
explained in Pillar One Blueprint released in October 2020. Further,
since the mechanism is complex, we have explained the same through a
case study.

6.5 Facts of case study:

(i)  ABC group is a German headquartered group engaged in sale of mobile phones across the globe.

(ii)
The ultimate parent entity is German Co (GCo) and GCo owns and performs
development, enhancement, maintenance, protection and exploitation
(DEMPE) functions related to the MNE group’s IP.

(iii)  ABC group makes sales across the globe. As per ABC group’s CFS,

• Global consolidated group revenue is € 100,000 mn

• Group PBT is € 40,000 mn

• Group PBT margin is 40%

(iv) ABC group follows different sale model in different countries it operates:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE performing all
key functions and risk related Brazil market

Sales

10,000 mn

20,000 mn

40,000 mn

30,000 mn

Transfer Pricing (TP)
remuneration

NA

2%

10%

5%

(v) All countries (France, UK, India, Brazil) qualify as eligible market jurisdictions meeting nexus test.

(vi) Calculation of Amount A at MNE level:

Particulars

 

Profit margin

Amount in €

Profit before tax
(PBT) of the Group

(A)

40% of turnover

40,000

Less: Routine profits

 

(10% of € 100,000Mn)

(B)

10% of turnover

10,000

Non-routine profits

C = A-B

30% of turnover

30,000

Profits attributable to non-market factors

D = 75% of C

22.5% of turnover

6,750

Profits attributable to market
jurisdictions (Amount A)

E = 25% of D

7.5% of turnover

2,250

6.6  Allocation of Amount A in France where sales are only through remote presence:

(i)
GCo does not have any physical presence in France. Under existing tax
rules, GCo’s income is outside tax net in France (since GCo does not
have a PE in France) and thus, all profits earned from France market
(routine as well as non routine) are taxed only in Germany in hands of
GCo.

(ii) Though France does not have taxing right under
existing tax rules (due to no physical presence), Amount A regime ensure
that some profits shall be allocated to France.

(iii) As
calculated above, applying the “25% over 10% rule”, Amount A to be
allocated to market jurisdictions comes to 7.5% of the turnover. Since
turnover from France is € 10,000 mn, 7.5% of France turnover i.e. €750
mn will be allocated to France on which taxes will need to be paid in
France.

(iv) However, issue arises as to which entity will pay
taxes on Amount A in France. In this regard, the discussion in the
Blueprint and also global consensus statement released in July and
October 2021 suggests that Amount A tax liability will be borne by
entity/ entities which are allocated residual/ non routine profits under
per existing tax/ TP laws.

(v) In the given example, all
profits (routine as well as non routine) from France business are taxed
in hands of GCo under existing tax rules. In other words, € 750 mn
allocated to France under Amount A is already being taxed in Germany in
hands of GCo due to existing transfer pricing norms. Hence, GCo may be
identified as “paying entity” in France and be obligated to pay tax on
Amount A in France. Subsequently, GCo can claim credit of taxes paid in
France in its residence jurisdiction (i.e. Germany).

6.7 Allocation of Amount A in UK where presence in form of LRD:

(i)
Usually, presence in the form of LRD is contributing to routine sales
functions on a physical basis in such market jurisdiction. It is not a
category of work which contributes to any super profit, but is taking
care of logistics and routine functions for which no more than routine
profits can be attributed.

(ii) In this case, the sales in UK are
not made by GCo directly but instead it made through LRD physically
established in UK. In other words, headquarter company (GCo) is the
intellectual property (IP) owner and principal distributor but the group
has an LRD in UK (UKCo) which perform routine sales functions under
purview of overall policy developed by GCo.

(iii) Under existing
TP principles, it is assumed that UKCo is remunerated @ 2% of UK
revenue for its routine functions and balance is retained by GCo which
is not taxed in UK. In other words, all profits attributable to non
routine functions is attributed to GCo and hence not taxable in UK in
absence of PE of GCo in UK.

(iv) As mentioned above, under
existing laws, LRD are remunerated for routine functions Amount A
contemplates allocation of a part of super profit/ non routine profits.
Considering this, there is no concession or reduction in the allocation
of Amount A in LRD scenario merely because there is taxability @2% of
turnover for routine efforts in the form of LRD. The overall taxing
right of UK will comprise of compensation towards LRD function as
increased by allocation of super profits in form of Amount A.

(v)
Also, even if UK tax authorities, during UKCo’s TP assessment, allege
that UKCo’s remuneration should be increased from 2% to 5% of UK
turnover, still there would not implication on Amount A allocable to UK
since UKCo’s increase in remuneration for performing more routine
functions and no element of super profit forms part of such
remuneration.

(vi) While tax on compensation towards LRD
function will be payable by UKCo, issue arises which entity should pay
tax on Amount A allocable to UK. Since GCo is the IP owner and principal
distributor, existing TP rules would allocate all super profits
pertaining to UK market be allocated to GCo. Thus, the super profits of €
1500 mn (7.5% of € 20,000 mn) allocated to UK under Amount A is already
being taxed in Germany in hands of GCo basis the existing TP norms.
Hence, the discussion in the Blueprint suggests that GCo should be made
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in UK and then GCo can claim credit of
taxes paid in UK in its residence jurisdiction (i.e. Germany) against
income taxable under existing tax laws. Accordingly, UKCo would pay tax
in UK on LRD functions (i.e. routine functions) whereas GCo would pay
tax on super profits allocated to UK in form of Amount A.

6.8 Allocation of profits in India where presence in form of FRD:

(i)
An MNE Group may appoint a FRD in a market jurisdiction. An FRD
performs important functions such as market strategy, pricing, product
placement and also undertakes high risk qua the market jurisdiction. In
essence, the FRD performs marketing and distribution function in
entirety. Hence, unlike an LRD, FRD are remunerated not only with
routine returns but also certain non routine returns.

(ii) In
given case study, MNE group carries out business in India through an FRD
model. All key marketing and distribution functions related to Indian
market is undertaken by FRD in India (ICo). Applying TP principles, ICo
is remunerated at 10% of India sales.

(iii) Amount A
contemplates allocation of a part of MNE’s super profits to market
jurisdiction. Had there been no physical presence in India, part of
super profits allocable to India as Amount A would be € 3000 mn (7.5% of
€ 40,000).

(iv) Now, ICo as FRD, is already getting taxed in
India.It is represents taxability in India as per traditional rules for
performing certain marketing functions within India which contribute to
routine as also super profits functions in India. This is, therefore, a
case where, in the hands of ICo, as per traditional rules, part of the
super profit element of MNE is separately getting taxed in the hands of
ICo.

(v) In such case, the Blueprint assumes that while, up to 2%
of market turnover, the taxability can be attributed towards routine
functions of ICo (instead of towards super profit functions), the
taxability in addition to 2% of India turnover in hands of ICo is
attributable to marketing functions which contribute to super profit.

(vi)
Since India is already taxing some portion of super profits in hands of
ICo under existing tax rules, allocation of Amount A to India (which is
a portion of super profits) create risk of double counting. In order to
ensure there is no double counting of super profits in India under
Amount A regime and existing TP rules, the Blueprint recognises that,
Amount A allocated to India (i.e. 7.5%) should be adjusted to the extent
super profits are already taxed in market jurisdiction. In order to
eliminate double counting, following steps are suggested2:

a)
Find out the amount as would have been allocable to market jurisdiction
as per Amount A (in our illustration, 7.5% of India turnover of € 40,000
mn).

b) Fixed routine profit which may be expected to be earned
within India for routine operations in India. While this profit margin
needs to be multilaterally agreed upon, for this example, we assume that
additional profit of 2% of India turnover will be expected to be earned
in India on account of physical operations in India. Additional 2% of
India turnover can be considered allocable to India in lieu of routine
sales and marketing functions in India – being the allocation which does
not interfere with super profit element.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

2   
Referred to as marketing and distribution safe
harbour regime in the blueprint

c) Desired minimum allocation to market
jurisdiction of India for routine and non routine activities can be
expected to be 9.5% of the India turnover, on an aggregate of (a) and
(b) above.

d) This desired minimum return at step (c) needs to
be compared with the allocation which has been made in favour of India
as per TP analysis:

• If the amount allocated to FRD in India is
already more than 9.5% of turnover, no further amount will be allocable
under the umbrella of Amount A.

• On the other hand, if the
remuneration taxed under TP analysis is <9.5%, Amount A taxable will
be reduced to the difference of TP return and amount calculated at (c).


However, if the return under TP analysis is <2%, then it is assumed
that FRD is, at the highest, taxed as if it is performing routine
functions and has not been allocated any super profit under TP laws. The
allocation may have been considered towards super profit only if it
exceeded 2% of India turnover. And hence, in such case, allocation of
Amount A will continue to be 7.5% of India turnover towards super profit
elements. There can be no reduction therefrom on the premise that TP
analysis has already been carried out in India. Also, it may be noted
since Amount A determined as per step (a) above is 7.5% of India
turnover, an allocation in excess to this amount cannot be made under
Amount A.

(viii) To understand the above mentioned steps more lucidly, consider TP remuneration to FRD in India under 3 scenarios-

a. Scenario 1- ICo is remunerated @ 10% of India turnover

b. Scenario 2- ICo is remunerated @ 5% of India turnover

c. Scenario 3- ICo is remunerated @ 1% of India turnover

Particulars

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Scenario 3

Amount A allocable to
India (as determined above)

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Return towards
routine functions (which OECD considers tolerable additional allocation in
view of presence in India)

2%

2%

2%

Sum of a + b (This is
sum of routine and non routine profits that the OECD expects Indian FRD to
earn)

9.5%

9.5%

9.5%

TP remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

1%

Final Amount A to be allocated to India

No
Amount A allocable since FRD in India is already remunerated above OECD’s
expectation of 9.5%

4.5%,

 

OECD
expects Indian FRD to earn 9.5% but it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 4.5%
to be allocated as Amount A (instead of 7.5% as determined at (a))

 

7.5%,

 

No
reduction in Amount A since OECD intends only to eliminate double counting of
non routine profits and where existing TP returns is less than fixed return
towards routine functions, it is clear that no non routine profit is
allocated to India under existing tax laws

(viii) Once the adjusted Amount A is determined as per steps
above, one would need to determine which entity would pay tax on such
Amount A in India. In this case, since GCo and ICo both perform function
asset risk (FAR) activities that results in revenues from India market,
the Blueprint recognises that choosing the paying entity (i.e. entity
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India) will require further
discussions/ deliberations.

6.9 Allocation of Amount A in Brazil where presence is in form of DAPE

(i)
MNE group carries out business in Brazil through a dependent agent
which trigger DAPE of GCo in Brazil. DAPE perform key marketing and
distribution functions related to Brazil market. Applying TP principles,
DAPE is remunerated at 5% of Brazil
sales.

(ii) In this case,
since DAPE perform high risk functions as FRD, where DAPE performs high
risk functions, the taxability of Amount A would be similar to FRD
scenario discussed at Para 6.8.

(iii) Had there been no physical
presence in Brazil, 7.5% ofBrazil turnover would be allocable as Amount
A. However, by virtue of DAPE presence, GCo is taxed in Brazil @ 5% of
Brazil turnover. Since functional analysis of DAPE is such that it
perform beyond routine functions, as per traditional profit attribution
rules, part of the super profit element of MNE is separately getting
taxed in the hands of DAPE. Hence, such double taxation needs to be
eliminated.

(iv) As per mechanism discussed above at Para 6.8,
OECD expects that Brazil should at least get taxing rights over 9.5% of
Brazil turnover (i.e. 7.5% towards non routine element as Amount A + 2%
towards routine functions). However, since DAPE is already taxed @ 5% of
Brazil turnover, only the differential 4.5% of Brazil turnover shall be
allocable as Amount A.

6.10 Snapshot of allocation of Amount A under different sales models:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE

Amount A allocable
(as determined above)

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Fixed return towards
routine functions (as calibrated by OECD)

Marketing and distribution safe harbour
regime-NA since MNE has no presence or limited risk presence

2%

2%

Sum of a + b

9.5%

9.5%

TP remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

Final Amount A to be
allocated

7.5%

7.5%

NIL, since FRD in India is already remunerated above
OECD’s expectation of 9.5%

4.5%

OECD expects
DAPE to earn 9.5% but it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 4.5% to be
allocated as Amount A

Entity obligated to
pay Amount A

GCo  (FAR
analysis would indicate that GCo performs all key functions and assumes risk
related to France and UK market which helps to earn non routine profits from
these markets) 

NA, since there is no Amount A allocated to India

Depending on FAR analysis, Amount A may be payable by
GCo or DAPE or both on pro rata basis

7. IMPLEMENTATION OF AMOUNT A REGIME:

7.1
Amount A shall be implemented though changes in domestic law as well as
introduction of a new Multilateral Convention (MLC).

7.2 To
facilitate consistency in the approach taken by jurisdictions and to
support domestic implementation consistent with the agreed timelines and
their domestic legislative procedures, OECD shall provide Model Rules
for Domestic Legislation (Model Rules) and related Commentary through
which Amount A that would be translated into domestic law3. Model Rules,
once finalised and agreed by all members of BEPS IF, will serve basis
for the substantive provisions that will be included in the MLC.

7.3
From India perspective, with respect to domestic law changes under
India tax laws to implement Amount A regime, India will need to follow
the process of approval from both the Houses of Parliament and
thereafter consent of the President. From treaty perspective, the
process of ratification of tax treaties has been delegated to the
executive in terms of Section 90 of the Income Tax Act, 1961. Reliance
may be placed on Circular 108 dated 20.3.1973 which states that Central
Government is empowered to make provisions for implementing the
agreement by the issue of a notification in the Official Gazette.

7.4 New MLC to implement Pillar One with below mechanics:

(i)
The new MLC will introduce a multilateral framework for all
jurisdictions in consensus of Amount A, regardless of whether a tax
treaty currently exists between those jurisdictions.

(ii) Where
there is no tax treaty in force between parties, the MLC will create the
relationship necessary to ensure the effective implementation of all
aspects of Amount A.

(iii) If a tax treaty already exists between
parties to the new MLC, that tax treaty will remain in force and
continue to govern cross-border taxation outside Amount A, but the new
MLC will address inconsistencies with existing tax treaties to the
extent necessary to give effect to the solution with respect to Amount
A.

(iv) The MLC will contain the rules necessary to determine and
allocate Amount A and eliminate double taxation, as well as the
simplified administration process, the exchange of information process
and the processes for dispute prevention and resolution in a mandatory
and binding manner.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

3   
Draft model scope, nexus and revenue sourcing, tax
base rules to be included in domestic legislation have already been released

7.5 Earlier, the target was to develop
and open the MLC for signature in 2022 and jurisdictions would
expeditiously ratify the same with the aim for it to be in force and
with effect from 2023. Perhaps this target was far too ambitious. As per
recent communication by OECD4, the target deadline for effective date
of Amount A has been moved to 2024.

8. WITHDRAWAL OF UNILATERAL MEASURES:

8.1
When no consensus was reached in 2015 under BEPS Action Plan 1 on
taxation of digital economy, many countries introduced unilateral
measure in their domestic tax laws such as digital services tax (DST),
equalisation levy, significant economic presence, etc.

8.2 Global consensus on withdrawal of unilateral measure: The
October 2021 statement provides that the new MLC will require the
removal of all digital services taxes and other relevant similar
measures for all companies and the commitment not to introduce such
measures in the future. A detailed definition of “other relevant similar
measures” will be finalized as part of the adoption of the MLC.
Further, no newly enacted DST or other relevant similar measures will be
imposed on
any company from 8th October 2021 and until the earlier of 31st December 2023 or the coming into force of the new MLC.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

4   
OECD Secretary-General Matthias Cormann stated in
World Economic Forum meeting in Davos, Switzerland held on 24th May,
2022

8.3 India impact:

(i) India has introduced
Equalisation Levy (EL) and Significant Economic Presence (SEP) to
effectively tax digital economy. It is currently not clear whether SEP
provisions introduced in Indian tax laws can qualify as “other similar
tax measures” and hence required to be withdrawn. With respect to EL,
clarity is awaited from Indian tax administration on whether, as part of
India’s commitment to global consensus, EL measures shall be withdrawn.
As per news reports, India’s Finance Minister indicated that India
would withdraw EL once global tax deal is implemented5.

(ii) A
constant debate is how much India expected to gain from Pillar One
particularly since India may need to withdraw its unilateral measures.
As per reports6, in 2019–20, India collected R1,136 crores tax revenue
through EL. In F.Y. 2022-21, the tax revenue from EL rose to R2,057
crores. And in F.Y. 2022, it collected R4,000 crores EL revenue —?a
staggering 100% increase from the previous year. As compared to that,
while OECD expects that under Pillar One around $ 125 bn shall be
reallocated to market jurisdictions on yearly basis, it is currently not
known how much of these profits will be allocated to India as a market
jurisdiction. One needs to be mindful that Amount A is applicable only
to very large MNE groups (around top 100 MNEs) and also, while India may
be a large market for many foreign MNE groups, large Indian
headquartered MNEs may also need to comply with Pillar One rules and
India will need to share its taxing right with other countries.
Accordingly, while it is clear that EL has benefitted the kitty of
Indian exchequers, there is not clarity on how much tax revenues will
yield in favour of India under Pillar One.

8.4 Compromise with US to levy EL till implementation of Amount A:

(i)
In 2020-2021, US Trade Representative (USTR) conducted investigations
against digital taxes levied by several countries7and found that such
levies discriminatory against US digital companies and as retaliatory
measures, US threatened with additional tariffs on import of certain
items into US.

(ii) However, considering the ongoing discussions
under Pillar One,US has reached a compromise with several European
countries8 and India. As per compromise agreed with India, India is not
required to withdraw e-commerce EL until Pillar One takes effect.
However, India shall allow credit of the portion of EL accrued by a MNE
during “interim period” against the MNE’s future Pillar One Amount A tax
liability which arises when Pillar One rules are in effect. Interim
period starting from 1st April, 2022 till the implementation of Pillar
One or 31st March, 2024, whichever is earlier. In return, US has agreed
to withdraw trade retaliatory measures.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

5   
https://www.bloombergquint.com/business/indias-digital-tax-will-be-withdrawn-once-global-reform-effective-finance-minister-sitharaman

6   Sourced from
article titled- “An explainer on India’s digital tax revenues” issued by
Finshots on 18th May, 2022

7   Austria, Brazil,
the Czech Republic, the European Union, India, Indonesia, Italy, Spain, Turkey,
and the United Kingdom


9. CONCLUDING THOUGHTS:

Pillar
One aims to revolutionise fundamentals of existing international tax
system but, building such new tax system (with new nexus and profit
allocation rules) will be an arduous and onerous task. While the 137
countries have agreed on the broad contours of the Pillar One framework,
the fine print of the Pillar One rules are still being deliberated and
negotiated at OECD level. If the discussion drafts released by OECD on
scope, nexus rules, tax base etc. are any guide, it may be stated that
the devil lies in detail; since the detailed rules being chiselled out
are highly complex and convoluted. MNEs will have a daunting task of
understanding the nuances of the proposals and its impact on their
business, though on a positive side, there may be relief from unilateral
measures taken by countries to tax digital economy once Pillar One
proposal is implemented.

While tax authorities will be eager to
have another sword in their armoury, it may be noted that the OECD
proposal is still far away from finishing line. The ambitious plan of
implementing Pillar One rules by end of 2022 has been deferred to end of
2024. Explaining the delay on Pillar One, OECD Director of the Centre
for Tax Policy and Administration, Pascal Saint-Amans said9 “it was not
delayed, but rather subject to an extremely intensive negotiation”.

A
clear concern being raised by countries on Pillar One proposal is the
quantum of additional tax revenues that will be gained from implementing
these new tax rules. For instance, United States Treasury Secretary,
Janet Yellen, recently10 stated “Pillar One will have a small impact. We
will gain revenue from our ability to tax foreign corporations in the
US and lose some from reallocation of taxing authority, and it could be
positive or negative depending on details not yet worked out.”

____________________________________________________

8   UK, Austria,
France, Italy, Spain, Turkey

9   Stated in
Economic and Financial Council meeting in Luxembourg held on 17th
June, 2022

10 Stated in a 7th
June, 2022 Senate Finance Committee hearing on the F.Y. 2023 Budget

Similarly,
the human right experts appointed and mandated by United Nations Human
Rights Council has raised11 several concerns on OECD Pillar One such as
the solution will bring about only minimal benefits to developing
countries, the solution is fairly complex and entails a
disproportionately high administrative burden for countries with low or
overly stressed capacities. However, responding to such allegations,
OECD defended12 that Pillar One rules “stabilise the international tax
environment and defuse the trade tensions that result from a
proliferation of unilateral measures creating a drag on the world
economy precisely at a time when all economies are trying to rebuild the
fiscal space needed to address the economic shock of the COVID
pandemic”.

Thus, while the global tax deal has been struck, the
agreed framework will need to traverse through various hurdles before
the formal rules are sketched and implemented. It seems that OECD will
be walking on a tight rope with political power play of the countries on
one side and development of workable solution on the other.

Annexure: Source rule for some of key revenue categories for Pillar One

Key revenue stream

Market jurisdiction to whom revenue is to be allocated

Goods

Sale of Finished
goods to final customers (directly by the Covered Group or through
Independent Distributor)

Place of the delivery
of the finished goods to final customer

Sale of Digital goods
(other than component)

• In case of B2C
sale- Location of Consumer

 

• In case of B2B
sale- Place of use of B2B goods by business customer

Sale of components

Place of delivery to
final customer of the finished good into which the component is incorporated

Services

Location-specific
services (such as Services
Connected to Tangible Property)

Place of performance
of the service

Advertisement (Ad)
services

• Online Ad service-
Location of the viewer of online Ad

 

• Other Ad service-
Place of display or reception of Ad

Online intermediation
services

• Facilitation of
tangible or digital goods and digital services- Sourced 50-50% between
location of purchaser and seller

 

• Facilitation of
offline service- Sourced 50-50% between
location of customer and place
where offline service is
performed

Any other B2C
services

Location of the
Consumer

Any other B2B
services

Place of use of the
service

Other transactions

Licensing, sale or
other alienation of IP

• Where IP supports
provision
of service- Place of use of that service

 

• Any other case-
Place of use of IP by final customer

Licensing, sale or
other alienation of user data

Location of the User
that is the subject of the data being
transferred

Sale, lease or other
alienation of Real Property

Location of Real
Property

(This is the second article on Pillar One. The BEPS 2.0 series will continue with Pillar Two article/s)

INTERPLAY OF SCHEDULE III AND CARO – KEY IMPLEMENTATION CHALLENGES FOR PREPARERS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND AUDITORS

INTRODUCTION
Schedule III, which prescribes disclosures and formats of financial statements of every Company in India, was revised by notification dated 24th March, 2021 of the MCA. These amendments are effective from 1st April, 2021 i.e., for all financial statements for periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2021.
The companies following calendar year i.e., January to December
therefore will have to comply for periods commencing from 1st January,
2022. Since financial reporting is a critical communication mode between
the preparers and users of financial statements (FS), many of the
changes like disclosures about relationships with struck-off companies,
ratios, promoters’ shareholding, capital work-in-progress, intangible
assets under development, ageing analysis, undisclosed income, etc. have
far-reaching implications for prepares and statutory auditors.
Both will have to put extensive efforts in the preparation of the FS in
terms of understanding what is needed, gathering information, and
ensuring its accuracy and completeness as well as internal consistency.
Over the years, globally, the trend has been to make information that
the preparer has available to the user. Therefore, Schedule III, too
has, kept up with the pace in prescribing disclosures in granular
details that was earlier not available to investors. Not only that, but
the preparers are mandated to include similar additional information for comparative periods which adds to the challenge for companies and their auditors in this first year of implementation.

Well, that is not it. Companies (Auditor’s Report) 2020, i.e. CARO 2020 that was deferred twice, is also applicable for audits of FS commencing on or after 1st April, 2021
and; it is beyond compliance now due to various additional reporting
requirements. The good news is that CARO 2020 is aligned with the
several new clauses of Schedule III1. The intent is clear: the preparers
should make the disclosures in the FS before the auditor reports.

____________________________________________________
1 Reference may be to ICAI Announcement on Guidance Note on the Companies
(Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 dated April 2, 2022.
Schedule
III also now mandate reporting on outbound or inbound loans, advances,
and investments that are intended to be routed via an intermediary
entity pursuant to reporting by auditors thereon under the main report
heading of ‘Report on other legal and regulatory requirements’. This
reporting will unmask the identity, amount and relationship with the ultimate beneficiary receiving those funds.
Considering the extensive changes in Schedule III and CARO 2020, the
year ending March 2022 is a big reporting change for both the prepares
as well as the auditors. Since an auditor is required to issue a true
and fair view on the FS, the additional disclosures as prescribed in
Schedule III will form part of FS and hence will be covered by the
auditor’s report and therefore will require further efforts. Schedule
III also requires the management to provide a declaration that relevant
provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and Companies
Act have been complied with for such transactions and the transactions
are not violative of the Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002. The
auditor is made to inquire and report specifically on these aspects. ICAI
has issued a detailed implementation guide on Auditor’s Report under
Rule 11(d) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Amendment Rules, 2017 and
Amendment to Schedule III to Companies Act, 2013.

The
objective of this article is to explain key changes introduced in
Schedule III and provide some plausible options to deal with the
challenges
in respect of new disclosure requirements of Schedule III along with reporting under CARO 2020.

ICAI has released a Guidance Note on Schedule III for both Division I and Division II (January 2022 edition) and a Guidance Note on CARO 2020,
which addresses some of the implementation questions. Additionally, the
exposure Draft on GN on CARO 2020 is already in the public domain and
is likely to be released shortly as the date of giving comments ends in
June 2022.

1. Relationship with Struck off Companies
This
disclosure requires the company to provide details of the balance
outstanding in respect of any transactions with companies struck off
under Section 248 of the Companies Act, 2013 or Section 560 of the
Companies Act, 1956. This disclosure is not limited to the purchase or
sale of goods or services but covers ‘any transactions’ including
disclosure regarding investment in securities of struck-off companies
and disclosure regarding shares of the company being held by struck-off
companies.

The data of companies struck-off is published by each Registrar of Companies (ROC) separately in PDF in Form No STK-7. Considering that there are about 25 ROCs
in major states in India, compiling this data can be a time-consuming
exercise. Also, Form STK-7 contains only the name of the company and the
Company Identification Number (CIN). Imagine the problem of identifying
companies from these lists when both vendor/customer lists run long and when duplicity of names is a known challenge.

On
top of this, the auditor has to report whether the company has
considered the latest list of struck off companies while identifying the
struck-off companies of all relevant locations. It might be possible
that the date on which the list of struck of companies has been compiled in Form STK – 7 do not coincide with the balance sheet date. Accordingly,
the identification of struck-off companies and its consequent
disclosure would be affected due to lack of updated information. In such
cases, the auditor should assess the processes established by the
Company to confirm that the disclosure is not materially misstated. One may argue as to whether such information justifies benefits vis-a-vis efforts by the company as well as the auditor. Such information may not affect true and fair view of the FS. The intent of this amendment is not clear and with such changes, FS may be used as a source of identifying non-compliances.

Companies
whose names were struck-off during the financial year, but an order had
been passed by any adjudicating authority (for e.g., NCLT) restoring
the company’s name before approval of the FS may not be considered as
struck-off companies.

It would be beneficial and useful for corporates if
MCA publishes a consolidated STK-7 report as of every month end, which
should be updated at specific intervals and provided in a MS Excel
format to enable companies to use this data as the base for their
disclosures.
Also, it would be beneficial if MCA can provide the PAN
no. in Form STK-7 along with CIN no. since many companies maintain
details of PAN no. of vendors and customers but not necessarily the CIN
no. This will definitely add to the stated policy of ease of doing
business.

There is no separate reporting under CARO 2020 on the above.

2. Computation of Ratios
Ratio
analysis plays an important role in assessing the financial health of a
company. The comparison of performance indicators in one company with
those of another can provide significant insight into the company’s
performance.

Schedule III disclosure now requires every company
(to which Division I, Division II and Division III of Schedule III
apply) to provide 11 analytical ratios with the details of what
constitutes the numerator and denominator. Further, the company shall
give a commentary explaining any change (whether positive or negative)
in the ratio by more than 25% as compared to the ratio of the preceding
year. While the Guidance Note provides no guidance on such
explanation, some examples (basis FS available in public domain) include
variation in current ratio is primarily due to temporary increase in
current borrowings and trade payables, variations in coverage, turnover
and other profitability ratios are primarily due to increase in turnover
and profitability etc.

SEBI Listing and Disclosure
Requirements (Amendment) Regulation, 2018 required disclosure of key
financial ratios in Management Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) in
Management Discussion & Analysis (MD&A). Also, an important
point to note is that SEBI also has prescribed in SEBI LODR (Amendment) Regulations, key financial ratios to be disclosed in the quarterly results of debt listed entities. However, the
list of ratios in Schedule III and SEBI requirement is not completely
aligned, though some of the ratios are common e.g., current ratio,
debt-equity ratio, debt service coverage ratio, inventory turnover and
debtors turnover.
One would have hoped that the two amendments would have been coherent and avoided DUPLICATION.

There
is a lack of clarity on various terms used in the Guidance Note on
Revised Schedule III e.g., Return on Capital Employed [Capital Employed =
Tangible Net Worth + Total Debt + Deferred Tax Liability]. The term ‘Tangible Net Worth’ has not been defined and different practices may be followed by companies. Further the guidance note prescribes a complex formula for computation of Return on Investment based on Time Weighted Rate of Return.
A simpler formula could have not only made sense to thousands of
preparers but also resulted in a more meaningful and uniform
calculation. However, since Schedule III requires an explanation of the
items included in the numerator and denominator for computing these
ratios, companies may adopt a simpler formula for computation and
explain this in the FS. However, this may lead to divergent practices
and the entire objective of providing consistent and comparable
information to investors will not be met.

The disclosures
required by NBFCs are completely different i.e., Capital to
risk-weighted assets ratio (CRAR), Tier I CRAR, Tier II CRAR and
liquidity coverage ratio.

CARO 2020 requires the auditor to
consider these prescribed ratios and assess whether any material
uncertainty exists in the repayment of liabilities.
This assessment is limited to material
uncertainty in repayment of liabilities and is different from the
assessment of material uncertainty on-going concern as envisaged under
SA 570.

To determine the items to be included in the
numerator and in the denominator for any ratio, reference may be drawn
from several sources for e.g., ratio’s usage in common parlance,
investor reports, industry reports, market research reports, approach of
credit rating agencies, etc. As per the ICAI Guidance note on Schedule
III, there may be a need to factor in company-specific and sector-specific nuances
that may require necessary modifications to the reference considered.
In other words, items included in numerator and denominator of any ratio
may not be standardized across companies as the calculation methodology
would be based on facts and circumstances of each company, nature of
transactions, nature of industry/sector in which the company operations
or the applicable regulatory requirements that a company needs to comply
with.

Lease liabilities–computation of ratios

There
was no specific guidance earlier on the classification of lease
liabilities. Reference was drawn by the companies from the disclosure
requirements of finance lease obligation in the guidance note on Ind AS
Schedule III. The current maturities of lease liabilities were disclosed
under other financial liabilities (similar to current maturities of
finance lease obligation) and for long-term maturities of lease
liabilities, it was allowed to classify the same either under long-term
borrowings or under other non-current financial liabilities. The amendment
made in Schedule III clarifies that long-term maturities and current
maturities of lease obligations needs to be classified under non-current
and current financial liabilities respectively.

With this specific clarification,
the earlier debate on whether lease liabilities were to be classified
under borrowings or under other financial liabilities is settled.
It
will lead to consistency in presentation requirement of all companies
and ensure smooth benchmarking in industry. ICAI Guidance Note provides
that debt-to-equity ratio compares a Company’s total debt to
shareholders equity and provides the following method of computation:

Debt-Equity Ratio = Total Debt/Shareholder’s Equity

Considering
the fact that now financial ratios are required to be disclosed in the
FS, a question may arise as to whether lease liability will be factored
in debt equity ratio or not.
Some of the FS issued in public domain
include lease liability in computation of debt equity ratio and formula
has been given for such computation. Further, in case of debt service
coverage ratio, the Guidance Note specifically includes interest and
lease payments in debt service.

3. Reclassification – Presentation of comparative period numbers
As per Note 7 to General Instructions for Preparation of Balance Sheet, when
a company applies an accounting policy retrospectively or makes a
restatement of items in the financial statements or when it reclassifies
items in its financial statements, the company shall attach to the
Balance Sheet, a Balance Sheet as at the beginning of the earliest
comparative period presented. Also, paragraph 41 of Ind AS 1
require an entity to reclassify comparative amounts, unless
impracticable, if an entity changes the presentation or classification
of items in its financial statements of the current reporting period.

The amendments may require the companies to either changing the presentation or classification of certain items in the FS. Such
changes result in providing additional information to the users of the
FS and are required to be made by Companies in order to comply with the
statutory requirements of Ind AS Schedule III.
ICAI Guidance note on
Schedule III clarifies that the Company may not present a third balance
sheet as at the beginning of the preceding period when preparing FS in
line with the amended requirements of Ind AS Schedule III. However,
comparative information may be required to be reclassified by all
companies since revised Schedule III will lead to change in presentation
or classification of items in the FS of the current reporting period. Detailed disclosures should be given in the FS for such reclassification.

4. Borrowings obtained on the basis of security of current assets and reporting on Working capital limits
Schedule III requires where the company has borrowings from banks or
financial institutions on the basis of security of current assets, it
shall disclose whether quarterly returns or statements of current assets
filed by the company with banks or financial institutions are in
agreement with the books of account; and in case of any differences, the
company is required to provide summary of reconciliation and disclose
reasons of such material discrepancies. CARO 2020 reporting would be required only in case where working capital limits are sanctioned in excess of INR 5 crores and obtained on the basis of current assets security. However, no
such limit criteria is mentioned in requirements of Schedule III
amendment. Schedule III requires to provide the disclosure in case of
all types of borrowing which are obtained basis current assets security.
However, CARO reporting is only required in case of sanctioned working capital.

Instances
of differences may be relating to difference in value of stock, amount
of debtors, ageing analysis of debtors, etc. between the books of
account and the returns/statements submitted to banks/financial
institutions.

The auditor is required to comment on discrepancies.
The issue may arise wherein in case the returns/statements after having
been furnished with the banks are revised and such revised
statements/returns have been submitted to the bank, then whether the
comparison should be made with respect to such revised
returns/statements. In all such cases, it may be factually reported that
the return has been subsequently revised, and it is important for the
auditor to obtain copy of the revised return duly acknowledged by bank.
However, since the reporting is based on the quarterly returns or
statements filed by the company, auditor is required to report on
discrepancies even if the differences/discrepancies are reconciled at
the year-end. The auditor needs to exercise his/her professional
judgment to determine the materiality and the relevance of the discrepancy to the users of FS while reporting under this clause.

In
order to verify that the copy of returns/statements provided by
management is the same as the one submitted to the bank, the auditor
should request for a copy duly acknowledged by the lender.

5. Trade Receivables and Trade Payables
Schedule
III now requires ageing of trade receivables and trade payables from
due date to be included in the FS in the prescribed format. Further,
trade receivables and trade payables need to be further bifurcated into disputed and undisputed balances. Where disputed/ undisputed dues have not been defined under Schedule III and it may be challenging to identify the disputed dues
when the company is having a running account with parties with long
list of reconciliation items. The Guidance Note provides a
principle-based definition i.e. a dispute is a matter of facts and
circumstances of the case; however, dispute means disagreement between
two parties demonstrated by some positive evidence which supports or
corroborates the fact of disagreement.

This disclosure is
required only in respect of Trade Receivables and Trade Payables. Items
which do not fall under Trade Receivables / Trade Payables are not
required to be disclosed. For expel certain companies like
construction/project companies, have contract assets (unbilled revenue).
This disclosure is not required in case of unbilled revenue.

Earlier companies were not mandated to give detailed ageing. Many
companies may not have adequate system of generating ageing data of
trade payable as required now in the amendment including tracking of
trade payables, which are disputed.
Considering detailed ageing data is required to be furnished in the FS, companies should ensure that their ERP
are geared up to furnish such information. Companies must institute
robust internal control and documentation for categorization between
disputed and undisputed dues.

The amendment clarifies that unbilled dues should be disclosed separately.

There is no separate reporting under CARO 2020 on the above.

6. Capital Work-in-progress (CWIP) and intangible assets under development
The
revised Schedule III requires disclosure of the total amount of
CWIP/intangible assets under development in the FS to be split between
two broad categories namely, ‘Projects in progress’ and ‘Projects temporarily suspended’ along with its ageing schedule. The disclosure is not required to be presented at an asset/project level,
however, the total amount presented in this disclosure should tally
with the total amount of CWIP/ intangible assets under development as
presented in the FS.

In respect of assets/projects forming part of CWIP/ intangible assets under development and which have become overdue
compared to their original plans or where cost is exceeded compared to
original plans, disclosure is required to be given for expected
completion timelines in defined ageing brackets
. It is important to
assess at what level the CWIP/intangible assets under development would
be capitalised i.e., whether CWIP/ intangible assets under development
would be capitalised as a whole or whether capitalised on a breakdown
basis. The unit of measure for recognition of property plant and
equipment/intangible asset can also serve as a useful guide.

Disclosures
mandated are very extensive. Companies will need to reconfigure or make
changes in their ERPs to collate the necessary information. The
amendment also needs to provide information separately for overdue
projects or projects which have exceeded costs compared to original
plan.

Companies are required to assess accounting implications on account of delay or suspension or cost overruns relating to capital projects.
Some of the key risks which they need to focus on are appropriateness
of borrowing cost capitalization, impairment of PP&E, capitalization
of abnormal costs.

There is no separate reporting under CARO 2020 on the above.

7. Undisclosed income
The
Company shall give details of any transaction not recorded in the books
of accounts that has been surrendered or disclosed as income during the
year in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as,
search or survey or any other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act,
1961), unless there is immunity for disclosure under any scheme and
also shall state whether the previously unrecorded income and related
assets have been properly recorded in the books of account during the
year.

CARO 2020 requires specific reporting by the auditor on undisclosed income. The meaning of “undisclosed income” shall be considered based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 or basis judicial decisions
provided on undisclosed income. What constitutes voluntary admission
poses several challenges, especially where the company has pending tax
assessments which have been decided up to a particular stage, and the
company chooses not to file an appeal. In such cases, the auditor needs
to review the submissions and statements filed in the course of
assessment to ascertain whether the additions to income were as a
consequence of certain transactions not recorded in the books.

Where undisclosed income and related assets of the earlier year have been recorded in the FS of the current year, the auditor should assess compliance of Ind AS 8/AS 5 with respect to correction of prior period error. Under Ind AS 8, prior period errors are corrected by restating the comparative information. Restatement of previously issued FS raises doubts on company’s internal controls. The
auditor should consider the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal
Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting while forming the opinion on
internal financial controls.

8. Compliance with approved Scheme(s) of Arrangements
The
disclosure prescribed under Schedule III would be required to be
provided in the FS of all companies involved in a scheme of arrangement
filed under Sections 230 to 237 of the Companies Act, 2013, including
the FS of the transferor company if required to be prepared after the
-approval of a scheme of arrangement.

A scheme of arrangement
sanctioned by the competent authority under prevalent laws will have the
effect of overriding requirements of the Accounting Standards where
differing requirements are present in sanctioned scheme vis-à-vis the
requirement of the relevant Accounting Standards. An issue might
arise for a composite scheme of arrangement e.g. A single scheme of
arrangement deals with the merger under section 230 as well as reduction
of capital under Section 66 of the Companies Act, 2013.
In this
regard the auditor should consider Section 129(5) of the Companies Act,
2013 which requires the company to disclose in its FS, the deviation
from the accounting standards, the reasons for such deviation and the
financial effects, if any, arising out of such deviation and ICAI’s
Announcement on ‘Disclosures in cases where a Court/Tribunal makes an
order sanctioning an accounting treatment which is different from that
prescribed by an Accounting Standard’ also provide disclosures as
introduced in Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013.

The requirements
stated above require disclosure of any deviations from the accounting
requirements, including deviation arising from scheme of arrangements
approved under sections 230 to 237 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Accordingly, where a single scheme of arrangement deals with the merger
under section 230 as well as reduction of capital under section 66 of
the Companies Act, 2013, deviations if any from the accounting
requirements should be disclosed in the FS.

9. Applicability to Consolidated Financial Statements
The
Guidance note on Schedule III provides the following guidance on the
applicability of Schedule III requirements to consolidated financial
statements (CFS). Schedule III itself states that the provisions of the
Schedule are to be followed mutatis mutandis to a consolidated financial
statement. MCA has also clarified vide General Circular No. 39/2014
dated 14th October, 2014 that Schedule III to the Act with the
applicable Accounting Standards does not envisage that a company, while
preparing its CFS, merely repeats the disclosures made by it under
standalone accounts being consolidated. Accordingly, the company would need to give all disclosures relevant to CFS only. Guidance
note provided detailed guidance on many disclosure requirements to help
users understand what should be furnished in the FS. The Guidance note
also provides some exemptions from disclosures e.g., the company is not
required to disclose analytical ratios in the CFS. However, a debt –
listed company governed by SEBI LODR Regulations, 2015 (as amended) will
be required to make disclosures in the consolidated financial results.
Unlike CARO 2016, only new clause (xxi) in CARO 2020 will apply to the
CFS of the company. Qualification/Adverse remarks in CARO in the
audit report of companies which are consolidated in the CFS will be
required to be reported.

BOTTOM LINE
The amendments
to Schedule III and the introduction of CARO 2020 will add value to the
FS and auditor’s report for stakeholders, regulators, lenders, and
investors. The implementation is a real challenge, and timely
guidance/clarification may result in achieving the real objectives i.e.,
enhanced transparency and timely information. One would have hoped that
smaller entities/non-public interest entities would have been spared
from reporting on several of the above disclosures. A materiality/value
threshold would have also eased the burden on many preparers. A phased
manner of disclosure would also have reduced the burden on the preparers
and clarified issues in the course of time. If Companies resort to
boilerplate disclosures to ensure compliance, the real purpose of
introducing these changes may get lost.

RECENT AMENDMENTS IN TAXATION OF CHARITABLE TRUSTS

BACKGROUND
There have been significant amendments in the provisions of the Income-tax Act (Act) relating to taxation of Charitable Trusts. Our Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman, started this process when she presented the Union Budget on 1st February, 2020. Since then, in her successive Budgets presented in 2021 and 2022, many significant amendments have been made. All these amendments have increased the compliance burden of the Charitable Trusts. In this Article, Public Charitable Trusts and Public Religious Trusts claiming exemption under sections 11, 12 and 13 of the Act are referred to as “Charitable Trusts”. Further, Universities, Educational Institutions, Hospitals etc., claiming exemption under section 10 (23 C) of the Act, are referred to as “Institutions”. Some of the important amendments made in the taxation provisions relating to Charitable Trusts and Institutions are discussed in this article.

REGISTRATION OF TRUSTS
Before the recent amendments, Institutions claiming exemption under section 10(23C) of the Act were required to get approval from the designated authority (Principal Commissioner or a Commissioner of Income-tax). The procedure for this was provided in section 10(23C). The approval, once granted, was operative until cancelled by the designated authority. For other Charitable Trusts, the procedure for registration was provided in section 12AA. Registration, once granted, continued until it was cancelled by the designated authority. The Charitable Trusts and other Institutions were entitled to get approval under section 80G from the designated authority. This approval under section 80G was valid until cancelled by the designated authority. On the strength of the certificate under section 80G the donor to the Charitable Trust or other Institutions could claim a deduction in the computation of his income for the whole or 50% of the donations as provided in section 80G. The Finance Act, 2020 has amended sections 10(23C), 11, 12A, 12AA and 80G and inserted section 12AB to completely change the procedure for registration of Trusts. These provisions are discussed below.

1. NEW PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION
(i)    A new section 12AB is inserted effective from 1st October, 2020. This section specifies the new procedure for registration of Charitable Trusts. Similarly, section 10(23C) is also amended and a similar procedure, as stated in section 12AB, has been provided. All the existing Charitable Trusts and other Institutions registered under section 10(23C) or 12AA will have to apply for fresh registration under the new provisions of section 10(23C) / 12AB within 3 months i.e. on or before 31st December, 2020. By CBDT Circular No. 16 dated 29th August, 2021, this date was extended up to 31st March, 2022. The fresh registration will be granted for 5 years. Thereafter, all Institutions / Trusts claiming exemption under section 10(23C)/11, will have to apply for renewal of registration every 5 years. For this purpose, the application for registration is to be made in Form No. 10A. The application for renewal of registration is to be made in Form No. 10AB.    

(ii)     Existing Charitable Trusts and Institutions have to apply for fresh registration under section 12AB or 10(23C) on or before 31st March, 2022. The designated authority will grant registration under section 12AB or 10(23C) for 5 Years. This order is to be passed within 3 months from the end of the month in which application is made. Six months before the expiry of the above period of 5 years, the Trusts/Institutions will have to again apply to the designated authority
for renewal of Registration which will be granted for a period of 5 years. This order has to be passed by the designated authority within six months from the end of the month when the application for renewal is made.

(iii) For new Charitable Trusts or Institutions the following procedure is to be followed:

(a) The application for registration in the prescribed form (Form No. 10AB) should be made to the designated authority at least one month prior to the commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year from which the registration is sought.

(b) In such a case, the designated authority will grant provisional registration for a period of 3 assessment years. The order for provisional registration is to be passed by the designated authority within one month from the last date of the month in which the application for registration is made.

(c) Where such provisional registration is granted for 3 years, the Trust/Institution will have to apply for renewal of registration in Form No. 10AB at least 6 months prior to expiry of the period of the provisional registration or within 6 months of commencement of its activities, whichever is earlier. In this case, designated authority has to pass order within 6 months from the end of the month in which application is made. In such a case, renewal of Registration will be granted for 5 years.

(iv) Section 11(7) is amended to provide that the registration of the Trust under section 12A/12AA will become inoperative from the date on which the trust is approved under section 10(23C)/10(46) or on 1st June, 2020 whichever is later. In such a case, the trust can apply once to make such registration operative under section 12AB. For this purpose, the application for making registration operative under section 12AB will have to be made at least 6 months prior to the commencement of the assessment year from which the registration is sought. The designated authority will have to pass the order within 6 months from the end of the month in which application is made. On making such registration operative, the approval under section 10(23C)/10(46) shall cease to have effect. Effectively, a trust now has to choose between registration under section 10(23C)/10(46) and section 12AB.

(v) Where a Trust or Institution has made modifications in its objects and such modifications do not conform with the conditions of registration, application should be made to the designated authority within 30 days from the date of such modifications.

(vi) Where the application for renewal of registration is made, as stated above, the designated authority has power to call for such documents or information from the Trust / Institution or make such inquiry in order to satisfy about (a) the genuineness of the Trust / Institution and (b) the compliance with requirements of any other applicable law for achieving the objects of the Trust or institution. After satisfying himself, the designated authority will grant renewal of registration for 5 years or reject the application after giving hearing to the trustees. If the application is rejected, the Trust or Institution can file an appeal before ITA Tribunal within 60 days. The designated authority also has power to cancel the registration of any Trust or Institution under section 12AB on the same lines as provided in the existing section 12AA. All applications for Registration pending before the designated authority as on 1st April, 2021 will be considered as applications made under the new provisions of section 10(23C)/12AB.

1.1 Section 80G(5)
Proviso to Section 80G(5)(vi) is added from 1st October, 2020. Prior to this date, certificate granted under section 80G was valid until it was cancelled. Now, this provision is deleted and a new procedure is introduced. Briefly stated, this procedure is as under.

(i) Where the trust/institution holds a certificate under section 80G, it will have to make a fresh application in the prescribed form (Form No. 10A) for a new certificate under that section on or before 31st March, 2022. In such a case, the designated authority will give a fresh certificate which will be valid for 5 years. The designated authority has to pass the order within 3 months from the last date of the month in which the application is made.

(ii) For renewal of the above certificate, application in Form 10AB will have to be made at least 6 months before the date of expiry of such certificate. The designated authority has to pass the order within 6 months from the last date of the month in which the application is made.

(iii) In a new case, the application for a certificate under section 80G will be required to be filed at least one month prior to commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year for which the approval is sought. In such a case, the designated authority will give provisional approval for 3 years. The designated Authority has to pass the order within one month from the last date of the month in which the application is made. In such a case, the application is to be filed in Form No. 10AB. By CBDT Circular No. 8 of 31st March, 2022, the date for filing such an application in Form 10AB is extended to 30th September, 2022.

(iv) In a case where provisional approval is given, an application for renewal will have to be made in Form No. 10AB at least 6 months prior to the expiry of the period of provisional approval or within 6 months of commencement of the activities by the trust/ institution whichever is earlier. In this case, the designated authority has to pass the order within six months from the last date of the month in which application is made.

In case of renewal of approval, as stated in (ii) and (iv) above, the designated authority shall call for such documents or information or make such inquiries as he thinks necessary in order to satisfy that the activities of the trust/institution are genuine and that all conditions specified at the time of grant of registration earlier have been complied with. After he is satisfied, he shall renew the certificate under section 80G. If he is not so satisfied, he can reject the application after giving a hearing to the trustees. The trust/institution can file an appeal to ITAT within 60 days if the approval under section 80G is rejected.

1.2 Section 80G(5)(viii) and (ix)
(i) Clauses (viii) and (ix) are added in Section 80G(5) from 1st April, 2021 to provide that every trust/institution holding section 80G certificate will be required to file with the prescribed Income-tax Authority particulars of all donors in the prescribed Form No. 10BD on or before 31st May following the Financial Year in which Donation is received. The first such statement had to be filed for the F.Y. 2021-22. The trust/institution also has to issue a certificate in the prescribed Form No. 10BE to the donor about the donations received by the trust/institution. Such certificates are generated from the Income-tax portal after filing the Form 10BD. The donor will get deduction under section 80G only if the trust/institution has filed the required statement with the Income-tax Authority and issued the above certificate to the donor. In the event of failure to file the above statement or issue the above certificate to the donor within the prescribed time, the trust / institution will be liable to pay a fee of Rs. 200 per day for the period of delay under new section 234G. This fee shall not exceed the amount in respect of which the failure has occurred. Further, a penalty of Rs. 10,000 (minimum), which may extend to Rs. 1 Lakh (Maximum), may also be levied for the failure to file details of donors or issue a certificate to donors under the new section 271K.

(ii) It may be noted that the above provisions for filing particulars of donors and issue of a certificate to donors will apply to donations for scientific research to an association or company under section 35(1)(ii)(iia) or (iii). These sections are also amended. Provisions for levy of fee or penalty for failure to comply with these provisions will also apply to the Company or Association, which received donations under section 35. As stated earlier, the donor will not get a deduction for donations as provided in section 80GG if the donee company or association has not filed the particulars of donors or not issued the certificate for donation.

(iii) Further, there is no provision for filing an appeal before CIT(A) or ITAT against the levy of fee under section 234G.

1.3 Audit Report
Sections 12A and 10(23C) are amended, effective from 1st April, 2020 to provide that the Audit Reports in Form 10B or 10BB for A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) and subsequent years shall be filed with the tax authorities one month before the due date for filing the return of income

1.4 Corpus Donation To Charitable Trust or Institutions
(i) A Corpus donation given by an Institution claiming exemption under section 10 (23C) to a similar institution claiming exemption under that section was not considered as application of income under that section. By an amendment of this section, effective from 1st April, 2020, the scope of this provision is enlarged and a Corpus Donation given by such an institution to a Charitable Trust registered under section 12A, 12AA or 12AB will not be considered as application of income under section 10(23C).

(ii) Similarly, section 11, provided that Corpus Donation given by a Charitable Trust to another Charitable Trust registered under section 12A or 12AA was not considered as an application of income. This section is also amended, effective from 1st April, 2020, to provide that Corpus Donation by a Charitable Trust to an Institution approved under section 10(23C) will not be considered as application of income.

(iii) It may be noted that Section 10(23C) is amended, effective from 1st April, 2020, to provide that, subject to the above exceptions, any Corpus Donation received by an Institution approved under that section will not be considered as income. This provision is similar to the existing provisions in sections 11 and 12.

2. AMENDMENTS MADE BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021:
The Finance Act, 2021, has further amended the provisions relating to Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under section 10(23C) and 11. These amendments are as under:

2.1 Enhancement In The Limit Of Receipts Under Section 10(23C)
At present, an Education Institution or Hospital etc, as referred to in section 10 (23C) (iiiad) and (iiiae) is not taxable if the aggregate annual receipts of such institution does not exceed Rs. 1 Crore. If this limit is exceeded, the institution is required to obtain approval under section 10(23C) (vi) or (via). This section is amended, effective from F.Y. 2021-22 (A.Y. 2022-23), to provide that the above exemption can be claimed if the aggregate annual receipts of a person from all such Institutions does not exceed Rs. 5 Crore.

2.2 Accounting Of Corpus Donation and Borrowed Funds
Hitherto, Corpus Donations received by a Charitable Trust or Institution Claiming exemption under section 10(23C) or 11 are not treated as Income and hence exempt from tax. No conditions are attached with reference to the utilization of this amount. These sections are amended effective from 1st April, 2021 as under:-

(a) Corpus Donation received by a charitable trust or institution will have to be invested or deposited in the specified mode of investment such as in Bank deposit or other specified investments as stated in section 11(5). Further, they should be earmarked separately as Corpus Investment or Deposit.

(b) Any amount withdrawn from the above Corpus Investment or Deposit and utilised for the objects of the Trust will not be considered as application of income for the objects of the trust or institution for claiming exemption. Therefore, if a Charitable trust withdraws Rs. 5 Lakhs from the investments in which Corpus Donation is deposited and utilizes the same for giving relief to poor persons affected by floods, this amount will not be counted for calculating 85% of income required to be spent for the objects of the Trust.

(c) If the Trust deposits back the said amount in the Corpus Investments in the same year or any subsequent year from its other normal income, such amount will be considered as application of income for the objects of the trust in the year in which such amount is reinvested.

(d) It is also provided that if the Charitable Trust or Institution borrows money to meet its requirement of funds, the amount utilised for the objects of the Trust or Institution, out of such borrowed funds, will not be considered as application of income for the objects of the Trust or Institution. When the borrowed monies are repaid, such repayment will be considered as application of income for the objects of the Trust or Institution.

(e) It will be noted that the above amendments will raise some issues relating to accounting of Corpus Donations and Borrowed Funds. The Trusts and Institutions will have to open a separate bank account for Corpus donations and Borrowed Funds and will have to keep a separate track of these Funds.

2.3 Set Off of Deficit of Earlier Years
One more amendment affecting the Charitable Trusts or institutions is very damaging. It is provided that if the trust or institution has incurred expenditure on the objects of the trust in excess of its income in any year, the deficit representing such excess expenditure will not be allowed to be adjusted against the income of the subsequent year. Hitherto, such adjustment was allowed in view of several judicial decisions, which are now overruled by this amendment. In view of this provision, accumulated excess expenditure of earlier years incurred upto 31st March, 2021 will not be available for set-off against the income of F.Y. 2021-22 and subsequent years.

3. AMENDMENTS MADE BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2022
Significant amendments are made in Sections 10(23C),11,12 and 13 of the Income-tax Act by the Finance Act, 2022. These amendments are as under:

3.1 Institutions Claiming Exemptions Under Section 10(23C)
Section 10(23C) granting exemption to specified Institutions is amended as under:

(i) Section 10(23C)(v) grants exemption to an approved Public Charitable or Religious Trust. It is now provided that if any such Trust includes any temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or other notified place and the Trust has received any voluntary contribution for renovation or repair of these places of worship, the Trust will have an option to treat such contribution as part of the Corpus of the Trust. There is no requirement of a specific direction towards corpus from the donor for such donations. It is also provided that this Corpus amount shall be used only for this specified purpose, and the amount not utilised shall be invested in specified investments listed in Section 11(5) of the Act. It is also provided that if any of the above conditions are violated, the amount will be considered as income of the Trust for the year in which such violation takes place. This provision is applicable from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21)

It may be noted that a similar provision is added, effective A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21), in Section11 in respect of Charitable or Religious Trusts claiming exemption under Section 11 of the Act.

(ii) At present, an Institution claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) is required to utilize 85% of its income every year. If this is not possible, it can accumulate the unutilised income for the next 5 years and utilise the same during that period. However, there is no provision for any procedure to be followed for such accumulation. The amendment of Section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), now provides that the Institution should apply to the A.O. in the prescribed form before the due date for filing the Return of Income for accumulation of unutilised income within 5 years. The Institution has to state the purpose for which the Income is being accumulated. By this amendment, the provisions of Section 10(23C) are brought in line with the provisions of Section 11(2) of the Act.

(iii) At present, Section 10(23C) provides for an audit of accounts of the Institution. By amendment of this Section, it is now provided that, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the Institution shall maintain its accounts in such manner and at such place as may be prescribed by the Rules. A similar amendment is made in section 12A. Such accounts will have to be audited by a Chartered Accountant, and a report in the prescribed form will have to be given by him.

(iv) Section 10(23C) is also amended by replacing the existing proviso XV to give very wide powers to the Principal CIT to cancel Approval or Provisional Approval given to the Institution for claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Institution he can conduct inquiry and after giving opportunity to the Institution cancel the Approval or Provisional Approval. The term “Specified Violations” is defined in this amendment.

(v) By another amendment of Section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), it is provided that the Institution shall file its Return of Income by the due date specified in Section 139(4C).

(vi) A new Proviso XXI is added in Section 10(23C) to provide that if any benefit is given to persons mentioned in Section 13(3) i.e. Author of the Institution, Trustees or their related persons such benefit shall be deemed to be the income of the Institution. This will mean that if a relative of a trustee is given free education in the Educational Institution the value of such benefit will be considered as income of the Institution. In this case, tax will be charged at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess under Section 115BBI.

(vii) It may be noted that Section 56(2)(x) has been amended from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23) to provide that if the Author, Trustees or their related persons as mentioned in Section 13(3) receive any unreasonable benefit from the Institution or Charitable Trust, exempt under sections 10(23C) or 11, the value of such benefit will be taxable as Income from Other Sources.

(viii) At present, the provisions of Section 115TD apply to a Charitable or Religious Trust registered under Section 12AA or 12AB. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the provisions of Section 115TD will also apply to any Institution, claiming exemption under Section 10(23C). Section 115TD provides that if the Institution loses exemption under section 10(23C) due to cancellation of its approval or conversion into non-charitable organization for other reasons the market value of all its assets, after deduction of liabilities, will be liable to tax at the maximum marginal rate.

3.2 Charitable Trusts Claiming Exemption Under Section 11
Sections 11, 12 and 13 of the Act provide for exemption to Charitable Trusts (including Religious Trusts) registered Under Section 12A, 12AA or 12AB of the Act. Some amendments are made in these and other sections as stated below:

At present, if a Charitable Trust is not able to utilize 85% of its income in a particular year, it can apply to the A.O. for permission for accumulation of such income for 5 years. If any amount out of such accumulated income is not utilised for the objects of the Trust upto the end of the 6th year, it is taxable as income in the Sixth Year. This provision has now been amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to provide that if the entire amount of the accumulated income is not utilised up to the end of the 5th Year, the unutilised amount will be considered as income of the fifth year and will become taxable in that year.

If a Charitable Trust is maintaining accounts on accrual basis of accounting, it is now provided that any part of the income which is applied to the objects of the Trust, the same will be considered as application for the objects of the Trust only if it is paid in that year. If it is paid in a subsequent year, it will be considered as application of income in the subsequent year. A similar amendment is made in Section 10 (23C) of the Act.This amendment will come into force from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22).

Section 13 deals with the circumstances in which exemption under Section 11 can be denied to the Charitable Trusts. Currently, if any income or property of the trust is utilised for the benefit of the Author, Trustee, or related persons stated in Section 13(3), the exemption is denied to the Trust. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), this section is amended to provide that only that part of the income which is relatable to the unreasonable benefit allowed to the related person will be subjected to tax in the hands of the Charitable Trust. This tax will be payable at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess under section 115BBI.

At present, Section 13(1)(d) provides that if any funds of the Charitable Trust are not invested in the manner provided in Section 11(5), the Trust will not get exemption under Section 11. This Section is now amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to provide that the exemption will be denied only to the extent of such prohibited investments. Tax on such income will be chargeable at 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess.

In line with the amendment in Section 10(23C) Proviso XV, very wide powers are now given by amending Section 12AB (4) to the Principal CIT to cancel Registration given to a Charitable Trust for claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Charitable Trust he can conduct an inquiry and, after giving an opportunity to the Trust cancel its Registration. The term “Specified Violations” is defined by this amendment.

3.3 Special Rate of Tax
A new Section 115BBI has been added, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), for charging tax at the rate of 30% plus applicable Surcharge and Cess. This rate of tax will apply to Registered Charitable Trusts, Religious Trust, Institutions, etc., claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) and 11 in respect of the following specified income.
(i) Income accumulated in excess of 15% of the Income where such accumulation is not allowed.

(ii) Where the income accumulated by the Charitable Trust or Institution is not utilised within the permitted period of 5 years and is deemed to be the income of the year when such period expires.

(iii) Income which is not exempt under Section 10(23C) or Section 11 by virtue of the provisions of Section 13(1)(d). This will include the value of benefit given to related persons, income from Investments made otherwise than what is provided in Section 11(5) etc.

(iv) Income which is not excluded from the Total income of a Charitable Trust under Section 13(1)(c). This refers to the value of benefits given to related persons.

(v) Income, which is not excluded from the Total Income of a Charitable Trust under Section 11(1) (c). This refers to income of the Trust applied to objects of the Trust outside India.

3.4 New Provisions for Levy of Penalty
New Section 271 AAE is added in the Income-tax Act for levy of Penalty on Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under Sections 10(23C) or 11. This penalty relates to benefits given by the Charitable Trusts or Institutions to related persons. The new section provides that if an Institution claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) or a Charitable Trust claiming exemption under Section 11 gives an unreasonable benefit to the Author of the Trust, Trustee or other related persons in violation of proviso XXI of Section 10(23C) or section 13(1) (c), the A.O. can levy penalty on the Trust or Institution as under:

(i) 100% of the aggregate amount of income applied for the benefit of the related persons where the violation is noticed for the first time.

(ii) 200% of the aggregate amount of such income where the violation is noticed again in the subsequent year.

4. TO SUM UP
4.1 The provisions granting exemption to Charitable Trusts and Institutions are made complex by the above amendments made by three Finance Acts passed in 2020, 2021 and 2022. When the present Government is propagating ease of doing business and ease of living, it has made the life of such Trustees more difficult. The effect of these amendments will be that there will be no ease of doing Charities. In particular, smaller Charitable Trusts and Institutions will find it difficult to comply with these procedural and other requirements. The compliance burden, including cost of compliance, will considerably increase. The Trustees of Charitable Trusts and Institutions are rendering honorary service. To put such onerous burden on such persons is not at all justified. If the Government wants to keep a track on the activities of such Trusts, these new provisions relating to renewal of Registration, renewal of Section 80G Certificates etc., should have been made applicable to Trusts having net worth exceeding Rs. 5 Crore or Trusts receiving donations of more than Rs. 1 Crore every year. Further, the provisions for filing details of Donors and giving Certificates to Donors in the prescribed form should have been made mandatory only if the aggregate donation from a Donor exceeds Rs. 5 Lakhs in a year.

4.2 Some of the amendments made by the Finance Act, 2022 are beneficial to the Charitable Trusts and Institutions. However, the manner in which the amendments are worded creates a lot of confusion. To simplify these provisions, it is now necessary that a separate Chapter is devoted in the Income-tax Act and all provisions of Sections 10(23C), 11, 12,12A, 12AA, 13 etc., dealing with exemption to these Trusts and Institutions are put under one heading. This Chapter should deal with the provisions for Registration, Exemption, Taxable Income, Rate of Tax, Interest, Penalty etc., applicable to such Trusts and Institutions. This will enable persons dealing with Charitable Trusts and Institutions to know their rights and obligations.

ADVANCE (MIS?) RULINGS

INTRODUCTION
As was being promoted, Goods and Services Tax (GST) was touted to be the single biggest tax reform to take place in India post-independence. It was intended to be a good and simple tax. It indeed is (pun intended). To this end, one laudable objective was to provide an authority for advance ruling (AAR) which would, amongst others: (i) provide clarity, certainty and reasonability to businesses; (ii) avoid anomalies and litigation with the tax authorities; (iii) help reduce the cost of supplies of goods and services. Unquestionably, in my view, the AAR achieved none of the above. Per contra, it added fuel to the fire.

CONCEPT OF ADVANCE RULING
As per Section 95 of CGST/SGST Law, an advance ruling means a decision provided by the authority or the Appellate Authority to an applicant on matters or on questions specified in section 97(2) or 100(1) of CGST/SGST Act in relation to the supply of goods and/or services proposed to be undertaken or being undertaken by the applicant. Thus, AAR answers questions. Questions relating to applicability of GST or rate of tax or classification or exemptions. The purport being advance agreement with the tax authorities in order to avoid disputes. It is like a pre-nuptial agreement, which we all know leads to divorce.

The Supreme Court in Columbia Sportswear Company vs. Director of Income-tax, Bangalore1, expounded the law on these authorities and held that AAR is a tribunal within the meaning of the expression in Articles 136 and 227 of the Constitution of India. However, a concept lost on some.

ENCROACHMENT OF POWER BY EXECUTIVE?

The constitution of AAR is found under section 96(2). It consists of one member from amongst the officers of the Central Tax and one member from amongst the officers of the State Tax which shall be appointed by the Central and State Governments respectively. The Appellate Authority for Advance ruling (AAAR) if formed under section 99(2). It consists of the Chief Commissioner of Central Tax and Commissioner of State Tax having jurisdiction over the applicant. Appeal from Caeser to Caeser’s wife.

 

1   (2012)
11 SCC 224

The composition of the AAR and AAAR makes it clear that the legislature has subsumed the power of the judiciary and in fact passed on to the executive in gross violation of basic structure doctrine of separation of powers. These provisions suffer from basic and severe infirmities with regard to independence of the judiciary that forms a fundamental part of the basic structure of the Constitution. The provisions run contrary to the directions of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. R. Gandhi regarding structuring and organisation of Tribunals in India.2

As per Supreme Court, first, only Judges and Advocates can be considered for appointment as Judicial Members of the Tribunal. Only High Court Judges, or Judges who have served in the rank of a District Judge for at least five years or a person who has practiced as a Lawyer for ten years can be considered for appointment as a Judicial Member. Second, persons who have held a Group A or equivalent post under the Central or State Government with experience in the Indian Company Law Service (Legal Branch) and Indian Legal Service (Grade-1) cannot be considered for appointment as judicial members. The expertise in Company Law service or Indian Legal service will at best enable them to be considered for appointment as technical members. Third, only officers who are holding the ranks of Secretaries or Additional Secretaries alone can be considered for appointment as Technical members and also a Technical Member presupposes an experience in the field to which the Tribunal relates. Fourth, the Two-Member Benches of the Tribunal must always comprise of a judicial member. For larger or special benches, the number of Technical Members should not be more than the Judicial Members. Clearly, the said guidelines are not adhered to.

This, especially when existing authorities under section 28F of the Customs Act or Section 245-O of the Income tax Act, 1961, provide for AAR which comprises of a Chairman who was a Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice of the High Court or at least seven years a Judge of a High Court and such number of Vice-chairmen who has been a Judge of a High Court; revenue Members and law Members. Hence, there was no need for any deviation for GST. Deviation, often, is mischievous. The reason seems to be evident.

 

2   (2010)11
SCC 1

Thus, the constitution of AAR itself is on a shaky foundation. The same is under challenge before the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court at Jodhpur in Abhishek Chopra vs. Union of India & Ors3. Time will tell.

CONTRARY RULINGS?
Apart from the above, the rulings themselves are not worthy of a read. They lack substance and evidence. There have been several instances, that too in a short span of time, where contrary rulings are delivered by different states on the same subject matter. An expected by-product. Too many cooks. This adds to confusion and litigation. It leads to representations to CBIC. A circular of CBIC clarifies an order passed by AAR. All in the name of “clarity”. God save tax (GST) payers.

In Clay Craft India Pvt. Ltd.4, the AAR at Rajasthan held that GST is leviable on salaries paid to directors on reverse charge basis. However, in Alcon Consulting Engineers (India) Pvt. Ltd.5, the AAR Karnataka held otherwise on the same issue. This resulted in CBIC issuing Circular No: 140/10/2020 – GST dated 10th June, 2020 clarifying that no GST is payable on remuneration paid to directors, on reverse charge basis, where the said directors are employees of the Company.

In Columbia Asia Hospitals Pvt. Ltd6, the AAAR Karnataka upheld the decision of the AAR which held that that activities carried out by an employee of one office of a company for another office located in another state would be a taxable supply. This, in turn, led to a PAN India debate. Owing to this, the Law Committee in the 35th GST Council Meeting, placed before the Council, a draft circular providing clarification on the taxability of activities performed by an office of an organization in one State to the office of that organization in another State. However, due to lack of agreement on the draft circular during the Officer’s Meeting, and suggestion by State of Karnataka to not issue any circular where the AAR had given a ruling, the issue was deferred for further examination by the Law Committee.

 

3   Civil
Writ Petition No. 4207/2018

4   RAJ/AAR/2019-20/33
dated 20.02.2020

5   KAR
ADRG 83/2019 dated 25.09.2019

6   KAR/AAAR/Appeal-05/2018

In Fraunhofer Gesellschaft Zurforderung Der Angewandten Forschung EV7, the AAAR Bengaluru held that those activities being undertaken by the Liaison Office in line with the conditions specified by RBI does not amount to supply in terms of Section 7(1)(c) of the CGST Act, 2017. However, in the Dubai Chamber Of Commerce And Industry8, the AAR Mumbai held that the GST is payable by the Liaison office of Dubai Chamber of Commerce and Industry as it is an “intermediary” under Section 13(8) of the IGST Act, 2017.

In Karnataka Cooperative Milk Producers Federation Ltd9, the AAR Bengaluru held that Flavoured milk is classifiable under the Tariff heading 0402 99 90 which covers “milk and cream, concentrated or containing added sugar or other sweetening matter” and held that the flavoured milk is covered under tariff heading 04029990 and 5 per cent GST is applicable. However, previously in Gujarat10, Tamil Nadu11, and Andhra Pradesh12, it was held flavoured milk would attract 12 per cent GST. Does the same assesse pay different rate of taxes in different states? One nation one tax?

NATIONAL APPELLATE AUTHORITY
Sheer incoherence, lack of understanding of the law and bluster of the officers of the State led to this situation. Consequently, due to contradictory rulings by the State Advance Ruling Authorities, a National Appellate Authority is sought to be constituted (Section 101B) (from a date to be notified). Appeals of appeals? Is this an authority for advance ruling or advance assessment order?

REPLACEMENT ALREADY?
In fact, the Centre intends to replace the AARs with a Central Board of Advance Ruling. According to them, the Centralised Board will address issues relating to conflicting rulings on a single issue. This will diminish conflicts at the state level over applicability of taxes. It is also proposed that the Central Board of Advance Ruling would comprise of retired judges, thus, it would be able to co-exist with AARs and function as an Appellate Body. Not even five years of GST (including 2 years of COVID pandemic), the AAR losing its sheen?

 

7   2021-TIOL-10-AAAR-GST

8   2021-TIOL-145-AAR-GST

9   2021-TIOL-37-AAR-GST

10 M/s
Gujarat Co-Operative Milk Marketing Federation Ltd reported in
2021-TIOL-142-AAR-GST

11 M/s.
Britannia Industries Limited reported in 2020-TIOL-101-AAR-GST

12 M/s.
Tirumala Milk Products Pvt. Ltd reported in 2020-TIOL-244-AAR-GST

ALL IN ALL
First, orders passed by AAR under GST should not be given much weightage. The same is, in my humble opinion, like assessment orders. The same would be a subject matter of appeal under section 100 of the CGST Act. The said orders are passed by Tax officers. There is no independence. There is lack of training. There is no independent application of mind. There is no judicial member passing such rulings. Hence, the said rulings are bound to be favouring Revenue. Not much hue and cry should be made about such rulings.

Second, in any case, the advance rulings, in terms of section 103 of the Act, would be binding only on the applicant therein and the jurisdictional officer thereof. The said rulings would not be binding on any other assessee or the Tax officer or the Court.

Third, AARs are used as a tool for purposes other than what it is intended for. The parties filing applications at many times, do not even intend to undertake any such supply. There is no investigation into the bonafides of the applications. Many applicants seek ruling that they are liable to pay GST, irrespective of the fact whether they are liable or not, to settle scores with their competitors and invite demands on them. Several rulings are sought to encash accumulated input tax credit. AARs are also used to decide contractual disputes. They are taking the place of civil courts. Rulings are sought to seek reimbursement of taxes from customers.

Fourth, the quality of the rulings is pathetic. It leads to appeals and writ petitions across High Courts. Now, with the National Appellate Authority or Central Board for Advance ruling, has it reduced litigation or opened up unwanted litigation?

CONCLUSION
It is strongly recommended, “Do not seek any advance ruling”. Should you need to commit suicide, no permission is required.

ERA OF TAXOLOGISTS IS HERE!

It is an opportunity for leadership in tax processes in the new machine age. Technology has transformed the way Tax is serviced and delivered and I am confident that tomorrow’s adviser is going to be a taxologist – a sharp combination of tax and technology.

I like what Steve Jobs has said in this context: let’s go invent tomorrow instead of worrying about what happened yesterday! There is a significant value evolution of embedding smarter ways of doing things in Tax. These have advanced into rule-based processing, standardized extraction, automated transformation, focus only on exceptions, end to end integration, sharper reconciliations and leveraging analytical reports.

RECENT PAST OF TAX REPORTING

The earlier processes of running transaction reports, then separately summarising them, and then transforming them, and then converting them into formats that were acceptable to tax, and then manually filing them through off-line steps is passe. These processes could take anywhere between 1 to 5 days to file a simple return. More complex organization could take weeks.

EMERGING FRAMEWORK FOR REPORTING OBLIGATIONS

Today’s expectation is that every transaction should have a hot-wire connection with the return, and at the time of generation of the transaction itself a relationship of the transaction with a particular reporting or tax filing should be established. All the transformation to the transaction should be carried out simultaneously, including the necessary validation so that capture of the information at source is not only focused on the commercial aspect but is also able to cover the tax related perspectives that are required for not just filing but future assessments.

This is triggering deeper and deeper integration of Tax into commercial and operational matters. Tax no longer remains a subject of post-mortem or a team that gets involved after all the transactions have been completed and accounting is over. It is emerging as a subject that is shared responsibility of multiple stakeholders of the organisation and is embedded at the source of the transaction itself. Given the volume and complexity of business transactions and the attendant risks of interest and penalties [in case a particular tax is not appropriately discharged, or return is not correctly filed] are getting steeper by the day. At the same time regulators across the world are expecting record-to-report-to-return reconciliations. Advanced jurisdictions are also expecting a return-to-report-to-record reconciliations. This means that taxpayers are expected to track back a transaction to source at all points in time and reconcile a tax filing with the financials at a transaction level and not merely at an aggregate level.

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE
This is an emerging trend, and there are a few countries who have taken long strides in the process, for example, Spain. Many other countries like India, countries in South America, China, Russia, Portugal, Hungary and Turkey are making rapid progression in this direction. From a mere (1) e-filing which is prevalent in most countries other than Central Africa, most jurisdictions are enhancing the digital tax administration [DTA] to move to (2) e-accounting i.e. reporting transactions as they happen; further on to (3) e-match by sharing data of counter parties and expecting taxpayers to be able to establish a connection between their reporting and reporting by their vendors; to (4) electronic audits where the same data is now being used and reused for performing sharp analytics and asking pertinent questions. Some countries like Spain have also introduced (5) e-assessments, where the base data is used directly to make an assessment of failure to meet tax obligations. This is a journey and I expect that most countries will travel these five steps over the next 5 to 10 years with countries like Spain, India, and countries in South America leading the way.

INDIA STORY
As we know in the Indian context, DTA had a significant point of inflection in 2017 with the rollout of GST. The objectives of the transformation were to digitise tax compliance, to simplify processes, to establish a tracking across the value chain, and to boost tax collections through data analytics. For the first time a unique model of setting up a special purpose vehicle called GSTN and involving the private sector under a GST Suvidha Provider system was rolled out enabling creation of a framework of high-speed connectivity with the Government system. The journey since July 2017 has seen some significant milestones. The picture below reflects the landmark developments.

 

E-INVOICE TRANSFORMATION
One of the key transformations in this journey has been the introduction of e-invoicing from October 2020. It was felt that while transaction level reporting has been enabled from July 2017, and e-way bills from 2018, there was a need for a more real-time capture of the transaction information itself for all types of supplies, not just limited to supply of goods in excess of certain value travelling beyond a certain minimum distance. Through data analytics performed for the first three years, it was also observed that instances of fraudulent invoicing were creeping into the system. While GST neutrality could be achieved for such transactions, these would certainly lead to an impact on other regulatory matters including possibility of carousel frauds resulting in higher refunds, possibility of higher deductions in income tax and therefore reduction in tax collections, distortion of value of transactions from one to the favour of the other, and also overall distortion of all the data analytics coming through from the system. Therefore, an authentication system to identify transactions at source that are required to be reported even before a tax invoices issued was rolled out.

Connecting these reporting is directly to the monthly return filing process ensured that compliances were happening at source and an ecosystem was established of real-time reporting and communication of the same transaction to the buyer. NIC was introduced in addition to GSTN to drive implementation of e-invoicing. The initial strategy was implemented with a much higher turnover threshold of 100 crores, which has now been reduced to 20 crores from 1st April 2022. A central de-duplication facility has been operational to make sure that the same transaction is not reported multiple times, and a connection with e-way bill system has been established for a singular reporting of common data.

Furthermore, e-invoicing generates both invoice reference numbers and an authenticated QR code string embedded with NIC’s digital signature, which is required to be printed on the invoice itself. This ensured that a transaction once reported he is unlikely to escape assessment. Also, if there are gaps in payment of tax at the end of a particular tax period, the speed at which regulators are able to react and reach out to the taxpayer to ensure compliance improved quite significantly. Connection with e-way bills has also ensured that every authenticated transaction can be verified during transport, as well as post facto reviews. The flow diagram for how the new compliance processes will work is provided below:

 

INDIA’S RAPID STRIDES IN DTA

The Government is continuously investing in enhancing their systems and processes and building a framework where data triangulation is enabled. For example, the income tax and GST databases are now integrated, which are enabling comparison of transactions reported on either platform. Data of form 26AS is being compared with GSTR1 filings. E-way bill filings are being triangulated with FASTag data. Making AADHAR authentication mandatory is also going to provide a single point of reference across multiple databases of the Government. With regard to input tax credit in particular, over a period of time, data sharing with the buyer is becoming real-time and comprehensive. It is proposed that a BNRS system would be put in place to enable peer-to-peer communication of transactions enabling sharing of over hundred particulars of invoices between parties. This clearly can transform the accounts payable and account receivable processes for companies and bring in significant automation which goes much beyond tax.

Provisions regarding the ability to recover from the buyer in case the vendor has not deposited taxes, or the transaction is not reported by the vendor, have created the need for the entire chain to be compliant on a near real-time basis. This is definitely improving the quality of compliance overall. Expansion of e-invoice requirements is expected to continue. On the analytic side government has been able to build traceability of transactions through several supply chains by building network visualisation across the country.

TRANSFORMATION IN B2C
For B2C transactions, starting October 2021, a dynamic QR code was required to be incorporated in invoices with turnover above 500 crores. DQR can be used to make quick and easy digital payments, and enables wider capture of transactions at source. This is expected to be expanded over a period of time; covering more and more taxpayers to meet their compliance obligations. It is also being evaluated whether Mera Bill Mera Adhikar scheme should be rolled out. Under this, B2C invoices will also be required to be reported on the IRP to obtain a reference number on a real-time basis by taking certain additional information from the buyer. This will be an optional scheme, at the buyers discretion. It is likely to all taxpayers without any turnover threshold. The reference number so obtained may then operate like a lottery number to the buyer, who will then be rewarded based on a raffle at the end of a period. The idea of the process is to have an upward push from the consumer on the small medium and micro B2C establishments to report all transactions.

PROBLEM STATEMENT FOR THE TAXPAYER
So, what does all this mean for the taxpayer? To understand this better we need to understand what are the key aspects of the organisation that get impacted by some of these developments.

• First is tax technology itself,
• the second would be data management,
• the third is dealing with evolving digital tax administration,
• the fourth relates talent to deal with these requirements,
• the first pertains to evolving business landscape and alignment of that with the evolving tax and technology landscape, and
• the sixth is reputational risk and risk of financial loss in terms of interest and penalty in case of failure of processes.

Three of the six parameters are related to technology big data and dealing with tax administration.

The key, therefore, will be to set up systems and processes:

• for records keeping
• for reconciliations
• for exception management
• for analytics
• for engagement with the regulators

If these are sorted, DTA framework should evolve as a contributor rather than a burden. Generally, the typical response of a taxpayer has been driven by 1-to-1 resolution of issues; once a question arises there is a quick response teams across functions to resolve the challenges. The approach is driven by firefighting, and a significant part of the client machinery is there involved in rehashing the past, in guesstimating what was done, in relying on presumptive backups, in making reconciliation and in trying to find an acceptable compromise to close the matter. There are several reasons for such reactions; and I can classify them into four broad buckets, process-based, system-based, people based and others.

 

This may result in some tax payment also possibly interest and penalties, but it may be the only way to resolve the issue given the fact that the record-to-report-to-return, and return-to-report-to-record reconciliations are missing, the embedding of technology in each process is missing, the identification of key tax attributes for every transaction is incomplete, and processes around storing the big data and reconciling the data with the financials is insufficient. This reflects lack of broader vision on part of taxpayers resulting in an inefficient way to manage tax compliance.

In this new era of digital tax administration there are certain additional risks with this approach: people and dependence on people. Processes in organisations that have not moved up the curve on technology enablement tend to depend quite significantly on people. There is heavy reliance on individual memory and poor documentation and creation of institutional records. There is significant loss of intellectual property (IP) once there are exits in the team. There is very limited documentation of the IP, and therefore every situation requires a re-invention of the wheel to reach resolutions. In GST, further complications may arise given state is the unit of jurisdiction resulting in different teams of different states following multifarious approaches and not leveraging on each other entirely.

NEED FOR A DIFFERENT APPROACH
So, what should be the new approach for organisations in this new DTA era? To my mind the guiding principle should be reuse of data, use of IP, and leveraging technology. There are three addressable aspects and all three need to be played out in cohesion.

• For people, it involves reskilling of your talent to deal with this new environment. You need to provide them professional enrichment and job satisfaction, so that they are involved only in exception management and strategy rather than engrossed in dealing with data and working off-line to meet basic tax obligations due to system limitations.

• For process, the organisation needs to re-engineer them so that every part of the entity is tech-and-tax sensitised, understands the role and responsibility, and is working in unison to meet tax obligations. Process engineering also makes sure that there is efficiency, and sufficient automation. Processes will ensure shared responsibility and integration of teams, which ultimately results in better outcomes.

•    For technology, the entity should create a single source of truth using tax applications and off-the-shelf solutions. Technology should be suitably leveraged to integrate systems and complimentary solutions are used to create an ecosystem of end-to-end automation. Several accounting systems and ERPs also support tax sensitisation. It is incumbent for taxpayers to evaluate the capabilities of existing systems to make sure that tax attributes are captured at source, and sufficient traceability is created. Given that Government is investing heavily in data analytics and exception management, taxpayers will also need to use technology to identify exceptions and deal with them before any audit, scrutiny or assessments. Analytics will also help highlight differences and distortions, it will help understand cash flow and p&l risks, and it will help identify areas where further strengthening of processes required. The next level in technology will be machine learning and artificial intelligence. These tools should be suitably used depending on the size and scale of operation to automate and analyse all data and processes of the organisation.

 

In the diagram above, I have reflected what (in my view) should be the future state of tax function in organisations. It has to move from transaction processing to analytics with controls and verification as a middle layer. The more time you spend on analytics, the better utilisation of your people, and better opportunities for them to continue to feel challenged, to add value to themselves and in turn to the organisation. Transaction processing will need strategic thinking to outsource aspects which are common across taxpayers reducing investment in technology, but at once evaluating whether certain bespoke additional development is required to be made to suit special needs.

THREE DIMENSIONS OF BENEFITS ARISING OUT OF TAX TECHNOLOGY

The positives of tax-tech transformation journey can be divided into three broad areas:

• Creating efficiency (E)
• Managing risk and improving governance (R)
• Optimization (O)

E is about doing more with less, staying at par with the Government on requirements, and process automation. R is about creating a best-in-class risk management and governance framework, and reduce people dependency. O involves working capital optimisation, p&l risk mitigation, input credit efficiencies, and overall staying ahead of the Government.

If you were to look at examples of E, it will involve the compliance basics of GST like automation of GST and withholding tax returns, integration of e-invoice and e-way bill compliances with the ERP, transformation of data without manual intervention, focus move away from any type of break in the data flows, real-time extraction, technology enabled validations, etc. For companies involved in import and export transactions, automation will also extend to automating all compliances under import and export STP EOU or SEZ compliance, EBRC downloads and reconciliation, refund application filing and back up, etc.

For R, it is critical to deal with the transaction at source. Decisions involving tax determination automation, classification and related validations, GSTIN master data confirmation, QR validation, workflow tools and escalation matrices, dashboards, MIS, litigation tracking, monthly record-to-report to-return reconciliation and so on.

For O, focus should be on making sure input tax credit related processes are strong and real-time, lost credits are identified and understood, fake invoice risk mitigation, matching of input tax credit using dynamic and fuzzy logics, etc. O will also include using technology to do self reviews for tax risk assessment; so that you are better prepared for any audits conducted by the Revenue. A 360° perspective is necessary to integrate and compare GST, customs, income tax, and all other regulatory filings to make sure that you are future ready. As long as the goals are clear, there is definitely an opportunity for Tax to add value back to business.

IN CONCLUSION
Tax is rapidly moving towards being deeply connected with business on a real time basis. There is strong appreciation of the “value” it can bring to the table. Technology is one of its strongest “enablers”. Let’s make the most of this. Let’s update our organisation and personal goals around tax-tech. Let us learn new skills. Let us work with new ideas. Let us challenge ourselves to be “accretive” at all times. The era of taxologist is here to stay – for a long time to come.  


 

HOW COURTS HAVE VIEWED GST THUS FAR?

1.    The Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (GST), launched with great fanfare on 1st July, 2017 by the Government of India, was undoubtedly the biggest reform in indirect taxes in the country since Independence. The GST regime taxes both goods and services under a common legislation while subsuming all other indirect tax laws. India is the only country in the world which has dual GST, i.e. Central GST (CGST) and State GST (SGST).

2.    Before introduction of GST, there were multiple taxes, i.e, Excise Duty, VAT, Entry tax, Entertainment tax, Service tax, Octroi, etc. Additionally, there were various cesses imposed by State and Central Government like Krishi Kalyan Cess, Clean energy cess, etc. These factors made the tax structure very cumbersome. In many instances, there was an imposition of tax on tax which led to a cascading effect and affected the final price. For eg. sales tax was charged even on the amount of excise duty that was levied on manufacture. To that extent the purpose of introduction of GST has been met as GST has subsumed all the other indirect taxes and consolidated them in one levy. This has resulted in lowering of indirect tax burden which is beneficial for consumers.

3.    To compensate the state’s loss, Goods and Services Tax (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 was implemented, the constitutional validity of which was upheld in Union of India vs. Mohit Mineral Pvt Ltd [2018] 98 taxmann.com 45 (SC).

4.    The rollout of GST has also brought in federalism in a true spirit as the Central Government and the State Governments are taking decisions collectively through a constitutionally constituted GST Council.

5.    Digitization and use of technology was also a hallmark of the GST law. In the initial few months there were technology challenges with regard to operating the GST portal which have been ironed out over a period of time. Implementation of E-way bills, E-invoicing and other steps taken by the authorities have further helped in checking the errant taxpayers.

6.    However, the chapter on GST returns, though introduced with the hype of matching system, could never be implemented. This has resulted in complexities on reconciliation of Input Tax Credit i.e. GSTR-2A & GSTR-2B with GSTR-3B; back-door introduction on restriction on input tax credit provided in Rules 36(4), blockage of Electronic Credit Ledger under Rule 86A and 1% payment of output tax liability in cash under Rule 86B of the CGST Rules, 2017. It has also resulted in Section 16(2)(c), which provides for denial of input tax credit to buyer on account of default in payment of tax to the government by supplier, look draconian.

7.    So far, issues relating to e-way bill, provisional attachment of property and transitional credit have been fiercely litigated. Constitutional issues too have surfaced but with minimal success ensuring to the petitioners. Below, we shall have a topic-wise glimpse of how the courts have dealt with various issues arising under GST law.

JURISDICTION & POWERS OF AUTHORITIES

8.    In Indo International Tobacco Ltd vs. Vivek Prasad [2022] 134 taxmann.com 157 (Delhi), the question was whether issuance of multiple summons and initiation of investigations by multiple agencies is violative of Section 6(2)(b)1 of the CGST Act. Investigations were initiated by various jurisdictional authorities against different entities. A common thread involving the petitioner was allegedly found in the investigations. Transfer of investigations undertaken by different authorities to Ahmedabad Zonal Unit of Office of Director General, GST Intelligence, was done to bring investigations under one umbrella. It was held that Section 6(2)(b) was not applicable in this case. Transfer of investigation is not prohibited under GST law. Multiple investigations and proceedings may lead to contradictory conclusions by jurisdictional authorities. Transfer of investigation by proper officer having limited territorial jurisdiction to proper officer having pan India jurisdiction depends on the facts of each case. It looks as if the High Court has not taken note of the fact that business entities exist so that they can do business and not keep busy with attending to multiple calls from various authorities. If each assessee is mapped to an assessment unit or officer, what remains of this sanctity with officers all over India interfering in anyone’s assessments.

 

Section 6(2)(b) states that where a proper officer under
the State Goods and Services Tax Act or the Union Territory Goods and Services
Tax Act has initiated any proceedings on a subject matter, no proceedings shall
be initiated by the proper officer under this Act on the same subject matter.

9.    In Vianaar Homes Pvt Ltd vs. Assistant Commissioner [2020] 121 taxmann.com 54 (Delhi), Section 174(2)(e) specifically empowers authorities to institute any investigation, inquiry, verification, assessment proceedings, adjudication, etc. including service tax audit under rule 5A of Service Tax Rules, 1994, as said rule framed under repealed or omitted Chapter V of Finance Act, 1994, is saved. Mere bringing into force of CGST Rules does not mean that Service Tax Rules are not saved. Service tax rules will continue to govern and apply for purpose of Chapter V of Finance Act, 1994. Several contentions raised were brushed under the carpet in similar such cases before several High Courts.

10.    In Maa Geeta Traders vs. Commissioner Commercial Tax [2021] 133 taxmann.com 81 (Allahabad), it was held that Section 5(3) grants a general power to Commissioner to sub-delegate all or any of his powers/ functions to any other officer who may be subordinate to him. Functional and pecuniary jurisdictions have been sub-delegated and assigned to various officers including Deputy Commissioner by an office order issued by Commissioner in exercise of powers vested in that Authority under section 2(91) of the Act r/w section 4(2) of the Act. It was therefore held that officers of State tax may draw their function-jurisdiction from simple sub-delegation under an administrative order issued by ‘Commissioner’ with reference to his powers to sub-delegate granted under section 5, without any gazette notification of such order.

TAXABILITY

11.    In case of Builders Association of Navi Mumbai vs. Union of India 2018 (12) GSTL 232 (Bom), the question was whether City Industrial and Development Corporation of Maharashtra Limited (‘CIDCO’), an agency created under an act of the government, was liable to collect GST on the total one-time lease premium amount payable by the successful allottee. It was held as follows:

a.    CIDCO is a ‘person’ and is engaged in business of disposing land by leasing it out for a consideration styled as one-time premium.

b.    The activities performed by CIDCO cannot be equated with activities performed by sovereign or public authorities under the provisions of law, which are in the nature of statutory obligations and are excluded from the purview of the CGST Act. Therefore, Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation case 2018 (9) GSTL 372 (Bom) (supra) would not apply in the context of CGST Act.

c.    Section 7(2)(b) of the CGST Act is unambiguous in as much as activities or transactions undertaken by the Central Government, a State Government or any local authority in which they are engaged as public authorities, as may be notified by the Government on the recommendations of the Council, shall be treated neither as a supply of goods nor a supply of services. Since no notification is enacted in this behalf, activities carried out by CIDCO would indeed be taxable under the CGST Act.

d.    The High Court relied on II Schedule to the CGST Act independently of Section 7, which classifies leasing as a supply of service and went on to conclude that CIDCO, engaged in such a business and receiving lease premium as consideration was indeed supplying service2.

This is a classic case of applying the law literally and not seeing its consequences. Having the state to collect stamp duties and registration fees and again see GST being collected was exactly what everyone wants to avoid.

12. Another case that may be referred to is that of Bai Mamubai Trust vs. Suchitra 2019 (31) GSTL 193 (Bom).

a.    The facts of the case were that a suit was filed seeking to recover possession of three shops, which together constituted a restaurant, where the plaintiff trust is carrying on business in the name and style of “Manranjana Hotel” (“suit premises”).

b.    The suit proceeded on the cause of action of trespass / unauthorized occupation. Plaintiff filed Notice of Motion for interim reliefs before the Bombay High Court pending the hearing and final disposal of the suit.

c.    Bombay High Court appointed a Receiver of the Suit Premises, pending final decision. The Court Receiver was to receive consideration in the form of fees and also ad-hoc royalty from the defendant for occupying the disputed premises.

d.    The defendant was permitted to remain in possession of the suit premises as an agent of the court receiver under an agency agreement to be executed with the Court Receiver, on payment of monthly ad-hoc royalty of Rs. 45,000.

e.    The High Court held that the court receiver would not be liable to pay GST on the amount of royalty paid by the defendant for ‘illegally’ occupying the premises. It was held that an act of illegal occupation, which may be compensated in damages by mesne profits, does not amount to a voluntary act of allowing, permitting, or granting access, entry, occupation or use of the property.

f.    The payment of royalty as compensation for unauthorized occupation of the suit premises is to remedy the violation of a legal right, and not as payment of consideration for a supply. It was further observed that the court receiver is merely the officer of the court to whom the payment is made and there are no reciprocal enforceable obligations to consider this as supply of services by court receiver.

g.    ‘Supply’ under Section 7 does not encompass a wrongful unilateral act or any act resulting in payment of damages.

 

2.     2.  
The position of law on which the High Court had
relied upon in arriving at the conclusion has changed slightly now. Prior to
29.08.2018, as per Section 7(1)(d), the expression ‘supply’ included all
“activities or transactions to be treated as supply of goods or supply of
services as referred to in Schedule II” to the Act. However, the CGST Amendment
Act, 2018 (w.e.f. 29.08.2018), omitted the said Section 7(1)(d) with
retrospective effect from 01.07.2017. It further inserted Section 7(1A) which
clarifies that only when activities or transactions constitute a supply in
accordance with Section 7(1), only then shall they be treated as supply as of
goods or services under as referred to in Schedule II of the Act. The effect of
this amendment is that regardless of what is contained in Schedule II of the
CGST Act, the activity must first fulfil the essential ingredients specified in
Section 7(1)(a) above.

13. The government has also been faced with further challenges but has battled them out quite successfully in courts. Supplies like petroleum crude, High Speed Diesel, Petrol etc. are still not in the ambit of GST. In V. S. Products vs. Union of India [2022] 134 taxmann.com 126 (Karnataka), the question was whether simultaneous levy of GST, basic excise duty and National Calamity Contingent Duty (NCCD) on tobacco and tobacco products is legally permissible. Answering the question in the affirmative, the court observed:

a.    To overcome the argument of the assessees that the object of GST was to avoid cascading effect of taxes, it was held that source of power contained in Article 246 r/w List I of VII Schedule cannot be defeated by resort to argument based on objects of GST.

b.    As to legislative competence, it was held that sources of power under Article 246A and Article 246 are mutually exclusive and could be simultaneously exercised. On a purposive and harmonious construction, though Article 246A contains a non-obstante clause, power under Article 246 stands protected and continues to be the source of power even post introduction of Article 246A.

c.    Aspect theory was used to overcome the argument of double taxation advanced by the petitioner. It was held that levy on the same taxable event may amount to double taxation and still be accepted. A single subject from different aspects could be a subject matter of different taxes. Thus, levy of surcharge would subsist even if the goods were subjected to levy of GST. Aspect of supply under GST law would be distinct from the aspect of manufacture which is sought to be taxed by levy of excise. Taxable event under GST would be supply while it is manufacture under excise and both are two different legally recognized aspects and would not lead to an overlapping and would result in treating the levy on different aspects.

d.    Attack on the basis of Article 14 was supressed by holding that levy of NCCD is for the purpose of discouraging consumption and cannot be described to be a classification without any basis. Choice of the category of goods for the purpose of revenue generation cannot ipso-facto be a ground of judicial review; something more is required such as hostile discrimination and singling out a particular category of goods. Choice of category of goods may also be influenced by the objective of discouraging consumption and cannot be held arbitrary.

e.    NCCD was in the nature of a surcharge under Article 271 and could be levied independently. Exemption granted on excise duty cannot prohibit imposition of other additional duties or levy such as NCCD.

f.    Legislature has wide latitude to decide on methodology of revenue generation. Courts should not rush and must tread carefully while dealing with legislation based on fiscal policy. Selecting objects to tax, determining the quantum of tax, legislating conditions for the levy and the socio-economic goals which a tax must achieve are matters of legislative policy and these matters have been entrusted to the Legislature and not to the Court. Levy of tax is a product of legislative choice and policy decisions are the prerogative of the executive.

The very object of subsuming most taxes into one tax gets derailed further and we only hope that this derailment does not continue at the end of the States.

RETURNS

14. The recent judgment of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Bharti Airtel Ltd [2021] 131 taxmann.com 319 (SC) would be the best mention:

a.    The Delhi High Court had, taking note of technical glitches in GST portal during initial period, read down paragraph 4 of Circular No. 26/26/2017-GST, dated 29th December, 2017 to extent it restricted rectification of Form GSTR-3B (issued as stop gap arrangement) in respect of period in which error had occurred. In effect, the High Court allowed assessees to rectify Form GSTR-3B for period in which error had occurred, i.e, from July to September 2017.

b.    Whereas the said circular, provided for reporting differential figures and rectification of errors in subsequent period in which error is noticed.

c.    Grievance of the assessee was that official mechanism to check data authenticity to claim input tax credit was absent in initial period of GST. At the time, GSTR-2A (which gives assessee access to information regarding ITC available in the electronic credit ledger) was not operationalised. This resulted in payment of huge output tax liability by cash while Input Tax Credit (ITC) was already available to its credit in electronic credit ledger.

d.    The Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the High Court.

e.    In this regard, it was held that registered person was obliged to do self-assessment of ITC, reckon eligibility to ITC and of output tax liability based on office records and books of account. For submitting periodic return, registered person had to maintain books of account either manually or electronically on basis of which self-assessment could be done for availing of ITC and determining output tax liability.

f.    This was what was being done in the pre-GST regime. Assessee was expected to continue same in GST regime and should not be dependent on common electronic portal. Common GST portal was only a facilitator to feed or retrieve information and it needed not be primary source for self-assessment.

g.    The factum of inability to access the electronic portal to submit return within the specified time due to technical faults in the portal is entirely different than the assertion to grant adjustment of amount voluntarily paid in cash by the assessee towards output tax liability. Payment for discharge of tax liability by cash or by availing ITC was an option and having exercised such option, same could not be reversed or swapped. No express provision permitted swapping of entries in electronic cash ledger with electronic credit ledger and vice versa.

h.    GSTR-3B return was notified as stop-gap arrangement but having basis in section 39 of the CGST Act and Rule 61 of the CGST Rules. Though not comparable to electronically generated GSTR-3, GSTR-3B is a return ‘prescribed’ and required to be furnished by registered persons.

i.    Merely because mechanism for furnishing return in terms of sections 37 and 38 was not operationalized during relevant period (July to September 2017) and became operational only later, efficacy of Form GSTR-3B would not stand whittled down in any manner. GSTR-3B is to be considered as a return for all practical purposes.

j.    Section 39(9) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act provides for correction of omission or furnishing of incorrect particulars in GSTR-3B return in return to be furnished in month or quarter in which such omission is noticed. This very position has been restated in Circular No. 26/26/2017-GST and therefore, this circular is not contrary to section 39(9). High Court order noting that there is no provision for such rectification is erroneous.

k.    Thus, High Court order allowing rectification of GSTR-3B contrary to the circular was not sustainable and same was to be set aside.

15. While so holding, the judgment of the Gujarat High Court in AAP And Co vs. Union of India [2019] 107 taxmann.com 125 (Gujarat) was also reversed, though, it was formally done in a separate order reported in 2021 (55) GSTL 513 (SC). In that case, the petitioner had challenged press release which clarified that input tax credit (ITC) for invoices issued during July 2017 to March 2018 can be availed until last date of filing Form GSTR-3B for September 2018, i.e., until 20th October, 2018 on the ground that the same was ultra vires Section 16(4). It was contended that return prescribed under section 39 is a return required to be furnished in Form GSTR-3 and not Form GSTR-3B. Since GSTR-3 was not operational, Section 16(4) could not be enforced. Accepting the contention, the High Court had held that GSTR-3B was not introduced as a return in lieu of return required to be filed in Form GSTR-3 but was only a temporary stop gap arrangement until due date of filing return in Form GSTR-3 was notified. This was vindicated by the fact that the government, on realising that return in Form GSTR-3B is not intended to be in lieu of Form GSTR-3 omitted such reference retrospectively. The Supreme Court did not notice the amendment made to Rule 61(5) from 1st January, 2021 which was the first time the GSTR 3B alone was mentioned as a return. We cannot blame them as the government keeps amending the law on a daily basis.

REFUND

16. A detailed judgment was rendered by the Supreme Court in case of Union of India vs. VKC Footsteps India Pvt Ltd 2021-TIOL-237-SC-GST:

a.    The context of the case revolves around Clause (ii) of the 1st Proviso to Section 54(3) read with Rule 89(5) of GST Rules which provide for refund of unutilized ITC in cases relating to inverted duty structure.

b.    Clause (ii) of 1st Proviso to Section 54(3) inter alia specifies that refund of unutilized ITC can be claimed where the credit has accumulated on account of rate of “tax on inputs” being higher than the rate of tax on output supplies. The meaning of “tax on inputs”, i.e, “input tax” is already noted above to include tax charged on supply of ‘any’ goods or services and not only inputs.

c.    From 1st July, 2017 to 18th April, 2018, the definition of “net ITC” therein was said to carry the same meaning as contained in Rule 89(4) (supra). However, through an amendment on 18.04.2018, “net ITC” for the purposes of Rule 89(5) was defined to mean ITC availed on inputs only and excluded input services from its ambit. This was the grievance of the assessees in the above case. Again, by 5th Amendment Rules, 2018, the amendment carried out on 18th April, 2018 was given retrospective effect from 1st July, 2017.

d.    The Gujarat High Court had observed, in a case reported as VKC Footsteps India Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India 2020 (43) GSTL 336 (Guj), that Section 54(3) allows refund of “any unutilised input tax credit”. The term “Input tax credit” is defined in Section 2(63) to mean the credit of input tax. The phrase “input tax” defined in Section 2(62) means the tax charged on any supply of goods or services or both made to any registered person. Both ‘input’ and “input service” are part of “input tax” and “input tax credit”. Thus, when as per Section 54(3) ‘any’ unutilised ITC (which includes inputs and input services) could be claimed as refund, Rule 89(5) cannot restrict such refund to only inputs. Consequently, Explanation (a) to Rule 89(5) which defined the term ‘Net ITC’ was held to be ultra vires Section 54(3) to the extent it restricts the refund only on ‘inputs’.

e.    Per contra, the Madras High Court had observed, in a case reported as Transtonnelstroy Afcons Joint Venture vs. Union of India 2020 (43) GSTL 433 (Mad), that though Section 54(3) allows refund of “any unutilised ITC”, clause (ii) of proviso to Section 54(3) uses the words “accumulated on account of” rate of tax on inputs being higher than rate of tax on output supplies. If the proviso is interpreted merely to be a condition to claim refund of entire unutilised ITC, the words “accumulated on account of” would become redundant. It was held that the proviso, in addition to prescribing a condition also performs the function of limiting the quantity of refund. Further, Rule 89(5) was made and amended on the strength of the rule making power under Section 164 and is in line with Section 54(3). In fact, the un-amended Rule 89(5) wherein refund of both inputs and input services was available exceeded the scope of Section 54(3). Refund claims other than a claim for excessive taxes paid inadvertently on account of the erroneous interpretation of applicable law or the declaration of a provision as unconstitutional is in the nature of a benefit or concession. Right of refund is purely statutory and cannot be availed of except strictly in accordance with the prescribed conditions.

f.    The Supreme Court upheld the Madras High Court judgment and set aside the Gujarat High Court judgment.

g.    It was held that the Parliament has wide latitude for classification. Thus, the non-conferment of the right of refund to the unutilised input tax credit from the procurement of input services cannot be said to be violative of Article 14 of the Constitution of India. Refund is a matter of a statutory prescription. Parliament was within its legislative authority in determining whether refunds should be allowed of unutilised ITC tracing its origin both to input goods and input services or, as it has legislated, input goods alone.

h.    The phrase “no refund of unutilised input tax credit shall be allowed in cases other than” occurring in the 1st proviso to Section 54(3) makes it clear that refund of unutilized ITC can be granted only in two categories of cases, viz zero-rated supplies and cases relating to inverted duty structure.

i.    To construe ‘inputs’ occurring in Rule 89(5) so as to include both input goods and input services would do violence to the provisions of Section 54(3) and would run contrary to the terms of Explanation 1 to Section 54. Reading the expression ‘input’ to cover input goods and input services would lead to recognising an entitlement to refund, beyond what was contemplated by Parliament.

j.    The 1st proviso to Section 54(3) is not a condition of eligibility but a restriction which must govern the grant of refund under Section 54(3). Therefore, there is no disharmony between Rule 89 on the one hand and the proviso to Section 54(3) on the other.

k.    A discriminatory provision under tax legislation is not per se invalid. A cause of invalidity arises where equals are treated as unequally and un-equals are treated as equals. Both under the Constitution and the CGST Act, goods and services and input goods and input services are not treated as one and the same and they are distinct species.

l.    Rule 89(5) would be valid as it can be traced to the general rule making power in Section 164 of the CGST Act. For the purpose of making rules, it is not necessary to use the word ‘prescribes’ at all times in the main Section. The rules may interstitially fill-up gaps which are unattended in the main legislation or introduce provisions for implementing the legislation. So long as the authority which frames the rules has not transgressed a provision of the statute, it cannot be deprived of its authority to exercise the rule making power. It is for this reason that the powers under Section 164 are not restricted to only those sections which grant specific authority to frame rules. If such a construction, were to be acceptable, it would render the provisions of Section 164 otiose.

m.     Certain inadequacies might exist in the formula. The use of such formulae is a familiar terrain in fiscal legislation including delegated legislation under parent norms and is neither untoward nor ultra vires. An anomaly per se cannot result in the invalidation of a fiscal rule which has been framed in exercise of the power of delegated legislation.

n.    The formula in Rule 89 is not ambiguous in nature or unworkable, nor is it opposed to the intent of the legislature in granting limited refund on accumulation of unutilised ITC. It is merely the case that the practical effect of the formula might result in certain inequities. However, the court cannot read down the formula for doing so would result in judicial recrafting of the formula and walking into the shoes of the executive or the legislature, which is impermissible.

o.    It appears that the Supreme Court has interpreted an enabling provision for exports and inverted duty structure into an exception not noticing that such provisions for exports continued under the old regime too.

PROVISIONAL ATTACHMENT

17. At the inception of GST, court cases were rife with issues pertaining to provisional attachment. However, after several judgments that analysed the provisions of law in detail and laid down strict guidelines for the department to adhere to, litigation on this front have dwindled.

18. One case that is worth noticing is that of Radha Krishan Industries vs. State of Himachal Pradesh [2021] 127 taxmann.com 26 (SC). It was held that power to order a provisional attachment of property of taxable person including a bank account is draconian in nature; exercise of power for ordering a provisional attachment must be preceded by formation of an opinion by Commissioner that it is necessary so to do for purpose of protecting interest of government revenue.

a.    More specifically, the ingredients of Section 83 was spelt out as: (i) the necessity of the formation of opinion by the Commissioner; (ii) the formation of opinion before ordering a provisional attachment; (iii) the existence of opinion that it is necessary (and not just expedient) so to do for the purpose of protecting the interest of the government revenue; (iv) the issuance of an order in writing for the attachment of any property of the taxable person; and (v) the observance by the Commissioner of the provisions contained in the rules in regard to the manner of attachment.

b.    Further, the Court held that Rule 159 of the CGST/HPGST Rules, 2017 provides two safeguards to the person whose property is attached. Firstly, it permits such a person to submit objections to the order of attachment on the ground that the property was or is not liable for attachment. Secondly, Rule 159(5) posits an opportunity of being heard. Hence it was observed that both the requirements are cumulative in nature.

c.    The Court further observed that to invoke the powers of provisional attachment, there must be pending proceedings against a person whose property is being attached. The attachment cannot be sought based on the contention that there are pending proceedings against a third party. Allowing such interpretation (allowing attachment of property based on the proceedings against other persons) would be an expansion of a draconian power such as that contained in Section 83, which must necessarily be interpreted restrictively.

PLACE OF SUPPLY OF INTERMEDIARY SERVICES

19. Place of supply which in-turn determines the tax that is supposed to be charged i.e, IGST or CGST/SGST. For various types of situations, the law deems a particular place to be the “place of supply” for levying tax. As a result, tax is sought to be levied when, in effect, no tax ought to be paid. The case in point here is “intermediary services”. The intermediary renders services to a foreign principal and earns money in convertible foreign exchange is liable to pay tax. This is against the general rule wherein place of supply is deemed to be the place of the recipient. Such instances are forcing businesses to relocate abroad to remain cost-effective.

20. Dharmendra M. Jani vs. Union of India [2021] 127 taxmann.com 730 (Bombay) was a case that related to constitutionality of section 13(8)(b) of IGST Act. In this case, a split verdict rendered by the division bench of the High Court and is now still pending. Regarding constitutionality of section 13(8)(b), Justice Ujjal Bhuyan held as follows.

a.    The Constitution has only empowered Parliament to frame law for levy and collection of GST in the course of inter-state trade or commerce, besides laying down principles for determining place of supply and when such supply of goods or services or both takes place in the course of inter-state trade or commerce. Thus, the Constitution does not empower imposition of tax on export of services out of the territory of India by treating the same as a local supply.

b.    There is an express bar under Article 286(1) that no law of a state shall impose or authorize imposition of a tax on the supply of goods or services or both where such supply takes place in the course of import into or export out of the territory of India.

c.    “Intermediary services” is certainly a supply of service from India to outside India by an intermediary. Petitioner fulfils the requirement of an intermediary as defined in Section 2(13) of the IGST Act. That apart, all the conditions stipulated in sub-section (6) of Section 2 for a supply of service to be construed as export of service are complied with. The overseas foreign customer of the petitioner falls within the definition of “recipient of supply” in terms of Section 2(93) of the CGST Act read with section 2(14) of the IGST Act.

d.    Therefore, it is an ‘export of service’ as defined under Section 2(6) of the IGST Act read with Section 13(2) thereof. It would also be an export of service in terms of the expression ‘export’ as is understood in ordinary common parlance. However, section 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act read with section 8(2) of the said Act has created a fiction deeming export of service by an intermediary to be a local supply i.e., an inter-state supply. This is definitely an artificial device created to overcome a constitutional embargo.

e.    From the scheme of the IGST Act it is evident that the same provides for levy of IGST on inter-state supplies. Import and export of services have been treated as inter-state supplies in terms of Section 7(1) and Section 7(5) of the IGST Act respectively. On the other hand, Section 8(2) of the IGST Act provides that where location of the supplier and place of supply of service is in the same state, the said supply shall be treated as intra-state supply. However, by artificially creating a deeming provision in the form of Section 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act, where the location of the recipient of service provided by an intermediary is outside India, the place of supply has been treated as the location of the supplier i.e, in India. This runs contrary to the scheme of the CGST Act as well as the IGST Act besides being beyond the charging sections of both the Acts.

f.    The extra-territorial effect given by way of Section 13(8)(b) has no real connection or nexus with taxing regime in India introduced by GST system; rather it runs completely counter to the very fundamental principle on which GST is based i.e, it is a destination-based consumption tax as against principle of origin-based taxation.

g.    However, in the dissenting judgement, it was noted that power to stipulate the place of supply as contained in Sections 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act is pursuant to the provisions of Article 269A (5) read with Article 246A and Article 286 of the Constitution. It was further observed that once the parliament has, in its wisdom, stipulated the place of supply in case of Intermediary Services be the location of the supplier of service, no fault can be found with the provision by artificially attempting to link it with another provision to demonstrate constitutional or legislative infraction.

21. On the same issue, the Gujarat High Court delivered a contrary judgment in Material Recycling Association of India vs. Union of India [2020] 118 taxmann.com 75 (Guj):

a.    Upon a conjoint reading of section Section 2(6) and 2(13) which defines ‘export of service’ and ‘intermediary service’ respectively, then the person who is intermediary cannot be considered as exporter of services because he is only a broker who arranges and facilitates the supply of goods and services or both.

b.    Vide Notification No. 20/2019-IT(R), Entry no. 12AA was inserted to provide Nil rate of tax granting exemption from payment of IGST for service provided by an intermediary when location of both supplier and recipient of goods is outside the taxable territory i.e, India. It, therefore, appears that the basic logic or inception of Section 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act, considering the place of supply in case of intermediary to be the location of supply of service is in order to levy CGST and SGST and such intermediary service, therefore, would be out of the purview of IGST.

c.    There is no distinction between the intermediary services provided by a person in India or outside India. Merely because the invoices are raised on the person outside India with regard to the commission and foreign exchange is received in India, it would not qualify to be “export of services”, more particularly when the legislature has thought it fit to consider the place of supply of services as place of person who provides such service in India.

d.    There is no deeming provision in Section 13(8) but there is a stipulation by the Act legislated by the Parliament to consider the location of the service provider of the intermediary to be place of supply.

If the services provided by intermediary is not taxed in India, which is a location of supply of service, then, providing such service by the intermediary located in India would be without payment of any tax and such services would not be liable to tax anywhere.

TRAN-1: VALIDITY OF RULE 117 AND DIRECTIONS TO OPEN PORTAL, OR ALLOW MANUAL FILING

22. Five years on, transitional credit still appears to be an area that is intensely litigated in the Courts. Notwithstanding several judgment of various High Courts delineating the scope of transitional provisions, the litigation hasn’t seemed to attain quiescence. Some of the judgments on this aspect may be seen.

23. In Tara Exports vs. Union of India [2018] 98 taxmann.com 363 (Mad), it was held that GST is a new progressive levy. One of the progressive ideals of GST is to avoid cascading taxes. GST Laws contemplate seamless flow of tax credits on all eligible inputs. The input tax credits in TRAN-1 are the credits legitimately accrued in the GST transition. The due date contemplated under the laws to claim the transitional credit is procedural in nature. In view of the GST regime and the IT platform being new, it may not be justifiable to expect the users to back up digital evidences. Even under the old taxation laws, it is a settled legal position that substantive input credits cannot be denied or altered on account of procedural grounds. Accordingly, the court directed to the authorities either to open portal, so as to enable assessee to file the TRAN-1 electronically for claiming transitional credit or accept manually filed TRAN-1 and allow input credits if otherwise eligible in law.

24. In Siddharth Enterprises vs. Nodal Officer [2019] 109 taxmann.com 62 (Guj), the Court held as follows:

a.    The right to avail such credit a substantive right and cannot be allowed to be lapsed by application of Rule 117 on failure to file necessary forms within due date prescribed therein. Such prescription in violation of Article 14 of Constitution of India.

b.    Denial of credit against doctrine of legitimate expectations.

c.    Such action also in violation of Article 19(1)(g) ibid as it would affect working capital of assessees and diminish their ability to continue with business.

d.    Cenvat credit earned under erstwhile Central Excise Law being property of assessees cannot be appropriated on mere failure to file declaration in absence of Law in this respect and Government should have provided for it Act and not have taken it away by virtue of merely framing Rules in this regard.

e.    Due date contemplated under Rule 117 ibid for purposes of claiming transitional credit procedural in nature and should not be construed as mandatory provision.

25. In Brand Equity Treaties Ltd vs. Union of India [2020] 116 taxmann.com 415 (Delhi):

a.    Time limit prescribed under rule 117(1) is directory in nature which also substantiate that the period for filing TRAN-1 is not considered either by the legislature or the executive as sacrosanct (very important) or mandatory. This is mainly because, in exercise of powers vested with the Commissioner under proviso to Rule 117, the 90 day time period to transition credit, as originally envisaged in the Rules, had still not expired for a specific class of persons. These extensions have been largely on account of its inefficient network. It is not as if the Act completely restricts the transition of CENVAT credit in the GST regime by a particular date, and there is no rationale for curtailing the said period, except under the law of limitations.

b.    This, however, does not mean that the availing of CENVAT credit can be in perpetuity. Transitory provisions, as the word indicates, have to be given its due meaning. Transition from pre-GST Regime to GST Regime has not been smooth and therefore, what was reasonable in ideal circumstances is not in the current situation. In absence of any specific provisions under the Act, it was held that in terms of the residuary provisions of the Limitation Act, the period of three years should be the guiding principle and thus a period of three years from the appointed date would be the maximum period for availing of such credit.

c.    Vested right cannot be taken away merely by way of delegated legislation by framing rules.

d.    Relying on A.B. Pal Electricals vs. Union of India [2020] 113 taxmann.com 172 (Delhi), it was further held emphasized that the credit standing in favour of the assessee is a vested property right under Article 300A of the Constitution and cannot be taken away by prescribing a time-limit for availing the same.

e.    “Technical difficulty” is too broad a term and cannot have a narrow interpretation, or application. Further, technical difficulties cannot be restricted only to a difficulty faced by or on the part of the respondent. It would include within its purview any such technical difficulties faced by the taxpayers as well, which could also be a result of the respondent’s follies. It cannot be arbitrary or discriminatory, if it has to pass the muster of Article 14 of the Constitution. The government cannot turn a blind eye, as if there were no errors on the GSTN portal. It cannot adopt different yardsticks while evaluating the conduct of the taxpayers, and its own conduct, acts and omissions.

26. In SKH Sheet Metals Components vs. Union of India [2020] 117 taxman.com 94 (Delhi):

a.    By this time, vide Section 128 of the Finance Act, 2020, the government had promulgated retrospective amendment to validate the existence and mandatory nature of time limit in Rule 117.

b.    Although the legality of the retrospective amendment was not dealt with, it was held that no matter how well conversant the taxpayers may be with the tax provisions, errors are bound to occur, therefore, taxpayer should not be criticized and the solution should be found. Law should provide for a remedial avenue. The stand of Central Government, focusing on condemning the Petitioner for the clerical mistake and not redressing the grievance, is unsavoury and censurable.

c.    It was further held that the decision in case of Brand Equity in not merely based on grounds of time limit and therefore continue to apply with full rigour even today, regardless of amendment to Section 140 of the CGST Act.

27. In Adfert Technologies Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India [2019] 111 taxmann.com 27 (Punjab & Haryana), it was held that the introduction of Rule 117(1A) and Rule 120A and absence of any time period prescribed under Section 140 indicate that there is no intention of Government to deny carry forward of unutilized credit of duty/tax already paid on the ground of time limit. Further, GST is an electronic based tax regime, and most people of India are not well conversant with electronic mechanism. Most are not able to load simple forms electronically whereas there were a number of steps and columns in TRAN-1 forms thus possibility of mistake cannot be ruled out. Also, the authorities were having complete record of already registered persons and are free to verify fact and figures of any petitioner. Thus, in spite of being aware of complete facts and figures, the respondent cannot deprive petitioners from their valuable right of credit.

28. In Filco Trade Center Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India 2018 (17) GSTL 3 (Guj), it was held that Section 140(3)(iv) of the CGST Act lays down conditions which limit the eligibility of first stage dealer to claim credit of eligible duties in respect of goods which were purchased from manufacturers prior to twelve months of appointed day. Such condition, though does not make hostile discrimination between similarly situated persons, imposes a burden with retrospective effect without any basis limiting scope of dealer to enjoy existing tax credits. Further, no such restriction existed in prior regime. Thus, Section 140(3)(iv) was held to be unconstitutional and liable to be struck down.

29. In JCB India Ltd vs. Union of India [2018] 92 taxmann.com 131 (Bombay), however, the Bombay High Court took a contrary view on the same question as above. One of the main grounds for arriving at a contrary conclusion was that cenvat credit was a concession and not an accrued right. To buttress this proposition, reliance was placed on Jayam & Company vs. Assistant Commissioner (2016) 15 SCC 125, a decision rendered in the VAT regime (which was based on the “origin-based consumption tax” principle). It was held that protection of existing rights must always be consistent with conditions already imposed under existing (erstwhile) law for their enjoyment. It was further, noted that since period or outer limit for availing Cenvat credit also existed under Rule 4(7) of the Cenvat Credit Rules, 2004 and thus held that even the erstwhile Central Excise/Service Tax laws did not give assessees unrestricted and unfettered right to claim Cenvat credit.

30. Inter alia on the strength of the above judgment, the Bombay High Court, in Nelco Ltd vs. Union of India [2020] 116 taxmann.com 255 (Bombay) took a view that Rule 117 was intra vires. What it held was that where the assessee alleged that authorities did not permit its request of filing TRAN-1 Form as it could not be filed due to problems on common portal, since technical difficulty faced by the assessee could not be evidenced from GST system logs, no direction could be issued to respondents to treat instant case as falling within ambit of rule 117(1A).

31. The above case also drew from the judgment of the Gujarat High Court in Willowood Chemicals Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India [2018] 98 taxmann.com 100 (Gujarat). In this case, it was held that plenary prescription of time limit for declarations was neither without authority nor unreasonable. It was within rule making power available under Sections 164(1) and 164(2) of CGST Act. It was not arbitrary to provide for finality on credits, transfers of such credits and all issues related thereto, when tax structure of country was being shifted to new framework. Doing away with the time limit for making declarations could give rise to multiple largescale claims trickling in for years together, after the new tax structure is put in place. This would, besides making the task of matching of the credits impractical if not impossible, also impact the revenue collection estimates. If the time limit in Rule 117 was held to be directory, it would give rise to unending claims of transfer of credit of tax on inputs and such other claims from old to the new regime.

32. In Assistant Commissioner of CGST and Central Excise vs. Sutherland Global Services Pvt Ltd [2020] 120 taxmann.com 295 (Madras), it was held that assessee was not entitled to carry forward and set-off of unutilized credit of Education Cess, Secondary and Higher Education Cess, and Krishi Kalyan Cess against its output GST liabilities in terms of Explanations 1 and 2 to Section 140.

INPUT TAX CREDIT

33. One of the features of the GST law is the flow of seamless credit across the value-chain. However, there are multiple situations artificially created in the law which deny the credit to the recipient of the goods/service even though the goods/services are utilized for the furtherance of business. One example which comes to mind is ITC in respect of construction and works contract in Section 17(5)(d). In case of Safari Retreats Pvt Ltd vs. Chief Commissioner of CGST (2019) 25 GSTL 341 (Orissa):

a.    The petitioners were mainly carrying on business activity of constructing shopping malls for the purpose of letting out of the same to numerous tenants and lessees.

b.    Huge quantities of materials and other inputs in the form of cement, sand, steel, aluminium, wires, plywood, paint, lifts, escalators, air-conditioning plant, chillers, electrical equipment, special facade, DG sets, transformers, building automation systems etc. The petitioners had also availed services in the form of consultancy service, architectural service, legal and professional service, engineering service, etc for the purpose of construction of the said malls. Input taxes were paid on all goods and services purchased by the petitioners.

c.    In one of the shopping malls, the petitioner had let out different units on rental basis. Such activity of “letting out” is also a “supply of service” under CGST Act and chargeable to tax.

d.    The petitioner sought to discharge their tax obligation on provision of renting service through the ITC accumulated on inputs, etc. used for construction of shopping malls. The respondent disallowed utilization of such ITC in view of Section 17(5)(d). Aggrieved, the petitioner approached the High Court seeking utilization of ITC accumulated on inputs, etc. purchased for construction against renting of immovable property.

e.    The petitioner inter alia advanced the following arguments:

i.    Section 17(5)(d) must apply only in cases of constructions where tax chain is broken. Its purport must be restricted to cases where the intention to construct a building, is to sell it after issuance of completion certificate. In the instant case, the construction was neither “intended for sale” nor “on his own account”. Section 17(5)(d) cannot be applied if construction was not on “his own account”, far less when the construction of the immovable property is intended for letting out.

ii.    The sale of a property after issuing of a completion certificate is not taxable in the GST regime as per entry 5 of III Schedule to CGST Act. Therefore, the chain of taxation gets broken and restricting ITC in such cases would be completely valid.

iii.    However, in the instant case the tax chain continues as the mall which has been constructed generates rental income which is liable to GST. Hence, the taxation which starts when the petitioner buys goods and services for the construction of the mall, continues till the taxation of rental income arising out of the same construction.

iv.    Further, under section 16 of the CGST Act, GST registered persons are entitled to take credit of input tax charged on any supply of goods or services to him which are used or intended to be used in the course or furtherance of his business. It contemplates availment and utilization of ITC by persons who have a uniform tax chain in their transactions from input till output.

v.    Therefore, the petitioner cannot be denied the benefit of ITC in the facts and circumstances of the present case.

f. The High Court acceded to the above arguments and read down Section 17(5)(d) by allowing use of ITC on goods and services consumed in construction of shopping mall against paying GST on rentals received from tenants in shopping mall. In general terms, Section 17(5)(d) was read down to allow use of ITC on inputs used in construction in B2B cases and deny ITC only in cases of B2C cases.

34. The rational therefore, for allowing input tax credit accumulated on account of inputs purchased/used for construction of immovable property against renting of immovable property is that supply of input goods for construction of a shopping mall and the same being used for renting out units in the mall constitute a single supply chain and benefit of ITC should be available to the assessee. The investment (including the taxes suffered on inputs) in construction of the mall is now being utilized to generate rent, which is also taxable under the provisions of GST. Therefore, it is part of the same tax-chain and both taxes at stage of input and output are not liable to be taxed independently.

35. The above judgment, however, has been currently stayed by the Supreme Court.

E-WAY BILL, INSPECTION & CONFISCATION

36. In Assistant Commissioner vs. Satyam Shivam Papers Pvt Ltd [2022] 134 taxmann.com 241 (SC), goods were kept in the house of a relative for 16 days by the officer and not in designated place for safe keeping. The goods were confiscated, in the first place, for the reason that the goods in question could not be taken to the destination within time (of expiry of e-way bill) for reasons beyond the control of respondent-taxpayer including traffic blockage due to agitation. Section 129 not at all being attracted, the court imposed a cost of Rs. 59, 000 considering the conduct of GST officer and harassment faced by taxpayer.

37. In Shiv Enterprises vs. State of Punjab [2022] 135 taxmann.com 123 (Punjab & Haryana), confiscation proceeding under Section 130(1) initiated on the ground that sellers/suppliers of the assessee are not having inward supply but only engaged in outward supply without paying any tax. It was held that the confiscation was completely unsustainable for the following reasons: (i) Goods and conveyance in transit were accompanied with invoice and e-way bill as prescribed under Rule 138A; (ii) No discrepancy has been pointed out in invoice and e-way bill and reply filed by respondent-department; (iii) No finding with respect to contravention of any provision by petitioner with intent to evade payment of tax; (iv) Contravention of provision alleged is against supplier of petitioner on the ground of showing outward supply without having inward supply; (v) Invocation of Section 130 must have nexus with action of person against whom proceedings are initiated. Petitioner cannot be held liable for contravention of provision of law by any other person in supply chain.

38. In Synergy Fertichem Pvt Ltd vs. State of Gujarat 2020 (33) GSTL 513 (Gujarat), it was held that while section 129 provides for deduction, seizure and release of goods and conveyances in transit, section 130 provides for their confiscation and, thus, section 130 is not dependent on or subject to section 129. It was further held that for issuing notice of confiscation under section 130, mere suspicion is not sufficient, and authority should make out a very strong case that assessee had definite intent to evade tax. At the stage of detention and seizure of the goods and conveyance, the case has to be of such a nature that on the face of the entire transaction, the authority concerned should be convinced that the contravention was with a definite intent to evade payment of tax. The action, in such circumstances, should be in good faith and not be a mere pretence.

39. The High Courts have quashed proceedings relating to e-way bill initiated on account of minor and clerical errors. For example, typing 470 kms as the distance instead of 1470 kms [See: Tirthamoyee Aluminium Products vs. State of Tripura [2021] 127 taxmann.com 680 (Tripura)]; minor detours enroute [See: R. K. Motors vs. State Tax Officer [2019] 102 taxmann.com 337 (Madras)]; mistake in vehicle no. in part-B of e-way bill when all other documents were in place [See: K.B. Enterprises vs. Assistant Commissioner of State Taxes & Excise [2020] 115 taxmann.com 250 (AA- GST – HP)]; wrong valuation or classification of goods at the time of interception [See: K.P. Sugandh Ltd. vs. State of Chhattisgarh [2020] 122 taxmann.com 291 (Chhattisgarh)], etc.

40. While various High Courts have been proactive in this front, the Supreme Court has not been progressive. For instance, in State of Uttar Pradesh vs. Kay Pan Fragrance Pvt Ltd [2019] 112 taxmann.com 81 (SC), High Court had passed an interim order directing State to release seized goods, subject to deposit of security other than cash or bank guarantee or in alternative, indemnity bond equal to value of tax and penalty to satisfaction of Assessing Authority. The Supreme Court held that the order passed by High Court was contrary to section 67(6) and authorities would process claims of concerned assessee afresh as per express stipulations in section 67, read with relevant rules in that regard. Similarly, in Assistant Commissioner of State Tax vs. Commercial Steel Ltd [2021] 130 taxmann.com 180 (SC), Competent Authority by an order passed under section 129(1) detained goods of assessee under transport and served a notice on person in charge of conveyance and High Court, on writ petition filed by assessee, set aside action of Competent Authority. However, it was held that since assessee had a statutory remedy under section 107 and there was, in fact, no violation of principles of natural justice in instant case, it was not appropriate for High Court to entertain a writ petition and impugned order of High Court deserved to be set aside and assessee was to be permitted to take appropriate remedies which were available in terms of Section 107.

ARREST & PROSECUTION

41. The key issue that has been litigated on this front is as to what must happen first – determination of tax liability or arrest? There is, again, a dichotomy of judicial views in this regard.

42. In PV Ramana Reddy vs. Union of India 2019-TIOL-873-HC-TELANGANA-GST, the following observations were made:

a. Even though Section 69(1) does confer power to arrest in case of non-cognizable and bailable i.e, the four offences listed in Section 132 above, if the amount involved is between Rs. 3 Crore and Rs. 5 Crore, Section 69(3) deals with the grant of bail, remand to custody and the procedure for grant of bail to a person accused of the commission of non-cognizable and bailable offences. It is not known how a person whom the Commissioner believes to have committed an offence specified in clauses (f) to (l) of sub-section (1) of section 132, which are non-cognizable and bailable, could be arrested at all, since section 69(1) does not confer power of arrest in such cases.

b. It was held that offences mentioned in Section 132 have no co-relation to and do not depend on any assessment and adjudication and therefore, prosecution can be launched even prior to the completion of assessment. It is important to note the fact that until a prosecution is launched, by way of a private complaint with the previous sanction of the Commissioner, no criminal proceedings can be taken to commence, was not disputed.

c. Further, persons who are summoned under section 70(1) and persons whose arrest is authorised under section 69(1) are not to be treated as “persons accused of any offence” until a prosecution is launched was also not disputed. It was also acknowledged that officers under various tax laws such as the Central Excise Act etc., are not police officers to whom section 25 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 would apply. The power conferred upon the officers appointed under various tax enactments for search and arrest are actually intended to aid and support their main function of levy and collection of taxes and duties. Further, the statements made by persons in the course of enquiries under the tax laws, cannot be equated to statements made by persons accused of an offence. Consequently, there is no protection for such persons under article 20(3) of the Constitution of India, as the persons summoned for enquiry are not persons accused of any offence within the meaning of article 20(3).

d. It was also held that writ proceedings can be converted into proceedings for anticipatory bail if the enquiry by the respondents is not a criminal proceeding and yet the respondents are empowered to arrest a person on the basis of a reason to believe that such a person is guilty of commission of an offence under the CGST Act. However, a writ of mandamus would lie only to compel the performance of a statutory or other duty. No writ of mandamus would lie to prevent an officer from performing his statutory functions or to direct an officer not to effect arrest.

e. Further, it was observed that despite the fact that the enquiry by the officers of the GST Commissionerate is not a criminal proceeding, it is nevertheless a judicial proceeding in terms of Section 70 of the CGST Act.

f. To say a prosecution can be launched only after the completion of the assessment, goes contrary to section 132. The prosecutions for these offences do not depend upon the completion of assessment. Therefore, argument that there cannot be an arrest even before adjudication or assessment, is not appealing.

g. The objects of pre-trial arrest and detention to custody pending trial, are manifold as indicated in section 41 CrPC, i.e, to prevent such person from committing any further offence, proper investigation of the offence, to prevent such person from causing the evidence of the offence to disappear or tampering with such evidence in any manner and to prevent such person from making any inducement, threat or promise to any person acquainted with the facts of the case so as to dissuade him from disclosing such facts to the Court or to the police officer. Therefore, it is not correct to say that the object of arrest is only to proceed with further investigation with the arrested person.

43. Per contra, in Jayachandran Alloys Pvt Ltd vs. Superintendent of GST & Central Excise, Salem [2019] 25 GSTL 245 (Madras), the Madras High Court ruled that:

a. The power to punish set out in section 132 would stand triggered only once it is established that an assessee has ‘committed’ an offence. It has to necessarily be after determination of demand due from an assessee which itself has to necessarily follow process of an assessment.

b. It was observed that Section 132 imposes a punishment upon the assessee that ‘commits’ an offence. The allegation of the revenue in the instant case was that the petitioner had contravened the provisions of section 16(2) and availed excess input tax credit.

c. Further, it was found that there was no movement of the goods and the transactions were bogus and fictitious, created only on paper, solely to avail input tax credit. The offences contained in Section 132 constitute matters of assessment and would form part of an order of assessment, to be passed after the process of adjudication is complete and taking into account the submissions of the assessee and careful weighing of evidence and explanations offered by the assessee in regard to the same.

d. The use of word ‘commits’ make it more than amply clear that the act of committal of the offence is to be fixed first before punishment is imposed. It was thus held that ‘determination’ of the excess credit by way of the procedure set out in section 73 or 74, as the case maybe is a pre-requisite for the recovery.

e. Sections 73 and 74 deal with assessments and as such it is clear and unambiguous that such recovery can only be initiated once the amount of excess credit has been quantified and determined in an assessment. When recovery is made subject to ‘determination’ in an assessment, the argument of the department that punishment for the offence alleged can be imposed even prior to such assessment, is clearly incorrect and amounts to putting the cart before the horse.

f. The exceptions to this rule of assessment are only those cases where the assessee is a habitual offender, that/who has been visited consistently and often with penalties and fines for contraventions of statutory provisions. It is only in such cases that the authorities might be justified in proceedings to pre-empt the assessment and initiate action against the assessee in terms of section 132, for reasons to be recorded in writing. Support in this regard was drawn from the decision of the Division Bench of the Delhi High Court in the case of Make My Trip (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India [2016] 58 GST 397 (Delhi), as confirmed by the Supreme Court reported in Union of India vs. Make My Trip (India) (P.) Ltd. [2019] 104 taxmann.com 245 (SC), reiterating that such action, would amount to a violation of Constitutional rights of the petitioner that cannot be countenanced.

44. The correctness of both the above cases is pending before a larger bench of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Sapna Jain 2019-TIOL-217-SC-GST.

CONCLUSION

45. On weighing all the case laws seen above, what can be said is that the courts have been treaded cautiously while dealing with constitutional issues surrounding GST, in fact, on all occasions so far, upholding validity of the impugned provisions of GST law. Whereas on issues such as confiscation of goods and vehicles, provisional attachment of property, blocking of electronic credit ledger, carrying forward of transitional credit and failure of natural justice, the courts have been pro-active in coming to the rescue of the assessees.

46. On when economic legislation is questioned, the Courts are slow to strike down a provision which may lead to financial complications. Taxation issues are highly sensitive and complex; legislations in economic matters are based on experimentations; Court should decide the constitutionality of such legislation by the generality of its provisions. Trial and error method is inherent in the economic endeavours of the State. In matters of economic policy, the accepted principle is that the Courts should be cautious to interfere as interference by the Courts in a complex taxation regime can have large scale ramifications.

47. During the last 5 years, there have a slew of notifications/circulars/orders that have been issued. While this does complicate the law but it also shows that the Government is listening to the issues raised by the stakeholders. However, the changes in law every time there is an adverse judgement to the government shows lack of grace. Accepting defeat honourably requires a mindset which assesses are used to – what about the government?

5 YEARS OF GST – AN INDUSTRY PERSPECTIVE

On 1st July 2022 we will be celebrating the 5th birth anniversary of implementation of GST in India. On ‘GST Day’ let us look back and reflect on GST’s achievements and failures and the way forward. In June 2017, the then Finance Minister of India, Late Mr. Arun Jaitley announced implementation of the biggest tax reform after independence. Looking at the scale and diversity of our country, it was a mammoth task. The broad objectives of bringing GST into India can be captured in two quotes –

“One Nation, One Tax” and “Good and Simple Tax”

I. PRE-IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed Indian GST law was unique in many senses. It was dual GST plus IGST for interstate supplies administered by States and Union simultaneously. Therefore, trade and industry were highly apprehensive about its impact on their businesses and doubted the success of the new tax regime.

The main fears were –

1.    Registration in each State: Prior to GST, the service sector was required to comply with the service tax regime which was a Union levy which did not require maintenance of state-wise records and state-wise registration for every state in which one carries on business. It was a herculean task to align business processes to comply with the requirement of state-wise reporting. If not done proactively, it would have business impact of missing input tax credits and the consequences of non-compliance.

2.    Dual administration: GST being administered by State and Union simultaneously, the industry was sceptical about whether both authorities would subject the taxpayer for audits and assessments, which may result in difference of opinions, multiple proceedings and demands. However, better sense prevailed, and the State and Union agreed to divide the administration of taxpayers such that, the taxpayer is required to report to a single authority.

3.    Place of Supply: Another fear of the industry was the determination of the place of supply in a ‘bill to ship to’ model and certain services such as intermediary services, hotel accommodation etc.

4.    Working capital blockage: The Industry was further apprehensive of the working capital blockage which would arise due to the division of input tax credits into state-wise SGST, CGST and IGST and the restrictions on cross utilization of funds.

5.    Valuation: Supply of services to own branches was classified as a deemed taxable supply for the first time under GST. Valuation of supply to own branches was a major concern for businesses with branches located across multiple states. The first and second proviso to Rule 28 of the CGST Rules has given big respite to the businesses by providing a valuation mechanism.

6.    Technology: It was pronounced that all compliances including registration of the taxpayers should be done online using GST Network (GSTN) portal. In India, where in use of technology not only taxpayers but various State tax administrations were on different maturity levels, it was a very ambitious decision to adopt paperless tax administration. While there were initial glitches, troubles and learning curves for both administration and taxpayers, it now seems to have stabilized and taxpayers have also learned to comply digitally.

7.    Transition of tax credits: Trade and Industry were also fearful of being able to successfully transition legacy tax credits to the GST regime. However, the fears were unfounded since excepting initial technical glitches, for most tax-payers transition balances of input credits under legacy tax systems were successfully flown to GST regime. However, some businesses had to seek relief from courts for transfer of their credit balances.

II. IMPLEMENTATION

During the implementation phase, the GST council and tax administration were proactive and supportive, made swift decisions, provided immediate clarifications, carried out changes in the provisions of law which were impossible to comply and extended timelines many times at the request of the business community, which helped in boosting the faith and confidence of the business community in the new tax system.

III. POST-IMPLEMENTATION

Achievements:

1.    India as a single Market: Prior to 2017, the market in India was fragmented and there were distortions due to different tax policies of the States. The biggest achievement of GST is, today the whole country from Kashmir to Kanyakumari and from Mumbai to Manipur is a single homogeneous market. Taxes on supply of goods and services are uniformly charged.

2.    Reduced compliances: There is a substantial reduction in compliances due to subsuming of various fiscal legislations of Central, State, and local governments. Businesses operating in multiple states benefited the most and could centrally manage the compliances.

3.    Reduction in effective rate of tax: For many goods, there is a substantial reduction in the rate of collective state and central taxes applicable after GST compared to the past regime.

4.    Removal of cascading of taxes: GST is consumption tax based on value-add principle, therefore, except the restriction put in under section 17(5) of the CGST Act, GST paid on all other procurements made for doing business are allowed as input which has resulted into lower sunk tax cost on output supply made by the businesses.

5.    Higher registration threshold: Prior to GST there were different points of levy and threshold limits under the State and Central laws. The GST council decided to keep the higher common registration threshold limit of Rs. 20 lakhs per year (for goods suppliers now it is Rs. 40 lakhs per year) which has provided great relief to small business and professionals.

6.    Digitisation of compliance processes: The availability of taxpayers’ services through GSTN portal 24×7, seamless integration of State and central taxes and digitisation of compliance processes is a huge step to achieve transparency and faceless tax administration. It is one of the biggest achievements of GST.

7.    Level playing field by having control over tax evaders: Tax evaders and dishonest taxpayers could exploit the Pre-GST tax regime, resulting in a skewed market with higher tax burden upon honest taxpayers. Digital reporting and input credit mechanism under GST is incentivising honest and compliant tax payers.

IV. WAY FORWARD:

Fiscal reforms are dynamic and constantly evolving.There is a long way to reach to just, equitable and ideal goods and service tax based on value-add principle. To achieve the same the Council, Union and State Government need to look into following issues on an urgent basis.

1.    Broadening of tax base: Currently, sectors crucial to the economy, such as real estate, petroleum, and power are outside the remit of GST regulations and continue to be governed by old tax regimes. No businesses or industries run without use of power/energy or real estate hence the legacy regime taxes levied on supply of petroleum goods and power and the GST levied on goods and services used for construction of real estate are a cost to the businesses who are consumers of these sectors. To that extent the cascading of taxes remains in the system which is detrimental to economic growth.

2.    Removal of restrictions under section 17(5): Section 17(5) of CGST Act blocks input credits on works contract, motor vehicles, health insurances services etc., procured by the businesses, which results in cascading of taxes. Ideally, except the goods and services which are personally consumed by the employees (not while performing their duties), other business expenses should be made eligible for input credits.

3.    Removal of blockage of working capital: The restriction on ITC availment and state-wise division of credit pool block precious working capital of the business. Therefore, the taxpayer should be provided an option to unconditionally transfer credits amongst various registrations (distinct persons) of the tax payer.

4.    Reverse charge reporting by way of accounting to be permitted: Tax on import of services is required to be made only in cash and cannot be paid using the accumulated credits. It leads to major cash outflow for exporters and businesses under the inverse tax rate regime. Also, it is wash tax for the revenue. This regressive provision was contained in the previous service tax regime and has been continued under GST regime and is unique to only Indian GST. All major countries where VAT/GST is applicable only require the tax payer to account tax on import of services but do not require payment in cash if sufficient input credit balance is available. Adoption of this system by India will be a great relief to the exporter community. Alternatively, similar to provision under the Australian GST law, the Government may consider completely removing reverse charge payment for exporters and businesses whose output is taxable.

5.    Setting up of effective dispute resolution mechanism: No tax system is complete without an efficient dispute redressal system. India has completed five years of the GST but GST Tribunals have not been constituted in the country. High Courts and Supreme Courts are flooded with tax petitions and justice to the tax payers is delayed and denied. It is the need of the hour that the Centre, States and the GST Council collectively take immediate steps to establish GST tribunals. Further, it is a common trade and industry sentiment that advance rulings under GST do more harm than good. In multiple instances, two State advance ruling authorities have taken different views on the same issue. Therefore, to make these provisions effective, the GST Council and Union and State governments must consider creation of a national advance ruling & appellate authority, whose orders are appealable before High Courts/the Supreme Court.

6.    Administrative reforms: There is an increasing need for standardization of administrative processes like assessments, audits, investigation and refunds across the states keeping ease of doing business in mind. Special training needs to be given to Tax Officers to transform them from coercive recovery agents into facilitators of honest taxpayers.

V. CONCLUSION

While a lot has been achieved in the first five years of GST, India should target implementation of the measures listed above in the coming years to truly make GST a just, equitable and ideal good and simple tax.

 

IRONING THE CREASES

A goods and services tax has been a subject matter that had resurfaced multiple times during parliamentary and stakeholder discussions for a long time. With the Constitutional Amendment in 2016, it was made clear that this time around, GST was serious business. The law was enacted in 2017, amidst extensive debates as to whether it was a measure hurried into. Soon, it became clear that the underlying infrastructure that heavily relied on technology, which is also the backbone of GST, was far from ready. Glitches and loopholes plagued the system, exposing that the experimental system could not handle the throughput of actual users accessing the GST Portal. Now, over the course of five years, the Portal has been altered and modified, and one would not be far off, in making an analogy to the ‘Ship of Theseus’, (a thought experiment that questions whether an object that has had all of its components replaced remains fundamentally the same object). The Portal continues to be a ‘work in progress’ and the abandonment of most of the ‘Forms’ is testimony to that fact.

The general feeling is that any new legislation would have teething troubles and that the hurriedly introduced GST Law was no exception. A key question is whether teething troubles were converted into problems that required surgery by the series of amendments. Some statistics (as on 29th April, 2022) with reference to number of amendments and changes through Notifications are relevant and given below:

S. No.

Category

Number

1

Notifications – Central Tax Rate

135

2

Notifications – Central Tax

371

3

Removal of difficulty orders

16

4

Amendments to CGST Act

99

5

Amendments to IGST Act

15

6

Amendments to CGST Rules

61

While some of the amendments have proved to be critical, the rest can certainly be considered a knee jerk reaction to market or business behavior; or attributable to the sole objective of nullifying judicial decisions or bringing about the change through a Notification without having necessary power in the statute and then amending the statute to confer such power.

INTRODUCTION OF SECTION 7(1A) WITH RETROSPECTIVE EFFECT FROM 1ST JULY, 2017 AND AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7(1)

The original Section 7(1) was amended retrospectively by CGST (Amendment) Act, 2018 and Section 7(1A) was introduced. The effect of the amendment is such that Schedule-II has now become more of a classification of supplies rather than having any kind of deemed or declared effect of supply. The language adopted in Section 7(1A) indicates that the activity or transaction should first constitute a supply under Section 7(1) and such a supply shall be treated either as supply of goods or as supply of services through Schedule – II.

To illustrate Entry 5(e), Schedule – II refers to agreeing to the obligation to refrain from an act, or tolerate an act or a situation, or to do an act. This alone is not sufficient for the levy to sustain. This should translate into a supply for consideration and consequently consideration for supply in order to be taxable. In the service tax regime, there was an attempt to classify certain services and declare them as taxable. While the same exercise was carried out through Schedule – II, the amendments and the introduction of Section 7(1A) has completely diluted the scope of the Entries in the Schedule and these Entries on a standalone basis cannot create liability unless they constitute a supply under Section 7(1).

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7(1) BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021

The Supreme Court in the case of Calcutta Club (2019) 29 GSTL 545 had held that doctrine of mutuality continues to be applicable both to incorporated and unincorporated members’ clubs even after the 46th Amendment to the Constitution. The Court had held that the very essence of mutuality is that a man cannot trade with himself. Club acts as an agent of its members and there is no exchange or flow of consideration. Service Tax and VAT cannot be levied based on the doctrine of mutuality.

Finance Act, 2021 has amended Section 7(1) in order to insert clause (aa) and the said clause shall be deemed to have been inserted with effect from 1st July, 2017. The clause reads as under:

the activities or transactions, by a person, other than an individual, to its members or constituents or vice versa, for cash deferred payment or other valuable consideration.
    
Explanation: For the purposes of this clause, it is hereby clarified that, notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or any judgment, decree or order of any Court, tribunal or authority, the person and its members or constituents shall be deemed to be two separate persons and the supply of activities or transactions inter se shall be deemed to take place from one person to another.

Finance Act, 2021 had amended Schedule II to the CGST Act, 2017 by omitting para 7.

The amendment to Section 7(1) by Finance Act, 2021 with retrospective effect from 1st July, 2017 is clearly an attempt to nullify the decision of the Supreme Court in the context of the principle of mutuality. Interestingly, while the decision was in the context of sales tax and service tax, the principle was that tax could not be levied since firstly there were no two persons in existence and the 46th amendment to the Constitution was not adequate; and secondly the amounts paid by the member did not constitute ‘consideration’. The Supreme Court referred to the fact that consideration in Section 2(d) of the Contract Act necessarily posits consideration passing from one person to another. This is further reinforced by the last part of Article 366(29A), as under this part, the supply of such goods shall be deemed to be sale of those goods by the person making the supply and the purchase of those goods by the person to whom such supply is made.

The amendment to Section 7 again refers to valuable consideration and the question is whether the amendment has really addressed the issue identified by the Supreme Court. The amendment may not be adequate enough to nullify the doctrine of mutuality, given the fact that the Supreme Court in the Calcutta Club case had examined Article 366(29)(e) and found the same to be inadequate. In the Calcutta Club judgement, the Supreme Court also noted that the expanded dealer definition may not be sufficient to get over the decision of the Young Men Indian Association case since even in the said decision the court was concerned with the similar definition.

There is a possibility of the amendment to Section 7(1) being challenged but until the provisions are struck down or read down, the objective of the amendments is to bring clubs and associations into the ambit of taxation and to address any doubts that arose on account of the Calcutta Club judgment.

An interesting question that can be raised is whether the amendment is to nullify a decision or is an independent retrospective amendment. Para 25.8 of the 39th GST Council Minutes dated 14th March, 2020 reads as under:

Next, Table Agenda No. ll(viii) was taken up for discussion by PC, GSTPW. It was explained that the proposal was for amendment in the CGST Act so as to explicitly include the transactions and activities involving goods and services or both, by, to its members, for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration along with an explanation stating that for the purpose of this section, an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not as taxable supply w.e.f 1st July, 2017. It is also proposed that such an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not and member thereof shall be treated as distinct persons under section 7(1) of the CGST Act. Consequently, para 7 of Schedule II of the CGST Act is proposed to be deleted. It was informed that this had become necessary to make this retrospective amendment in view of pronouncement in this regard by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in a case involving levy of service tax on supplies of taxable services by the Clubs to its Members. PC, GSTPW informed that this had also been agreed to in the Officers’ Committee meeting held on 13th March, 2020.

The Agenda points for discussions are an interesting read and are given below:

TABLE AGENDA (VIII): AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7 OF CGST ACT, 2017 TO INCLUDE SUPPLY BY INCORPORATED/UNINCORPORATED ASSOCIATION OF PERSONS TO ITS MEMBERS (2/2)

•     Proposal to save the GST levy:

•     Amend Section 7(1) of the CGST Act, 2017, to insert new clause followed by an explanation with retrospective effect “(e) the supply of goods or services or both, by an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not, to its members, for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration. Explanation-i.e., the purpose of this section, an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or 110t, and member thereof shall be treated as distinct persons”

Maharashtra view is that amendment is not required in view of definition of ‘business I and’ person I in the GST Act

It is therefore clear that the sole objective of the amendment is to ensure that the levy of GST on clubs or associations is not in any manner compromised on account decision of the Supreme Court in Calcutta Club. Therefore, even though Calcutta Club was not concerned with reference to levy of GST, the principle laid down that there cannot be any sale or service inter se between association and members is the subject matter of the retrospective amendment.

Parliament is empowered to amend the law prospectively or retrospectively. There are enough instances where law has been amended retrospectively to nullify decisions of the Court. The case at point would be the amendment to Section 9 to nullify the decision of the Supreme Court in Vodafone’s case with retrospective effect which finally ended in arbitration and compromise.

It is well settled that the Parliament in exercise of its legislative powers can frame laws with retrospective effect. A retrospective law may be struck down by the Court if it finds it to be unreasonable or not in public interest or violative of the Constitution or manifestly arbitrarily or beyond legislative competence. In the instant case, it would be difficult to state that there is no legislative competence or that there is a violation of the Constitution. Whether the amendment is manifestly arbitrarily is one aspect which may have to be tested by the Courts.

A Division of the Karnataka High Court in the case of Netley B Estate vs. ACIT (2002) 257 ITR 532 has held that the State has every right to bring in amendments retrospectively and to bridge a lacuna or defect. The State also has every right to add Explanation by way of amplification of a Section in the Act by an amendment; but such amendments brought retrospectively must not be only for the purpose of nullifying a judgment where there was no lacuna or defect pointed out in the Act.

The Supreme Court in the case of D. Cawasji & Co. vs. State of Mysore and Others (1984) 150 ITR 648 has held that it may be open to the Legislature to impose the levy at a higher rate with prospective operation but the levy of taxation at higher rate which really amounts to imposition of tax with retrospective operation has to be justified on proper and cogent grounds.

The Supreme Court in the latest judgement in the case of Madras Bar Association LSI-492-SC-2021(NDEL), held that

(i)     Retrospectivity given to Section 184(11) is only to nullify the effect of interim orders of this Court which are in the nature of mandamus and is, therefore, a prohibited legislative action.

(ii)     Sufficient reasons were given in MBA – III to hold that executive influence should be avoided in matters of appointments to tribunals – therefore, the direction that only one person shall be recommended to each post. The decision of this Court in that regard is a law laid down under Article 141 of the Constitution. The only way the legislature could nullify the said decision of this Court is by curing the defect in Rule 4(2). There has been no such attempt made except to repeat the provision of Rule 4(2) of the 2020 Rules in the Ordinance amending the Finance Act, 2017. Ergo, Section 184(7) is unsustainable in law as it is an attempt to override the law laid down by this Court. Repeating the contents of Rule 4(2) of the 2020 Rules by placing them in Section 184(7) is an indirect method of intruding into judicial sphere which is proscribed.

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 9
The original Section 9(4) created chaos since it mandated a registered recipient to pay GST on reverse charge basis on supply of goods or services or both by an unregistered supplier. This was also not equitable since there was a registration threshold of Rs. 20 lakhs. Taking into account the complexity of the provision, attempts were made to dilute the scope through various Notifications. Subsequently, CGST (Amendment) Act, 2018 substituted Section 9(4), whereby it is now confined to a notified class of registered persons who would be liable to pay GST under reverse charge mechanism in respect of supplies received from unregistered suppliers. Members of the real estate sector under the new regime of Notification 3/2019 – CTR are now identified as a class of registered persons for the purpose of Section 9(4).

The substitution of Section 9(4) is clearly a course correction and the provision enables the law maker to step in and implement RCM in segments prone to evasion.

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 16
Section 16 saw the first change when the explanation to Section 16(2)(b) was substituted by the CGST (Amendment) Act, 2018 w.e.f. 1st February, 2019. The original explanation ensured that the effect of Section 10(1)(b) of the IGST Act, 2017 resonates in the context of Section 16(2)(b) which deals with ‘receipt’. The amendment brings parity and covers services provided by a supplier to any person on the direction and on account of such registered person. A question can always arise as to the past period. However, given the nature of the amendment, it can be seen as a clarificatory amendment.

Section 16(2) saw a major change in the form of introduction of clause (aa) by Finance Act, 2021 w.e.f. 1st January, 2022 whereby, the furnishing of GSTR-1 by the supplier has become a condition for ITC. The amendment is a blessing in disguise since it now demonstrates that the entire exercise of comparing GSTR-1 filed by the supplier and GSTR-3B filed by the recipient as an illegal exercise not sanctioned by law. Even though amendments were made to Rule 60 to give some sanction to the exercise, the specific introduction of Section 16(2)(aa) w.e.f. 1st January, 2022 clearly demonstrates that GSTR-3B and GSTR-2A cannot be compared to the period prior to 1st January, 2022.

Section 16(2) has seen one more change in the form of introduction of clause (ba) by Finance Bill, 2022 which provides that details of input tax credit in respect of the said supply, communicated to such registered person, under Section 38 has not been restricted. The amendment is yet to be notified but the amendment clearly nullifies the overall objective of GST which is to eliminate the cascading effect of tax. ITC would not be based on what the portal says as available or what the portal says as restricted. This defeats the entire concept of input tax credit which is the backbone of GST.

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 50
Section 50(1) provides for levy of interest where a person liable to pay tax fails to pay tax within the prescribed period. There is a serious challenge with GST in India that the law states one thing but the portal states something else. Currently, a person is not in a position to file a GST return unless the taxes are paid. This requirement comes from the portal and not from the law. While a supplier may have a liability of say Rs. 10 lakhs and has Rs. 9 lakhs of ITC and has a cash crunch and is not able to pay Rs. 1 lakh, he cannot file the return. He mobilizes the funds and files a belated return and was promptly saddled with interest under Section 50(1) on the entire amount of Rs. 10 lakhs. The contention of the assessee was that ITC was available to the extent of Rs. 9 lakhs, which is nothing but tax already paid and lying with the Government, and interest if any, can only be on Rs. 1 lakh. This reasoning was endorsed by the Madras High Court in the case of Maansarovar Motors Pvt. Ltd. vs. AC (2021) 44 GSTR 126 and other decisions.

A proviso has been inserted to provide that the interest shall be only on the tax paid through the electronic cash ledger. The proviso has a chequered history but it is a well-intended amendment.

Finance Act, 2022 has substituted Section 50(3) giving it retrospective effect from 1st July, 2017 to provide that interest shall be payable only when input tax credit has been wrongly availed and utilised. This amendment reflects the legal position through a number of decisions but the amendment and that too retrospective effect would clearly ensure that there is no unnecessary litigation on this issue.

CONCLUSION
A number of changes in the Rules and the provisions pertaining to input tax credit seem to be driven by the concern of the Government with reference to the fake invoice racket. If one were to see the total GST collection, the loss on account of fake invoice racket and unethical behaviour would be a small percentage. Bad business practices, leading to mining of the tax system are not India centric and globally the position is the same. While the perpetrators of such unethical practices have to be punished, in the zeal to arrest the problem, unfettered powers have been conferred on the tax authorities. Blocking of ITC; attaching bank accounts; threat of arrest; are detrimental to business since they are being applied across the industry. While guidelines are issued, they are seldom followed as can be seen from the number of decisions of the High Court commenting on the restraint action or recovery action. The avalanche of amendments which are based on the menace of fake invoices has only affected the bona fide assessees whose compliance burden has increased manifold. GST is an equitable tax levy on the entire supply chain where the supplier and the recipient are equal. However, the laws are continuously amended to shift the responsibility of tax collection and compliance to the recipient. The continuous attempt to negate the input tax credit in the hands of the recipient for defaults of the supplier is a classic example. Going forward, there must be a freeze on amendments to the Act and the Rules and before making an amendment, there must be a consultative process so that the stakeholders can identify issues if any.

REVISITING THE “WHY” OF GST AND WAY FORWARD

The euphoria of implementation of the New System of Indirect Taxation was phenomenal. The whole nation and perhaps different parts of the globe too, together with the Parliamentarians, witnessed the historic moment when, at the stroke of 12 on the night of 30th June, 2017, then President of our country, Shri. Pranab Mukherjee and, the Prime Minister of our Country, Shri. Narendra Modi, ushered in GST.

The mood was sort of freedom, like the one that the nation had on 15th August, 1947: Freedom to do business with ease, Freedom from several challenges of the earlier indirect tax regime, Central Excise Duty, Service Tax, VAT; be it interpretation, classification, tax rate or compliances, disputes and litigation. One ought to have witnessed this moment, to feel the excitement of that moment.

The new system of indirect tax (GST), modelled on classic VAT/GST systems prevailing globally though modified to suit requirements of our country, had several welcome features. This was the approach we had adopted back in 1986 when we introduced modified value added tax system in Central Excise Law (tax on manufacture) described as “Modified Value Added Tax” (MODVAT).Post successful implementation of this system for Central Excise Law, it was expanded to encompass Service Tax in 1994 making it more comprehensive and description was changed to Central Value Tax System (CENVAT) since it covered both goods (manufacturing activity) and services. Similarly, modified VAT system was introduced by States (State VAT) encompassing trading activity commencing from 1st April, 2005.

Phased implementation facilitated tax payers to understand nuances of value added tax system and administrations to smoothen the entire process. And, now was the time for next reform: consolidating these three major indirect taxes into one, Goods and Services Tax!

This was expected to be one of the toughest tasks and the stakeholders at large recognised the difficulties and glitches starting from modification of taxation powers entrusted to each level of government in the Constitution of the country.

Initial discussions centred on identification of the model of such system of taxation that would achieve most optimum new system of indirect taxation from Centre and all States perspectives. Broad consensus on several aspects was built, discussed at various levels, Constitutional aspects were examined, systems of other countries, their advantages and complexities as also impact on government revenues and businesses were studied, senior officers met with their counterparts in other countries, different groups comprising of officers of Central Government and State Governments deliberated at length over issues, model laws, rules, regulations. Drafts were published for comments, those were modified and re-modified based on feedback from across. Constitution was amended empowering Centre and State Governments to impose GST, GST Council was established and was functional, requisite GST laws were passed, awareness programs were undertaken, portal was set up, registration facilitation centres were established, transition of existing tax payers was done, officers of government had undergone training and so on.

Finally, the feeling was: we have to begin somewhere; we may not be perfect and there will be glitches and challenges; those will need to be dealt with. And, there we were! The D date was announced; 1st July, 2017. And, no wonder there was so much enthusiasm; midnight oil was burnt by so many of us besides administration to make it a grand success!

The key features that excited all around were:

•    Only one tax (GST) across the country against three taxes

•    Common law across the country

•    Common rules, regulations and procedures across the country

•    Common classification

•    Common rates of tax

•    Uniform threshold across the country and across goods and services, both

•    Digital compliances through common portal like registration, tax payment, return filing, etc.

•    No border check posts

•    Decision on any change or amendment by GST Council only where both, Centre and all the States have representation and effectively, unanimous decisions.

The system promised:

•    Smooth flow of input tax credit particularly, when goods and services move from one state to another, and removal of cascading effect of taxes

•    Reduction in costs due to doing away with border check posts

•    Reduced disputes and litigation and advance ruling mechanism for early clarifications

•    Elimination of unhealthy competition among States using tax as a tool and for businesses using cost inefficient business models from tax perspective

•    Increase in tax revenue (both direct and indirect) for governments due to reduction in leakages – self policing mechanism, enhancing formal economy, which would ultimately lead to lowering tax burden for citizens and increase GDP of the country.

At the same time, there were apprehensions too.

•    How will the new system work – it was a novel system – dual level tax?

•    Will the expected outcomes be achieved?

•    All amendments have to be by GST Council and then Centre and each of the States have to get it passed by Parliament and State Legislatures – how smoothly will that work? Will the decisions be delayed?

•    Petroleum products which contribute about 26% of State Revenues1 will be outside GST so, effectively, even in the new tax system cascading effect will continue.

•    Will the impact be greater for small and unorganised sectors?

•    How will businesses across the country do all compliances electronically – many did not have access to electronic means, power and education level was also an impediment in the minds of businesses coupled with low threshold of INR 20,00,000 (INR Twenty Lakhs) for turnover across the country.

Expected benefits outweighed worries and all, enthusiastically started preparing for the implementation and had comfort, from the assurances and preparations, that difficulties will be resolved quickly and with ease.

Fast forward to one year, two years and till today, 5 years.

Is the enthusiasm intact? Have the expected benefits flown to the businesses or economy as a whole?

Well, the response, if a comprehensive survey is undertaken, would be mixed.

The negative responses would be on account of many factors. Key ones being:

•    The unique and perhaps, the only workable system for implementation of GST in a federal structure of Governance, dual level GST, has proved to be fairly complex starting from basic questions that started coming up like when to apply state level GST (S-GST) and Central level GST (C-GST) and when to apply integrated GST applicable to inter-state transactions as also imports and exports (I-GST) or how to correct errors in depositing one level tax instead of another or applying one State GST instead of another State GST and resolution was not available quickly.

•    Transition of input tax credit from old regime (related to Central Excise Duty, Service Tax and State VAT) to new regime has proved most complex and has led to significant litigation.

•    Desire to bring large sections of economy in formal one and to ensure minimal revenue leakages saw very tight legal provisions and compliance regime. Practical difficulties pointed out to Government pre-enactment and thereafter, took time to be addressed and that too led to lot of dissatisfaction and agitation. Take for example, the provision that if a business buys goods or services from an unregistered business, the recipient business would need to pay GST on reverse charge basis. No threshold for purchases was provided. Implementation of such a provision was near impossible in practise and threatened to put large number of small businesses out of business. The implementation of this provision had to be put on hold and finally, removed from the law.

•    The process of decision making, be it related to law or rules or rate of tax or classification and others, is taking quite long. And, even after decision is announced by the GST Council, its implementation takes time and it is not simultaneous across the country, in all States.

•    Flow of input tax credit is not smooth and there are blockages with blocked credits and non-eligible credits. The cascading effect has reduced but, not to the extent expected by businesses. Petroleum products continue to be outside GST regime and that continues to contribute to cascading effect of GST.

•    Threshold continues to be low. It has been increased marginally, to INR 40,00,000 (INR Forty Lakhs) for goods and does not apply to services and and even for goods, it is not uniform across States.

•    Introduction of e-way bills (though, this has been done in phased manner) to plug leakages, for movement of goods has, while facilitating higher monitoring and to some extent, leakages, has increased the complexity of doing business.

•    Disputes and litigation has not reduced and compliance cost has increased bellying hopes of reduction. Advance Ruling mechanism has not proved to be effective,

And, the list is long…..

The positive responses would be on account of availability of electronic mode for compliances, common portal for tax payments, return filing, common classification (though, this has also posed challenges for some sectors but, on the whole easier), common rates, common provisions of law and rules. All these have no doubt facilitated businesses.

Revenue growth in the initial two years was not much with all grappling with new system and inevitable challenges. Then, there was the pandemic. Its impact on businesses and spending and consequently, on government revenues was quite severe during F.Y. 2020-21 and to some extent, even in F.Y. 2021-22. This did slow down reform process and possibly, removal of some of the issues and difficulties that businesses were facing. With economic activities near pre-pandemic level now, GST revenues for past two months have been promising.

The promised support to State Governments for first five years of implementation of GST by way of compensation for shortfall in their revenues as per agreed formula placed significant burden on Government especially, during slow-down in economic activities. Cess levied on specified products to garner revenue for compensation could not be phased out after 5 years, leading to dissatisfaction from those segments/sectors of the economy. The rates of GST, in general, could not be rationalised. There were talks, in some circles, of possible enhancement of rates of GST. The sentiments, obviously, are not euphoric any more.

How can we bring back the sentiments of 1st July, 2017, that feeling of ease of doing business and reduced indirect tax costs and compliance?

To my mind:

•    First and foremost and most vital one is to bring about “mindset change”. There was expectation of this change which has not come through at the level expected. Also, the administration must bear in mind and keep revisiting, the age old guidance that inefficient administration collects penalties from large number of tax payers. The success and efficiency of administration is judged by minimum difficulties for tax payers, facilitation, guidance, least and only in cases of gross violation, penalties, and least litigation.

•    Second, review and redraft the law, rules and forms based on the experience of these 5 years and address inadvertent misses and lacunae in them.

•    Third, revisit classification schedule, make it simpler and such that reduces variation in tax rates for similar products described differently in different parts of the country.

•    Fourth, increase threshold, in a time bound manner to say, INR 50 Lakhs based on study to be commissioned. Till that time, make threshold uniform across goods and services and even across States.

•    Fifth, explore possibility of introducing a Blended GST (Combination of Central GST and State GST), on experimental basis, in states which have own revenue of less than say, INR 500 or INR 750 crores whereby Blended GST is levied for intra-state transactions and Integrated GST for inter-state transactions.At the back end, the two elements of Blended GST be bifurcated and transferred to the concerned Government’s Kitty on weekly basis. Considering low volume of taxes, this could bring in ease of doing business and uniformity in administrative aspects. Cost of revenue collection for the States could be an added advantage.

•    Sixth, while this process is on, set up an Education, Training and Facilitation Unit at Centre with branches/sub-units at State level to undertake continuous training with practical examples and facilitate businesses in compliances without creating a fear of charge of fraud and so on and proposing demand for past periods.

•    Seventh, announce a two year moratorium when penalties will not be levied and facilitate tax payers in compliance of law and rules. Many would have made inadvertent errors or they could have taken an interpretation but, now they realise that that was not correct and so on. All of them could be facilitated/guided for tax payment with interest without penalties.

•    Eighth, do away with Advance Ruling Mechanism. Instead, set up a Clarification Unit in GST Council to which issues could be referred to. This Unit ought to have senior officers from Centre and State Administration with Judges from High Courts (as Chairs) and practitioners/law experts. Their decision should be time bound and be placed before GST Council. Decision of GST Council would then be final and binding on all tax administrative authorities. If a tax payer is dissatisfied, it can challenge the same directly before Supreme Court. This will bring in certainty and reduce litigation significantly.

•    Ninth, publish GST Council Agenda in advance and, if any representation is being taken up by it for consideration, it should be placed on its website and opportunity ought to be provided to all stakeholders to send in their comments/suggestions which ought to be summarised and placed before the Council and also published.

•    Tenth, establish a Procedural Disputes Resolution Cell at each State level with representation of both, Centre and State level senior officials who can take decision for resolution of disputes relating to procedural aspects or provide clarifications where procedure for specific business activity/operation is not provided in law/rules and send suggestions to GST Council for recommending modification/updation of law/rule. The Cell will need to be open minded and provide clear responses.

•    Eleventh, set up a separate Unit in GST Council with experts in the field that studies cost and benefit of each amendment including that for rate change, that is proposed and presents it, with the proposal, to the GST Council. This will facilitate decision making at the Council and, if the cost of compliance or general cost for economy is higher than the benefit in terms of revenue for the governments, the amendment proposed may not be passed. The decision with the analysis must be published on GST Council’s website. This will add trust and faith in the system.

All these, one would say, are Dreams, Dreams and more Dreams! Most such Dreams rarely come true!

Let us hope some Dreams, if not all, do come true and we would, if not today, over next few years, have a more efficient, user friendly, least complex, least cost, transparent and responsive system of indirect taxation. Till then, let us not stop dreaming!

GST @ 5: ONE NATION, ONE TAX, MULTIPLE STAKEHOLDER PERSPECTIVES

1. SETTING THE CONTEXT

GST was introduced as a landmark reform with much fanfare on 1st July, 2017. As it completes five years, it is time to take stock of what has transpired over this period and what are the key learnings moving forward. Therefore, the Editorial Board thought it fit to dedicate this special issue to GST. However, a dual indirect tax regime like GST cannot be examined through a single lens. It has many stakeholders, each of them having different (and at times, conflicting) perspectives or motivations. For example, a single policy decision like granting exemption could trigger mixed reactions. The consumer would typically be delighted with the exemption, but the supplier may find the corresponding input tax credit denial burdensome. He may also be anxious about the contingent risk of denial of exemption by an overzealous tax officer. At the Government level, there may be concerns of revenue loss due to the grant of the exemption as well as the risk of misuse by persons for whom the exemption is not intended. When we bring in the social dynamic of anti-profiteering provisions into the equation, the situation may become even more murkier.

This annual special issue is dedicated to understanding the complex interplay of the differing and at times conflicting perspectives of multiple stakeholders. While subsequent articles deal with the specific stakeholder perspective, this article presents an overall bird’s eye-view to the theme of this special issue.

2. IMPACT ON ECONOMY

It is a settled proposition in economics that an indirect tax interferes into the demand-supply equilibrium and erodes economic value beyond the revenues gathered by the Governments. However, all countries including India depend on indirect tax since it is relatively easier to administer and collect. Just a few years ago, the Indian indirect tax structure was plagued with not only this conceptual challenge of interference into the demand-supply equilibrium but also many structural challenges in the form of selective tax structure with fractured credit mechanism, a heavily document-driven tax regime and dissimilar laws. GST was touted as a landmark reform to address these structural challenges and to convert indirect tax into a “Good and Simple Tax”. After five years, have we achieved this objective?

A detailed article by CA Bhavna Doshi analyses the hits and misses of this “Good and Simple Tax”.

It is evident that GST has indeed contributed to the ease of doing business. The World Bank Report has seen the Indian ranking for ease of doing business improve from 130th in 2017 to 63rd in 2021. Simplification of indirect tax laws has been an essential driver towards this improvement. Duly assisted by demonetisation initiative and the digital push (which saw even further acceleration on account of pandemic), the technology backbone of GST has resulted in formalisation of the economy with associated benefits.

Having said so, the onerous compliances and a fairly strict and unforgiving regulatory framework has resulted in many a marginal enterprise being pushed to closure. Perhaps the biggest challenge of GST has been to the MSME sector, which is unable to procure and retain talent either in-house or outsourced and keeps on struggling to comply with this ever-evolving law. Admittedly, the Government has tried to alleviate the miseries by providing a threshold, having an optional composition scheme, having quarterly return filing process, etc.  However, you may ask any MSME and they would cite that most of these provisions are a mere eye-wash and are nullified by a long list of exclusions or paperwork resulting in no tangible benefit.

3. GST COUNCIL

The dual GST was implemented by following the concept of cooperative federalism, which resulted in the constitution of GST Council represented by all the States and the Centre. All decisions taken by the GST Council requires a majority of not less than 3/4th of the weighted votes. Internally, the Centre possesses 1/3rd weightage whereas all the States together possess 2/3rd weightage. Interestingly, the role of the GST Council is recommendatory in nature. At the same time, Article 279A(11) of the Constitution does provide for adjudication of a dispute arising out of the recommendations of the Council or implementation thereof. Recently, the Supreme Court had an occasion to examine the role of the GST Council and the binding effect of the recommendations made by it. The Court rightly held that the recommendations of the GST Council are made binding on the Government when it exercises its power to notify secondary legislation to give effect to the uniform taxation system. However, that does not mean that all of the GST Council’s recommendations are binding. Indeed, this observation of the Supreme Court is in line with the principle of cooperative federalism.

The GST Council has already met 46 times during this period. Various issues have been discussed and almost all the decisions have been taken through consensus building approach between the Centre and the States. The minutes of the meetings are also well-documented on the Council’s website. However, of late it appears that there is some delay in the upload of the minutes.

In fact, prior to implementation of GST, the Council met 18 times to finalise the recommendations on the law, rules, tax rates and the like. The Council also discussed and finalised other aspects like compensation cess to compensate the States for revenue loss. In the ninth meeting, the issue of dual administrative control was discussed and the assesse were allotted State or Central jurisdiction based on certain agreed parameters.

Even after the law was implemented with effect from 1st July, 2017, the Council continued the meetings with a focus on realigning the tax rates and simplifying the procedures relating to filing of returns and matching. In the 24th meeting, the GST Council recommended the PAN India introduction of the eway bill system. The 32nd meeting of the GST Council permitted the introduction of a calamity cess by the State of Kerala, for the first time bringing in a rate disparity amongst the States. While the initial trend was to reduce the tax rates and realign the exemptions and also to grant relief by means of extension of due dates, slowly and steadily, issues relating to enforcing compliance started receiving more attention and the law was made stricter and stricter.

Over the last five years, it is evident that based on the cushion of assured compensation, the States have voluntarily agreed to play a low fiddle and permit the Centre’s ideology to dominate the course of progress of the GST Council recommendations and therefore, the trajectory of the implementation of the law. With the cushion of assured compensation getting diluted in times to come, the GST Council will have a much larger role to play in building up consensus amongst the stakeholders who represent not only different regional opportunities and challenges but also very different political ideologies.

4. LEGISLATION

Any new legislation would have teething troubles. The hurriedly introduced GST Law which incorporated provisions from dissimilar legacy of indirect tax laws like excise duty, service tax and value-added tax was no exception to this statement. A mere glance through the initially enacted law was sufficient to suggest that the said law would require amendments from time to time. The GST Law has undergone legislative amendment eight times in the last five years. Most of these amendments may be in the nature of a response to some external incident. For example, an amendment to Section 7 has been carried out to neutralize the Supreme Court decision upholding mutuality. At the same time, the amendment in Section 50 providing for liability of interest only in cases where the input tax credit has been actually utilized is a welcome step. Have these benevolent amendments really ironed out the creases or have they actually increased the wrinkles?

An analysis of the key legislative amendments/announcements carried out in the last five years is undertaken by Adv. K. Vaitheeswaran and appears as a separate article in this special issue.

5. EXECUTIVE

It is often said that the success of any law depends on its’ implementation. A bad law administered nicely may often be received and appreciated more by the subjects than a good law administered badly. The legacy law was not only mired with complex law but also complex and dissimilar administration and bureaucracy. The dual GST framework actually resulted in a lot of apprehension in the minds of the assesse about the overlapping jurisdiction and duplicity of implementation. The issue received active consideration of the GST Council and in the 9th meeting, this aspect of overlapping powers was debated and discussed. The assesse were allotted jurisdictions and statutory provisions were introduced whereby the respective authorities were cross-empowered to administer all the legislations (i.e. CGST/SGST/IGST). At the same time, to ensure no duplication of efforts, it was also provided that if one officer has initiated any proceedings on a subject matter, no proceedings shall be initiated by another officer on the same subject matter.

While the objective of the above provisions was to reduce the duplication of efforts, at a practical level, the situation is otherwise. The Courts have interpreted ‘proceedings on a subject matter’ in a very narrow manner and restricted to the aspect of adjudication and appeals. Parallel investigations and inquiries have been liberally permitted by the Courts resulting in the entire objective getting frustrated.

Another striking example where a provision is made with a noble objective but in actual implementation, the objective is frustrated is that of advance ruling authorities. The concept of advance rulings was introduced with the objective of bringing certainty to taxation and reducing litigation. However, the Authority (including the Appellate Authority) is constituted purely of Revenue Officials. There are no express provisions for further appeals to a judicial forum like High Court. In the absence of such express provisions, the High Courts are also reluctant in entertaining further appeals. A mere glance at some of the advance rulings would suggest that the same are not well reasoned, bear a bias towards revenue collection and are at times conflicting with each other. Effectively, the advance rulings have effectively preponed litigation in many cases. Why have we entered into this messy situation? Is it that the constitution of the Advance Ruling Authority has a structural defect? Or is it the case of an overzealous assesse seeking answers to all and sundry doubts or an approach to resolve commercial disputes through advance rulings disregarding this structural defect?

A detailed article by Adv. Bharat Raichandani presents a view on this aspect.

6. TECHNOLOGY

Perhaps one aspect which has an over-arching reach across all the stakeholders is technology. As far as the industry is concerned, with elaborate uploading and matching requirements, the need for technology adaptation cannot be understated. The e-invoicing requirements have been made applicable to all the assesse having aggregate turnover above Rs. 20 crores. The sheer volume would suggest that technology can no longer be a support function but would have to be integrated into business processes. From the Department’s perspective, technology is the only means to ensure appropriate compliances with subjective discretionary bias. Data analytics is thus a buzzword and has helped the Department unearth quite a few frauds. But is data analytics a panacea to all Department problems? How technology facilitates and interferes into the GST lifecycle of an honest assesse, who becomes a regular victim to computer-generated notices based on dissimilar reconciliation points (a classic example being e-way bill data and sales reported in GSTR1)?

A detailed article on this ever-evolving piece of the jig-saw puzzle with a futuristic outlook written by CA Divyesh Lapsiwala appears elsewhere in this issue.

7. JUDICIARY

Much was said about GST – it is simple, it removes cascading and offers seamless credits and it is uniform across the country. Much less was written in terms of legislation. Whatever was written also had inherent conflicts and imperfections. An overzealous tax administration could wreak havoc and the only solace for the assesse in such situations is the judiciary. The problems get compounded due to the fact that even five years down the line, the GST Appellate Tribunal has not been established resulting in all and sundry litigation reaching the High Court.

How have Courts looked at this law where what is said and advertised is very different from what is written? A journey down the key judicial pronouncements over the last five years would suggest that in some cases the Courts have been benevolent and empathetic to the situation. Courts have definitely intervened in granting relief to the assesse in cases where the portal presented constraints in claiming transition credit or making amendments to data already submitted. Courts have also intervened in situations where there has been an excessive abuse of power by the Officers. At the same time, when it comes to the interpretation of the benefits and concessions, the Courts have adopted a strict and literal construction.

A detailed article by Sr. Adv. V Raghuraman presents a ring-side view of how Courts have looked at GST.

8. INDUSTRY

Though being a destination-based consumption tax, the tax is to be collected and paid by the industry. Effectively, the subject matter of taxation is the supplier of goods or services. In that sense, industry is the primary stakeholder of this landmark reform. The introduction of GST not only brought opportunities of reduced compliance requirements and uniformity of taxation, but also presented the unique challenge of anti-profiteering. The industry effectively navigated the journey. At the same time, frequently changing processes and systems made sure that the industry was always burning the midnight oil. In such a situation, is it possible to continue with the momentum for long?

On the legislative front, many issues were open-ended. A classic debate of whether cross charge is required or whether input service distributor registration is required for a multilocational enterprise was initiated right at the time of the introduction of GST. The debate continues even today with no assertive answers. Each one is to his own. Will long-term lack of clarity result in structural issues in the growth of the industry?

The volume of representations sent at the time of implementation of GST and thereafter clearly suggest that despite having completed five years, GST continues to be a work in progress. At the time of implementation, what were the key fears from such a sub-optimally drafted law? Has subsequent administration amplified/validated those fears or have they subsided?

A detailed article by Mr. Vinod Mandlik presents a perspective of how a tax implementor in a large corporate set-up has experienced GST.

9. CONSULTING

The legacy indirect tax landscape presented opportunities to varied sub-set of professionals who could offer distinct value propositions to the industry. A set of professionals could track the developments of the respective tax laws and present their perspectives and also offer transaction structuring advises to ensure tax efficiencies. Another set of professionals would undertake the actual compliances. A third set of professionals could offer assurance to the stakeholders that the compliance is in alignment with the legal provisions. One more set of professionals could act as a bridge between the assesse and tax gatherers. In case of non-alignment of the views of the assesse and the tax-gatherer, litigation could be handled by one more set of professionals. In view of the dissimilar set of legislations and the regional preferences, the consulting space, though providing substantial opportunities was fairly fragmented.

While the underlying value proposition remains constant under the GST Regime as well, the consolidation of the dissimilar tax laws has resulted in the consolidation in the consulting space as well. The added emphasis on technology has to some extent resulted in disruption in some pockets of the consulting space where the professional is unable to leverage the technology and realign the cost-benefit spectrum. Further, the non-constitution of the GST Appellate Tribunal has resulted in a situation where the value proposition could be enhanced only through the ability to handle litigation across the judicial forums. While a lot has transpired in this space, it is also felt that moving forward also, the roles will continue to evolve into a more consolidated basis.

10. WRAPPING UP

If all the perspectives have to be summarised, what does one conclude? Should one be saying it is a case of cautious optimism? Should one celebrate the fact that octroi posts are abolished or should one lament on situations where a vehicle is intercepted in transit and there is harassment for small errors? Should one celebrate the fact that input tax credits are available for expenses incurred in other States or should one lament that input tax credit is denied on flimsy grounds by the revenue officers? I think one Hindi phrase summarises the entire mood:

RETHINKING THE IND AS 116 – LEASE STANDARD

We are aware that the above IND AS 116 brings in a new Leases accounting standard where apart from short term and low value leases with other minor exemptions, we have the Assets residing in the books of 2 parties – the Lessor and the Lessee.

Moving from the earlier Ind AS 17 to Ind AS 116, the following are the changes that are occurring from the Lessee’s perspective:

1)    Almost all Leases get recognized on the Balance Sheet as ‘Right of Use assets’ and ‘Lease liability’. The only exception being as already stated – short term and low value leases;

2)    Distinction between Operating and Financial Leases gets eliminated;

3)    Right of Use Assets need to show their depreciation charge for the year separately in the Schedules to the Financial Statements.

For the Lessor there is not much difference in accounting but for the Lessee there is a lot of pain of conversion of the Lease Agreements into ‘Right – Of – Use’ (ROU) Assets and ‘Lease Liability’. Accounting was made to stand on it’s head and the article that follows attempts to highlight the infirmities of the current IND AS 116 and proposes a different solution.

The writer is well aware that IND AS 116 is in a way a reflection of the IFRS standard on ‘Leases’ but as professionals we need to understand the apparent shortcomings.

1)    Shortcoming # 1 – It is believed that the reason why this Accounting Standard was conceptualized is because entities with large value assets like Aircraft, Ships, Transport trucks, etc were running the business on Lease Assets which were not reflected in the Fixed Assets block of those entities. Those entities / industry became Asset light and it was felt that disclosures on Business Profitability such as EBITDA % and Return on Capital Employed % were distorted. However, while across the World there may be a few thousand lessors, there are millions of lessees and this Standard has increased the workload of millions of entities, with no apparent benefit.

2)    Shortcoming # 2 – In the new Standard the Lessee has to account for ‘Right – Of – Use’ Assets and ‘Lease Liability’. An important question that arises is that these ROU Assets should have no value as Asset Cover for the purpose of taking Loans (asset backed long term loans). Technically, we have High Value Assets in the books of Lessees which cannot be used as Asset Cover for taking Borrowings. The real owner of the assets is the Lessor. However, this Lease Standard shows both the Lessor and Lessee owners of the same asset class, though the Lessee has to make a separate disclosure.

3)    Shortcoming # 3 – The Lessee in his books of Accounts has to Account for Asset Depreciation, Interest on the Liability of Lease Asset funding and the reduction in liability as lease rentals get paid &discharged. The real danger is in artificial increase of Depreciation and Interest Costs in the Statement of Profit & Loss while lease rental costs come down. However, for EBITDA %, both these inflated costs are added to Profit before Tax. Similarly, for Return on Capital Employed %, inflated interest costs are added back. Without any effort on the part of Corporate Management of the concerned entity – the EBITDA and ROCE % rise, which is a severe distortion when it comes to trend analysis. Both these EBITDA and ROCE % ratios improvements should be a reflection of management actions on the entity business.

4)    Shortcoming # 4 – The Structure of the Cash Flow Statement of the entity changes. Since lease rentals costs will not be there for these ROU Assets, the net Operating Cash Flow will appear higher. Lease liability payments and related interest payment are shown under Financing activities. We therefore see a shift in net Operating Cash Flow improving but net financing activities having a greater payout.

Having raised issues on the shortcomings of the IND AS 116 Leases standard, the issue is how this could have been avoided through better disclosures in Notes forming part of the Financial Statements. They are:

A)    In the Books of the Lessor entity:

a.    List of Lessees with values and Type of Fixed Asset funded who comprise 80% of the net depreciated value of Leased assets. Balance 20% are considered as others;

b.    Break up of these Leased Assets on Asset Type with disclosure of Gross and Net Depreciated values at start of year (period) and end of year (period);

c.    Whether lessees in Para (a) are paying their lease rentals as specified for the year / period;

d.    In case of default in payment of lease rentals by Lessees – disclosures by names (per para (a) above) and the Type of asset where lease payments are in default;

e.    Indicate whether provisioning for bad / doubtful lessees has been done and the Asset types where such provisioning is required as per audit requirements.

B)    In the books of the Lessee entity:

a.    Types of Assets taken on Lease at Gross Value of Lease Rentals payable, cumulative total lease rentals paid up to the period end and balance lease rentals payable in the future periods;

b.    Any lease rentals due and not paid up to the end period of review per Type of Asset;

c.    Lease rentals expense charge in the Statement of Profit & Loss and whether this closely matches the number of days of yearly lease rental as accrued expense;

d.    The names of Lessors who have funded 80% of the Leased Assets based at Net Lease Value Liability payable at the year (period) end. Others to be forming balance 20%. This breakup also to indicate Type of Asset leased;

e.    Are lease expenses properly booked per number of days expense liability for leased assets;

f.    Have lease rental payments been made as due or at the end of the accounting period there are unpaid lease rentals though payment due date has passed. The unpaid amount to be disclosed by Type of Asset.

It is possible to take the view that this ‘IND AS 116’ – Leases Standard could have been handled better with Disclosures rather than with bringing in a sort of Accounting heresy, the major shortcomings of which have been highlighted above.

It is hoped that Accounting Bodies and Institutes will take a relook and make the Accounting Standard more robust.

I must be willing to
give up what I am in order to become what I will be.


Albert Einstein

EDITOR ON EDITOR

Over the last five years – after 60 Journals, 8000 plus pages, dealing with 180 first-time authors, editing, and initiating more than 350 articles, interviews, surveys, poetries, cartoons, I would like to write this final editorial on the two editors: the person and the position. The person is a composite of all his background and intent, whereas the position is the carrier of expectations of others from a distinguished legacy. Each editor infuses his intent/content into the other, and in the process, an editor edits the editor.

For the editor, the person, to run a professional magazine with a fifty years’ legacy, alongside a full-time day job, calls for additional time and energy, month on month. For the editor, the position, it is vital to keep the direction, consistency and focus on readership. It means: you’ve got to do, what you need to do in the time you’ve got.

Like that pug in the advertisement following his master (Vodafone), wherever one editor goes, the other follows. Therefore, one editor must review and sign off the monthly issue, even at unusual times and places, to stand the test of the other editor. If one can call it so, I recall one scenic review of the journal, which was on an ATR between Manila and Palawan in the Philippines. At another time, a somewhat stretched review involved going over corrections at 1.30 a.m. out of a hotel after a tight day dedicated to a limited review deadline. Then, there was a clinical review, from a hospital sofa, during my father’s hospitalisation when I too was locked into the hospital along with the patient due to COVID protocols.

Then there is the committee. It is made of seniors and past editors who have built the journal thus far. They keep an eye on both editors to ensure they work in concert and look after them through their support, availability and guidance. The editor also comes to deal with wide varieties of people. However, closer home in the committee there are two sets of people like on every committee – those that are committee and those who are committed, if you can catch the pun. Their difference can be marked by the distance between their words and actions. I was blessed to have had a majority of people who were brilliant, and despite being equally busy as anyone else, they delivered sooner than promised. Holding people for their word to give their best to the Journal with a mix of respect, humour, and persistence made it a Sabkaa Saath, Sabkaa Vikas moment!

Coming to the finish line: what will happen to one editor when his term of being with the other editor comes to an end? Perhaps he will carry some part of the editor he had met when he first started with him! Perhaps he will feel like being an editor at large. At the same time, the mould of the editor he had found when he started and tried to fit in now has an impression of his own alongside all the predecessors. In other words, what he carries along as he carries on, is also left behind: some more purpose, some more passion, some more refinement, some more oomph.

Now, it is time for the next editor to meet the editor I had met when I joined five years back. The bright and brilliant, the only second PhD on the committee CA Mayur Nayak, will take over from here as the tenth editor of the BCAJ (and we all know a very well known jersey back that carries No. 10).

I am sure the BCAJ will stand for the profession and speak what must be said without mincing words, with the courage of conviction and for the larger good of the country. As I say so long, I thank the BCAJ readers, especially those who often sent positive vibes and messages despite my shortcomings.

As a freshman at the Society in 1998, the late Ajaybhai Thakkar took me on the journal committee. In those days at the monthly meetings, I listened attentively and tried hard to understand the conversations. Not once did I think then that I might end up writing on this page someday! Well, perhaps that other editor had a secret plan hatched right from then!

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

MESSAGES TO THE EDITOR

(with respect to the Editorial of April 2022)

Raman, nobody would have covered the issues more holistically and with so elaborate analysis. Congratulations.
 
Covers the current state of affairs very well and also the mindset. Compliments.
 
Absolutely spot on.
 
Nothing could be more hard-hitting….
 
Hi Raman, Appreciate your article on the forms and substance of external self-regulation, your views especially on Parliament debate touched the chord.
 
Unfortunate there is no single strategy to grow Indian firms.
 
Raman, Congrats on the very hard-hitting, reality-based editorial of BCAJ.
 
Good afternoon Raman,
I read your editorial in BCAJ. I’m so glad that you have penned down the facts in such a fearless way. Over the last few years, this is what is seen as lacking. Sometimes I feel that if IIA is created and members of that institute get preference in getting PSU PSB audits then we will see a natural clean-up of the council and the institute. In any case, the private sector will always go for quality and IIA which could possibly have reservations and an easy syllabus will never be able to match up either in terms of quality or credibility. Of course, this would mean we could see a drop in membership and resources. This in turn will lead to less interest by people who want to enjoy the free lunches and lavish tours at the ICAI. But, then we could see a new dawn for our profession.
 
One of the best editorials I have ever read…! Salute to CA Raman Jokhakar, Editor for his courage & the managing committee of BCA for taking responsibility for the Editorial… it’s remarkable & I salute him for his daring to write such a journal of a professional body. He has guts. We need such leaders to lead ICAI.
 
Very well articulated and also point-blank.
 
Hello Raman Sir,
Just read your Editorial in BCAJ this month. It is excellent and audacious. Feel really proud that you don’t mince your words and tell a spade – a spade. Hoping to read many more inspirational thoughts from you.
 
Raman, I wanted to say that your editorial is well written and congratulations.
Hope better sense prevails in the politicians and bureaucrats, sad but true. This government is intrusive without purpose and has no trust in goodwill. Keep well.

Congratulations, Raman. There is a systematic process to concentrate all powers with Central Government & that too, with PMO. India will have to start another “Independence Movement”. Independence for the citizens of India from the Government of India.
 
Very well written and honest editorial Raman. Really appreciate the candour and the craftsmanship that you’ve put into it. Loved it.

CELEBRATING 75 YEARS OF INDEPENDENCE CHANDRASHEKHAR AZAD

So far through this column, we remembered with reverence the great freedom fighters like Lokmanya Tilak, Madanlal Dhingra, Khudiram Bose, Ramprasad Bismil and Ramsingh Kuka; and also, the visionary entrepreneur Jagannath Nana Shankarsheth. Today, we will pay our respect to the great revolutionary freedom fighter Chandrashekhar Azad.

Azad is considered as mentor of Bhagat Singh. He inspired many youngsters to enter the struggle for India’s freedom. These included Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev, Batukeshwar Dutta and Rajguru. He said it was his ‘Dharma’ (duty) to fight for the nation. He was involved in the Kakori Train attack (1926) in the attempt to blow up the Viceroy’s train and also in shooting of Saunders a British officer at Lahore (1928). This was as a revenge of the brutal killing of Lala Lajpat Rai.

Azad was born on 23rd of July, 1906 in Badarka village of Unnao district of Uttar Pradesh. His real name was Chandrashekhar Sitaram Tiwari. His mother’s name was Jagarani. His father served in the former estate of Alirajpur (now in Madhya Pradesh). He spent his early childhood in Bhabra village and then on his mother’s insistence, went to Varanasi Vidyapeeth (Benaras) to study Sanskrit. Since he spent his childhood in a tribal community, he was good at shooting arrows.

In the year 1921, at the age of 15, he joined the non-cooperation movement of Mahatma Gandhi. He was arrested and in the court, he declared his name as Chandrashekhar Azad. He then became popular by this name only. In this trial, he was sentenced to 15 lashes. On each lash, he shouted the slogan “Bharat Mata Ki Jai’! He then took a vow that he would die as a free man and would never get arrested by the Britishers. He formed Hindustan Socialist Republican Association.

Azad was greatly disturbed by the Jallianwala Bagh massacre in Amritsar, in 1919.

Azad took to more aggressive and revolutionary methods for getting freedom for the country. He was on the hit list of British Police.

On 27th February, 1931, Azad met two of his comrades at Alfred Park, Allahabad. An informer betrayed him by informing the British Police. The police surrounded the park and ordered Azad to surrender. He fought alone and killed three policemen. Finally, since there was no escape route, he shot himself and kept his pledge!

In the lifespan of just 25 years, he became a real hero of the country and an idol for the youth to sacrifice their lives for the independence of our nation.

Long live Chandrashekhar Azad. Our grateful Namaskaar to him!

CREATING YOUR DIGITAL PERSONA ON TWITTER #tweetandgrow

Before we even talk about how Twitter can build a brand for you, let’s take a look at a story. Mr. A has been regularly active on his and his firm’s Twitter account. He shares regular updates, reposts important messages from official handles and is quick to even put up notifications and circulars as and when they are released. He is passionate about staying updated and also keeping others updated. Mr. B, who follows Mr. A on Twitter, gets a notification every time Mr. A posts or tweets. Mr. B has now become so comfortable with all this that he relies on Mr. A for updates and himself doesn’t keep checking Government portals. He even asks his acquaintances to do that. This has indeed helped Mr. A build a brand on social media.

The above-mentioned story is replicating real-life incidents which we would have come across on social media (emphasising Twitter here).

So what exactly is Twitter?

Theoretically, Twitter is a ‘microblogging’ system that allows you to send and receive short posts called tweets. Tweets can be up to 280 characters long and can include links to relevant websites and resources. Interestingly, many had underestimated the power of 140 characters (when it started). However, the way Twitter is changing the world currently is well documented. The US election or influencing movie reviews and its rating speak for it. So when we have such a powerful medium in our hands (Mobile App), is it not wise to utilise it to the fullest extent? As the saying goes, the biggest risk we take is not taking any (‘life me sabse bada jokhim hai, koi jokhim na lena’). We might even say that not being on Twitter during this time is the biggest risk we may face.

Over the past few issues, we have covered various topics on ‘Branding for Chartered Accountants’ in a series of articles. However, Twitter is one of the most important but complex social media, in our opinion. It is powerful, gives you direct access to almost anyone in the world but it is very personalised and needs attention on a real-time basis. For example, your other social media accounts may be managed by your team, and they can post lovely greetings messages on various festivals and give news updates. However, if the same is repeated on Twitter it may be considered as boring and irrelevant. We are not saying that you cannot share the same updates here, too, but sharing only those updates hardly works here and that’s what makes Twitter unique – it needs personalisation.

To keep it crisp and short, let’s look at how we can master this social medium (from scratch):

Step 1: Create an account on Twitter

 
 
Obviously, this is a very basic step but unlike some social media, you can visit tweets and view the comments on Twitter without even having a valid account. Many of the news channels today add links and references to tweets which you can visit on the Twitter page sans an account. So, the first part in Digital Branding is to have your own Twitter account. A good username is a must to start with. A Twitter @name is basically a handle where the ‘@’ sign is followed by words and numbers. Ideally, a professional Twitter handle will use the Twitter user’s name or company. For example, the user account of ICAI is @theicai and it conveys to whom it belongs.

Step 2: Choose profile photo and background


 
As an Individual, use a headshot or candid, doing something related to the message or brand. For example, a public speaker can select a photo with a microphone in hand addressing a gathering. Twitter recommends this photo be roughly 400×400 pixels in size to avoid distortion when the image is resized to fit in the assigned area. On the other hand, a Background Image consists of the entire upper portion of the Twitter profile page and the large rectangular section above the profile photo on the Twitter user’s home page. Twitter recommends the header background photo be around 1500×500 pixels. Pro Tip: Keeping your account without Image or Background Image reduces both impact and reach.

Step 3: Write a good Bio
Bio is a short introduction of the user. Ideally, Twitter allows 160 characters to tell something about users. Use it well to convey your message to readers. About who you are, your past achievements / designations, interests and so on. A good Bio can help in enhancing your SEO and Twitter’s AI. Even the Google Search engine picks up words from users’ Bios to divide them into relevant categories.

Step 4: Other settings
There are other small but significant settings that can improve your Twitter Profile, such as:

Share your location: There is an option to add your location information to each tweet. This is switched Off by default for privacy reasons. But users who want to communicate where they are to their followers (like a speaker who is travelling to different places to address gatherings) will probably want to keep it On to convey the message.

Pin tweet: Once you are regular on Twitter, there is generally a tweet which defines you or a particularly important aspect for you or your profile which you want everyone who visits your profile to see. Such tweets can be pinned to the top of your Twitter timeline so that anyone who visits your timeline will see that tweet first.

Step 5: Be a content creator instead of only a content consumer
There is a famous saying, ‘The biggest mistake you could ever make is being afraid to make one.’ We do that when it comes to using social media. We avoid tweets with many thoughts in our minds. However, it is essential to start using social media to add value and share opinions. While apps like Instagram, YouTube may not be easier to start as not everyone is tech-savvy to create a good image and upload it, Twitter is a bit easier compared to the apps of other social media. All you need is to have an opinion and express the same. Besides, remember that the limit of one tweet is 280 characters. So it is indeed easy to start and express yourself. However, you also need to remember while tweeting – why are you on Twitter. You may be diverted to many topics like politics, religion and so on. Some of these are hot topics and you can spend hours and hours but it becomes very important to be aware of what is your ultimate goal.

Step 6: Enhancing reach and creating a brand
This is the most important step in using any social media. The ultimate goal of being on social media for digital branding has to be that reach where you can convey your message to the masses. Twitter, unlike other social media, is very difficult for beginners. Twitter AI works differently from TikTok or Instagram, where the app automatically promotes smaller accounts or new accounts based on content marketing. Twitter is like going into the gym and losing weight. You need to have a definite strategy and be consistent with it. For the first few weeks / months you may not see the results but once it starts gaining momentum, the user gets returns for all the previous months.

We are happy to share some strategies which can help you build a brand on Twitter (without violating the Code of Ethics):

a. Talk on trending topics daily:
Twitter shows daily trending topics on its app as well as browser. You can check the same on Twitter Mobile App as well as browsers. Trending topics are the ones that everyone is talking about as of today. If you feel it is related to one of your interests, do add your tweets that give a perspective. For example, if you are trading in shares and the share market is up or down and it’s trending today, you can talk about your experience and perhaps offer some general tips without getting into the role of an investment adviser.

b. Create an interesting thread on trending topics and topics of your expertise:
A thread on Twitter is a series of tweets that talks about particular topics. While primarily Twitter’s USP is limited words, sometimes it’s not possible to convey everything in one tweet. In that case, users create multiple tweets in reply to create a thread. Looking at its importance even Twitter redesigned its app to permit thread options by adding a small + sign just before the ‘Tweet’ button. This allows users to create all tweets at once and send them all at the same time.


 
Today, many journalists and influencers are using Threads to convey their message in a crisp and systematic manner, such as explaining the timeline of the Tata vs. Mistry case with details or screenshots of orders. These threads are becoming a very important part of the Twitter journey now.

c. Reply on influencers’ post:
When you start your Twitter journey and you have limited followers, your tweets won’t have that reach or interaction that can look attractive. So one of the easiest ways to gain followers and build a brand is replying to already known influencers on Twitter. One of the most important aspects is to avoid trolling and public shaming, specifically when you are building a professional brand on Twitter. Industry leaders like Mr. Anand Mahindra, Mr. Harsh Goenka and others are usually very active on Twitter and they generally tweet engaging content where many users reply. Adding a reply to these kinds of accounts giving your perspective is the easiest way to grow. Try to find other influencers with a not very large following so that they have replies but not in thousands; your replies will then be visible and there is a chance of getting into conversations.

P.S.: Twitter is a public platform and your opinion can be read by anyone, so be careful about posting an opinion as it can go viral at a time when you are least expecting it – and in this digital world everything is permanent thanks to screenshots and virtually unlimited storage capacity.

d. Create a separate account for your business / firm:
Don’t mix your personal account with business as you may have a different agenda for the two. Your business account can be limited to updates regarding your business and industry. Your personal account can talk about your business, your interests, your hobbies and so on.

Ideally, your strategy should be specific to your brand and firm. But following the above tips will definitely get you started on the right foot. Keep in mind that building a brand will take time, but with a branding strategy in place, branding is well within your reach.

FACELESS REGIME UNDER INCOME-TAX LAW: SOME ISSUES AND THE WAY FORWARD

INTRODUCTION
With a view to making the tax system ‘seamless, faceless and painless’, the Government of India had introduced the Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 (Faceless Assessments) in September, 2019. The purpose behind it was to ensure fair and objective tax adjudication and to make sure that some of the flaws in the operation of physical assessment proceedings (such as the element of subjectivity in assessment proceedings, non-consideration of written submissions, granting of inadequate opportunities to the taxpayers for filing responses, etc.) do not recur. What is equally commendable is the phased manner in which Faceless Assessments have been introduced (first, by introducing e-proceedings on a pilot basis, then on a country-wide basis, and lastly introducing Faceless Assessments).

All these steps were aimed in the right direction to impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability by (a) eliminating the human interface between taxpayers and tax officers; (b) optimising the utilisation of resources through economies of scale and functional specialisation; and (c) introducing a team-based assessment with dynamic jurisdiction.

Currently, all income tax assessments [subject to certain exceptions viz., (a) assessment orders in cases assigned to central charges; and (b) assessment orders in cases assigned to international tax charges] are being carried out in a faceless manner. For the purpose of carrying out Faceless Assessments, the Government had set up different units [i.e., National Faceless Assessment Centre (NaFAC), Regional Faceless Assessment Centres, Assessment Units, Verification Units, Technical Units and Review Units].

However, as it is still in its nascent stage, the taxpayers have had to grapple with several challenges / issues (as discussed below) during the course of Faceless Assessments. The Government needs to resolve these teething issues so that the objective of having a fair, efficient and transparent taxation regime is met. Nevertheless, there are some good features in the Faceless Assessment proceedings but these are not being fully utilised. There are some tabs in the e-proceedings section of the e-filing portal which provide details as to the date on which the notice was served to the taxpayer, the date on which the taxpayer’s response was viewed by the field authorities, etc., but such functionalities are not yet operational.

The following are some practical problems / issues faced by the taxpayers and the suggested changes:

  •  Requests for personal hearings and written submissions are not being considered before passing of assessment orders: A salient feature of Faceless Assessments is that personal hearing (through video conferencing) would be given only if the taxpayer’s request for such hearing is approved by the prescribed authority. Unfortunately, in some of the cases, written submissions were not considered at all. Moreover, it has come to light that some taxpayers’ request for personal hearings were also not granted before passing of the assessment order despite the fact that the frequently asked questions (FAQs) uploaded by the Income-tax Department on its website require the field authorities to provide reasons in case a request for personal hearing is rejected. In many such cases, taxpayers were forced to file writ petitions in courts to seek justice on the ground of violation of the ‘principles of natural justice’.

Fortunately, the courts came to their rescue and stayed the operation of such faceless assessment orders1 / directed the Department to grant personal hearing2 and do fresh assessments. One of the basic tenets of tax adjudication / tax proceedings is that the taxpayer should get a fair and reasonable hearing / chance to explain its case and make its submissions to present / defend its case. Written submissions are, perhaps, the most critical tool of taxpayers through which they can actualise this right. Needless to say, in Faceless Assessments the importance and vitality of written submissions grow manifold.

While the underlying objective of Faceless Assessments – to eliminate human interface – is certainly a commendable reason, it cannot be denied that on many occasions (especially for complex matters such as eligibility of tax treaty benefits, etc.), face-to-face hearings are needed for the taxpayer to properly and effectively represent its case and put forth its submissions / arguments as well as for the tax Department to understand and appreciate such arguments / merits. During a personal hearing, the taxpayer / its authorised representatives would generally gauge whether the Assessing Officer (AO) / tax authorities are receptive to their arguments and averments. This is helpful because it gives them an opportunity to make further submissions, oral or written, or to adopt a different line of reasoning / arguments in support of their case. This distinct advantage is lost under the faceless regime. From the perspective of the tax Department also, personal hearings are helpful as it not only saves their time, energy and effort in understanding the facts and merits of the case, but also gives them an opportunity to ask more effective / relevant questions of the taxpayers for doing an objective assessment.

Thus, the Government may consider amending Faceless Assessments and provide a threshold (say income beyond a particular amount, turnover beyond a particular amount, etc.) wherein the taxpayers’ right for personal hearing will not be denied / will not be at the discretion of the prescribed authority. Given that the Government’s focus is on digital push, it may consider allowing an oral-cum-video submission also in addition to filing of written submissions. This will improve the efficiency and efficacy of tax adjudication proceedings.

  •    Taxpayers’ requests for adjournment are not being considered before passing of assessment orders: One of the grievances of many taxpayers who faced Faceless Assessments has been that their adjournment requests (filed in time / before the expiry of due date fixed for compliance) were not considered before passing of the assessment order. This is certainly not fair and is against the core principles of tax adjudication. In this regard, certain taxpayers also knocked the doors of courts on the ground of violation of the ‘principles of natural justice’ and sought quashing of such assessment orders and consequent tax demands raised on them. Fortunately, the courts3 ruled in favour of the taxpayers and directed the tax Department to consider their written submissions and to do fresh assessments.

Further, instances have also come to light where very short deadlines were provided to taxpayers to comply with notices (sometimes only three to four days’ time was given). Since currently the service of notices is done electronically, the possibility of the taxpayers missing out on such notices or realising very late that such a notice has been issued, cannot be ruled out. This is even more critical in the current Covid pandemic situation wherein the functioning of offices is already disturbed. It is thus advisable that the tax Department should give a reasonable time period (at least ten to 15 days) to taxpayers for filing their explanations – written submissions / comply with the notices.

  •   Draft assessment orders are not sent to taxpayers before passing the final assessment order: Under Faceless Assessments, the tax Department is required to serve a show cause notice (SCN) along with a draft assessment order in case variations proposed in the same are prejudicial to the interests of the taxpayers. It has been reported that final assessment orders were passed in some cases without providing such draft assessment orders to the taxpayers. Such orders have been quashed / stayed by the courts4 in writ proceedings.

  •   Passing of assessment orders prior to the expiry of time allowed in SCN: One of the intentions of Faceless Assessments was to hasten the assessment proceedings and to ensure time-bound completion. This objective gets reflected in the annual budgetary amendments wherein the time limits for passing assessment orders are gradually being reduced. But on a practical basis, it has come to light that in some taxpayers’ cases Faceless Assessment orders were passed even before the expiry of the time allowed in the SCN. What has added to this grievance is that in some cases, taxpayers were not able to upload their written submissions also because the assessments orders were passed and the tab on the e-filing portal was closed. Again, this is neither fair nor pragmatic. In such cases also, the courts5 have granted relief to taxpayers by quashing such orders by observing that with the issuance of an SCN, the taxpayers’ statutory right to file a reply and seek a personal hearing kicks in and which cannot be curtailed.

  •   Notices are not getting uploaded / reflected on e-filing portal on real-time basis: As part of Faceless Assessments, notices issued by NaFAC in connection with the Faceless Assessment proceedings are to be uploaded on the taxpayers’ account on the e-filing portal. But cases have come to light where notices issued by NaFAC were getting reflected on the e-filing portal after one or two days – perhaps due to technical glitches. Due to such delays, taxpayers are left with less time to comply with such notices and as a consequence, they are left with no option but to file adjournment requests. One hopes that these technical glitches get resolved soon so that the notices are reflected on the e-filing portal on a real-time basis. This step will increase the efficiency of Faceless Assessments significantly. Even as per Faceless Assessments, every notice / order / any electronic communication should be delivered to the taxpayer by way of:

•    Placing authenticated copy thereof in taxpayer’s registered account; or
•    Sending an authenticated copy thereof to the registered email address of the taxpayer or its authorised representative; or
•    Uploading an authenticated copy on the taxpayer’s mobile app.
and followed by a real-time alert6.

It has been further specified that the time and place of dispatch and receipt of electronic record (notice, order, etc.) shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 13 of the Information Technology Act, 2000 (21 of 2000) which inter alia provides that receipt of an electronic record occurs at the time when the electronic record ‘enters’ the designated computer resource (that is, the taxpayer’s registered account on the e-filing portal) of the taxpayer. Thus, the crucial test for determining service / receipt of any notice / order, etc., is the time when it ‘enters’ the taxpayer’s registered account on the e-filing portal. Since there is a time lag between uploading of notice by the tax Department and its viewability by the taxpayer, an issue can arise as to what will be the date of service of notice.

The first step in a communication process is intimating the taxpayer about the issuance of any notice / order, etc. Thus, unless a taxpayer is informed, it will not be possible for the taxpayer to comply with the same. Further, in the case of reopening of assessments, there has been litigation on the aspect of issuance and service of reopening notice. The Supreme Court in the case of R.K. Upadhyaya vs. Shanabhai P. Patel [1987] 166 ITR 163 (SC) ruled that service of reopening notice u/s 148 is a condition precedent to making the order of assessment. Thus, service of a notice is an important element and
to avoid any unnecessary litigation it is advisable that the technical glitch gets resolved and notices are reflected on the e-filing portal on a real-time basis. Given that short messaging service (SMS) is one of the most effective ways of putting the other person on notice about some communication, it is advisable that sending of real-time alert to taxpayers by SMS be made mandatory.

  •   Certain restrictions / glitches on the e-filing portal: There are certain other technical restrictions or glitches on the e-filing portal which cause practical difficulties in the effective and efficient implementation of the Faceless Assessments. The same are discussed below:

•    Attachment size restriction: Currently, the e-filing portal has a restriction wherein attachment size cannot exceed 10 MB. This means that if the size of the response (written submissions / annexures) exceeds this limit, the same is required to be split into different parts such that each attachment size does not exceed 10 MB. While the tax Department is expected to read the entire response (written submissions and annexures) and assess the taxpayers’ income accordingly, practically it becomes difficult for the Department to open multiple files and read them in continuation when written submissions including annexures run into a number of pages (especially in case of large taxpayers). This difficulty for the tax Department becomes a cause of suffering for the taxpayers. Thus, the Government should consider investing in improvement of digital infrastructure and increase the attachment size limit (say to 40 to 50 MB per attachment).

•    Issuance of reopening notices: It is seen that reopening notices are issued by the tax Department asking the taxpayers to file their return of income. There is no window / tab available to the taxpayers to object to such reopening notice which was otherwise allowed under the physical assessment proceedings as per the settled position of law. Further, there is no window / option available on the e-filing portal to ask for reasons for reopening of an assessment even after filing the return of income in response to reopening notices.

•    All file formats are not allowed: Currently, the taxpayers can upload the documents / responses only in certain file formats – .pdf, .xls, .xlsx and .csv format. Other commonly used file formats, viz., .doc, .docx, .ppt, .pptx, etc., cannot be uploaded. The Government should consider investing in improvement of digital infrastructure on this count so that all types of file formats get supported by the e-filing portal.

•    Special characters are not allowed: The e-filing portal does not allow use of certain special characters. However, the problem occurs at the time when taxpayers are submitting their response in the respective fields, and just then they are given a message that special characters are not allowed. It is advisable that the disallowed special characters are highlighted, and the taxpayers get a pop-up as and when such special characters are used by them.

•    Other glitches: It has also been observed that taxpayers faced other technical glitches such as e-filing portal was not working at certain times, video conferencing link was not working, documents were not getting uploaded, etc.

CONCLUSION

One of the apprehensions of the entire taxpayer community is that with Faceless Assessments coming into force, proper hearing may not be given and this could lead to erroneous / unfair assessments. In this regard, attention is invited to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Dhakeswari Cotton Mills Ltd. vs. CIT [1954] 26 ITR 775 (SC) wherein it was held that the ‘principle of natural justice’ needs to be followed by the tax Department while passing assessment orders. The Court also ruled that the taxpayer should be given a fair hearing and aspects like failure to disclose the material proposed to be used against the taxpayer, non-granting of adequate opportunity to the taxpayer to rebut the material furnished and refusing to take the material furnished by the taxpayer to support its case violates the fundamental rules of justice. Thus, it is crucial that in doing Faceless Assessments, (a) proper hearing is afforded to the taxpayer; (b)‘written submissions’ filed are duly taken into account before passing the assessment order; and (c) adjournment is allowed in genuine cases.

The Government should resolve these teething issues (as discussed above) so that this fear / apprehension does not turn into reality. With revenue of Rs. 9.32 lakh crores7 already stuck in direct tax litigation in various forums, and considering the vision of the Government in making India a US $5 trillion economy, it will not be prudent if such teething issues are not resolved at the earliest. If not done, Faceless Assessments may need to pass through various litmus tests in courts8. Further, one hopes that the Central Board of Direct Taxes comes up with some internal instructions (such as writing proper reasons in the assessment order in case field authorities do not accept / reject judicial precedents cited by the taxpayer in its support) to the field authorities for fair, smooth and effective functioning of Faceless Assessments.

The Government is also on a spree to digitise the tax administration system in India which is evident from the fact that Faceless Assessments; Faceless Appeal Scheme, 2020; and Faceless Penalty Scheme, 2021 are already in force. Besides, enabling provisions have been introduced under the Income-tax Act, 1961 to digitise other aspects of tax adjudication, viz., faceless inquiry, faceless transfer pricing proceedings, faceless dispute resolution panel proceedings, faceless collection and recovery of tax, faceless effect of appellate orders, faceless Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, etc. Thus, it becomes all the more important to resolve the aforesaid teething issues at this stage itself so that other faceless schemes (existing as well as upcoming) are free of such shortcomings / gaps.

One hopes that the new, revamped e-filing portal of the Government will bring a new ray of hope to the taxpayers wherein such issues are taken care of.

(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the author/s)

SLUMP SALE – AMENDMENTS BY FINANCE ACT, 2021

BACKGROUND
The sale of a business undertaking on a going concern basis for a lump sum consideration is referred to as ‘slump sale’ and section 50B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) provides for a mechanism to compute capital gains arising from such a slump sale. Section 50B has for long remained a complete code to provide the computation mechanism for capital gains with respect to only a specific transaction, being the ‘slump sale’.

The essence of this amendment seems to be to align this method of transfer of capital assets with other methods (such as transfer of shares, gifts, assets), wherein a minimum value has been prescribed and such prescribed minimum value did not apply to transfer of capital assets forming part of an undertaking transferred on a slump sale basis. For example, an immovable property could be transferred as an indivisible part of an undertaking under slump sale at any value, without having any reference to the value adopted or assessed by the stamp valuation authority, which if otherwise transferred on a stand-alone basis would need to be transferred at any value higher than the value adopted or assessed by the stamp valuation authority. In addition, the Finance Act, 2021 also expands the scope of section 50B from merely ‘sale’ of an undertaking to any form of transfer of an undertaking, whether or not a ‘sale’ per se, essentially to include ‘slump exchanges’ within its ambit.

Section 50B was inserted by the Finance Act, 1999 with effect from 1st April, 2000 and since then this amendment by the Finance Act, 2021 is the first major amendment to this code of taxing profits and gains arising from slump sales. This article evaluates the following amendments in the ensuing paragraphs:

i. Amendment in section 2(42C) of the Act;
ii. Substitution of sub-section 2 of section 50B of the Act;
iii. Insertion of clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act; and
iv. The date of enforcement of these amendments and whether these amendments will have retrospective effect.

LIKELY IMPACT OF THE AMENDMENT ON M&As / DEALS

Sale of business undertakings has been one of the prominent methods of deal consummation in India, since the buyers usually find it cleaner to acquire an Indian business without acquiring the legal entity / company and therefore keep the acquisition free of any legacy legal, tax or commercial disputes. In such transactions, it is hard to believe any transaction being consummated at a value less than its fair value, unless the transaction is consummated with the mala fide intention of transferring the assets for a value less than their fair value. Therefore, such transactions with independent parties are likely to remain un-impacted except the compliances attached with slump sale under the new provisions like obtaining a valuation report in compliance with the prescribed rules as on the date of the slump sale.

The amended section 50B is, however, likely to impact internal group restructurings wherein intra-group transfers were resorted to at book values which would often be less than the prescribed fair values. Such internal transfers of ‘undertakings’ or divisions from one company to another are often resorted to to get to the deal-ready structure (e.g., one company has two divisions and a deal is sought with respect to only one division – the other division will need to be moved out) and such transactions could have remained tax neutral if made within the group, similar to the way amalgamations / de-mergers remain tax neutral. Such restructurings could at times also be driven by regulatory changes or external factors and imposing tax consequences on such internal restructurings will discourage such transfers and the companies will need to resort to time-consuming structures like amalgamations / de-mergers which require a long-drawn process under sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, 2013, including approval by the National Company Law Tribunal.

Moreover, in case of transactions where the sale consideration against transfer of the undertaking is discharged in the form of shares / securities (‘slump exchange’), the seller would no more be able to walk away without paying its dues to the taxman.

ANALYSIS OF THE AMENDMENTS BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021
(a) Amendment in section 2(42C) of the Act
Section 2(42C) defines the term ‘slump sale’ and read as follows before amendment by the Finance Act, 2021: ‘slump sale’ means the transfer of one or more undertaking as a result of the sale, for a lump sum consideration without values being assigned to the individual assets and liabilities in such sale.

The text underlined above is being substituted by the Finance Act, 2021 with ‘undertaking by any means’. Therefore, the amended definition of slump sale reads as follows: ‘slump sale’ means the transfer of one or more undertaking by any means, for a lump sum consideration without values being assigned to the individual assets and liabilities in such sale.

Thus, the amendment replaces the words ‘as a result of sale’ with ‘by any means’, thereby expanding the scope of the term ‘slump sale’ from merely ‘sale’ to ‘any transfer’. This amendment seeks to neutralise the judicial precedents like CIT vs. Bharat Bijlee Ltd. (365 ITR 258) (Bom) wherein the assessee transferred its division to another company in terms of the scheme of arrangement u/s 391 of the Companies Act, 1956 and that consideration was not determined in terms of money but discharged through allotment or issue of bonds / preference shares; it was to be regarded as ‘exchange’ and not ‘sale’ as envisaged under the then section 2(42C), and therefore could not be taxed as a ‘slump sale’. In other words, judicial precedents established the principle that a ‘sale’ must necessarily involve a monetary consideration in the absence of which a transaction, though satisfying all other conditions, will not qualify as a ‘slump sale’ and would merely be an ‘exchange’. Therefore, with the expanded scope of the term ‘slump sale’ to mean transfer ‘by any means’, transactions of varied nature will get covered including but not limited to slump exchanges.

Effective date of the amendment
The Finance Act, 2021 provides that the amendment shall be effective from 1st April, 2021 and shall accordingly apply to the assessment year 2021-22 and subsequent years.

With its applicability for A.Y. 2021-22 one could argue that the amended provisions are applicable to transactions executed on or after 1st April, 2020 and to this effect the amendment is retrospective in nature.

Could this amendment be considered merely clarificatory and therefore retrospective?
The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2021 while explaining the rationale of this amendment, begins the last paragraph with ‘In order to make the intention clear, it is proposed to amend the scope of the definition of the term slump sale by amending the provision of clause (42C) of section 2 of the Act so that all types of transfer as defined in clause (47) of section 2 of the Act are included within its scope.’ The language is suggestive that the amendment is merely clarificatory in nature which is also abundantly clear from the language used in the Explanatory Memorandum with respect to this amendment, claiming that the pre-amended definition also included transactions like slump exchanges. A paragraph from the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2021 is reproduced hereunder:

‘For example, a transaction of – sale may be disguised as – exchange by the parties to the transaction, but such transactions may already be covered under the definition of slump sale as it exists today on the basis that it is transfer by way of sale and not by way of exchange. This principle was enunciated by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. R.R. Ramakrishna Pillai [(1967) 66 ITR 725 SC]. Thus, if a transfer of an asset is in lieu of another asset (non-monetary), it can be said to be monetised in a situation where the consideration for the asset transferred is ascertained first and is then discharged by way of non-monetary assets.’

In the absence of a retrospective operation having been expressly given, the courts may be called upon to construe the provisions and answer the question whether the Legislature had sufficiently expressed that intention of giving the statute retrospective effect. On the basis of Zile Singh vs. State of Haryana [2004] (8 SCC 1), four factors are suggested as relevant:
(i) general scope and purview of the statute; (ii) the remedy sought to be applied; (iii) the former state of the law; and (iv) what it was that the Legislature contemplated. The possibility cannot be ruled out that Indian Revenue Authorities (IRA) could contest this amendment to be clarificatory in nature to have always included ‘slump exchanges’. However, since the change doesn’t specifically call itself clarificatory nor does it give itself a retrospective operation, a reasonable view can be that the said change is prospective.

Essential characteristics of slump sale
With the modified definition, the Table below compares the essential characteristics of a transfer to qualify as a slump sale under the pre-amendment definition vis-à-vis the post-amendment definition u/s 2(42C) of the Act:

Characteristic

Pre-amendment

Post-amendment

Transfer

Yes

Yes

Of one or more undertaking(s)

Yes

Yes

As a result of sale

Yes

No

For a lump sum

Yes

Yes

Consideration

Yes

Yes

Without values being assigned

Yes

Yes

As one can see, all the essential characteristics of a transfer of an undertaking to qualify as a ‘slump sale’ continue, the only change being a transfer through sale vs. by any means.

By any means could have a very wide connotation when read with the newly-inserted Explanation 3 which provides that for the purposes of this clause [being section 2(42C)], ‘transfer’ shall have the meaning assigned to it in section 2(47).Therefore, this will include transactions or transfers wherein an undertaking is transferred for a lump sum consideration like an amalgamation which does not satisfy the conditions prescribed u/s 2(1B) of the Act or a de-merger which does not satisfy the conditions prescribed u/s 2(19AA) of the Act. A ‘gift’ of an undertaking will also be included within the meaning of ‘transfer’, but in the absence of the ‘lump sum consideration’, may not qualify to be a ‘slump sale’ even under the amended definition.

(b) Substitution of sub-section 2 of section 50B of the Act
The Finance Act, 2021 also substituted sub-section 2 of section 50B and the substituted text reads as follows:

[(2) In relation to capital assets being an undertaking or division transferred by way of such slump sale –

(i) The ‘net worth’ of the undertaking or the division, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the cost of acquisition and the cost of improvement for the purposes of sections 48 and 49 and no regards shall be given to the provisions contained in the second proviso to section 48;

(ii) The fair market value of the capital assets as on the date of transfer, calculated in the prescribed manner, shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of such capital asset.]

Essentially, the clause (ii) above has been newly inserted through substitution of the sub-section 2 as the clause (i) above existed in the form of previous sub-section 2 itself.

Section 50B provides for a complete code in itself for computation of profits and gains arising from transfer of ‘capital asset’ being an undertaking in case of slump sale. The erstwhile sub-section 2 provided that the ‘net worth’ of the undertaking would be considered as the cost of acquisition and there was no provision deeming the value of sale consideration or overriding the consideration agreed between the transferor and transferee. The newly-inserted sub-section 2 continues to provide that the ‘net worth’ of the undertaking shall be considered as the cost of acquisition and includes a deeming provision to impute the consideration, being the prescribed fair market value.

Rule 11UAE has been inserted in the Income-tax Rules, 1962 vide a notification dated 24th May, 2021 providing a detailed methodology for arriving at the deemed consideration of the ‘undertaking’ as well as a methodology for arriving at the value of non-monetary consideration received, if any (slump exchange transaction or amalgamation / de-mergers which may qualify as slump sale if they do not meet their respective prescribed conditions). The prescribed valuation rules provide for valuation of specific assets in line with already existing valuation methodologies under Rule 11UA and in this specific context, the Rule provides for value to be the value determined in accordance with the Rule or agreement value, whichever is higher.

Sub-rule (2) of the newly-inserted Rule 11UAE provides for determining the fair market value of the ‘capital assets’ transferred by way of slump sale and that could imply that the prescribed rules will not apply to value any asset other than ‘capital assets’ and such other assets will need to be taken at book values, for example, a parcel of land held as stock-in-trade and not as capital asset. Notably, even the newly-inserted sub-section (2) in clause (ii) refers to ‘fair market value of capital assets as on the date of transfer’ which supports the interpretation that Rule 11UAE would apply only to value ‘capital assets’ forming part of the undertaking being transferred through slump sale. However, one would need to be careful while applying this interpretation, as the specific clauses of Rule 11UAE do not distinguish between the assets as ‘capital assets’ or otherwise.

(c) Insertion of clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act
Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act provides the mechanism to arrive at the value of total assets for computing the net worth. The said Explanation provides guidance on determination of values of respective assets forming part of the undertaking, in order to arrive at the ‘net worth’ being cost of acquisition for the purposes of section 50B of the Act. The Finance Act, 2021 inserted clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B which reads as follows:

(aa) in the case of capital asset being goodwill of a business or profession which has not been acquired by the assessee by purchase from a previous owner, nil.

Consequent to the insertion of the above-mentioned clause (aa), if ‘goodwill’ is one of the assets on the books of the undertaking, its value shall be considered to be ‘Nil’ for computation of net worth if it is not acquired by way of purchase which will result in its book value not being considered for computing the cost of acquisition. The amendment seems to be one of the consequential amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 with respect to ‘goodwill’.

In a situation where the goodwill is appearing on the books by virtue of a past amalgamation or a de-merger, its value shall be taken as nil for computing the net worth of the undertaking. Whereas, if the goodwill was purchased prior to 1st April, 2020 and depreciation has been allowed thereof, it would be considered as a depreciable asset and its written down value shall be considered while computing the ‘net worth’. Similarly, if the goodwill is acquired on or after 1st April, 2020, it will not be considered as a depreciable asset pursuant to other amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 and its book value shall be considered while computing the net worth of the undertaking.

CONCLUSION


Going forward, the expansion of scope of slump sale from merely ‘sale’ to any mode of transfer will bring transactions like ‘slump exchanges’ under the scanner. One needs to carefully consider the impact of this amendment on past slump exchange transactions and whether the amendment will be read as clarificatory and hence retrospective. The expanded scope of the definition will also cover amalgamations / de-mergers where the respective prescribed conditions are not met. In a situation where during the assessment proceedings the Indian Revenue Authorities challenge a specific condition not being satisfied, it could consequentially lead to the transaction being taxed as slump sale.

From a commercial perspective, the amendments do not impact genuine transactions. Even in genuine transactions where there are valuation gaps, the current law does not put the buyer in any adverse position and the tax risks seem to be restricted to the seller, primarily because section 56(2)(x) does not tax ‘undertaking’ as a property in the hands of the buyer.

One will still need to deal with challenges in application of the prescribed valuation methodology, especially valuation required to be as on the date of the slump sale, and the availability of the financials and data points to apply the rule.

AUDITOR’S REPORTING – UNVEILING THE ULTIMATE BENEFICIARY OF FUNDING TRANSACTIONS

Corporate frauds have emerged as the biggest risk that companies are exposed to and are increasingly becoming a major threat not only to the corporates but equally to the economy at large. Such unwanted incidents have a domino effect on the economy since they cause severe financial stress, loss of investor confidence, erosion of investor wealth and serious reputational damage. It has been observed that most of these incidents involve round-tripping of funds undertaken through a complex chain of pass-through entities for the benefit of the ultimate beneficiary.
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) has been cognizant of this ever-increasing threat and has regularly been tightening the framework under the Companies Act, 2013 (‘2013 Act’) through appropriate monitoring, vigilance and disclosure mechanisms. One such mechanism included imposing restrictions on the number of layers that can be created by companies where they create shell companies for diversion of funds or money laundering. Section 2(87) of the 2013 Act read with the Companies (Restriction on Number of Layers) Rules, 2017 imposes a limit of two layers of subsidiaries except for certain exemptions. Similarly, section 186(1) provides that a company can make investments through not more than two layers of investment companies unless prescribed otherwise. The approval mechanism has been prescribed u/s 185 for granting (directly / indirectly) of loans, guarantees, etc., to prescribed persons including any person in whom any of the directors of the company is interested.
In furtherance of this objective and to reduce opacity and enhance transparency, the MCA has further strengthened the framework under the 2013 Act by amending the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 and Schedule III to the 2013 Act by introducing reporting requirements for the auditors and by providing enabling disclosures in the financial statements, respectively. The new auditors’ requirements are summarised below:
  •  Whether the management has represented that, to the best of its knowledge and belief (other than as disclosed in the notes to the accounts):

– No funds have been advanced or loaned or invested (either from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kinds of funds) by the company to or in 1Intermediaries;

– No funds have been received by the company from Funding Parties1 with the understanding, recorded in writing or otherwise, that the intermediary (or company – in case of receipt of funds) shall, whether directly or indirectly, lend or invest in Ultimate Beneficiaries2 or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.

  • Based on audit procedures considered reasonable and appropriate by the auditor, nothing has come to his / her notice that has caused the auditor to believe that the above representations contain any material misstatement.

Through the above amendment, the MCA is attempting to unveil the ultimate beneficiary behind camouflaged funding where transactions relating to loans, investments, etc., are undertaken by a company for some identified beneficiary. The reporting requirements cover transactions that do not take place directly between the company and the ultimate beneficiary but are camouflaged by including a pass-through entity in order to hide the ultimate beneficiary. The pass-through entity acts on the instructions of the company for channelling the funds to the ultimate beneficiary as identified by the company. It might be noted that the reporting obligation includes inbound as well as outbound funding transactions. In a world where financial transactions are used for money-laundering transactions or other suspicious activities, carrying illicit transactions, it is important that the trail of financial transactions is transparent. Hence, it is important to unveil the identity of the end beneficiary and the amendments are a means to address this issue.

________________________________________________________________

1   Intermediaries / Funding
Parties means – any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities

2   Ultimate Beneficiaries
means – other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on
behalf of the company

The auditor is required to obtain management representation that the management has not identified any camouflaged transactions other than those disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Further, the auditor is also required to assess that the representation is not materially misstated by performance of appropriate audit procedures. Accordingly, MCA requires the auditor to not only obtain management representation but also independently assess that the representation provided by the management is appropriate. Such an assessment would require the use of judgement and professional scepticism by the auditor.

This article provides an overview of the new reporting requirements and attempts to highlight some of the key aspects in order to generate wider discussion among various stakeholders.

Applicability

The amendments to the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 and Schedule III issued by the MCA state that these amendments will come into force with effect from 1st April, 2021. The amendment notification does not link these requirements to any particular financial year. One possible view could be that the financial statements should be prepared as per the requirements existing as at the year-end and the audit report should include comments on the reporting obligations which are applicable on the date of issuance of the audit report. It may be noted that the amended rules require the auditor to obtain management representations for transactions ‘other than as disclosed in the notes to the accounts’ thereby implying that relevant disclosures in the financial statements would be essential to enable the auditor to comply with the reporting obligations. Accordingly, if this view is taken then the implications of the above amendments, i.e., relevant disclosures, should be included in the financial statements and audit report for the financial year 2020-21.

Another possible view could be that these requirements would apply from the financial year beginning on or after 1st April, 2021. It has been observed that the MCA in the past has been consistently taking a view that the reporting requirements (or relaxations) do not apply to the year ending on or before the date of the notification of the new requirements / relaxations. For example, similar challenges arose when a large majority of the sections of the 2013 Act were made effective on 1st April, 2014. The MCA had clarified that these provisions would apply in respect of financial years commencing on or after 1st April, 2014. In another instance, the MCA had, in June, 2017, provided exemption to the auditor from reporting on internal financial controls of certain private companies. It clarified that this relaxation would apply from the financial years commencing on or after 1st April, 2016.

Pursuant to the consistent position of the MCA in the past it may be possible to take a view that the aforesaid reporting requirements and disclosures in the financial statements would apply from financial years beginning on or after 1st April, 2021.

In order to ensure consistency regarding the applicability and to support seamless implementation, a clarification from the MCA / Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) may help the corporates and auditors.

The companies are required to make these disclosures in Schedule III as part of ‘Additional regulatory information’ and amendments have been made to Division I (Indian GAAP), Division II (Ind AS) and Division III (Non-Banking Financial Companies which are required to comply with Ind AS).

Class of companies on which these requirements would apply

The reporting requirements have been prescribed for auditors under the 2013 Act. Accordingly, auditors of all classes of companies, including section 8 companies, would be required to report on these matters. It might be worth mentioning that as per the Companies (Registration of Foreign Companies) Rules, 2014 the provisions of Audit and Auditors (i.e., Chapter X of the 2013 Act) and the Rules made thereunder apply, mutatis mutandis, to a foreign company. Accordingly, these new reporting requirements would be applicable to auditors of foreign companies as well.

Reporting in auditor’s report

In accordance with the requirements of section 143(2) of the 2013 Act, an auditor reports to the members of the company on the accounts examined by him / her and on every financial statement to be laid before the company in the general meeting. An auditor should prepare the report after considering the provisions of the 2013 Act and the requirements specified in the accounting and auditing standards.

Section 143 of the Act read with Rule 11 of the Audit Rules prescribes matters to be included in an auditor’s report. This additional reporting requirement is required under Rule 11 in the section titled ‘Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ in the statutory audit report.

Pre-existing transactions

It may be noted that reporting obligations do not provide any transitional provision, i.e., whether these reporting obligations would apply to pre-existing transactions or whether these reporting requirements would apply to transactions initiated on or after 1st April, 2021. As these reporting requirements (and the corresponding disclosures in Schedule III) apply prospectively, it would be logical to argue that the reporting requirements would apply to transactions initiated from the date of notification of the requirements (i.e., 1st April, 2021).

Transactions covered

The funding transactions as envisaged would primarily include three steps: 1) A company raising funds from any source or any kind of fund, e.g., borrowings, share premium (i.e., lender); 2) Lender provides loan / invests funds in intermediary with an understanding that these would be used for the ultimate beneficiary; 3) Such funds are lent / invested by the intermediary to the ultimate beneficiary. The following is one such example:

 

The following key principles may be kept in mind to understand the transactions covered:

  •  The intent is to cover funding transactions. Accordingly, normal business transactions such as supplier advance would not be covered. However, advances in the nature of loans would be covered as these are in-substance loan transactions. Whether an advance is in the nature of a loan would depend upon the circumstances of each case, for example, a normal advance against an order in accordance with the normal trade practice would not be an advance in the nature of a loan. But if an advance is given for an amount that is far in excess of the value of an order or for a period which is far in excess of the period for which such advances are usually extended as per the normal trade practice, then such an advance may be in the nature of a loan to the extent of such excess.
  •  The ultimate beneficiary must have been identified by the lender at the inception itself. This is evident from the wording that the intermediary (or company – in the case of receipt of funds) ‘shall, whether, directly or indirectly’, lend, etc., in the ultimate beneficiaries.

  •  An understanding with the intermediary that it would transfer funds to the ultimate beneficiary should exist. The words ‘with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise’ makes it amply clear about such intent and emphasises that all forms of understanding (in writing or otherwise) should be considered by the auditor.

  •  In some cases, there might be a time gap between the receipt of funds by the intermediary and the transfer of funds to the ultimate beneficiary as illustrated below:

 

A narrow reading of the requirements might indicate that the reporting obligations envisage back-to-back funding transactions and hence the above transaction is not covered as there is a time gap. Such a reading may not be in line with the overall objective of the MCA of identifying camouflaged funding transactions. The time gap between the receipt of funds by the intermediary and providing loan, etc., to the ultimate beneficiary has no relevance while reporting under this clause.

Amount to be reported – whether discounted amount or nominal amount

Loans, guarantees, etc., should be understood from a legal perspective. The accounting requirements / definitions have no relevance while reporting under this clause, e.g., Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments which provides that accounting considerations for financial guarantee contracts should be ignored. Accordingly, amounts reported by the auditor (if any) should be the nominal amount and not the discounted amount as per the relevant Ind AS. This is also supported by the Guidance Note on CARO issued by ICAI which states that it may happen that under the Ind AS framework certain term loans (for example, mezzanine loans) may either be classified as equity or may be compound instruments and, therefore, are split into equity and debt components. However, such instruments will be classified as debt under the AS framework. It is clarified that the basic character of such loans is debt and accordingly the auditor should consider utilisation of the entire amount for the purpose of reporting under this clause irrespective of the accounting treatment.

Audit procedures – key considerations

The auditor is required to perform appropriate audit procedures and state that nothing has come to notice that has caused the auditor to believe that these representations contain any material misstatement. The inherent complexities in auditing camouflaged funding transactions might pose significant challenges to the auditor in conducting audit procedures, for example, the auditor is required to assess understanding of the company with the ultimate beneficiary (which may not be in writing in certain cases). This would require the auditor to perform additional audit procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence. However, the auditor should consider that these procedures are to be performed in relation to audit of financial statements and should be in the course of performance of his duties as an auditor. It may be noted that u/s 143(9) read with section 143(10), the duty of the auditor, inter alia, in an audit is to comply with the Standards on Auditing (SAs). Further, section 143(2) requires the auditor to issue his / her report in accordance with the SAs and accordingly the auditor should consider the requirements of the SAs in planning and performing the audit procedures to address the risk of material misstatement as stated above. The auditor may perform the following auditing procedures:

  • Obtain representations from management that to the best of its knowledge and belief there are no camouflaged funding transactions other than those disclosed in the financial statements. These representations should be provided by those responsible for the preparation and presentation of the financial statements and knowledge of the matters concerned, for example, chief executive officer, chief financial officer.

  • Identification of sample funding transactions undertaken during the year (refer SA 530 Audit Sampling).

  • Critical assessment of the internal controls including controls regarding approval process and assessment of management’s rationale in approving the funding transaction, e.g., assessment of genuineness of funding needs of the borrower, clearly defined purpose for proposed use of the funds.

  • Relationship with the borrower, e.g., related party. If funding is provided to an unrelated party, then auditor is required to understand and evaluate the strategic reason for funding.


 

  • Financial credentials of the borrower.

  • Compliance with the approval matrix and compliance with applicable laws and regulations, such as section 185 / 186 of the 2013 Act and the relevant RBI norms.

  • Internal controls to track usage of funds, that is, whether periodic report obtained to indicate the usage of funds.

  • Written representations should be dated as near as practicable to, but not after, the date of the auditor’s report.

Applicability of reporting – if no instances identified

The auditor is required to obtain management representation for every audit report issued under the 2013 Act. This is evident from the words which state ‘Whether the management has represented that…’ Accordingly, the auditor would need to obtain management representations and assess its appropriateness even where no instances of camouflaged funding transactions have been identified by the management during the year under audit.

BOTTOM LINE


These new reporting obligations pose onerous responsibilities on the auditor. The auditor would need to carefully assess the implications as the ambit of the reporting matters is wide and covers all inbound and outbound funding transactions. It may be noted that section 186(4) requires a company to disclose in the financial statement the full particulars of the loans, etc., given and the purpose for which these are proposed to be utilised by the recipient. The amendment to Schedule III and auditors’ reporting obligations supplements the existing disclosure requirements. In order to meet these enhanced requirements, the management would need to establish an adequate internal control mechanism so that adequate information is made available to the auditor. These amendments further highlight the importance of establishing a proper mechanism to track the end use of the funds. Considering all these aspects, the auditor should engage with the stakeholders to iron out implementation challenges if any and ensure strict compliance with the reporting requirements.  

INTO THAT HEAVEN OF FREEDOM, MY FATHER…

(The author is Founder Trustee of the Shraddha Rehabilitation Foundation and
recipient of the Ramon Magsaysay Award, 2018)

While the Covid pandemic has been raging for a full year or more, so has the deluge of articles about the psychological implications of the same. Scores of articles have appeared in almost all media. Many of them have psychiatric textbook technical jargon embedded in them which is Greek to the untutored innocent minds. To add one more to it would be adding fuel to the flames. So I thought of going about this task differently.

To the constitution of a human being’s personality, ego and self-confidence, goes a lot of stability in the outer environment of that human being. From birth through childhood, this stability continues in the majority of us. The Indian child is closeted, buffered, cushioned, buttressed and ensconced against all anxieties by parents and in rural India by the joint Indian family system. Childhood in a country like India lasts almost till a person is 23 to 25 years old. There is giving of psychological-emotional strokes and receiving of the same. By the time we have grown into true adults, innate maturity has developed and we somehow survive the rest of our lives on our own steam. But we still continue to receive stable, positive emotional strokes. Starting from the immediate family circle, going on to distant relatives, friends, the workplace, the society at large, our teachers, mentors, our heroes, we continue to receive all psychological strokes from just about everyone who matters to our psyche as human beings, to make us believe that life was worth the living and that we had a special place under the sun.

It is this stability and sense of self which has taken a major hit because of Covid.

No longer is the world surrounding us the same. People are afraid to touch one another, to hug one another, to give physical comfort to one another. Young children are not just getting separated from their parents when the parent is critical and admitted, the young are often losing the parent as well to the Covid illness. Many families have lost their earning member, many individuals have lost jobs, many are unable to cope with EMIs, many have been downgraded in their pay scale, many are morbidly scared (a real possibility) of contracting the Covid virus during their travel to and back from work. Work from home has become a nightmare. Others have no social outings, with parks, playgrounds and beaches closed to the public. Physical isolation, an unheard-of entity earlier, has become the norm. The TV is incessantly showing negative (albeit realistic) news and seemingly focusing relentlessly on Covid. Children studying (supposedly) online has become akin to reaching the moon, given the technicalities and the glitches in internet services involved.

All in all, just about everything that went into the development and consolidation of the human psyche right from childhood onwards has been turned upside down.

The net outcome is perhaps the slow insidious wood-ant approach of the destruction of the stability of the psyche and / or the cataclysmic collapse of that same stability of the psyche, given the sudden loss of a family member to the illness. Self-worth, self-image, self-confidence are all going south. And these entire tectonic shifts in psychological planes are conducive to the production of anxiety and depression within the individual.

Where anxiety (as an increase in the adrenergic-fight response of the mind-body to the on-going crisis) ends, and where depression (a giving-up response of the mind-body to the on-going crisis) begins, the edges are blurred.

But the symptoms which prevail in differing intensities in different human beings during the anxiety phase are insomnia, chest pain, tremulousness, palpitations, excessive urination, repetitive visits to the toilet, altered menstrual cycle, repetitive thoughts, multiple random ruminations, brooding tendencies, repetitive cross-checking of small issues (mundane events like the shutting of a door), repetitive compulsive acts (like the arranging or wearing of clothes in a specific order), dryness of the mouth, blurring of vision, dizziness, an actual recorded rise in blood pressure or heart rate, irritation, agitation, temper outbursts, an unjustified fear of body illness of any kind, a constant nagging, prickling fear of suffering from a heart attack or meeting with an accident, etc.

The ceaseless protection of the elderly with their attendant medical co-morbidities (coupled with their un-noticed penchant for allowing their masks to slip off their noses on the slightest pretext) has become an obsessive panic-inducing daily ritual by itself.

The symptoms which prevail in depression are dullness, inability to cope with work, lack of alertness, diminished sex drive, inability to look after day-to-day hygiene, crying spells, suicidal thoughts along with the final giving-up-given-up complex, all these with their different levels of subtlety colouring the presentations.

All of us have distinctly different sets of fingerprints and accordingly have different responses to an onslaught on our sense of completeness and identity.

And at the very end of the spectrum of depression (at the loss of or a possible incapacitation of a loved one) are grief, denial of reality, continuous outbursts of crying spells, the holding of one’s own self responsible for the turn of events, the feelings of having done inadequately in the situation, a sense of impotency (all summed up in a very poignant term given in psychiatric lingo – the ‘Survivor’s Guilt’), a sense of anger / rage at the system / society at large.

The children have their own distinct display of something-is-wrong at their fragile-mind levels. From surfing incessantly and randomly on the internet, to picking of one’s hair, to going out of the way to feeding / befriending / being physically assaultive to stray animals, to picking fights with siblings / peers / elders, to watching excessive porn, to caricaturing images of death, to sleeping throughout the day in an oblique attempt at bypassing of all the bad news and the disturbing events, the presentations take different levels and different tangents altogether.

But the mooring point in all of the above manifestations is the same. It is the sense of the self taking a beating.

And each one of these manifestations draws the person further down into the quagmire of confusion, frustration and depletion of psychological reserves, further eroding the sense of self-worth and self-confidence.

Going a step further, in some unlucky few the sufferers may lose absolute touch with reality, start visualising images, hearing non-existent sounds / voices, may become violent, may become catatonically mute, unresponsive, may exhibit gross disorganised behaviour and become what in psychiatric parlance is called psychotic.

All of the above constitute manifestations of the turbulence within our own minds, from one end of the spectrum of psychological imbalance to the other. Suicide (the destruction of self) and homicide (the destruction of others) become the absolute extremes of the pendulum.

Even when Covid was not around, a sense of the graveness of the prevalence of mental illness worldwide was reflected by WHO estimates which claimed that by 2030 Depression would be the leading global disease burden.

The same WHO study said that 81% of people with severe mental disorders received no treatment at all in low-income countries, a category in which India fell, suggesting the vast need for mental health facilities in India.

Insofar as the Indian workforce goes, there is less than one psychiatrist for every 100,000 Indians. Paradoxically, there are more Indian psychiatrists in the US and the UK than in India, a sign of the ubiquitous Indian brain-drain. Topping that, the expenditure on the National Mental Health Programme (NMHC) in the Indian Union Budget 2021-22 was a mere Rs. 40 crores, or 0.06% of the total health budget.

Coming to specifics, an average of 381 suicides were reported daily in 2019.

The mentally ill often become homeless, which only increases their marginalisation and precariousness. Over 50% of the homeless are mentally ill.

Over a third of prison inmates in India have mental health issues.

There are gross violations of human rights of the mentally ill in India. They are often denied the right to work and the right to education. Severe mental illness is associated with the highest rate of unemployment in India – 90%.

And in the final analysis, mental illness leads to a spiralling whirlpool, viz., worsening of poverty and impacting economic development at the national level.

And this in a country which, according to a Lancet study, even otherwise had 197 million Indians with mental illness in 2017, of which a staggering 30 million had severe mental illness.

And, believe it or bust, this was our paradoxical ‘Shining’ India before the stork of the Covid came-a-visiting.

Keeping all of the above in mind, the golden questions are – How long will all these psychological fallouts of Covid continue? How do we overcome all of these? Can we actually overcome them?

To the first, I would say that the Coronavirus is unpredictable. Despite all the assertions and presumptions by world-renowned virologists, government bodies and health organisations, I, for one, believe that if there has been one constant Truth right from the time that the virus sprang upon us, it is that there is no constant or fixed pattern to the functioning of the virus, and despite all the proclamations of different world vaccinations, the virus seems to be ahead in the battle for existence as of now; and with multiple mutations available to it, it would seem to continue to be ahead for some years to come. We have a long-drawn, unending war ahead of us. We would be living in a fool’s paradise were we to presume otherwise.

Then comes the next million-dollar question. How do we get out of this fear-loneliness-defeated triad in our minds?

By realising that if ever there was a moment when we, and when I mean we, I mean WE, each and every one of us on the face of this Earth, have to hold hands and come together, then that moment is NOW.

In one of the most stimulating passages that I have read in a long, long time, the legendary activist and the drafter of the Constitution of India, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, while pleading for humanity per se has mentioned in his book ‘The Buddha and his Dhamma’, that ‘Men are born unequal. Some are robust, others are weaklings. Some have more capacity, more intelligence, others have less. Some are well-to-do, others are poor. All have to enter into what is called the struggle for existence. And if, in this struggle for existence, inequality is recognised as the rule of the game, the weakest will always go to the wall.’ And as far as mental health goes, the most vulnerable and fragile amongst the populace succumb to mental illness. A case of survival of the fittest. Those who are mentally sensitive, unfit, unwanted, are out of the rat race.

Going beyond mental health statistics, a 2020 study from the World Economic Forum found 363 million Indians below the poverty line (BPL meaning earning less than Rs. 32 per day in rural India and Rs. 47 per day in urban India), 27 million Indians were disabled as per the New Disabilities Act, 2016 and the population of India classified as ‘tribals’ was a staggering 110 million.

Even assuming that there is an overlap between various categories, I would roughly estimate that 350 to 400 million people in India are underprivileged in some form or other.

And to top all these numbing, demoralising statistics, we now have the ravaging Covid pandemic. Keeping aside actual figures let out by the government official machinery, the plausible reality is that the second wave of Covid is rampaging through towns and villages of the remotest interiors of India, leaving death and destruction in its wake.

While all these statistics existed earlier, too, perhaps the learned and the lost-in-their-own-sacrosanct-world naive amongst us never paid attention to these grim tragedies of life. Poverty, hardships and deprivation may have been in abundance, but not within us. So, while we tut-tutted the migration of daily labourers across miles of the countryside during the first Covid wave, we (or quite a few among us) never truly empathised with their plight, having been taught to keep these underprivileged people of our beloved country in the blind spot of our vision.

But now, with the second wave of the Covid, young and old across all age groups have got afflicted with or have succumbed to Covid. It is no longer an affliction of the underprivileged or the elderly-medically-compromised amongst us. Stinko-rich, robustly-healthy young have fallen victim and have been ground to the dust. Names of diseases such as Black Fungus which were alien to even the medical community, have now become common day-to-day terms. So, it is now that we realise that this is happening to us, you, me and all of us, yes, US. And in this moment of insight and introspection we, as citizens of the world, need to reorient our strategies and the ways of dealing with the crisis.

One of the most important psychological defence mechanisms to mitigate self-pain is to understand that I am not alone in my suffering, there are many others, not just in thousands but millions in number. Anxiety and depression affect at some point in time approximately 40% of the world population. One can take it for granted that this number, post Covid, just spiralled northwards.

Keeping this in mind, and on a philosophical note, the great searcher of Truth, Gautam Buddha, had mentioned at the end of his prolonged sojourn with the dilemma of existence that ‘All Life is Dukhaa (Sadness)’, reflective of the commonality of emotional and psychiatric problems in human existence. Perhaps we, immersed as we were in our own self-goals, had lost sight of this existential Truth. Now we realise that this is closer home than we had envisaged. And this acceptance in itself brings and will bring renunciation. A great deal of pain becomes mitigated and its sharpness dulled on realising its omnipotence. Each one of us has to understand that we alone have not lost a loved one, we alone have not hit upon bad times or are finding it difficult to make ends meet.

All of us are sailing in the same boat.

In the 1955 Satyajit Ray classic Pather Panchali, the protagonist, a young girl, dies at the end of the movie. In a stoicism unbelievable in today’s times of instant gratification, the father of the girl accepts it, forfeits his home, his village and his childhood dreams to move to Kashi (present-day Varanasi) to make ends meet. We have to draw inspiration from such examples.

On a more pragmatic daily individual ritual, to break the cycle of anxiety-despondency-depression, as a psychiatrist I believe that each human mind has its own stress busters. Some enjoy an hour of music, others yoga, some others monotonous exercises like walking, running, cycling, and still others enjoy callisthenic exercises. Some enjoy reading philosophical books, others may want to curl up with a fiction-suspense novel. Some enjoy knitting, others cooking. To each one his or her own cup of solace.

At group levels, to delink from that feeling of loneliness, one can have family groups spending time in playing cards or the non-draining eternal pastimes of monopoly, dumb-charades, antakshari, scrabble and so on. Amongst groups of relatives, friends or classmates (blurring political affiliations and consciously avoiding the in-vogue political confrontations) on social media platforms such as FB / WhatsApp, one can have the sharing of moments of joy, either of the past or of the present. Sharing of photos, poems, anecdotal experiences, jokes, all give a meaning of that much-desired existentialism to our existence. Always following the golden dictum that each fingerprint has got its own particular cocoon of solitude to want to reach out to, to be on terms with oneself. To each his own nectar for the continuum of existence.

On a personal counselling note, what more or less always works is to try to inculcate the cognitive changes in a person’s negative thinking pattern and make him think broad-spectrum into ‘There, but for the grace of a God above, go I’ modality of looking at any situation, which given a country like India with the huge, huge divide between the haves and the have-nots, and with the vast numbers of have-nots involved, is not a difficult goal to achieve. Covid-specific instances can be cited and these do create the necessary emotional catharsis for the mitigation of emotional upheavals in the sufferer / listener. I very often recount the case of our own Karjat Centre nurse who was pregnant with her second baby and her husband passed away because of Covid on the very next day of her delivery. Or of an IIT Mumbai Civil Engineer who succumbed to Covid and who was not just the sole provider of his own family, but also the provider for the entire family of his in-laws who unfortunately were afflicted with mental illness and were non-earners. Often in such situations, post the gut-wrenching disclosures, risking Covid norms, the very act of reaching out and holding hands for some time, without speaking a further word, suffices.

But all throughout the journey, to be surrounded by some rays of sunshine may make all the difference and is a must. Whether they will ward off all future Covid attacks on our bodies is anybody’s guess, but to give the vaccines their just due, they do instil hope. And sometimes hope is all that is required to prevent the final descent into oblivion. Actual psychiatric experiments are witness to the power of positivity. Newspapers often have columns such as Beacons of Hope. There is an outstanding inspirational-anecdotal-stories-filled internet newsletter called The Better India. Occasional homage is paid to altruistic human behaviour on TV screens, too. But such depictions of courage and humanity are too few and far between. There have to be many, many more. Depicting stoicism, depicting both the acceptance of the odds and the fight against the odds. Buddha’s teachings have to be revisited once again.

The entire Covid pandemic is traumatising, marooning and swamping all of society and with it our collective memories and our collective conscience. To preserve and rebuild our innate sense of self-worth and self-confidence, to promulgate an ingrained human instinctual belief of truth over evil, justice over injustice, society and community at large over the self, the greater common good over individual tunnel-visioned interest, all of us can do our bit.

Yes, all of us can do our bit. Not just the psychiatric fraternity.

The private sector can do their individual minimalistic worthy contributions, the corporate sector their mega contributions, the NGOs can do their often selective (but effective) coordination and outreach to the interiors of India, the pharmaceutical sector can do its bit by giving medicines at cost or a little above, the funding agencies can chip in, the local governing authorities can do their bit by easing rules to meet priorities, the nursing colleges can do their bit, the social work institutes can pitch in by providing socially-minded manpower, the youth organisations can add their infectious, optimistic joie-de-vivre, the print media / the electronic media / the social media can spread morale, the foreign funding agencies can pump in their super-mega-financials, the UN agencies can add their might, the inter-governmental agencies can do their bit, the religious organisations can add their salvation balms, the advertising agencies their outreach programmes, the HR development experts their professionalism, the CSR funds reaching out vide either the NGO branches of the individual corporates or vide other ground-zero NGOs, the tax exemption schemes drive contribution incentives, the educational institutes can do the consolidations of social foundations, the vocational guidance organisations can do their counselling, the employment bureaux re-direct appropriately suitable applicants.

And so can the human contributions for survival and succour go on. All of us can do our bit. On different, pragmatic, point-driven available fronts.

We have to, we simply have to, display a one-for-all and all-for-one wisdom, tenacity and sagacity.

But this is going to be a long haul. From whatever little medical science I have learnt, this is going to be one nerve-sapping long haul.

Coming to the last but most important question simmering in our subconscious – Can we actually overcome this? And the answer is yes, we can and we will.

The human spirit will endure. We endured the ‘Spanish Flu’ of 1918 with its 50 million worldwide deaths, we endured the brutalities thrust upon us by the English Empire for over 150 years. But we endured. In pursuit of that dream within the quintessential Tagore poem, ‘Where the mind is without fear…’, we endured.

To end on a very personal note and a very personal example of inspiration which I came across in history – Vinoba Bhave gave talks on the Gita when he was in Wardha jail during the freedom struggle. Why? To increase the morale of all the freedom fighters incarcerated in jails. No one knew how long it would take India to attain freedom. But till then, why not boost the spirituality of India’s imprisoned freedom fighters? That was Vinoba Bhave’s greatness of thought.

Coincidentally, or call it Maharashtra’s great destiny, during the same period (from 7th October, 1930 to 6th February, 1931) Pandurang Sadashiv Sane, popularly known as Sane Guruji, was imprisoned by the British in the same jail. He was very good at long-hand writing of dictated matter. During the above period, from October, 1930 to February, 1931, he could have been transferred from that jail to any other jail by the British. But he was not. Again, this is Maharashtra’s great destiny. He actually wrote down in long-hand the entire explanations of all the chapters of the Gita as professed by Vinoba Bhave and finally this was published as ‘The Gitai’. And such is the power of goodness that in the year 2020 when we were surrounded by the bad news of Covid all around, I read ‘The Gitai’ and drew inspiration from it. So, what started as a seed in 1930 by Vinoba Bhave has continued to bear fruit in the year 2020 in my soul.

For you, and me, and all of us who care for human beings and humanity, who believe that we are God’s creations (be they different Gods whom we worship and be they different religions that we follow), it is our moral, just and compassionate obligation to Indian society that we focus on each other’s goodness, hold on to each other’s arms and swim against the current of pain surrounding us, giving each other hope and optimism for the future. We owe this to the memory of Vinoba Bhave and Sane Guruji who are sons of the soil of our hallowed India.

Immortalising in our hearts the words ‘Such are the ways that human lives must untwine, and darkest is the hour before the coming of the Light’.

EFFECT OF COVID ON ECONOMY

 

(The author is an economist. He is Research Director of the IDFC Institute and a member of the Academic Advisory Board of the Meghnad Desai Academy of Economics)

 

The coronavirus pandemic has not only left behind millions of dead, but also a trail of economic destruction throughout the world. India has suffered as well. The big question is: Will the on-going economic pain persist through the next decade, or will a strong economic recovery offer hope of sunshine after the storm? Economic forecasting is always a fragile business, more so during events that the world has rarely faced before. What follows is an attempt to detect silver linings to the dark clouds that have dominated the scene since the pandemic began in China.

Let us first count the economic costs of the pandemic. The latest estimates suggest that the size of the Indian economy in the current financial year will be around the same as it was in 2019-20, or the last financial year before the pandemic struck. This means that the Indian economy has, in effect, stagnated for two years because of the pandemic shock.

These economic losses have been borne unequally in India as those living at the bottom of the pyramid have suffered significant income losses because they have either become unemployed or have seen their wages fall. At the same time, large enterprises in the organised sector have managed to weather the storm far better than smaller ones and have perhaps gained market share in some sectors. In sum, people who have been able to work from home have protected their incomes better than those who need to step out of the house to bring home money.

There is another way to look at the same facts. Let us assume that there had been no pandemic and the Indian economy had managed to grow at 6.5% a year in 2020-21 and 2021-22. Then, the size of our economy at the end of the current financial year would have been around $400 billion larger than it will be in reality. In other words, the permanent output loss because of the pandemic is huge – equal to the size of the economy in 1998. It may sound harsh, but one entire year of 1998-level output has disappeared down the sinkhole because of the pandemic.

Large shocks such as the one that the world is facing right now often have a lasting impact and their effects linger even after the rubble is cleared away. Let me give one example that is relevant to India. The ‘Spanish Flu’ ripped through the Indian countryside in 1918, killing an estimated 18 million people in undivided India. Two economic historians, Dave Donaldson and Daniel Keniston, have shown in recent work that the pandemic had a lasting impact.

In the districts where the death toll was very high, the survivors were left with additional agricultural land. This land was quickly put to use by the survivors. The resultant increase in incomes had an interesting consequence. The survivors invested in both ‘child quantity’ as well as ‘child quality’. In other words, they had more children and they also took better care of them. The two economists show that children born in these districts after the pandemic ended were taller and better educated than the children born before the pandemic.

These were big changes at the level of the household. There are examples from other countries of broader macroeconomic shifts. For example, the US economy had a great run in the decade after the end of World War I and the boom only ended with the stock market crash of 1929. Europe emerged from the destruction of World War II to experience at least 25 years of strong economic growth.

Economic theory tells us that economies grow from a combination of three sources – a growing labour force, a higher level of capital investments and increases in productivity. More specifically, economist Barry Eichengreen wrote in an essay published in July, 2020: ‘The crisis will influence potential growth through four channels, three negative and one positive. On the negative side, it will interrupt schooling, depress public investment and destroy global supply chains. Positively, by disrupting existing industries and activities, it will open up space for innovative new entrants, through the process that the early 20th century Austrian economist and social theorist Joseph Schumpeter referred to as “creative destruction”.’

It is worth asking whether these four channels are relevant to India as well, and especially whether three of them will have a negative impact and the fourth will have a positive one.

First, the pandemic is likely to disrupt the Indian education system for two years in a row. Millions of students will have had to make do with online instruction. It is quite likely that students who have access to good personal electronics as well as secure broadband connections will be able to learn enough. Evidence collected from across the country shows that children in poor households have struggled to keep up. The chances of an increase in school dropout levels cannot be ignored.

Even in colleges, students whose training depends on practical work may find themselves missing out on a key part of their professional education. India already suffers from a skills deficit. The quality of human capital is already a problem because of malnutrition, illiteracy and lack of new skills. The impact of the pandemic adds to the problem, even if we assume that the education system goes back to normal after the pandemic ends. These are important considerations for economic growth at a time when the Chinese population has peaked and India is the only comparable country that has a growing labour force.

Second, public finances have come under pressure because of the pandemic. The ratio of public debt to GDP for India is now estimated at around 90%, the highest in living memory. It is unlikely to come down significantly at least in the next five years. What this means in effect is that a large slice of domestic tax collections will have to be used to service the interest costs on the debt. This will weigh down on the annual government budget. The government will have relatively fewer resources available to spend on other items such as infrastructure.

This need not be a dead-end. The government has other options such as asset monetisation to raise resources. It can also ask the Reserve Bank of India to buy its bonds by printing new money. But all these options will have to be exercised in the shadow of a mountain of public debt. The complicated task for the government is to increase public spending right now to make up for the weak private sector demand in India while also withdrawing once corporate investment begins to pick up. The increase in capital stock over the next ten years will be a key factor, but for now, companies seem more comfortable deleveraging rather than increasing capacity.

Third, Eichengreen expects the disruption of global supply chains to be a negative for the global economy. But some economists in the Indian government expect it to be a positive for India. There are three possible reasons why global supply chains will begin to shift out of China in this decade. The Chinese themselves are trying to recalibrate their economy from cheap industrial goods to technology products. The growing geopolitical tensions with the US have led to growing restrictions on trade with China. The pandemic has exposed the risks of supply chain concentration in one country or one company; the organising principle of global production is expected to shift to the principle of resilience.

The Indian government has a clear focus on getting global supply chains into India. Some of the recent subsidies for domestic manufacturing are a step in that direction. However, the growing protectionist sentiment in India is at odds with becoming an important part of global supply chains, since the latter assumes that inputs can move across national borders with ease. The Apple iPhone has components from 43 countries that are assembled in large factories in China. High import tariffs will not make such a complex manufacturing system possible.

Fourth, disruptive innovation can unleash a new round of productivity growth. The impulses for such innovation can come from sources as diverse as the formalisation of the economy to meeting the growing challenge of climate change. A recent report by investment bank Credit Suisse says that India is the third-largest home to unicorns, or startups that have been valued at more than $1 billion. There are now 100 Indian unicorns with a combined valuation of $240 billion. The number of listed companies with a market capitalisation of more the $1 billion is 336. Most of the unlisted unicorns have been set up after 2005.

The growth of Indian unicorns suggests a deeper change as a new generation of Indian entrepreneurs drives growth. However, there is also the harsh reality of the crisis in the unorganised sector at one end of the spectrum, to the growth of domestic oligopolies at the other end. A surge in productivity can be sustained only with economic policies that encourage job creation in enterprises that are efficient rather than protected by the government – market capitalism rather than crony capitalism. The government itself will have to build infrastructure, maintain macroeconomic stability, build a social safety net and ensure that economic growth creates inclusive opportunities.

India was a poor country in 1991. It is a lower middle income country in 2021. Economic growth has to accelerate if we are to become a higher middle income country when the Republic turns a hundred. The pandemic has been a huge setback and a lot depends on how we negotiate the challenges through the rest of the decade. Neither empty optimism nor overpowering pessimism is warranted.

CA PROFESSION IN THE POST-COVID ERA: DOOM OR BOOM?

The digital world has changed everything around us – the way we live, the way we work and, indeed, the way we think. If there was any reluctance in the minds of any professional in embracing the digital world, the Covid pandemic has ensured that this gets dissipated. Digital is no longer on the periphery, it has now become mainstream. Importantly, these changes are permanent. So, is it time to write the obituary for the analogue world?

These profound changes will impact all professions, including CAs. But is it ‘doomsday’ for the CA profession, or will this herald a new way of working and throw up some new opportunities?

REDEFINE IDENTITY & MODALITIES OF DELIVERY

A quick dive into the history of digital adoption shows that the BFSI sector (banking, financial services and insurance) has been quick off the block to rapidly implement digitisation, not just in its peripheral functions but also in its core activities. Banking business has gone through a churn and progressive bankers now say that they are in the technology business, with banking services slapped on technology. As a general rule, professions have been reluctant digital adopters. However, now that they are left with no other option, all professionals are rapidly implementing technology in their work. The scenario for CAs is also changing swiftly. Like banks, will CAs need to make a paradigm shift in their outlook and embrace a narrative of ‘being in the technology business with their professional services slapped on the technology backbone’? If this happens, will it herald a paradigm shift in the way in which services are offered by CAs to their clients?Models

The recent lockdowns and travel restrictions have altered the way of working for all professionals. From heading to office on Monday mornings, CAs now head to their workstations. ‘Work from home’ is the new reality and in fact, has now evolved into ‘work from anywhere’. All future homes of CAs will need to be designed to accommodate some space to allow work from home. Commuting for hours within the city and also travelling for work will come down dramatically, leading to an improvement in productivity. Even after the restrictions are removed, it is unlikely that CAs will go back to the normal routine of going to office every day. Eventually, a hybrid model will evolve, where CAs will go to office only when required. In fact, some CAs have sold their offices or given up high rent offices situated at prime locations. There are anecdotes of some CAs from industry, unable to work from home, who have decided after the end of the first lockdown to hire shared space nearer to home instead of travelling again. And they are doing this by individually bearing the cost of renting the space. Will this continue as a strong trend? Will a new model emerge of comparing per square foot rent with digital assets provided to teams? Will a 100 square feet / person average multiplied by Rs. 100 make the hybrid model more economical?New taxonomy

‘Face to face’ meeting has a new meaning – it does not require a physical meeting and a digital video meeting is now considered as a ‘face to face’ meeting in the new taxonomy. Audits are now done remotely and will continue to evolve with greater use of data analytics, robotics process automation (RPA) and artificial intelligence (AI). Faceless assessments will become de facto standard and the demand for knowledge-based professionals will increase. It is a moot question as to whether the quantum of disputes will reduce.Court hearings are also now on video and there is a renewed thrust from the government to go entirely digital in all their interactions with the taxpayers, citizens and their representatives. Most of the compliances like accounting, filing of returns, registrations could be fully automated and software solutions would enable reasonable level of service at a minimal cost. It is likely that government may provide utilities for common compliances free of cost. This trend will only exacerbate and the new breed of CAs who now qualify will treat this as the ‘new normal’.

It would be important to be able to track the tasks being done and the time spent by the employees in a central online workspace collaboration. Other tools which can be implemented are in the space of improving productivity, employee monitoring and online signing of documents.

All these will be useful in improving productivity for routine and quantitative work. As AI begins to create self-learning systems which are then integrated into accounting tasks, technology will take on the repetitive and time-consuming jobs, leaving the analytical and managerial tasks to humans.

What are the implications of all these tectonic changes?

CAs who do not adapt to this new reality will find it extremely challenging. ‘I am a tech illiterate’, romantic as it may have sounded once, this phrase will now mean that any CA who says or believes in this is taking the road that has a dead-end. On the other hand, this new world will throw up many more opportunities. With less travel and commuting, productivity will be on the rise and with that a chance to grow the profession. Since the digital world has no physical boundaries, it will open up new vistas for CAs to provide service and represent clients from across India and probably anywhere in the world. Technologies that are available to an SMP are increasingly affordable. The collapse of geographical boundaries could be used advantageously by CAs in Tier II and III cities. With rapid improvement in the quality of internet connectivity, this advantage will only increase. The inherent lower cost of operations and people cost along with time to learn will put them at a comparative advantage if they quickly upgrade themselves with the relevant skills.

Productivity increase, clients across the globe, new avenues for services outside the Indian geography – the list of the opportunities that will open up is endless. The pandemic has brought the idea of ‘professional of the future’ into the present – an eternal learner, constantly up-skilling, actively involved in automation and use of big data, and adaptable to disruption.

So, what are the likely changes that will continue in some of the traditional areas of work in the post-Covid era?

Accounting and attest functions (evidence-based certification / opinion)

The demand for mandatory ‘attest function’ is likely to considerably come down, with a trend of limits for such functions being raised on a regular basis and also exclusion of some categories. The pandemic has forced the adoption of ‘virtual audit’ with reliance on scanned documents and video calls with clients’ personnel. It has extended the ‘desk review’ substantially. Post-pandemic, the need for visits will reduce dramatically. The audit process would continue to evolve with greater use of data analytics, automated means to corroborate evidence, robotic process automation (bots culture) [RPA], artificial intelligence [AI] and internet of things [IOT]. More data-driven audit work is already a reality, perhaps large volumes of data as compared to samples end up delivering better results. Due to the pandemic, technology is used to perform routine, rule-based tasks and searches that would enable professionals to focus on exceptions and anomalies to evaluate risk as well as value creation.In the recent past, audit firms have been working on risk assessment tools that layer machine-based learning – which is a subset of artificial intelligence – on top of rules-based algorithms. Once the system ingests massive data sets, it can flag additional anomalies or risky transactions based on parameters that it ‘learns’ on its own. This technology can also provide insights into a company’s processes, possibly in real time, and flag outliers that might not be caught otherwise.

Businesses have already recast their internal controls considering remote work arrangements with increased data sharing for employees and other stakeholders. This has made them more vulnerable to fraud and cyber-attacks and therefore hunt for increased data protection and disaster recovery plans.

Major software vendors now offer automated data entry and reconciliation options using AI and machine learning technologies.

Tax functions (litigation, advisory, compliance)

On the litigation front, there is a tectonic shift. Faceless assessments and appeals will change everything. The era of extensive travel to tax offices, waste of time in seeking appointments and the need for personal meetings and connect will be buried soon. It is expected that going forward, litigation, except the ones in the pipeline (last two years), would decrease. Possibly, only high-value issues on law and its interpretation would continue after seven years or so. Implementation of technology in e-governance invariably leads to more transparency and the scope for dispute resolution practice will reduce over the longer term.For advisory services, CAs are already using audio and video calls extensively now, thereby saving time and cost. Personal meetings are now done only in exceptional cases. This trend is irreversible and would ensure greater productivity at work and better quality of life.

THE KNOWLEDGE EXPERT IN THE NEW SCENARIO

Over time, a ‘knowledge expert’ located in any place will be preferred. Taxation reforms done over a period would slowly reduce the number of doubts as complexities will be ironed out.Rapid implementation of technology will increase compliance and reduction of the grey economy. The increased collection in GST as well as income-tax in the middle of the pandemic (April-June, 21) indicates this new reality. A new orientation towards tax compliance is likely to reduce the need for traditional compliance advisory services.

For filing of tax returns, there is a clear direction of the government to provide facilities for uploading with ease and in the next couple of years, the need for professional services by a taxpayer to file the tax returns will greatly reduce. One can expect this trend to further accelerate where a lot more data will be available with the Tax Department and dependency on assessee and professional will be reduced.

Technology is already supporting in identifying the errors and omissions and with AI, even frauds are being located. The fact that the speed of collection of information would be in minutes compared to the earlier months / years, would enable the tech-savvy CA as well as the Tax Department to identify exceptions early and accurately.

The focus will be more on value addition and merging of the review audits in tax to a comprehensive operations and financial audit, including tax.

Digital systems and practices are driving and forcing changes in the CAs’ Business Models, Skills and Operations:

• IT-driven tools and systems for regulatory / statutory compliances are already in use. All taxes, submissions, responses and work-tracking are progressively IT-driven.
• Operations are based on collaborative tools such as video conferences and shared systems with centralised IT systems driven through cloud-based IT environments as well as technologies like blockchain.
• Increasing dependency on fluency and in-depth knowledge in the usage of office work product tools such as emails, document writers, spreadsheets, presentations, etc.
• Collaborative sessions using IT tools, organising and structuring workloads as well as assignments. In case of history files, using IT Systems, Management Information Systems being entirely IT-driven.
• Increasing dependency on documentation vs. oral communications and face-to-face communications.

Intellectual Property and Confidential Information storage systems means moving away from having things in physical form to virtual and software-defined formats. Clear organisation of information in digital formats is the new norm. Building processes and security for both IT infrastructure as well as access and user credential systems, as against maintenance of physical document libraries and safe rooms, has happened during the last year.

Changing skillsets of CAs will include experience and knowledge in Data Analytics, use of Workflow Application tools, proficiency in usage of spreadsheet tools and presentation tools like macros, executive communication skills and articulation, ability to search for information from the internet landscape in an effective manner and socialising skills with social media tools. Building relationships through social media and collaborative tools rather than in-person meetings and gatherings alone has already been accomplished.

NEW NORMAL TO STAY

Centrally manage and securely share audit and tax files, track audit-consultancy, dispute resolution related activities and communicate using chat, voice and video meetings. This new normal is not likely to get reversed. Clients, even the reluctant ones, have had to securely share data in a digital format and share platforms.In this maelstrom of changes, is it also a ripe time to make BCAS truly global and relook at dropping ‘Bombay’ and embracing a more global name?

AUDITORS’ REPORT – BCAJ SURVEY OF AUDITORS, USERS AND PREPARERS

PROTECH: ‘VIRTUAL’ IS NOW ‘REAL’

I very frequently get the question: ‘What’s going to change in the next ten years?’
I almost never get the question: ‘What’s not going to change in the next ten years?’
I submit to you that the second question is actually the more important of the two.
The above statement is attributed to Jeff Bezos of Amazon.

This issue of the BCAJ (launched in 1969), is our Annual Special Issue and it commemorates the Founding Day of the BCAS which was established on 6th July, 1949. This special issue carries special articles on contemporary issues in addition to the normal articles and features. It is based on the theme ‘Effect of the pandemic: What has changed and what is unlikely to get reversed’.

Three of our special articles are on the Profession, the Economy and the Human Psychology. They are authored by CAs (in practice and in the industry), an economist and a psychiatrist, respectively. They have woven their thoughts lucidly and with great perspicacity. I hope you will enjoy reading their perspectives on the effect of Covid and how much of this change is likely to stay.

We all know how much has changed (and much of this may not reverse):
• Running to the train station has changed to running to the work station;
Couriering is replaced by scan and email;
Signing with pen on paper is replaced by affixing a digital signature certificate;
Office is replaced by digital workspace / cloud;
WFH could become WFA (work from anywhere);
Occasionally WFH will be flipped to occasionally work from the office;
Paper is substituted by PDF;
• So far as the BCAS is concerned, the meaning of ‘residential’ has changed to taking a ‘residential’ course from our residences rather than going out to a resort.

Just as there is Fintech – a finance and technology portmanteau – it is time that we have ProTech or Professional Services and Technology. Practice sans technology will eventually add up to zero. Knowledge is no longer a sufficient condition. Technology will make much of it redundant. Being an ACA (associate CA) or FCA (fellow CA) will not be enough – we will have to re-qualify to become TCAs where ‘T’ stands for technology. Lapping up technology into all our offerings or being ‘slapped’ by technology are the only two options!

In the words of Naval Ravikant – ‘Your company may not be in the software business, but eventually, a software company will be in your business.’ Let me rephrase that – ‘If you do not bring a software company into your business, one day a software company will take over your business.’

We are seeing this already. Tax filing portals are valued in India at attractive valuations. What used to be optional and ‘adjournable’, cannot be postponed, and the pandemic could be the last and final call as the future gets fast-tracked to become the present.

But there is also a positive side of Covid. Today, I would believe that one may not need an office in a swanky, expensive location. With the tax office becoming redundant, the proximity angle has ended up in the recycle bin. Firms may not need offices all over the country. One can operate from an ‘address’, and one will not have restrictions of ‘location’ as digital regulators and digital clients will interact flawlessly with accounting firms. This could result in more competition. Many firms may even lose out to tech companies as much of the profession is ‘open’ to non-COPs or non-CAs because exclusivity has diminished.

Clearly, ‘Virtual’ is now ‘Real.’  


Raman Jokhakar
Editor

THE JOURNEY AWAY FROM DEFICIENCY DELUSIONS

A man went to a saint and said, ‘I have been endowed with everything that a man can yearn for – abundant wealth, a good family, a coveted position in society, name and fame. However, I still feel a vacuum, a deficiency – a feeling of something missing, an emptiness. I have not been able to understand this and I do not know what to do about it. Please tell me what I need to do’.

The saint took a good, long look at the man, took a deep breath and stated, ‘From your statement, it is clear that you had presumed that your ultimate goal would be achieved after you had got name, fame, wealth and family, etc.; and that, thereafter, you shall not require anything. However, you are now accepting that you still feel incomplete and unfulfilled. But the fact is that you were complete even before you acquired all these things and you are complete even now’.

The world is full of living beings that live in this state of want – a feeling of lacking something. These beings do not live in their true state and are always in search of that something that is missing. In that search, they do not focus on what they possess, their unbound richness, but instead, revel in what is missing.

There are two types of suffering – one that is the creation of circumstances outside of you and the other that is created or caused by your own mind. The surprising thing is that only 10% of the suffering is from the first cause while the balance 90% of suffering comes from your own mind. This is the truth, shocking though it is!

There could be two approaches to address the 10% suffering – either eliminate the source of that suffering or move away from that source of suffering.

To illustrate, say the lack of an air conditioner is the cause of your suffering. Here, you can either get an air conditioner so that the lack is eliminated, or you can move away from that need.

However, for the 90% suffering which is mind-triggered, the aforesaid approaches do not work. But our scriptures have made this difficult job easier if only we follow them.

The lack of compassion (karuna) towards all living beings is the first of these. Absence of compassion is manifested in anger. When you react in anger, you can safely presume the lack of compassion.

The lack of communication (samvaad) with people around you is the next cause, bringing in suffering through the mind. All non-harmonious and difficult relationships reflect the lack of communication.

The lack of a sense of co-existence (sahjeewan) is the third cause. The attitude of ‘my way or the highway’ or ‘I, me, myself’ is the cause of a significant part of our suffering.

The lack of a feeling of gratitude (kritagyata) is the fourth cause. Try being thankful for everything happening in your life and you will witness a transformation.

The fifth is the lack of restraint (sanyam). We witness this lack day in and day out. However, the unfortunate part is that more often than not, the realisation of this lack comes after it has already caused suffering.

The beauty is that these five elements are available with us since birth. As we grow older, a lot of dust gathers over them. Let us devote ourselves to removing that dust and touching base with these elements and see the transformation.

ACTIONABLE CLAIMS – TAXABILITY UNDER GST

INTRODUCTION
The levy of tax on ‘actionable claims’ has seen substantial litigation under the Sales Tax / VAT regimes. The primary reason for that was that the definition of goods under the Sales Tax / VAT regimes excluded actionable claims. Similarly, under the GST regime, too, actionable claims are generally excluded from the purview of taxability. Therefore, it is important to understand what constitutes an ‘actionable claim’.

The definition of actionable claim is provided u/s 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 as under:
‘actionable claim’ means a claim to any debt, other than a debt secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property, or to any beneficial interest in movable property not in the possession, either actual or constructive, of the claimant, which the Civil Courts recognise as affording grounds for relief, whether such debt or beneficial interest be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent;

It is apparent from the above definition that an actionable claim is a claim, or rather a right to claim, either an unsecured debt or any beneficial interest in movable property which is not in the possession of the claimant. So far as the first limb of the definition is concerned, it seems to cover only unsecured debts. Therefore, it should cover cases such as bill discounting where a business sells its receivables to another person, generally a banking and financial institution, and receives the consideration upfront, though a lower amount than what is receivable. The receivable is subsequently realised by the bank and the difference between the amount realised and the amount paid for bill discounting is its margin / profit.

The second limb of the definition has been analysed in detail by the courts. In the context of lottery tickets, the division Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of H. Anraj & Others vs. Government of Tamil Nadu [(1986) AIR 63] had held that lottery tickets were goods and therefore liable to sales tax. However, the said decision was later set aside by the Constitution Bench in the case of Sunrise Associates vs. Government of NCT of Delhi and Others [(2006) 5 SCC 603-A]. While doing so, the Court had laid down the following principles:

• The fact that the definition of goods under the State laws excluded actionable claims from its purview would demonstrate that actionable claims are indeed goods and but for the exclusion from the definition of ‘goods’, the same would have been liable to sales tax.
• An actionable claim is only a claim which might connote a demand. Every claim is not an actionable claim. A claim should be to a debt or to a beneficial interest in movable property which must not be in the possession of the claimant. In the context of the above definition, it is a right, albeit an incorporeal one. In TCS vs. State of AP [(2005) 1 SCC 308] the Court has already held that goods may be incorporeal or intangible.
• Transferability is not the point of distinction between actionable claims and other goods which can be sold. The distinction lies in the definition of an actionable claim. Therefore, if a claim to the beneficial interest in movable property not in the vendee’s possession is transferred, it is not a sale of goods for the purposes of the sales tax laws.
• Some examples of actionable claims highlighted by the Court include:

  •  Right to recover insurance money,
  •  A partner’s right to sue for an account of a dissolved partnership,
  •  Right to claim the benefit of a contract not coupled with any liability,
  •  A claim for arrears of rent has also been held to be an actionable claim,
  •  Right to the credit in a provident fund account.

• An actionable claim may be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent.
• A lottery ticket can be held to be goods as it evidences transfer of a right. However, it is the right which is transferred that needs to be examined. The right being transferred is claim to a conditional interest in the prize money which is not in the purchasers’ possession and would fall squarely within the definition of an actionable claim and would therefore be excluded from the definition of goods.

In the context of transferrable REP licenses which gave permission to an exporter to take credit of exports made, the Larger Bench in the case of Vikas Sales Corporation vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes [2017 (354) E.L.T. 6 (SC)] held that the Exim License / REP Licenses were goods since they were easily marketable and had a value independent of the goods which could be imported using the said licenses, and therefore they could not be treated as actionable claims.

Actionable claims vis-à-vis GST
Section 9 of the CGST Act, 2017, which is the charging section for the levy of GST, provides that the same shall be levied on a supply of goods or services, or both. The terms are defined u/s 2 as under:

(52) ‘goods’ means every kind of movable property other than money and securities but includes actionable claim, growing crops, grass and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be severed before supply or under a contract of supply;
(102) ‘services’ means anything other than goods, money and securities but includes activities relating to the use of money or its conversion by cash or by any other mode, from one form, currency or denomination, to another form, currency or denomination for which a separate consideration is charged;

Unlike the Sales Tax / VAT regimes where actionable claims were excluded from the definition of goods, GST law specifically provides that goods shall include actionable claims. Thereafter, Schedule III treats the supply of actionable claims – other than lottery, betting and gambling – as being neither a supply of goods nor a supply of service, thereby excluding the supply of actionable claims from the purview of GST. However, what is the scope of coverage of actionable claims?

Section 2(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 defines actionable claim to have the same meaning as assigned u/s 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. The definition under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 has been given above.

GST on lottery tickets
The intention of the Legislature to tax lotteries is loud and clear from the fact that Schedule III entry only treats actionable claim – other than lottery, betting and gambling – as neither a supply of goods nor a supply of service. The Rate Notification for goods also specifically provides the rate applicable on lotteries as 28%. Further, Rule 31A of the Valuation Rules also clearly provides a specific method to determine the value of supply in case of lottery tickets.

Despite such clarity, the issue of the validity of the levy of tax on lottery tickets has been raised before several courts. The Calcutta High Court, in the case of Teesta Distributors vs. UoI [2018 (19) GSTL 29 (Cal)] had upheld the levy of GST on lottery tickets and held as under:
• The Centre or the State Government had not exceeded their jurisdiction in promulgating the statutes for the levy of GST on lottery tickets,
• The levy did not violate any constitutional or fundamental rights,
• The differential rate of tax was permissible and it was not discriminatory. Further the Government was within its rights to have the same,
• The definition of goods as per the Constitution of India is an inclusive definition with a very wide sweep to cover both tangible as well as intangible products.

The issue again came up before the Larger Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of Skill Lotto Solutions India Private Limited vs. UoI [2020 – VIL – 37 – SC]. Dismissing the petition, the Court held as under:
• The definition of goods u/s 2(52) does not violate any constitutional provision nor is it in conflict with the definition of goods given under Article 366(12). Therefore, there is nothing wrong with actionable claims being included within the scope of goods u/s 2(52).
• The decision of the Constitution Bench in the case of Sunrise Associates holding lottery as actionable claims was a binding precedent and not obiter dicta.
• Schedule III entry, while treating actionable claims sans lottery, betting and gambling outside the purview of supply of goods or services for the purpose of section 7, was not discriminatory in nature.
• On the issue of the validity of Rule 31A which determined the value of taxable supply based on the price of the ticket without excluding the prize money component thereof, the Court held that the value of taxable supply is a matter of statutory regulation, and when the value is to be transaction value to be determined as per section 15, it is not permissible to compute the value of taxable supply by excluding the prize which has been contemplated in the statutory scheme. Therefore, while determining the value of supply, prize money was not to be excluded.

GST on activities of betting, gambling
The terms ‘betting’ or ‘gambling’ have not been defined under the CGST Act, 2017. But there is a similarity between the two. Both generally refer to setting aside a certain amount in expectation of a much larger amount on the basis of the occurrence or non-occurrence of a particular future event. The person who collects the amount promises to pay the prize money on the occurrence of the said event. However, the distinction between betting and gambling would be that betting would be something which would depend on an event where the activity is done / carried out by a different person altogether, for example, horse racing, sports, etc., while gambling would involve the person himself undertaking the activity.

The fact that Schedule III specifically excludes betting or gambling from the scope of actionable claims would demonstrate that there is not an iota of doubt as to whether or not the activity of betting or gambling is an actionable claim. The only question that would need consideration is whether the specific activities of betting / gambling which require a certain skill set would be liable to tax or not. The reason behind this is because the Supreme Court has, in the case of Dr. K.R. Lakshmanan vs. State of TN [1996 AIR 1153] held as under:

The expression ‘gaming’ in the two Acts has to be interpreted in the light of the law laid down by this Court in the two Chamarbaugwala cases, wherein it has been authoritatively held that a competition which substantially depends on skill is not gambling. Gaming is the act or practice of gambling on a game of chance. It is staking on chance where chance is the controlling factor. ‘Gaming’ in the two Acts would, therefore, mean wagering or betting on games of chance. It would not include games of skill like horse racing. In any case, section 49 of the Police Act and section 11 of the Gaming Act specifically save the games of mere skill from the penal provisions of the two Acts. We, therefore, hold that wagering or betting on horse racing – a game of skill – does not come within the definition of ‘gaming’ under the two Acts.

The above decision clearly lays down that any activity which involves application of skill would not be treated as betting or gambling. In the context of card games such as rummy and bridge, the Bombay High Court has, in the case of Jaywant Sail and Others vs. State of Maharashtra and Others held that the same involves application of skill and the same cannot be treated as betting / gambling.

Whether the above precedents would apply under the GST regime as well and can it be claimed that when the application of a skill set is involved, the same would not classify as betting / gambling? This issue had come up before the Bombay High Court in the case of Gurdeep Singh Sachar vs. UOI [2019 (30) GSTL 441 (Bom)]. In this case, the petitioner had filed a criminal PIL against a gaming platform which allowed participants, upon payment of fees, to create fantasy teams and the performance of each player would be calculated based on the actual performance of the players during a sports event. From the fees collected from the participants, the portal would retain certain amounts for itself as service charges and the balance amount would be used for paying the prize money to participants. The portal was paying GST under Rule 31A(3) only to the extent of the amounts retained by it.

The petition alleged that the portal was violating the provisions of the Public Gaming Act, 1867 as well as the provisions of Rule 31A of the CGST Rules, 2017 which required payment of tax on the entire value and not after reducing the prize money component – which has also been confirmed by the Supreme Court in the case of Skill Lotto (Supra). Relying on the decision in the case of Dr. K.R. Lakshmanan (Supra), the High Court held that the online game conducted by the portal involved application of skill and, therefore, the same could not be treated as betting / gambling. Since there was an application of skill, the provisions of the Public Gaming Act, 1867 were not applicable in view of the specific provision of section 12 thereof which provided that the Act shall not apply in cases involving the application of skill.

On the GST front, the Court held that the activities carried out by the portal did amount to actionable claims; however, the same could not be treated as lottery, gambling or betting. Therefore, the same would be covered under Entry 3 of Schedule III and hence the said activities were outside the purview of the levy of tax. Since tax itself was not payable, the question of operation of Rule 31A (3) was not applicable.

However, while dealing with the issue of rate of tax, the Court held that the portal was right in discharging tax at 18% on the platform fee, i.e., the amounts retained by it from the escrow account. In a way, the Court held that the platform fee does not partake the character of actionable claim but is in the nature of an independent service rendered by the platform.

So far as taxability on the recipient of the prize money is concerned, the Appellate Authority for Advance Ruling has, in the case of Vijay Baburao Shirke [2020 (041) GSTL 0571 (AAAR-MH)] held that the prize money is not a consideration either for supply of goods or supply of service. An interesting observation made by the Authority has held that not every contract becomes taxable under the GST law. The AAAR further held that every supply is a contract but every contract is not a supply.

GST on chit funds
Chit funds are regulated by the Chit Funds Act, 1982. This is a unique financing model. Under this, a person generally known as trustee or foreman, organises the fund. And people participate in it by contributing a fixed amount on a monthly basis. A chit is prepared for each participant and every month one chit is drawn and the participant whose name comes out receives the money. The activity is carried on regularly till the name of each participant is drawn out. In other words, each participant has a right to receive the money. Generally, the trustee or foreman retains his charge for organising the fund.

In the above business model, the issues that would need consideration are:
• Is there an element of actionable claim present in the above model?
The Supreme Court has, in the context of service tax in the case of UoI vs. Margdarshi Chit Funds Private Limited [2017 (3) GSTL 3 (SC)] held that in a chit business, the subscription is tendered in any one of the forms of ‘money’. It would, therefore, be a transaction in money. Once it has been held that chit fund is nothing but a transaction in money, it would be incorrect to treat it as an actionable claim.

However, even if one analyses the definition of actionable claim for academic purposes, it would be difficult to arrive at a conclusion that there is an element of actionable claim present in the said model. In pith and substance, the chit fund is nothing but a financing model where a person periodically invests funds and the same amount is received back by him, albeit after some reduction on account of foreman / trustee charges. The person whose name comes out first is set to gain more as he gets to use the sum for a longer period compared to the person who receives it at the end.

However, the fact is that the participant enjoys the claim to a movable property, i.e., the prize money. And the only issue that remains is what is the legal remedy that a participant whose name has been picked in the lot has in case the foreman fails to pay the prize money. In this respect, reference to section 64 of the Chit Funds Act, 1982 is important. Sub-section (3) thereof provides that civil courts shall have no jurisdiction to entertain any suit or other proceedings in respect of any dispute. The issue as to whether Consumer Forums have jurisdiction over chit fund matters is already in dispute with contrary decisions by the Madras High Court in N. Venkatsa Perumal vs. State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission [2003 CTJ 261 (CP)] and the Andhra Pradesh High Court in Margadarsi Chit Fund vs. District Consumer Disputes Redressal Forum [2004 CTJ 704 (CP)]. Therefore, it can be said that there is substantial confusion over whether or not civil courts can have jurisdiction over civil matters, specifically in view of the extant provisions of the Chit Fund Act, 1982 and perhaps, the finality of this issue can be a basis to determine whether chit funds can actually be treated as actionable claims.

Whether the foreman / trustee is liable to pay GST on the charges retained by him?
The answer to the above question would depend on the classification which one accords to the chit fund business. If one takes a view that the activity of a chit fund is nothing but a transaction in money, the charges retained by the foreman / trustee would be liable to GST. The Rate Notification prescribes the GST rate at 12% on services provided by the foreman / trustee subject to the condition that input tax credit on inputs used for providing such service has not been claimed by the foreman / trustee. However, there is still no clarity on whether the foreman or trustee shall be liable to pay GST only on the charges retained by him or on the whole amount collected from the participants. Under the Service Tax regime (though the levy was stuck down in the Delhi Chit Funds Association case), an abatement was provided in relation to the service provided by the foreman / trustee. Taking a cue from the same, one may take a position that a foreman / trustee is liable to pay GST only on the commission retained by him and not on the entire amount.

However, if one takes an aggressive view and treats the participation in chit fund as an actionable claim, the question of taxability of the amounts retained by the foreman / trustee should not arise since it would be a consideration for a transaction which is neither a supply of goods nor a supply of service.

In the context of GST on chit funds, an application for a ruling was filed before the AAR seeking clarity on whether or not additional amount collected from participants for delay in paying the monthly amounts were includible in the value of taxable service. The Authority in the case of Usha Bala Chits Private Limited [2020 (39) GSTL 303 (AAR-GST-AP)] held that the additional amount received was classifiable as principal supply of financial and related services and therefore liable to GST @ 12% under Entry 15 of Notification 11/2017-CT Rate dated 28th June, 2017.

GST on assignment of escalation claims
In case of infrastructure companies, substantial amounts are stuck in escalation claims which are subject to conclusion of arbitration proceedings. In order to manage cash flows and monetise the same, such companies at times assign such escalation claims to financing companies. The arrangement is that all the future proceeds of the said escalation claim are assigned to another party which would upfront pay a discounted amount to such infrastructure companies. Once the escalation claim is settled, the entire amount sanctioned would be received by the financing company on which the infrastructure company would have no rights.

It appears that the above transaction would qualify as assignment of actionable claim. The construction company has a right to claim the escalation costs from the clients, which they assign to another company which would squarely fall within the ambit of actionable claim.

The issue, however, would remain with respect to the payment of tax on reaching of finality of such actionable claims. It is important to note that the escalation claim is for receipt of consideration for a supply made by the infrastructure company. Generally, such contracts are in the nature of ‘continuous supply of services’ and therefore the tax on the same is payable at the time when the client accepts the provision of service. The question that would arise is who would be liable to pay the tax on such underlying service in such cases – the contractor / infrastructure company, or the assignee company to which the right has been assigned?

The fact remains that the service has been provided by the infrastructure company and therefore the liability to pay tax thereon shall also be on the infrastructure company. However, one also needs to keep in mind that the journey of an escalation claim reaching finality is generally long. It might happen that the escalation claim approved in 2021 might pertain to a service performed in 2011, i.e., at the time of levy of service tax when the service might have been exempted, while under the GST regime the same becomes taxable. In such a situation, the issue of whether or not the liability to pay tax on such service would arise on account of transition provisions [see section 142(11)] is something which one might need to analyse.

GST on vouchers
Vouchers are pre-paid instruments (PPI) that facilitate purchase of goods and services, including financial services, remittances, funds transfers, etc., against the value stored in / on such instruments. Such PPIs in India are regulated by the Reserve Bank of India which recognises three different kinds of instruments, namely:
• Closed system PPI: Issued by an entity for facilitating the purchase of goods or services from that entity only. For example, vouchers issued by broadcasting companies, telecoms, etc., which can be used against services provided only by such service providers.
• Semi-closed system PPI: Issued by banks as well as non-banks for purchase of goods or services, remittance facilities, etc., for use at a group of clearly identified merchant locations / establishments which have a specific contract with the issuer (or contract through a payment aggregator / payment gateway) to accept the PPIs as payment instruments. Sodexo vouchers is an example of such PPIs.
• Open system PPI: Issued by banks for use at any merchant for purchase of goods and services, including financial services, remittance facilities, etc. Cash withdrawal at ATMs / Points of Sale (PoS) terminals / Business Correspondents (BCs) is also allowed through these PPIs.

The closed system PPIs are not regulated by the RBI. However, the issuance of the same denotes an agreement by the issuer to supply certain goods or services, as the case may be. But the question that would need analysis is whether such vouchers can be constituted as an actionable claim or it is just an instrument to receive consideration for an agreement to supply goods or services? While the former appears to be a more appropriate answer, the fact remains that the PPI is nothing but a means to receive the consideration for supply of goods or service and therefore the same should be liable to GST at the time of issuance.

Therefore, if at the time of issuance all the elements for the levy of tax are known, i.e., recipient, nature of supply, place of supply, tax rate, etc., then GST should be paid at that moment itself by the person who issues the voucher. There would, however, be an issue of the value on which such issuer would be discharging tax. For example, for a voucher of Rs. 100, the company issuing the voucher would be receiving only Rs. 70, the price at which it sells to the distributor. The distributor might sell the voucher to the retailer for Rs. 85 who would further sell it to the consumer for Rs. 100. The question that would remain is whether the issuer would be charged tax on Rs. 100 or on Rs. 70? A more appropriate solution for this would be to look at the nature of the arrangement, i.e., whether the transaction is a P2P arrangement or a P2A arrangement, to determine the correct course of action.

Another issue which might be faced is in case where the goods or service to be supplied is not known. For example, a retailer, say Big Bazaar, issues a voucher of Rs. 1,000 which can be redeemed at any of its outlets for purchase / sale of goods or services or both, which may be taxable or exempt. In such a case, whether the retailer would be required to pay tax at the time of issuance of the voucher or its redemption shall remain open since all the elements for the levy of tax are not known at that time. In such a case, in view of specific provisions contained in sections 12(4) / 13(4), the tax would be payable at the time of redemption of the voucher. This view has been upheld by the AAR in the case of Kalyan Jewellers India Limited [2020 (32) GSTL 689 (AAR-TN)].

However, the above situation would change in case of semi-close and open system PPIs which are regulated by RBI and recognised as a legal means of tender and, therefore, more aptly classified as ‘money’ as defined u/s 2(75) of the CGST Act, 2017. Once the said PPIs are classified as money, the same are excluded from the definition of goods as well as service and therefore the question of payment of GST on the same does not arise. Similarly, once PPIs are classified as money, the need to analyse whether such PPIs would be treatable as actionable claim or not should also not remain.

GST on assignment of debts – secured / unsecured
Assignment or sale of secured / unsecured debts by banks is a common exercise undertaken to reduce their loan book. The debt could be of varied nature, such as loan for properties, business loans, etc., and may be secured or unsecured. However, all debts are not actionable claims which is apparent on a perusal of the definition of actionable claims as per which all debts other than a debt secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property are treated as actionable claims.

So far as the debt which gets classified as ‘actionable claims’ is concerned, there is no doubt regarding its non-taxability in view of the Schedule III entry. However, an issue arises in the context of debt which has been secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property and treated as actionable claim. It is important to note that even the said debt is a property for the bank and has all characteristics to be treated as goods, i.e., utility, capability of being bought and sold and, lastly, capability of being transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored and possessed. Therefore, while such debt does not qualify to be an actionable claim, the question that remains for consideration is whether the same would classify as goods for the purpose of GST. Can a view be taken that such debt is nothing but money receivable by a bank and therefore, even otherwise, it continues to be nothing but a transaction in money and hence cannot be treated either as goods or service?

The Board has attempted to clarify on this issue as under:

Sr.
No. and Question

Answer

40.  Whether
assignment or sale of secured or unsecured debts is liable to GST?

Section 2(52) of the CGST Act, 2017 defines
‘goods’ to mean every kind of movable property other than money and
securities but includes actionable claims. Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017
lists activities or transactions which shall be treated neither as a supply
of goods nor a supply of services and actionable claims other than lottery,
betting and gambling are included in the said Schedule. Thus, only actionable
claims in respect of lottery, betting and gambling would be taxable under
GST. Further, where sale, transfer or assignment of debt falls within the
purview of actionable claims, the same would not be subject to GST.

Further, any charges collected in the
course of transfer or assignment of a debt would be chargeable to GST, being
in the nature of consideration for supply of services

However, the above clarification seems to have not taken into consideration the fact that the definition of actionable claims covers only debts other than those that have been secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property. Therefore, this is going to be an open issue for the banking sector while dealing with such transactions.

GST on partners’ remuneration
Whether remuneration received by a partner from a partnership firm is liable to GST or not has been a controversy since the introduction of GST. In the case of CIT vs. R.M. Chidambaram Pillai [(1977) 106 ITR 292 (SC)] the Court held that the partners’ remuneration was nothing but a share in profit.

Even the Board has clarified in the FAQ that partners’ salary will not be liable to GST. The AAR in the case of Arun Kumar Agarwal [2020 (36) GSTL 596 (AAR-Kar)] has also held that partners’ salary is not liable to GST in view of Entry 1 of Schedule III which keeps the employer-employee transactions outside the purview of GST. Importantly, while dealing with the issue of share in profits, the AAR has held that the same is mere application of profit and therefore cannot be liable to GST. Perhaps this reasoning can be applied while dealing with the partners’ remuneration since the Supreme Court has already held in the context of Income-tax that partners’ profit is nothing but application of profits.

Other transactions
The Tribunal has, in the case of Amit Metaliks Limited vs. Commissioner [2020 (41) GSTL 325 (Tri-Kol)], held that compensation / liquidated damages payable on cancellation of agreements is nothing but an actionable claim and therefore cannot be treated as consideration. The reasoning accorded by the Tribunal was that the compensation was nothing but debt in present and future and, therefore, was an actionable claim.

In the case of Shriram General Insurance Company vs. Commissioner [2019 (31) GSTL 442 (Tri-Hyd)], the Tribunal held that surrender / discontinuance charges retained by the insurance company on premature termination of a unit-linked insurance policy was not consideration for a taxable service provided, but rather a transaction in an actionable claim which was excluded from the levy of service tax.

The AAR in the case of Venkatasamy Jagannathan [2019 (27) GSTL 32 (AAR-GST)] has held that an agreement to receive a share in profit from shareholders for strategic sale of equity shares over and above the specified sale price per equity share was nothing but an actionable claim and, therefore, could not be treated as supply of goods or services.

In Ascendas Services (India) Private Limited [2020 (40) GSTL 252 (AAAR-Kar)], the Authority held that bus passes were not actionable claims as the same were merely a contract of carriage.

CONCLUSION


What constitutes actionable claim involves substantial application of thought. However, the benefits of a transaction being treated as an actionable claim are many, the primary one being exclusion from the levy of tax itself. Therefore, one needs to be careful while analysing such transactions as the monetary impact might be substantial.  

PDF VIEWERS / EDITORS / CONVERTERS

PDF stands for Portable Data Format, meaning a file format which can be ported across Operating Systems. Whether you use Windows, Mac, iOS or Linux, if you get a file in a PDF format it will look just the same – the formatting does not change or get distorted. As per Wikipedia, Portable Document Format, standardised as ISO 32000, is a file format developed by Adobe in 1993 to present documents, including text formatting and images, in a manner independent of application software, hardware and operating systems.

Opening and viewing a PDF file is very simple – most web browsers will open a PDF file directly within the browser. If you need to view the file multiple times, it may be easier to download it and view it later in any of the PDF file viewers which are easily available online for free. Adobe Reader is one of the most popular PDF viewers available across operating systems.

Creating a PDF file is also very simple. If you are using Word, Excel or Google Docs, just head to the Print option and select PDF from the list of printers available. This allows you to create a PDF of anything that you could otherwise print, including documents, sheets, emails, etc. In any of the above, you could also Save the file as PDF and that would do the job.

By definition, PDF files are ‘read only’. But there could be many situations where you may need to edit them, for example, it may be a PDF form which you need to fill, or a document prepared by a colleague which you need to edit. You may also need to convert from / to PDF format in many situations. Let us see the possibilities and the options available.

Adobe Acrobat Pro DC
This is, by far, the best PDF editor available. It is different from the Adobe Acrobat DC Reader on your PC, which is just a plain reader. If you sign up for the Trial Version of PRO, you get to use the full features of the pro version. You can use PDFs on any device and stay connected to your PDF tasks wherever you go. You can pick up right where you left off across your desktop, laptop, mobile phone or tablet. You can even convert scans, images, web pages and more to PDFs and work on them on any device, anytime, anywhere. You can edit text and images, fill, sign, and work on your PDFs seamlessly and even send a link to multiple reviewers to track status, gather feedback and collect signatures. This version supports a variety of languages across your devices.

The free trial lasts for just seven days and if you wish to use it beyond the trial period, there is a price to pay. It is a bit steep, but it will give you all the bells and whistles that you may desire to use with your PDF files.

Sejda
Sejda (Sejda.com) is an easy, pleasant and productive PDF editor. Apart from editing PDF files, you can merge files, edit and sign files, and also split and compress files. By way of security you can Protect and Lock your files and also insert a Watermark. Conversion to and from PDF format from / to multiple formats is supported – Excel, JPG, PPT, Text, Word. You can extract and / or delete pages selectively within PDFs. A special utility allows you to extract images from a PDF file. OCR is supported with the ability to Resize and Rotate the contents.

You can use Sejda directly online, on the web, or download the Desktop version and use it offline. The Web version works in your browser. Their servers process the files and send them back to you after editing / conversion. Your files stay secure and after processing they are permanently deleted. The Desktop version works offline just like the online version, and the files never leave your computer. You can use the desktop version on Windows, MacOS and Linux.

The free version has daily limits such as three tasks per day, documents up to 50 MB and 200 pages and images up to 5 MB. For a reasonable, nominal fee you could unlock these limitations and use it for unlimited tasks.

XODO PDF Reader
One of the best PDF editors for Android. It lets you create and edit PDFs. You can also write directly onto existing PDFs, highlight and underline text, fill forms, sign documents and take notes on blank PDFs. You can auto-sync the work that you do, with your cloud storage and annotate PDFs with others in real time!

Drawboard PDF
Drawboard PDF is the most intuitive PDF app on the Microsoft Store. Designed to replace pen and paper, an extensive array of tools and intuitive interface make Drawboard PDF the #1 rated productivity app on the Microsoft Store. With a wonderfully intuitive layout and the radial menu button, you can switch quickly between documents and customise your layout style. If you are using a touch screen, the pressure-sensitive ink with colour choice, custom opacity and thickness create an experience even better than pen and paper. You can insert editable shapes, lines, arrows and insert dynamic content like ink signatures, images, text boxes and notes. And, of course, the regular PDF editing tools are all there – rotate, insert, delete pages, annotate, import and export and much more. Available in multiple languages, it also provides relevant industry tools for drafters and engineers to project managers.

ILovePDF
ILovePDF (ILovePDF.com) gives you every tool that you need to work with PDFs in one place. All are FREE and easy to use. Merge, split, compress, convert, rotate, unlock and watermark PDFs all with just a few clicks. Conversion of PDFs is such a breeze with this tool. You may convert to or from the PDF format to multiple formats. All conversions are online and easy to use. You need not download any app for the purpose.

However, if you need a desktop version, you may download from ILovePDF.com/Desktop and use it from the comfort of your device. And, of course, if you need an Android or iOS app, you can install it from ILovePDF.com/mobile. A very efficient tool to manage your PDFs from any device!

There are so many other such tools which help you to handle PDF files on the go. Which one do you like and use? Write to me and share your experiences.

NEW FAQs ON INSIDER TRADING

SEBI has released in April, 2021 a comprehensive set of Frequently Asked Questions (‘FAQs’) on the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 (‘the Insider Trading Regulations’). Several aspects of the subject have been clarified. A few important ones are discussed here.

BRIEF BACKGROUND OF THE INSIDER TRADING REGULATIONS

Insider trading is an evil of stock markets that is unacceptable across the globe and stringent laws are made against such acts. The concept of insider trading is simple enough. A person close to a company is entrusted with material information about the company and he is duty-bound not to abuse it for profit. It may be information about, say, substantial growth in profits of the company. Yet he goes ahead and buys shares of the company while the information is not yet public. When the information is released, the share price expectedly rises and he thus profits. Insider trading is condemned on several grounds. It reduces faith in the markets as there arises a feeling that the market is rigged against ‘outsiders’. It also amounts to a moral wrong by such a person against the company itself which also loses. The persons who actually invest in the company and thus put their money at risk may be at a loss. Therefore, there are comprehensive regulations against insider trading.

This evil is tackled in various ways under the law. The primary policy of course is to ban trading on the basis of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (‘UPSI’). Communication of UPSI is also prohibited. Detailed rules are laid down for control over it. A comprehensive and very wide definition of an ‘insider’ is laid down. Several categories of persons who are connected with the company or even connected with connected persons are deemed to be insiders. Further, apart from the ban in law, the company itself is required to self-regulate trading by certain insiders by a code of conduct.

It is not surprising that many areas exist where the law does not appear to be clear. SEBI has now released a comprehensive set of FAQs on the Regulations.

MULTIPLE SOURCES OF GUIDANCE – NOTES, INFORMAL GUIDANCE AND FAQs

Before we proceed to some specific and important FAQs, it is interesting to note the several attempts made to give guidance in various forms to the admittedly complex set of Regulations. The Regulations have this fairly interesting feature of ‘Notes’ to some of them. The notes attempt to explain the nature of that particular regulation. The legal status of such notes is not wholly clear.

Then we have Informal Guidance issued by SEBI in reply to specific queries raised by market participants from time to time. Coincidentally, SEBI has compiled important Informal Guidances on insider trading and released them almost simultaneously with the FAQs. But the legal status of Informal Guidances, too, is ambiguous at best.

And now we have the FAQs which again are specifically stated to be not law and not binding!

Yet, the Notes, Informal Guidances and FAQs do throw light on the complex and loosely worded Regulations and also show the mind of SEBI on how it views the Regulations. The Regulations will, of course, always rule as law but in the field of Securities Laws such supporting material has always been relevant and indeed they enrich the law.

Let us now consider some important FAQs.

DO THE REGULATIONS APPLY ALSO TO DEALINGS IN DERIVATIVES, DEBENTURES, ETC.?

The common understanding of insider trading may be that the Regulations cover dealings in equity shares. This also makes general sense since it is typically equity shares that are affected by release of material information. For example, a jump in the performance of the company affects the price of its equity shares.

However, the Regulations refer to ‘securities’ and not merely to ‘equity shares’. The term ‘securities’ is very widely defined and includes shares of all types, derivatives, debt securities, etc. Thus, the FAQs clarify that such other types of securities (except units of mutual funds) are also covered by the Regulations. Dealings in ADRs / GDRs are also clarified to be covered.

CREATION / INVOCATION / REVOCATION OF PLEDGE AND OTHER FORM OF CHARGE ON SECURITIES

It is common for shareholders to raise loans against their securities or otherwise offer such securities as security for various obligations. The securities are thus subjected to a charge which may be a pledge, a hypothecation, etc. The question is whether the creation (as also the invocation / revocation) of such a charge would amount to ‘dealing’ which is regulated?

On first impression, it would appear counter-intuitive that such acts should be regulated. Pledging of the shares does not result in transfer of risk and reward. If the price of the shares rises or falls, it would be on account of the shareholder; unlike a sale where the risks and rewards get transferred. However, an insider in possession of UPSI may, for example, pledge his shares and obtain a loan. Once the UPSI is released, which, say, is seriously negative news, the price of the shares may fall sharply. The lender thus may suffer as he will not be able to recover his loan even if he had kept a margin.

A ‘Note’ to the definition of ‘trading’ clarifies that this would include pledging, etc., while in possession of UPSI. The FAQs make this clear even further. Thus, creation, etc., of such a charge while in possession of UPSI would amount to dealing that is prohibited. However, the FAQs clarify that under certain specified circumstances such acts are permitted but it would be up to the pledger / pledgee to demonstrate that they were bona fide and prove their innocence.

CONTRA TRADES

As explained earlier, the Regulations attack the evil on several fronts. One of them is by way of ban on short-term trading by insiders which is also known as entering into contra trades within a specified period.

The basic rule is that an insider should not deal in the securities of the company on the basis of UPSI. However, to find him guilty of such an act, SEBI would have to prove several aspects. To avoid this, certain designated insiders have been banned from entering into contra trades within six months. To put this a little simply, if he purchases shares today, he cannot sell shares for six months. And vice versa. This places a brake on insiders doing quick trading which can expectedly be on the basis of UPSI.

However, some aspects are not clear and the FAQs have been released to clarify them.

Can such an insider buy a derivative and then reverse it within six months? The FAQs say he cannot, unless the closure of the derivative is by physical delivery. In other words, if he buys a future for, say, X number of shares, he can close the future by taking delivery and making the payment. However, he cannot close the future by selling it. This again makes sense because buying and selling futures / options may expectedly be on the basis of UPSI.

Can such an insider acquire shares by exercise of ESOPs and then sell them within six months? The FAQs says he can. The FAQs make some further clarifications. If he buys equity shares from the market on, say, 1st January and then acquires further equity shares by exercise of ESOPs, he can sell the shares acquired through ESOPs any time but he cannot sell the shares acquired from the market till 1st July. This would appear a little strange since usually both the categories of shares may be in the same demat account and hence not capable of being distinguished.

Then, the question is would the acquisition of shares through rights issues or public issue also amount to acquisition whereby one cannot sell the shares for the following six months? The FAQs clarify that you cannot sell the shares for such period.

Further, it is clarified that the ban on contra trades would apply not just to the designated insiders but also to their immediate relatives collectively.

IMMEDIATE RELATIVES

It is common, particularly in India, that family investment decisions are made by one person or at least jointly. One person may thus take decisions for himself / herself and other family members such as spouse, parents, children and even further. It would also be very easy for an insider to avoid the ban on trading on himself by trading in the name of a family member. Thus, the definition of insider for specified categories includes trading by ‘immediate relatives’ and they, too, are subject to certain similar regulations.
The question then is, who is an ‘immediate relative’? The definition under the Regulations creates two categories. One is the spouse, the other category is of the parent, sibling and child of such person or his / her spouse who is financially dependent on such person or consults such person while making an investment decision. The ‘Note’ to this definition clarifies this is a deeming fiction and hence rebuttable. The FAQs further emphasise this.
This clarification is important because often, being a mere relative does not necessarily mean that their dealings are in consultation with or even known to other members. A parent may not even know what are the dealings in securities of the child, particularly when the child is an adult, maybe with his own family. The same principle extends to siblings. Even spouses may want to carry out their own dealings. Hence, it would not be fair to extend an inflexible rule covering dealings of all relatives. Nevertheless, it would be more reasonable to expect, particularly in circumstances in India, that dealings of relatives are more likely based on information accessed by the insider. However, the insider can rebut this deeming fiction and establish that such persons do not consult him for their investment decisions and are not financially dependent on him.
CONCLUSION

Insider trading is not only an evil in the securities markets, but being held guilty of insider trading carries its own stigma. A person with such a track record may not get a job again in a reputed company. Investors, particularly those who are close to listed companies, would have to be familiar with the intricacies of these widely-framed Regulations so that they are not held liable under them. A Chartered Accountant in his professional dealings is very often an insider or deemed to be so by legal fiction. He may be a statutory or internal auditor, Independent Director, Adviser, Chief Financial Officer, financial adviser, merchant banker, etc., of listed companies. With his financial expertise, he would also typically deal in securities. Or he may simply park his savings in securities for his retirement. He would have to be even more careful in his dealings. The FAQs issued by SEBI thus help particularly the conservative investor who would educate himself and wade through the minefield of these Regulations safely.
 

Faceless Assessment u/s 144B – Personal hearing demanded by assessee on receipt of show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order – No personal hearing granted – Final assessment order passed – Liable to be set aside

6 Sanjay Aggarwal vs. National Faceless Assessment Centre, Delhi [(2021) Writ Petition (C) 5741/2021, Date of order: 2nd June, 2021 (Delhi High Court)]

Faceless Assessment u/s 144B – Personal hearing demanded by assessee on receipt of show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order – No personal hearing granted – Final assessment order passed – Liable to be set aside

The petitioner, via a writ petition, challenged the assessment order dated 28th April, 2021 for the A.Y. 2018-19 and consequential proceedings. The grievance of the petitioner is that although a personal hearing was sought, on account of the fact that the matter was complex and required explanation, the respondent / Revenue chose not to accord the same. Thus, the respondent / Revenue had committed an infraction of the statutory scheme encapsulated in section 144B.

The petitioner claimed that in respect of the A.Y 2018-19 the return was filed on 27th October, 2018, declaring its income at Rs. 33,43,690.

On 22nd September, 2019, a notice was issued u/s 143(2) read with Rule 12E of the Income-tax Rules, 1962, whereby the petitioner’s return was selected for scrutiny. Two issues were flagged by the A.O.; first, deductions made under the head ‘income from other sources’, and second, the aspect concerning unsecured loans.

A notice u/s 142(1) was served on the petitioner on 6th December, 2020 which was followed by various communications issued by the respondent / Revenue and replied by the petitioner.

The respondent / Revenue served a show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order dated 13th April, 2021 on the petitioner, proposed for a disallowance of Rs. 1,00,26,692 u/s 57. Consequently, a proposal was made to vary the income, resulting in the enhancement of the declared income to Rs. 1,33,70,380. The petitioner contended that, thereafter, several requests were made to the respondent / Revenue for grant of personal hearing. However, the respondent / Revenue did not pay heed to the requests and proceeded to issue a second show cause notice along with a draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021. Furthermore, the petitioner was directed to file its response / objections by 23:59 hours of 25th April, 2021.

According to the petitioner, although the time frame for filing the response / objections to the aforementioned show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order was very short, he filed the response / objections on 24th April, 2021. The respondent / Revenue, without according a personal hearing to the petitioner, passed the impugned assessment order dated 28th April, 2021. The petitioner submitted that the impugned assessment order, passed u/s 143(3) read with section 144B, is contrary to the statutory scheme incorporated u/s 144B. It is also contended that such assessment proceedings are non est in the eyes of the law.

The Revenue contended that the expression used in clause (vii) of sub-section (7) of section 144B is ‘may’ and not ‘shall’, and therefore there is no vested right in the petitioner to claim a personal hearing. Thus, according to the Revenue, failure to grant personal hearing to the petitioner did not render the proceedings non est as the same was not mandatory.

The High Court observed the following facts:
• That prior to the issuance of the show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021, a show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order was issued on 13th April, 2021. Between these two dates, the petitioner had, on two occasions, asked for personal hearing in the matter.
• After the show cause notice-cum draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021 was issued, via which the petitioner was invited to file his response / objections, the petitioner, once again, while filing his reply, asked for being accorded personal hearing in the matter.

Thus, in sum and substance of the requests made, the petitioner continued to press the respondent / Revenue to accord him a personal hearing, before it proceeded to pass the impugned assessment order. According to the petitioner, the request was made as the matter was complex and therefore required some explanation.

The Court also observed that the respondent / Revenue made proposals for varying the income, both via the show cause notice dated 13th April, 2021 as well as the show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021. As noticed above, the declared income was proposed to be substantially varied.

The Court referred to the provision of section 144B as to why the Legislature had provided a personal hearing in the matter:

‘144B. Faceless assessment –
(1)…………

(7) For the purposes of faceless assessment —
………….
(vii) in a case where a variation is proposed in the draft assessment order or final draft assessment order or revised draft assessment order, and an opportunity is provided to the assessee by serving a notice calling upon him to show cause as to why the assessment should not be completed as per such draft or final draft or revised draft assessment order, the assessee or his authorised representative, as the case may be, may request for personal hearing so as to make his oral submissions or present his case before the income-tax authority in any unit;
(viii) the Chief Commissioner or the Director General, in charge of the Regional Faceless Assessment Centre, under which the concerned unit is set up, may approve the request for personal hearing referred to in clause (vii) if he is of the opinion that the request is covered by the circumstances referred to in sub-clause (h) of clause (xii);
…………
(xii) the Principal Chief Commissioner or the Principal Director General, in charge of the National Faceless Assessment Centre shall, with the prior approval of the Board, lay down the standards, procedures and processes for effective functioning of the National Faceless Assessment Centre, Regional Faceless Assessment Centres and the unit setup, in an automated and mechanised environment, including format, mode, procedure and processes in respect of the following, namely:—
………..
(h) circumstances in which personal hearing referred to in clause(viii) shall be approved;

[Emphasis]

The Court observed that a perusal of clause (vii) of section 144B(7) would show that liberty has been given to the assessee, if his / her income is varied, to seek a personal hearing in the matter. Therefore, the usage of the word ‘may’ cannot absolve the respondent / Revenue from the obligation cast upon it to consider the request made for grant of personal hearing. Besides this, under sub-clause (h) of section 144B(7)(xii) read with section144B(7)(viii), the respondent / Revenue has been given the power to frame standards, procedures and processes for approving the request made for according personal hearing to an assessee who makes a request qua the same. The Department counsel informed the court that there are no such standards, procedures and processes framed yet.

Therefore, in the facts and circumstances of the case, it was held that it was incumbent upon the respondent / Revenue to accord a personal hearing to the petitioner. The impugned order was set aside.

Search and seizure – Condition precedent – Reasonable belief that assets in possession of person would not be disclosed – Application of mind to facts – Cash seized by police and handed over to Income-tax Authorities – Subsequent issue of warrant of authorisation – Seizure and retention of cash – Invalid

36 MECTEC vs. Director of Income-Tax (Investigation) [2021] 433 ITR 203 (Telangana) Date of order: 28th December, 2020 S. 132 of ITA, 1961

Search and seizure – Condition precedent – Reasonable belief that assets in possession of person would not be disclosed – Application of mind to facts – Cash seized by police and handed over to Income-tax Authorities – Subsequent issue of warrant of authorisation – Seizure and retention of cash – Invalid

The petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019 is a proprietary concern carrying on the business of purchase of agricultural lands and agricultural products throughout the country and claims that it has 46 branches at different places all over the country having an employee strength of about 300. It also deals as a wholesale trader of agricultural products, vegetables, fruits and post-harvest crop activities. The petitioner in W.P. No. 29297 of 2019 is Vipul Kumar Mafatlal Patel, an employee of the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019.

The petitioner states that it has business transactions in the State of Telangana also and that it entrusted a sum of Rs. 5 crores to its employee Vipul Kumar Patel for its business purposes. The said individual had come to Hyderabad with friends, and on 23rd August, 2019 their car, a Maruti Ciaz car bearing No. TS09FA 4948, was intercepted by the Task Force Police of the State of Telangana. According to the petitioner, the said employee, his friends, the cash of Rs. 5 crores together with the above vehicle and another car and two-wheeler were detained illegally from 23rd August, 2019 onwards by the Telangana State Police.

The GPA holder of the petitioners filed on 27th August, 2019 a habeas corpus petition for release of the said persons, the cash and vehicles in the High Court of Telangana.

The Task Force Police filed a counter-affidavit in the said writ petition claiming that the discovery of cash with the said persons was made on 26th August, 2019 and that the police had handed over the detenues along with the cash to the Principal Director of Income-tax, Ayakar Bhavan, Hyderabad for taking further action against them.

The Telangana High Court allowed the writ petitions and held as under:

‘i) Admittedly, the Task Force Police addressed a letter under exhibit P5, dated 26th August, 2019 to the Principal Director of Income-tax, Ayakar Bhavan, Hyderabad stating that he is handing over both the cash and the detenues to the latter and the Deputy Director of Income-tax, Unit 1(3), Hyderabad (second respondent in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019) acknowledged receipt of the letter on 27th August, 2019 and put his stamp thereon.

ii) However, a panchanama was prepared by the second respondent on 28th August, 2019 (exhibit R8) as if a search was organised by a search party consisting of eight persons who are employees of the Income-tax Department including the second respondent (without mentioning the place where the alleged search was to be conducted in the panchanama); that there were also two panch witnesses, one from Nalgonda District, Telangana and another from Dabilpura, Hyderabad who witnessed the search at the place of alleged search; that a warrant of authorisation dated 28th August, 2019 was issued to the second respondent u/s 132 to search the place (whose location was not mentioned in the panchanama) by the Principal Director of Income-tax (Inv.), Hyderabad; the search warrant was shown at 9.00 a.m. on 28th August, 2019 to Vipul Kumar Patel who was present at the alleged place (not mentioned specifically); that a search was conducted at the place (not mentioned specifically in the panchanama); and allegedly the cash of Rs. 5 crores was seized at that time from his custody.

iii) Section 132 deals with procedure for search and seizure of cash or gold or jewellery or other valuable things. In DGIT (Investigation) vs. Spacewood Furnishers Pvt. Ltd. [2015] 374 ITR 595 (SC) the Supreme Court dealt with the exercise of power by the competent authority to issue warrant for authorisation for search and seizure as follows: The authority must have information in its possession on the basis of which a reasonable belief can be founded that: (a) the person concerned has omitted or failed to produce books of accounts or other documents for production of which summons or notice had been issued, or such person will not produce such books of accounts or other documents even if summons or notice is issued to him, or such person is in possession of any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article which represents either wholly or partly income or property which has not been or would not be disclosed. Such information must be in the possession of the authorised official before the opinion is formed. There must be application of mind to the material and the formation of opinion must be honest and bona fide. Consideration of any extraneous or irrelevant material will vitiate the belief or satisfaction. Mere possession of cash of large quantity, without anything more, could hardly be said to constitute information which could be treated as sufficient by a reasonable person, leading to an inference that it was income which would not have been disclosed by the person in possession for the purpose of the Act.

iv) There were no circumstances existing for the Principal Director (Investigation) to issue any warrant for search or seizure u/s 132 on 28th August, 2019 when the cash had been handed over to the Income-tax Department by the Task Force Police on 27th August, 2019 and therefore the seizure of the cash from Vipul Kumar Patel by the respondents and its retention till date was per se illegal. Intimation by the police to the Income-tax Department on 27th August, 2019 would not confer jurisdiction on the Income-tax Department to retain and withhold cash, that, too, by issuance of an invalid search warrant u/s 132; and there was no basis for the Income-tax Department to invoke the provisions of sections 132, 132A and 132B since there was no “reason to believe” that the assessee had violated any provision of law. In the absence of any rival claim for the cash amount of Rs. 5 crores by any third party, the respondents could not imagine a third-party claimant and on that pretext retain the cash indefinitely from the petitioner, thereby violating article 300A of the Constitution of India.

v) For all the aforesaid reasons, the writ petitions are allowed; the action of the respondents in conducting panchanama dated 28th August, 2019 and seizing cash of Rs. 5 crores from Vipul Kumar Patel, employee of the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019, and retaining it till date is illegal and ultra vires the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and also violative of Articles 14 and 300A of the Constitution of India; the respondents are directed to forbear from conducting any further inquiry pursuant to the said panchanama under the said Act; and they shall refund within four weeks from the date of receipt of a copy of this order the said cash of Rs. 5 crores to the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019 with interest at 12% p.a. from 28th August, 2019 till date of payment to the said petitioner. The respondents shall also pay costs of Rs. 20,000 to the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019.’

Penalty – Concealment of income – Notice – Essentials of notice – Notice must clearly specify charges against assessee – Notice in printed form without deleting inapplicable portions – Not valid

35 Mohd. Farhan A. Shaikh vs. Dy. CIT [2021] 434 ITR 1 [Bom (FB)] Date of order: 11th March, 2021 Ss. 271 and 274 of ITA, 1961

Penalty – Concealment of income – Notice – Essentials of notice – Notice must clearly specify charges against assessee – Notice in printed form without deleting inapplicable portions – Not valid

In view of the conflict in the decisions of the Division Benches of the Bombay High Court, the following question was referred to the Full Bench.

‘[In] the assessment order or the order made under sections 143(3) and 153C of the Income-tax Act, [when] the Assessing Officer has clearly recorded satisfaction for the imposition of penalty on one or the other, or both grounds mentioned in section 271(1)(c), [would] a mere defect in the notice of not striking out the relevant words
[. . .] vitiate the penalty proceedings?’

The Full Bench held as under:

‘i) According to the well-settled theory of precedents every decision contains three basic ingredients: (i) findings of material facts, direct and inferential. An inferential finding of fact is the inference which the judge draws from the direct or perceptible facts; (ii) statements of the principles of law applicable to the legal problems disclosed by the facts; and (iii) judgment based on the combined effect of (i) and (ii) above. For the purposes of the parties themselves and their privies, ingredient (iii) is the material element in the decision for it determines finally their rights and liabilities in relation to the subject matter of the action. It is the judgment that stops the parties from reopening the dispute. However, for the purpose of the doctrine of precedents, ingredient (ii) is the vital element in the decision. This indeed is the ratio decidendi.

ii) If the assessment order clearly records satisfaction for imposing penalty on one or the other, or both grounds, mentioned in section 271(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, does a mere defect in the notice – not striking off the irrelevant matter – vitiate the penalty proceedings? It does. The primary burden lies on the Revenue. In the assessment proceedings, it forms an opinion, prima facie or otherwise, to launch penalty proceedings against the assessee. But that translates into action only through the statutory notice u/s 271(1)(c) read with section 274. True, the assessment proceedings form the basis for the penalty proceedings, but they are not composite proceedings to draw strength from each other. Nor can each cure the other’s defect. A penalty proceeding is a corollary; nevertheless, it must stand on its own. These proceedings culminate under a different statutory scheme that remains distinct from the assessment proceedings. Therefore, the assessee must be informed of the grounds of the penalty proceedings only through statutory notice. An omnibus notice suffers from the vice of vagueness. More particularly, a penal provision, even with civil consequences, must be construed strictly. And ambiguity, if any, must be resolved in the affected assessee’s favour.

iii) The Supreme Court in the case of Dilip N. Shroff vs. Joint CIT [2007] 291 ITR 519 (SC) treats omnibus show cause notices as betraying non-application of mind and disapproves of the practice, to be particular, of issuing notices in printed form without deleting or striking off the inapplicable parts of that generic notice.’

[CIT vs. Smt. Kaushalya [1995] 216 ITR 660 (Bom) overruled. CIT vs. Samson Perinchery [2017] 392 ITR 4 (Bom); Pr. CIT vs. Goa Coastal Resorts and Recreation P. Ltd. [2020] 16 ITR-OL 111 (Bom); Pr. CIT vs. New Era Sova Mine [2021] 433 ITR 249 (Bom); and Pr. CIT vs. Goa Dourado Promotions P. Ltd. [2021] 433 ITR 268 (Bom) affirmed.]

Offences and prosecution: – (a) Wilful attempt to evade tax – False verification – Delayed payment of tax does not amount to tax evasion – Misstatement must be deliberate – Burden of proof on Revenue to prove that misstatement was deliberately made to evade tax – Assessee forced to upload return mentioning tax had been paid because of defect in software system set up by Income-tax Department – No offence committed u/s 276C or 277; (b) Company – Liability of directors – All directors cannot be proceeded against automatically – Specific allegation against specific directors necessary; and (c) Cognizance of offences – Accused outside jurisdiction of magistrate – Effect of section 204 of CrPC

34 Confident Projects (India) Pvt. Ltd. and Others. vs. IT Department [2021] 433 ITR 147 (Karn) A.Ys.: 2013-14, 2014-15; Date of order: 28th January, 2021 Ss. 276C, 277 of ITA, 1961 and ss. 202, 204 of CrPC, 1973

Offences and prosecution: – (a) Wilful attempt to evade tax – False verification – Delayed payment of tax does not amount to tax evasion – Misstatement must be deliberate – Burden of proof on Revenue to prove that misstatement was deliberately made to evade tax – Assessee forced to upload return mentioning tax had been paid because of defect in software system set up by Income-tax Department – No offence committed u/s 276C or 277; (b) Company – Liability of directors – All directors cannot be proceeded against automatically – Specific allegation against specific directors necessary; and (c) Cognizance of offences – Accused outside jurisdiction of magistrate – Effect of section 204 of CrPC

Proceedings were initiated by the Income-tax Department against the petitioner company and its directors for offences u/s 276C(2) and 277. Summons were issued.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the petitioner company and directors and held as under:

‘i) All the directors of a company cannot be automatically prosecuted for any violation of the Act. There have to be specific allegations made against each of the directors intended to be prosecuted and such allegations should amount to an offence and satisfy the requirement of that particular provision under which the prosecution is sought to be initiated, more so when the prosecution is initiated by the Income-tax Department which has all the requisite material in its possession and a preliminary investigation has been concluded by the Department before filing of the criminal complaint.

ii) The court taking cognizance of an offence is required to apply its mind to the allegations made and the applicable statute and thereafter pass a reasoned order in writing taking cognizance. It should be apparent from a reading of the order of cognizance that the requirement of “sufficient grounds for proceedings” in terms of section 204 of the Code has been complied with. At the time of taking cognizance, there must be a proper application of judicial mind to the materials before the court either oral or documentary, as well as any other information that might have been submitted or made available to the court. The test that is required to be applied by the court while taking cognizance is as to whether on the basis of the allegations made in the complaint, or on a police report, or on information furnished by a person other than a police officer, there is a case made out for initiation of criminal proceedings. For this purpose, there is an assessment of the allegations required to be made applying the law to the facts and thereby arriving at a conclusion by a process of reasoning that cognizance is required to be taken. An order of cognizance cannot be abridged, formatted or formulaic. The order has to make out that there is a judicial application of mind, since without such application the same may result in the initiation of criminal proceedings when it was not required to be so done.

iii) The order of taking cognizance is a safeguard in-built in the criminal justice system so as to avoid malicious prosecution and frivolous complaints. When a complaint or a police report or information by a person other than police officer is placed before the court, the judicial officer must apply judicious mind coupled with discretion which is not to be exercised in an arbitrary, capricious, whimsical, fanciful or casual way.

iv) Cognizance of any offence alleged being one of commission or omission attracting penal statutes can be taken only if the allegations made fulfil the basic requirement of the penal provision. At this point, it is not required for the court taking cognizance to ascertain the truth or veracity of the allegation but only to appreciate if the allegations taken at face value, would amount to the offence complained of or not. If yes, cognizance could be taken, if no, taking cognizance would be refused. The only manner of ascertaining this is by the manner of recordal made by the court in the order taking cognizance. The order passed by the court taking cognizance should therefore reflect such application of mind to the factual situation. Mere reference to the provisions in respect of which offences are alleged to have been committed would not be in compliance with the requirement of the statute when there are multiple accused; the order is required to disclose the application of mind by the court taking cognizance as regards each accused.

v) Section 202 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 provides for postponement of issue of process. Section 202 of the Code provides for safeguard in relation to persons not residing within the jurisdiction of a magistrate, not to be called or summoned by the court unless the magistrate were to come to a conclusion that their presence is necessary and only thereafter issue process against the accused. The protection u/s 202(2) of the Code is provided so as to not inconvenience an accused to travel from outside the jurisdiction of the court taking cognizance to attend to the matter in that court. Therefore, before issuing summons to an accused residing outside the jurisdiction, there has to be application of mind by the court issuing summons and after conducting an inquiry u/s 202(2) of the Code the court issuing summons has to come to a conclusion that such summons are required to be issued to an accused residing outside its jurisdiction.

vi) In the event of an accused being an individual, if the accused has temporary residence within the jurisdiction of the magistrate, again merely because he does not have a permanent residence, there is no inquiry which is required to be conducted u/s 202 of the Code. It would, however, be required for the magistrate in the event of issuance of summons or process to record why the inquiry u/s 202 of the Code is not being held. When the accused has no presence within the jurisdiction of the magistrate where the offence has been committed, then it would be mandatory for an inquiry u/s 202 of the Code to be held.

vii) Income-tax had been paid and the authorities had received the necessary taxes. If at all, for the delay, there could be an interest component which could have been levied. The delayed payment of Income-tax would not amount to evasion of tax, so long as there was payment of tax, more so for the reason that in the returns filed there was an acknowledgement of tax due to be paid.

viii) The 26 AS returns indicated payment of substantial amount of money due to tax deduction at source. Apart from that, the assessee-company had also made several payments on account of the Income-tax dues. But on account of non-availability of funds, the entire amount could not be paid before the returns were to be uploaded, more particularly since the last date of filing was 30th September, 2013 for A.Y. 2013-14 and 30th September, 2014 for A.Y. 2014-15. The assessee had been forced to upload the returns by mentioning that the entire amount had been paid since without doing so the returns would not have been accepted by the software system set up by the Income-tax Department. Therefore, the statement made had been forced upon the assessee by the Income-tax Department and could not be said to be a misstatement within the meaning and definition thereof u/s 277. There was no wilful misstatement by the assessee in the proceedings.

ix) That the order passed by the magistrate did not indicate any consideration by the magistrate, as required u/s 202. It could be ex facie seen that the order of the magistrate did not satisfy the requirement of arriving at a prima facie conclusion to take cognizance and issue process, let alone to the accused residing outside the jurisdiction of the magistrate. The order taking cognizance dated 29th March, 2016 in both matters was not in compliance with the requirement of section 191(1)(a) of the Code and further did not indicate that the procedure u/s 204 of the Code had been followed. The order dated 29th March, 2016 taking cognizance was not in compliance with applicable law and therefore was not valid.

x) That admittedly accused No. 6 resided beyond the jurisdiction of the trial court. It could be seen from the order dated 29th March, 2016 that there was no postponement by the magistrate, but as soon as the magistrate received a complaint he had issued process to accused No. 6 who was resident outside the jurisdiction of the magistrate. The magistrate could not have issued summons to petitioner No. 6 without following the requirements and without conducting an inquiry u/s 202 of the Code.

xi) The prosecution initiated by the respondent against the petitioners was misconceived and not sustainable.’

Non-resident – Income deemed to accrue or arise in India – Commission paid outside India for obtaining orders outside India – Amount could not be deemed to accrue or arise in India

33 Principal CIT vs. Puma Sports India P. Ltd. [2021] 434 ITR 69 (Karn) A.Y.: 2013-14; Date of order: 12th March, 2021 S. 5(2)(b) r.w.s. 9(1)(i) and 40(a)(i)(B) of ITA, 1961

Non-resident – Income deemed to accrue or arise in India – Commission paid outside India for obtaining orders outside India – Amount could not be deemed to accrue or arise in India

The assessee company was a subsidiary of P of Austria. The assessee was engaged in the trading of sports gear, mainly footwear, apparel and accessories. The purchases by the assessee consisted of import from related parties and unrelated third parties as well as domestic purchases from the local manufacturers. The assessee was also engaged as a sourcing agent in India for footwear and apparel. It identified suppliers who could provide the required products to the specifications and standards required by W of Hong Kong, which was the global sourcing agent for the P group and for performing such services it received a commission of 3% of the freight on board price. The A.O. held that the assessee failed to deduct tax at source in view of the specific provision of section 5(2)(b) read with section 9(1)(i) and the expenses made by the assessee without deducting the tax at source were not permissible keeping in view section 40(a)(i)(B).

The Tribunal deleted the disallowance.

The appeal filed by the Revenue was admitted on the following substantial questions of law:

‘Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Tribunal is right in setting aside the disallowance made u/s 40(a)(i) for the sum of Rs. 7,29,13,934 by holding that the income of the non-residents by way of commission cannot be considered as accrued or arisen or deemed to accrue or arise in India as the services of such agents were rendered or utilised outside India and the commission was also paid outside India?’

The Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) The Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Toshoku Ltd. [1980] 125 ITR 525 (SC) while dealing with non-resident commission agents has held that if no operations of business are carried out in the taxable territories, the income accruing or arising abroad through or from any business connection in India cannot be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

ii) The associated enterprises had rendered services outside India in the form of placing orders with the manufacturers who were already outside India. The commission was paid to the associated enterprises outside India. No taxing event had taken place within the territories of India and the Tribunal was justified in allowing the appeal of the assessee.’

Depreciation – Condition precedent – User of machinery – Windmill generating a small amount of electricity – Entitled to depreciation

32 CIT(LTU) vs. Lakshmi General Finance Ltd. [2021] 433 ITR 94 (Mad) A.Y.: 1999-2000; Date of order: 1st March, 2021 S. 32 of ITA, 1961

Depreciation – Condition precedent – User of machinery – Windmill generating a small amount of electricity – Entitled to depreciation

For the A.Y. 1999-2000, the assessment was reopened u/s 147 on the basis of fresh information about excess depreciation laid on windmills. The reassessment was completed withdrawing the excess depreciation of Rs. 1.10 crores.

The Commissioner (Appeals) found that though the windmills were said to be connected with the grid at 2100 hours on 31st March, 1999, the meter reading practically showed 0.01 unit of power and the A.O. disallowed the 50% depreciation claimed by the assessee on the ground that they were not actually commissioned during the year under consideration. He upheld the decision of the A.O. The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s claim for depreciation and held that the assessee is entitled to 50% depreciation on two windmills.

In the appeal by the Revenue, the following question of law was raised:

‘Whether on the facts and circumstances of the case the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal was right in holding that the assessee was entitled to claim depreciation on the windmills even though the windmills had not generated any electricity during the previous year and thus there was no user of the asset for the purpose of the business of generation of power?’

The Madras High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) Trial production by machinery kept ready for use can be considered to be used for the purpose of business to qualify for depreciation; it would amount to passive use and would qualify for depreciation.

ii) Though the assessee’s windmills were said to be connected with the grid at 2100 hours on 31st March, 1999, the meter reading practically showed 0.01 unit of power and the A.O. disallowed 50% depreciation claimed by the assessee on the ground that the machines were not actually commissioned during the A.Y. 1999-2000. The Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to 50% depreciation on two windmills.

iii) On the facts and circumstances of the case, the Tribunal was right in holding that the assessee was entitled to claim depreciation on the windmills.’

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistakes: – (a) Power of Tribunal to rectify mistake – Error must be apparent from record – Tribunal allowing rectification application filed by Department on sole ground of contradiction in its earlier orders and assessee had not filed rectification petition in subsequent case – No error apparent on face of record – Tribunal wrongly allowed rectification application filed by Department; (b) Levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(a) – Failure by Tribunal to consider applicability of Explanation to section 271(1) to cases u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(b) – Not ground for rectification

30 P.T. Manuel and Sons vs. CIT [2021] 434 ITR 416 (Ker) A.Y.: 1982-83; Date of order: 1st March, 2021 Ss. 254(2) and 271(1) of ITA, 1961

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistakes: – (a) Power of Tribunal to rectify mistake – Error must be apparent from record – Tribunal allowing rectification application filed by Department on sole ground of contradiction in its earlier orders and assessee had not filed rectification petition in subsequent case – No error apparent on face of record – Tribunal wrongly allowed rectification application filed by Department; (b) Levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(a) – Failure by Tribunal to consider applicability of Explanation to section 271(1) to cases u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(b) – Not ground for rectification

For the A.Y. 1982-83, there was a delay in filing the return of income by the assessee. The A.O. rejected the explanation offered by the assessee for the delay and imposed a penalty u/s 271(1)(a).

The Commissioner (Appeals) partly allowed the assessee’s appeal on the ground that there was a delay of only five months in filing the return which was properly explained and directed the A.O. to determine the quantum of penalty in the light of the directions given by the Tribunal in Ramlal Chiranjilal vs. ITO [1992] 107 Taxation 1 (Trib). The Tribunal confirmed the order of the Commissioner (Appeals).

The Department filed an application for rectification u/s 254(2) contending that the decision in Ramlal Chiranjilal’s case was not applicable and the direction to follow that decision was incorrect and that the Tribunal in the case relating to a sister concern of the assessee decided not to follow that decision. On this basis, the Tribunal allowed the application for rectification.

On a reference by the assessee, the Kerala High Court held as under:

‘i) A mistake which can be rectified u/s 254(2) is one which is patent, which is obvious and whose discovery is not dependent on argument or elaboration. An error of judgment is not the same as a mistake apparent from the record and cannot be rectified by the Tribunal u/s 254(2).

ii) Conclusions in a judgment may be inappropriate or erroneous. Such inappropriate or erroneous conclusions per se do not constitute mistakes apparent from the record. However, non-consideration of a binding decision of the jurisdictional High Court or Supreme Court can be said to be a mistake apparent from the record.

iii) The different view taken by the very same Tribunal in another case, on a later date, can be relied on by either of the parties while challenging the earlier decision or the subsequent decision in an appeal or revisional forum, but cannot be a ground for rectification of the order passed by the Tribunal. It can at the most be a change in opinion based upon the facts in the subsequent case. The subsequent wisdom may render the earlier decision incorrect, but not so as to render the subsequent decision a mistake apparent from the record calling for rectification u/s 254.

iv) The Tribunal was wrong in allowing the rectification application filed by the Department on the basis of a decision rendered subsequent to the order that was sought to be rectified. The reasoning of the Tribunal was erroneous. A decision taken subsequently in another case was not part of the record of the case. A subsequent decision, subsequent change of law, or subsequent wisdom that dawned upon the Tribunal were not matters that would come within the scope of ‘mistake apparent from the record’ before the Tribunal. The Tribunal had not found that there was any mistake in the earlier order apparent from the record warranting a rectification. The only reason mentioned was that there was a contradiction in the orders passed and no rectification application had been filed by the assessee in the subsequent case. The satisfaction of the Tribunal about the existence of a mistake apparent on the record was absent.

v) The Department’s further contention was for the proposition that the reason for filing the rectification application was on account of the omission of the Tribunal to consider the Explanation to section 271(1) (as it then stood). Even though the order of rectification issued by the Tribunal did not refer to any such contention having been raised, such contention had no basis. Penalty was levied u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(a) (as it then stood), while the Explanation applied to the cases covered by section 271(1)(c)(i)(b) (as it then stood). In such view also the rectification application filed by the Department could not have been allowed by the Tribunal.’

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistake – Application for rectification – Limitation – Starting date for limitation is actual date of receipt of order of Tribunal

29 Anil Kumar Nevatia vs. ITO [2021] 434 ITR 261 (Cal) A.Y.: 2009-10; Date of order: 23rd December, 2020 Ss. 253, 254(2) and 268 of ITA, 1961

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistake – Application for rectification – Limitation – Starting date for limitation is actual date of receipt of order of Tribunal

The order of the Tribunal passed on 19th September, 2018 was served on the assessee on 5th December, 2018. On 3rd June, 2019, the assessee filed an application u/s 254(2) for rectification of the said order. The Tribunal held that there was a delay of 66 days in filing the application and declined to entertain it, stating that being a creature of the statute it did not have any power to pass an order u/s 254(2) beyond a period of six months from the end of the month in which the order sought to be rectified was passed.

The Calcutta High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

‘i) If section 254(2) is read with sections 254(3) and 268 which provide for exclusion of the time period between the date of the order and the date of service of the order upon the assessee, no hardship or unreasonableness can be found in the scheme of the Act.

ii) The Tribunal was wrong in not applying the exclusion period in computing the period of limitation and rejecting the application of the assessee filed u/s 254(2) as barred by limitation. The order was passed on 19th September, 2018, and the copy of the order was admittedly served upon the assessee on 5th December, 2018. Therefore, the Tribunal should have excluded the time period between 19th September and 5th December, 2018 in computing the period of limitation.

iii) The appeal is, accordingly, allowed. The Tribunal below is directed to hear the application u/s 254(2) taken out by the assessee on the merits and dispose of the same within a period of six weeks from the date of communication of this order.’

Articles 10, 22 of India-Mauritius DTAA; Ss. 5, 9(1)(i), (iv) of the Act – Mauritius resident FII invested in IDR having underlying shares of a UK resident company and received dividend – Such dividend, though not taxable u/s 9(1)(iv), was taxable u/s 9(1)(i) – However, since it was not ‘dividend’ under Article 10 of India-Mauritius DTAA, it was residual income subject to treatment under Article 22; as taxing rights of such income were vested only in Mauritius up to 31st March, 2017, it was not taxable in India

4 Morgan Stanley Mauritius Co. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2021] 127 taxmann.com 506 (Mum-Trib) [ITA No: 7388/Mum/19] A.Ys.: 2015-16; Date of order: 28th May, 2021


 

Articles 10, 22 of India-Mauritius DTAA; Ss. 5, 9(1)(i), (iv) of the Act – Mauritius resident FII invested in IDR having underlying shares of a UK resident company and received dividend – Such dividend, though not taxable u/s 9(1)(iv), was taxable u/s 9(1)(i) – However, since it was not ‘dividend’ under Article 10 of India-Mauritius DTAA, it was residual income subject to treatment under Article 22; as taxing rights of such income were vested only in Mauritius up to 31st March, 2017, it was not taxable in India

 

FACTS

The assessee was a company incorporated and fiscally domiciled in Mauritius. The Mauritius Revenue Authority had issued it a Tax Residency Certificate. The assessee had invested in Indian Depository Receipts (IDRs) issued by Standard Chartered Bank – India Branch (SCB-India), having shares in Standard Chartered Bank plc (SCB-UK) as underlying asset. Bank of New York Mellon, USA (BNY-US) held these shares as custodian of depository. Shares of SCB-UK were listed on London Stock Exchange and IDRs issued were listed on stock exchanges in India.

 

During the relevant financial period, the assessee received dividends in respect of the underlying shares. The assessee claimed non-taxability under ITA and the Treaty by contending that: the dividend pertained to SCB-UK, which was a foreign company; it was received abroad by BNY-US; hence, dividend neither accrued nor arose in India, nor was it received or deemed to be received in India. It further contended that SCB India was a bare trustee (i.e., akin to a nominee) under the English law for IDR holders. Since dividend was first received outside India, its subsequent remittance to IDR holders in the Indian bank account cannot trigger taxation based on receipt. Further, as per the definition of dividend under Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA, the receipt was not dividend. Hence, it would be subject to the provisions of Article 22. Since taxing rights of income covered in Article 221 are vested in residence jurisdiction, it could only be taxed by Mauritius and not India.

 

After examining the facts and legal framework of IDRs, the A.O. concluded that deposit in bank accounts of IDR holders in India was the first point of receipt of dividend. Till that time, money continued to be in possession of the payer, i.e., SCB-UK. Therefore, it could not be said to have been received outside India. Accordingly, the A.O. proposed to tax dividends u/s 115A(1)(a) @ 20% (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

 

HELD

• While IDR may be issued by an Indian Depository, it is a derivative financial instrument that draws its value from the underlying shares of a foreign company. Though shares may be held by the overseas custodian, they constitute property of the Indian depository which passes on all accruing benefits to IDR holders. For example, if the domestic depository receives dividends or any other distribution in respect of the deposited shares (including payments on liquidation of foreign company), receipts are converted into INR and paid in INR to IDR holders.

• In this case, though shares are held by the Indian depository, they constitute assets of SCB-India, even if as a trustee. Therefore, receipt was not dividend simplicitor from a foreign company but it had a clear, significant and crucial business connection with India.

• Circular No. 4/2015 was issued by CBDT in the context of a situation where, while underlying assets (shares of Indian companies) were in India, depository receipts were issued abroad and investors investing in such depository receipts were also abroad. They had no connection in India, other than the underlying asset of companies. However, under the extended scope of Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), such investors would have suffered taxation in India. Circular No. 4/2015 was issued to mitigate such situation.

• The present case is diametrically opposite to that which CBDT intended to cover. Here is a case where, while the underlying shares were abroad, depository receipts were issued in India and the beneficiaries entitled to the benefits of the underlying shares are also in India. Accordingly, Circular No. 4/2015 had no relevance in this case.

• To contend that other than dividend from an Indian company, no other dividend can be taxed in the hands of a non-resident in India because section 9(1)(iv) of the Act deems only dividend from an Indian company to be income accruing or arising in India, is fallacious. While dividend from a foreign company cannot be taxed u/s 9(1)(iv), it can be taxed under sections 9(1)(i) and 5(2). Insofar as the IDR holder is concerned, in reality and in law, the amount is received in India. Hence, for a non-resident IDR holder it will be income deemed to accrue or arise, as also received in India.

• In the context of section 5(2)(a) of the Act, the expression required to be interpreted is ‘income deemed to receive in India by or on behalf of such a person (i.e., non-resident)’, whereas section 7 defines ‘income deemed to be received in a previous year’. There is a clear distinction between the two provisions. The deeming fiction envisaged in section 5, namely, ‘income deemed to be received in India in such year by or on behalf of non-resident’ is not relevant insofar as the scope of ‘income deemed to be received in previous year’ is concerned because, while the former deals with the situs of income, the latter deals with the timing of income. From the facts it is clear that dividend was received in India.

• Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA deals with taxability of dividends. For Article 10 to apply, dividend should be paid by a company which is resident of a contracting state to the resident of the other contracting state. However, as per the facts, dividends can be treated as having been paid either by SCB-UK or by SCB-India, which is a PE of SCB-UK. In either case, payment cannot be treated as payment by an Indian resident. Therefore, Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA will have no application to such dividend.

• Prior to insertion of sub-Article (3) in Article 22 with effect from 1st April, 2017, residuary income, which was not specifically covered under any other Article and which was also not covered under exclusion clause in Article 22(2), could be taxed only in the residence state. Dividend from IDRs is not covered by any of the specific provisions of the India-Mauritius DTAA. It is also not covered by the exclusion clause in Article 22(2). Further, it pertains to the period prior to 1st April, 2017. Hence, only the residence state has taxing right and cannot be taxed in source jurisdiction, i.e., India.

• Observations of DRP as regards the basis of taxability, namely, ‘assessed to tax on account of place of management’ is ex facie incorrect inasmuch as SCB-India is a PE of a UK tax resident company and not an independent taxable entity in India. In CIT vs. Hyundai Heavy Industries Ltd. [(2007) 291 ITR 482 (SC)], the Supreme Court has observed that ‘it is clear that under the Act, a taxable unit is a foreign company and not its branch or PE in India’. Accordingly, the taxable entity in India is SCB-UK, though taxation is limited to profits attributable to its PE, i.e., SCB-India. Also, the place of management of SCB-UK is the UK.

• The tax authority contended that this is a case of triple non-taxation because: an American company incorporates a subsidiary in Mauritius; holds shares in a UK company; through an Indian depository; and does not pay taxes in any of the jurisdictions. He further mentioned that it is a blatant case of India-Mauritius DTAA abuse that must be discouraged. The proposition was rejected by observing that such considerations were irrelevant to the facts of the case before the Tribunal.

• Since the provisions of the India-Mauritius DTAA are more beneficial to the assessee than the Act, they will override the Act. Consequently, having regard to the provisions of Article 22 of the India-Mauritius DTAA, dividends on IDRs will not be taxable only up to 31st March, 2017, while India will have the right to taxation for the period effective from 1st April, 2017 on account of amended Article 22(3) of the Treaty permitting source taxation in respect of income accruing or arising from a source in India.

CRYPTOCURRENCIES: TRAPPED IN THE LABYRINTH OF LEGAL CORRIDORS (Part – 1)

BACKGROUND OF CRYPTOS
All of us must have been reading about Cryptocurrencies / Virtual Currencies (VCs) of late. And I am sure many of us must be wondering what exactly is this strange animal which has taken the world by storm? Every day the business newspapers devote a great deal of space to news about VCs.

A cryptocurrency is basically a virtual currency which is very secure. It is based on a cryptic algorithm / code (hence, the name cryptocurrency) which makes counterfeiting very difficult. The most important part about a VC is that no Government has issued it and hence it is not Fiat Money. It is a privately-issued currency which is entirely digital in nature. There are no paper notes or coins. Everything about it is digital. Further, it is based on blockchain technology, meaning that it is stored over a network of servers. Hence, it becomes difficult to say where exactly it is located. This also makes it very complicated for any Government to regulate VCs. This has been one of the sore points for the Indian Government. The fear that VCs would lead to money-laundering and financing of illegal activities is one of the key concerns associated with cryptocurrencies.

Many people associate cryptos (as they are colloquially known) only with Bitcoins. Yes, Bitcoins were the first cryptos launched in 2009 and remain the most popular, but now there are several other VCs such as Tethers, Litecoins, Binance Coins, Bbqcoins, Dogecoins, Ethereum, etc. At last count, there were about 200 VCs! VCs are bought and sold on crypto exchanges. Several such virtual currency exchanges operate in India, for example, WazirX, CoinDCX. Tesla, the US-based electric vehicle manufacturer, announced that it had bought US $1.5 billion worth of Bitcoins and that it would accept Bitcoins as a means of payment. It is estimated that there are over ten million crypto users in India and over 200 million users worldwide. In spite of such a huge market, it is unfortunate that neither the Indian tax nor the Indian legal system has kept pace with such an important global development.

While dealing with VCs one should also know about Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs). These are units of data stored on a blockchain ledger and certify a digital asset. NFTs are useful in establishing fractional ownership over assets such as digital art, fashion, movies, songs, photos, collectibles, gaming assets, etc. Each NFT has a unique identity which helps establish ownership over the asset. NFTs have even entered the contractual space. For example, in 2019 Spencer Dinwiddie, a basketball player in the US, tokenised his player’s contract with the National Basketball Association, so that several investors could invest in the same. These NFTs could then be traded on a virtual exchange. These tokens carry an interest coupon and the amount raised from the token is given to the person creating the token, e.g., the basketball player. At the end of the maturity period, the token would be redeemed and they may or may not carry a profit-sharing in the revenues earned by the token creator. The payments for buying these tokens can also be made by using cryptocurrencies.

Recently, El Salvador became the first country in the world to legalise cryptocurrencies as legal tender. Thus, residents of El Salvador can pay for goods, services, taxes, etc., using virtual currencies like Bitcoins.

Let us try to analyse cryptocurrencies and understand the fast-changing and confusing regulatory and tax environment surrounding them in India. Since there has been a great deal of flip-flop on this issue, this Feature would cover all the key developments on the subject to clear the fog. There is a great deal of misinformation and ignorance on this front and hence all key regulatory developments have been analysed below, even if they were proposals which never got formalised.

CHEQUERED LEGAL BACKGROUND


Let us start with an examination of the highly chequered background and problematic past which cryptocurrencies have encountered in India.

FM’s 2018 speech
The Finance Minister in his Speech for Budget 2018-19 said that the Government did not consider cryptocurrencies as legal tender or coins and that all measures to eliminate the use of these currencies in financing illegitimate activities or as part of the payment system will be taken by the Government. However, he also said that the Government will explore the use of blockchain technology proactively for ushering in a digital economy.

RBI’s 2018 ban
The RBI had been cautioning people against the use of ‘Decentralised Digital Currency’ or ‘Virtual Currencies’ right since 2013. Ultimately, in April 2018, by a Circular the RBI banned dealing in virtual currencies in view of the risks which the RBI felt were associated with them:

• VCs being in digital form were stored in electronic wallets. Therefore, VC holders were prone to losses arising out of hacking, loss of password, compromise of access credentials, malware attacks, etc. Since VCs are not created by or traded through any authorised central registry or agency, the loss of the e-wallet could result in the permanent loss of the VCs held in them.
• Payments by VCs, such as Bitcoins, took place on a peer-to-peer basis without any authorised central agency which regulated such payments. As such, there was no established framework for recourse to customer problems / disputes / chargebacks, etc.
• There was no underlying or backing of any asset for VCs. As such, their value seemed to be a matter of speculation. Huge volatility in the value of VCs has been noticed in the recent past. Thus, the users are exposed to potential losses on account of such volatility in value.
• It was reported that VCs such as Bitcoins were being traded on exchange platforms set up in various jurisdictions whose legal status was also unclear. Hence, the traders of VCs on such platforms were exposed to legal as well as financial risks.
• The absence of information of counterparties in such peer-to-peer anonymous / pseudonymous systems could subject the users to unintentional breaches of anti-money-laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML / CFT) laws.

In view of the potential financial, operational, legal, customer protection and security-related risks associated with dealing in VCs, the RBI’s Circular stated that entities regulated by the Reserve Bank, e.g., banks, NBFCs, payment gateways, etc., should not deal in VCs or provide services for facilitating any person or entity in dealing with or settling VCs. Such services were defined as including, maintaining accounts, registering, trading, settling, clearing, giving loans against virtual tokens, accepting them as collateral, opening accounts of exchanges dealing with them and transfer / receipt of money in accounts relating to purchase / sale of VCs. This diktat from the RBI came as a body-blow to the fast-expanding cryptocurrency industry in India.

IMC’s 2019 criminalisation sword
In 2019, an Inter-Ministerial Committee (IMC) of the Government presented a Report to the Government recommending a ban on all VCs. It proposed that not only should VCs be banned but any activity connected with them, such as buying / selling / storing VCs should also be banned. Shockingly, the IMC proposed criminalisation of these activities and provided for a fine of up to Rs. 25 crores and / or imprisonment of up to ten years. It categorically held that a VC is not a currency. Fortunately, none of the recommendations of this IMC Report saw the light of day.

Supreme Court’s 2020 boon
This Circular of the RBI came up for challenge before the Apex Court in the case of Internet and Mobile Association of India vs. Reserve Bank of India, WP(C) No. 528/2018, order dated 4th March, 2020 (SC). The ban was challenged by the Internet and Mobile Association of India, an industry body which represented the interests of the online and digital services industry along with a few companies which ran online crypto assets exchange platforms. A three-Judge Bench in a very detailed judgment assayed the RBI Circular. The Court examined three crucial questions.

Question #1: Are VCs currency under Indian laws?
• The Court noted that the word ‘currency’ is defined in section 2(h) of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 to include ‘all currency notes, postal notes, postal orders, money orders, cheques, drafts, travellers’ cheques, letters of credit, bills of exchange and promissory notes, credit cards or such other similar instruments as may be notified by the RBI.’ The expression ‘currency notes’ was also defined in FEMA to mean and include cash in the form of coins and banknotes. Again, FEMA defined ‘Indian currency’ to mean currency which was expressed or drawn in Indian rupees. It also observed that the RBI had taken a stand that VCs did not fit into the definition of the expression ‘currency’ under section 2(h) of FEMA, despite the fact that the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) in its Report defined virtual currency to mean a ‘digital representation of value that can be digitally traded and functions as (1) a medium of exchange; and / or (2) a unit of account; and / or (3) a store of value, but does not have legal tender status.’ According to this Report, legal tender status is acquired only when it is accepted as a valid and legal offer of payment when tendered to a creditor.

• Neither the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 nor the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007, or the Coinage Act, 2011 defined the words ‘currency’ or ‘money’.

• The Prize Chits and Money Circulation Schemes (Banning) Act, 1978 defined money to include a cheque, postal order, demand draft, telegraphic transfer or money order.

• Section 65B of the Finance Act, 1994, inserted by way of the Finance Act, 2012, defined ‘money’ to mean ‘legal tender, cheque, promissory note, bill of exchange, letter of credit, draft, pay order, travellers’ cheque, money order, postal or electronic remittance or any other similar instrument, but shall not include any currency that is held for its numismatic value’. This definition was important, for it identified many instruments other than legal tender which could come within the definition of money.

• The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 did not define ‘money’ or ‘currency’ but excluded money from the definition of the word ‘goods’.

• The Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 defined ‘money’ under section 2(75) to mean ‘the Indian legal tender or any foreign currency, cheque, promissory note, bill of exchange, letter of credit, draft, pay order, travellers’ cheque, money order, postal or electronic remittance or any other instrument recognised by RBI, when used as a consideration to settle an obligation or exchange with Indian legal tender of another denomination but shall not include any currency that is held for its numismatic value.’

The Supreme Court ultimately held that nothing prevented the RBI from adopting a short circuit by notifying VCs under the category of ‘other similar instruments’ indicated in section 2(h) of FEMA, 1999 which defined ‘currency’ to mean ‘all currency notes, postal notes, postal orders, money orders, cheques, drafts, travellers’ cheques, letters of credit, bills of exchange and promissory notes, credit cards or such other similar instruments as may be notified by the Reserve Bank.’ Promissory notes, cheques, bills of exchange, etc., were also not exactly currencies but operated as valid discharges (or the creation) of a debt only between two persons or peer-to-peer. Therefore, it held that it was not possible to accept the contention that VCs were just goods / commodities and could never be regarded as real money!

Question #2: Did RBI have power to regulate VCs?
The Apex Court observed that once it was accepted that some institutions accept virtual currencies as valid payments for the purchase of goods and services, there was no escape from the conclusion that the users and traders of virtual currencies carried on an activity that fell squarely within the purview of the Reserve Bank of India. The statutory obligations that the RBI had, as a central bank, were (i) to operate the currency and credit system, (ii) to regulate the financial system, and (iii) to ensure the payment system of the country to be on track, and would compel them naturally to address all issues that are perceived as potential risks to the monetary, currency, payment, credit and financial systems of the country. If an intangible property could act under certain circumstances as money then RBI could definitely take note of it and deal with it. Hence, it was not possible to accept the contention that cryptocurrency was an activity over which RBI had no power statutorily. Hence, the Apex Court held that the RBI has the requisite power to regulate or prohibit an activity of this nature. The contention that the RBI was conferred only with the power to regulate, but not to prohibit, did not appeal to the Court.

The Supreme Court further held that the RBI’s Circular did not impose a total prohibition on the use of or the trading in VCs. It merely directed the entities regulated by the RBI not to provide banking services to those engaged in the trading or facilitating of the trading in VCs. Section 36(1)(a) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 very clearly empowered the RBI to caution or prohibit banking companies against entering into certain types of transactions or class of transactions. The prohibition was not per se against the trading in VCs. It was against banks, with respect to a class of transactions. The fact that the functioning of VCEs automatically got paralysed or crippled because of the impugned Circular was no ground to hold that it was tantamount to a total prohibition.

It observed that so long as those trading in VCs did not wish to convert them into currency in India and so long as the VC enterprises did not seek to collect their service charges or commission in currency through banking channels, they will not be affected by this Circular. Peer-to-peer transactions were still taking place without the involvement of the banking channel. In fact, those actually buying and selling VCs without seeking to convert currency into VCs or vice versa, were not at all affected by the RBI’s Circular. It was only the online platforms which provided a space or medium for the traders to buy and sell VCs that were seriously affected by the Circular, since the commission that they earned by facilitating the trade was required to be converted into fiat currency.

Various regulatory events from 2013 to 2018 showed that RBI had been brooding over the issue for almost five years before taking the extreme step of issuing the Circular. Therefore, the RBI could not be held guilty of non-application of mind. The Apex Court held that if RBI took steps to prevent the gullible public from having an illusion as though VCs may constitute a valid legal tender, the steps so taken were actually taken in good faith. The repeated warnings through press releases from December, 2013 onwards indicated a genuine attempt on the part of the RBI to safeguard the interests of the public. Therefore, the impugned Circular was not vitiated by malice in law and was not a colourable exercise of power.

Thus, the RBI had the power to regulate and prohibit VCs.

Question #3: Was RBI’s Circular excessive and ultra vires?
The Supreme Court then held that citizens who were running online platforms and VC exchanges could certainly claim that the Circular violated Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution which provides a Fundamental Right to practice any profession or to carry on any occupation, trade or business to all citizens subject to Article 19(6) which enumerated the nature of restriction that could be imposed by the State upon the above right of the citizens. It held that persons who engaged in buying and selling virtual currencies just as a matter of hobby could not take shelter under this Article since what was covered was profession / business. Even people who purchased and sold VCs as their occupation or trade had other ways such as e-Wallets to get around the Circular. It is the VC exchanges which, if disconnected from banking channels, would perish.

The Supreme Court held that the impugned Circular had almost wiped the VC exchanges out of the industrial map of the country, thereby infringing Article 19(1)(g). The position was that VCs were not banned, but the trading in VCs and the functioning of VC exchanges were rendered comatose by the impugned Circular by disconnecting their lifeline, namely, the interface with the regular banking sector. It further held that this had been done (i) despite the RBI not finding anything wrong about the way in which these exchanges functioned, and (ii) despite the fact that VCs were not banned. It was not the case of RBI that any of the entities regulated by it had suffered on account of the provision of banking services to the online platforms running VC exchanges.

Therefore, the Court concluded that the petitioners were entitled to succeed and the impugned RBI Circular was liable to be set aside on the ground of being ultra vires of the Constitution. One of the banks had frozen the account of a VC exchange. The Court gave specific directions to defreeze the account and release its funds. Accordingly, the Supreme Court came to the rescue of Indian VC exchanges.

Along with the above Supreme Court decision, another decision which merits mention is that of the Karnataka High Court in the case of B.V. Harish and Others vs. State of Karnataka (WP No. 18910/2019, order dated 8th February, 2021. In this case, based on the RBI’s Circular, the police had registered an FIR against the directors of a company for running a cryptocurrency exchange and a VC ATM. The Karnataka High Court relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court explained above and quashed the chargesheet and other criminal proceedings.

Recently, the RBI in a Circular to banks and NBFCs has stated that certain entities are yet cautioning their customers against dealing in virtual currencies by making a reference to the RBI Circular dated 6th April, 2018. The RBI has directed that such references to the abovementioned Circular were not in order since it had been set aside by the Supreme Court. However, the RBI has added that banks / entities may continue to carry out customer due diligence processes in line with regulations governing standards for Know Your Customer (KYC), Anti-Money Laundering (AML), Combating of Financing of Terrorism (CFT) and obligations of regulated entities under Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002, in addition to ensuring compliance with relevant provisions under FEMA for overseas remittances.

Finance Minister’s interviews
In February / March, 2021 in reply to questions raised in the Rajya Sabha as to whether the Central Government was planning to issue strict guidelines on cryptocurrency trading and whether the Government was doing anything to curb clandestine trading of VCs, the Finance Minister stated that a high-level Inter-Ministerial Committee (IMC), constituted under the Chairmanship of the Secretary (Economic Affairs) to study the issues related to VCs and propose specific actions to be taken in the matter, had recommended in its report that all private cryptocurrencies, except any cryptocurrency issued by the State, be prohibited in India. The Government would take a decision on the recommendations of the IMC and the legislative proposal, if any, would be introduced in the Parliament following the due process.

Recently, in March, 2021, the Finance Minister has said that the Government was not closing its mind and that they were looking at ways in which experiments could happen in the digital world and cryptocurrencies. She has also stated that ‘From our side, we are very clear that we are not shutting all options. We will allow certain windows for people to do experiments on the blockchain, bitcoins or cryptocurrency… A lot of fintech companies have made a lot of progress on it. We have got several presentations. Much work at the state level is happening and we want to take it in a big way in IFSC or Gift City in Gandhinagar.’

MCA’s 2021 Rules for companies
In March, 2021 the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has mandated all companies to disclose certain additional information in their accounts from 1st April, 2022. One such important information pertains to details of cryptocurrency or virtual currency.

Where the company has traded or invested in cryptocurrency or virtual currency during the financial year, the following details have to be disclosed in its Balance Sheet:
(a) profit or loss on transactions involving the cryptocurrency or virtual currency, (b) amount of currency held as at the reporting date, (c) deposits or advances from any person for the purpose of trading or investing in cryptocurrency / virtual currency.

Similarly, the Profit & Loss Statement of such a company must carry the following additional details:
(i) profit or loss on transactions involving cryptocurrency or virtual currency, (ii) amount of currency held as at the reporting date, and (iii) deposits or advances from any person for the purpose of trading or investing in cryptocurrency or virtual currency.

CRYPTOCURRENCY BILL, 2021
The Government had proposed to table ‘The Cryptocurrency and Regulation of Official Digital Currency Bill, 2021’ during the January to March, 2021 session of the Lok Sabha. However, it was not introduced. The purport of this Bill states that it aims to create a facilitative framework for creation of the official digital currency to be issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The Bill also seeks to prohibit all private cryptocurrencies in India; however, it allows for certain exceptions to promote the underlying technology of cryptocurrency and its uses. It would be interesting to see the contours of this Bill when it is tabled. However, it seems quite clear that the Government is considering introducing its own digital currency to be issued by the RBI. One aspect which is worrying is that it seeks to prohibit all private VCs. Does this mean that the Government would get over the Supreme Court verdict by this law?

(To be continued)

Section 68 – Where purchases were accepted as genuine, addition of credit balance at the end of the year which was entirely out of purchases for the year, could not be made

30 IKEA Trading (India) (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2020] 83 ITR(T) 415 (Del-Trib) IT(SS) Appeal Nos. 5568 and 5877 (Del) of 2011 A.Y.: 2004-05; Date of order: 30th June, 2020

Section 68 – Where purchases were accepted as genuine, addition of credit balance at the end of the year which was entirely out of purchases for the year, could not be made

FACTS I
In the course of assessment proceedings, the A.O. asked the assessee to explain certain amounts of sundry creditors. Notices u/s 133(6) were issued, but many of them were not complied with. Consequently, the A.O. made addition for the amount of sundry creditors. On further appeal by the assessee, the Commissioner (Appeals) confirmed the additions only in respect of two parties and deleted the entire balance addition. This was done considering the details filed by the assessee before him. The additions that were sustained were on account of failure of the assessee to furnish account details and relevant pay-out details.

Aggrieved, the assessee as well as Revenue preferred appeals before the ITAT.

HELD I
The Tribunal took into consideration the fact that the A.O. simply added the balance as on 31st March, 2004 without realising that the entire credit balance was out of the purchases made during the year, which were accepted as genuine and no adverse inference was drawn in respect thereof. Further, the assessee had paid all the outstanding amounts in the immediately succeeding years. Therefore, the ITAT allowed the assessee’s appeal and dismissed the Revenue’s ground of appeal. In reaching this conclusion, apart from the facts stated above, it also placed heavy reliance on the decision of the Delhi ITAT Special Bench in the case of Manoj Aggarwal vs. Dy. CIT (2008) 113 ITD 377. The principle upheld in that case was that once a certain amount was accepted as genuine, the same cannot be questioned later on. (The case was in respect of amount offered to tax under a Voluntary Disclosure of Income Scheme, which was credited in the books of accounts as per the requirement of the respective law on the scheme. It was held that once the amount is taxed under the scheme, the same could not be taxed again u/s 68.)

Therefore, by the same rationale, once purchases were accepted as genuine in the instant case, addition of credit balance which was entirely out of purchases for the year could not be made.

Section 40A(2)(b): Where the A.O. had not brought any comparable case to demonstrate that payments made by assessee to directors were excessive / unreasonable, no disallowance could be made

FACTS II
The assessee claimed certain amount expended towards directors’ remuneration. On asking for an explanation in respect of the same, the assessee furnished the details of remuneration paid to the directors and claimed that the same was as per industry norms and was not in excess of either the limits prescribed under the Act, or the industry norms for the particular class of industry. However, the A.O. was of the opinion that the assessee failed to justify the nature of services rendered by the directors so as to command such a huge remuneration. Therefore, the A.O. disallowed a part of the remuneration on the basis that it was excessive.

Before the Commissioner (Appeals), the assessee contended that the A.O. did not give any cogent reasons to justify the disallowance and that he grossly failed to show that such expenditure was excessive and / or unreasonable. Thus, the Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the disallowance made.

The Revenue filed a further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD II
The ITAT observed that the A.O. did not bring any comparable case to demonstrate that the payments made by the assessee were excessive / unreasonable, which is an onus cast upon him by the mandate of section 40A(2)(b).

A further observation was that the payees were also assessed to tax at the same rate of tax. The CBDT Circular No. 6-P dated 6th July, 1968 states that no disallowance is to be made u/s 40A(2) in respect of the payments made to the relatives and sister concerns where there is no attempt to evade tax. Considering the totality of the facts in light of the CBDT Circular (Supra), the ITAT dismissed the ground of appeal raised by the Revenue, thereby allowing the assessee’s claim of remuneration.

EVALUATING AN AGREEMENT – LEASE VS. IN-SUBSTANCE PURCHASE

INTRODUCTION
In some situations, a lease may effectively represent an in-substance purchase. The distinction between a lease and an in-substance purchase may have a significant impact with respect to the accounting, if variable payments are involved as well as with respect to presentation and disclosures. This distinction is critical in the case of aircraft, ships, etc. This article delves into this issue and provides relevant guidance.

FACTS

Consider the following fact pattern:
1. As per local safety legislation, Machine X can be used only for ten years, after which it must be sold to recyclers for scrapping.
2. Ze Co (hereinafter referred to as ‘Lessee’) acquires Machine X on lease for a non-cancellable lease term of ten years from Ed Co (hereinafter referred to as ‘Lessor’).
3. Fixed lease payments are made at the beginning of each year over the lease term. There are no variable lease payments.
4. As per the lease agreement, the Lessee has an option to buy Machine X at INR 1,000 at the end of the tenth year.
5. The legal title of Machine X is transferred to the Lessee at the end of the tenth year, if the Lessee exercises the option to purchase Machine X.
6. The fair value of Machine X if it is to be sold as scrap is likely to be several times more than INR 1,000.
7. The Lessor is not responsible for any malfunctioning of the Machine X during the lease period.

Whether this arrangement would constitute an in-substance purchase or lease from the perspective of the Lessee? How does the Lessor account for such a transaction?

References to Accounting Standards
IFRS 16 Leases provides guidance in the Basis of Conclusion and is reproduced below. It may be noted that Ind AS 116 Leases does not include any Basis of Conclusion, but the Basis of Conclusion under IFRS can be applied as the best available guidance.

IFRS 16 Basis of Conclusion

BC138 The IASB considered whether to include requirements in IFRS 16 to distinguish a lease from the sale or purchase of an asset. The IFRS Interpretations Committee had received questions about whether particular contracts that do not transfer legal title of land should be considered to be a lease or a purchase of the land.

BC139 The IASB decided not to provide requirements in IFRS 16 to distinguish a lease from a sale or purchase of an asset. There was little support from stakeholders for including such requirements. In addition, the IASB observed that:
a. the accounting for leases that are similar to the sale or purchase of the underlying asset would be similar to that for sales and purchases applying the respective requirements of IFRS 15 and IAS 16; and
b. accounting for a transaction depends on the substance of that transaction and not its legal form. Consequently, if a contract grants rights that represent the in-substance purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment, those rights meet the definition of property, plant and equipment in IAS 16 and would be accounted for applying that Standard, regardless of whether legal title transfers. If the contract grants rights that do not represent the in-substance purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment but that meet the definition of a lease, the contract would be accounted for applying IFRS 16.

BC140 IFRS 16 applies to contracts that convey the right to use an underlying asset for a period of time and does not apply to transactions that transfer control of the underlying asset to an entity – such transactions are sales or purchases within the scope of other Standards (for example, IFRS 15 or IAS 16).

ANALYSIS


When assessing the nature of a contract, an entity should consider whether the contract transfers control of the underlying asset itself as opposed to conveying the right to control the use of the underlying asset for a period of time. If so, the transaction is a sale or purchase within the scope of other standards (e.g., Ind AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers or Ind AS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment). Consequently, if a contract grants rights that represent the in-substance purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment, such transaction may need to be presented as the purchase of the underlying asset (regardless of whether legal title transfers) either on deferred terms if entered into directly with the manufacturer or dealer of the asset, or together with the provision of financing if entered into with a financial institution which purchases the underlying asset on the entity’s behalf from a designated supplier.

Ind AS 115.33 defines control of an asset as the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset. Control includes the ability to prevent other entities from directing the use of, and obtaining the benefits from, an asset. The benefits of an asset are the potential cash flows (inflows or savings in outflows) that can be obtained directly or indirectly. When evaluating whether a customer obtains control of an asset, an entity shall consider any agreement to repurchase the asset (see Ind AS 115.B64–B76). In determining whether an agreement is a sale / purchase agreement or a lease, the appropriate criteria to be used are those shown in Ind AS 115 in relation to the transfer of control.

Additionally, if retaining title of the asset has no substance, there is sympathy to treating the transaction as an in-substance purchase of PP&E (Ind AS 16). However, if there is substance to the title of the asset remaining with the supplier, and ownership is only transferred at the end, Ind AS 116 accounting would be more appropriate as the customer has right-of-use but does not have ownership. If variable lease payments are present in the agreement, the supplier / lessor retains some risk which may point towards lease accounting.

Typically, in land use rights, where the seller retains title and there is no option for the Lessee to purchase the land, the author believes that the title would be critical in evaluating whether the arrangement is a lease or an in-substance purchase of land. For example, in a 99-year lease with no option to purchase the land at the end of the lease term, or option to purchase the land at its then fair value, it is difficult to think someone has sold the land because, even after 99 years that land is very likely to have significant value which will not be ‘kept’ by the buyer. In contrast, lease of LED lights to a retail department store may constitute an in-substance purchase for the store because the value of the LED lights is in its usage, rather than its value at the end of its useful life. So, invariably, it boils down to the assessment of significance of title.

CONCLUSION
In the above fact pattern, the effective utility of Machine X is its usage over ten years, after which it is sold as scrap. There is a purchase option at the end of the lease term that is most likely to be exercised by the Lessee, as the Lessee will stand to benefit from exercising that option. Lastly, it appears that the Lessor retains no risk as there are no variable payments in the arrangement nor is the Lessor responsible for malfunctioning of Machine X. The Lessee retains all the risks and rewards in substance and the absence of legal title during the lease term should not preclude the Lessee from classifying Machine X as an in-substance purchase rather than as a lease.

From the Lessor’s perspective, the arrangement will constitute a sale of Machine X under Ind AS 115 since the control criterion under Ind AS 115.33 would be met in this case. In determining the transaction price of the sale, the Lessor will have to separate the financing component and record the same as financing income over the lease period.

IMPACT OF WAIVER OF LOAN ON DEPRECIATION CLAIM

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
When a loan taken for acquiring a depreciable capital asset or a part of the purchase price of such capital asset is waived in a year subsequent to the year of acquisition, an issue that arises with respect to waiver of loan or part of the purchase price is whether the depreciation claimed in the past on that portion of the cost of the asset which represents the waiver of the purchase price, or which had been met from the loan waived, can be added / disallowed u/s 41(1) / 43(6) in the year in which that amount of the loan / purchase price has been waived, and whether the written down value (WDV) of the block of the assets concerned needs to be reworked so as to reduce it by the amount of loan / purchase price waived. The Hyderabad Bench of the Tribunal has held that while section 41(1) would not apply, the depreciation claimed in the past needs to be added as income and the WDV is also required to be reworked in such a case. As against this, the Bengaluru Bench of the Tribunal has held that waiver of loan taken to acquire a depreciable asset does not have any consequences in the year in which the loan has been waived off, insofar as claim of depreciation is concerned.

BINJRAJKA STEEL TUBES LTD.’s CASE

The issue had earlier come up for consideration of the Hyderabad Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Binjrajka Steel Tubes Ltd. vs. ACIT 130 ITD 46.

In this case, the assessee had purchased certain machinery from M/s Tata SSL Ltd. for a total consideration of Rs. 6 crores. Since the machinery supplied was found to be defective, the matter was taken up with the supplier for replacement and after protracted correspondence and a legal battle, the supplier agreed to an out-of-court settlement. As per this settlement, the liability of the assessee which was payable to the supplier to the extent of Rs. 2 crores was waived.

During the previous year relevant to assessment year 2005-06, the assessee gave effect to this settlement in its books of accounts by reducing the cost of machinery by Rs. 2 crores. Consequently, the depreciation for the year had also been adjusted, including withdrawal of excess charged depreciation of earlier years amounting to Rs. 1,19,01,058. While making the assessment, the A.O. added back the amount of Rs. 2 crores as income of the assessee u/s 41(1), and this was confirmed by the CIT(A).

Before the Tribunal, the assessee submitted that the remission of liability of Rs. 2 crores which was written back was not taxable u/s 41(1) because cessation of liability was towards a capital cost of asset and, hence, it was a capital receipt. On the other hand, the Department argued that the assessee had claimed the depreciation on Rs. 6 crores from the year of acquisition of the asset. From the date of inception of the asset, depreciation was allowed by the Department on the block of assets, and when the assessee received any amount as benefit by way of reduction of cost of acquisition, the amount of benefit had to be offered for taxation as per the provisions of section 41(1).

The Tribunal referred to the provisions of section 41(1) and held that it could be invoked only where any allowance or deduction had been made in the assessment for any year in respect of loss, expenditure or trading liability incurred by the assessee, and subsequently, during any previous year, the assessee had obtained any amount or some benefit with respect to such loss, expenditure or trading liability. The benefit of depreciation obtained by the assessee in the earlier years could not be termed as an allowance or expenditure claimed by the assessee in the earlier years. Hence, any recoupment received by the assessee on this count could not be taxed u/s 41(1). Accordingly, the Tribunal rejected the Revenue’s contention that the assessee had obtained the benefit of depreciation in the earlier years as allowance in respect of expenditure incurred by it when it bought the plant and machinery and the Rs. 2 crores liability waived by the supplier of the machinery in the year under consideration was liable to be taxed as deemed income within the purview of section 41(1).

Though the issue raised before the Tribunal was only with regard to the taxability of the amount waived u/s 41(1), it further dealt with the issue of adding back of depreciation which was already claimed on the said amount. For the purpose of dealing with the said issue of disallowance of depreciation which was not raised before it, the Tribunal placed reliance on the decision of the Calcutta High Court in the case of Steel Containers Ltd. vs. CIT [1978] 112 ITR 995, wherein it was held that when the Tribunal finds that disallowance of a particular expenditure by the authorities below is not proper, it is competent to sustain the whole or part of the disputed disallowance under a different section under which it is properly so disallowable.

On the merits of the issue of disallowance of depreciation, the Tribunal held that depreciation already allowed in past years on the amount which was waived by the supplier under the settlement with the assessee had to be withdrawn and added back in the year under consideration, as otherwise, the assessee would get double benefit which was not justified. Accordingly, the A.O. was directed to add the amount of depreciation claimed in past years on the amount of Rs. 2 crores as income u/s 28(iv) as the value of benefit arising from the business. After reducing the said amount of depreciation granted earlier from the amount of Rs. 2 crores, the Tribunal further directed that the balance amount was to be reduced from the closing WDV of the block of assets, without giving any reasoning or relying on any relevant provision of the Act.

AKZO NOBEL COATINGS INDIA (P) LTD.’s CASE
The issue, thereafter, came up for consideration before the Bengaluru Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Akzo Nobel Coatings India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT (2017) 139 ITD 612.

In this case, the assessee acquired plant and machinery for its Hoskote plant in April, 1996. Since the assessee could not obtain approval from the RBI for making payment to the supplier, ultimately CEL, UK, one of the group companies, made the payment for the machinery to the suppliers. Thus, the funds for supply of machinery which were originally payable by the assessee to the suppliers became payable by the assessee to CEL, UK. Later, CEL, UK was taken over by Akzo International BV. As a part of the business restructuring and because of the absence of RBI approval for making remittances of monies due for supply of machinery, and taking note of the business exigency, Akzo International BV decided to waive the money payable in respect of supply of machineries to the assessee. Thus, the assessee was the beneficiary of the waiver of loan to the extent of Rs. 13,48,09,000.

This waiver of the loan took place in April, 2000. The benefit as a result of the waiver was shown in the books of accounts of the assessee in the balance sheet as a capital receipt not chargeable to tax. The assessee had claimed depreciation on those machineries from the A.Y. 1997-98 onwards. The fact of waiver of the amount payable by the assessee came to the knowledge of the A.O. in the course of assessment proceedings for the A.Y. 2004-05. Thereafter, action was initiated u/s 148 to reduce the WDV of the relevant block of assets and withdraw the depreciation already granted to the assessee in the past.

According to the A.O., on the waiver of loan by the parent company, the WDV of the plant and machinery had to be reworked by reducing from the opening WDV, the amount of loan which had been waived by the parent company, viz., a sum of Rs. 13,48,09,000. The A.O., accordingly, worked out the depreciation allowable on plant and machinery by reducing the WDV on which depreciation had to be allowed for A.Y. 2001-02. A similar exercise of reworking the amount of the WDV and resultant depreciation thereon was made for the subsequent years as well.

On appeal by the assessee, the CIT(A) took the view that the entire waiver of the loan cannot be reduced from the WDV of the block of assets. He held that the whole of the original cost cannot be reduced from the opening WDV as on 1st April, 2001. This was on the basis that the provisions of section 43(6) did not envisage reduction of cost of assets in the guise of disallowance of depreciation. He, accordingly, directed the A.O. to reduce only the WDV of the assets concerned, i.e., Rs. 4,73,32,812, and not the whole of the original cost. The assessee as well as the Revenue filed appeals before the Tribunal against the order of the CIT(A) giving partial relief.

Before the Tribunal, the assessee contended that only those adjustments which have been provided u/s 43(6)(c) could be made to the WDV of the block of assets. Since no assets were sold, discarded, demolished or destroyed, the amount of loan waived by the supplier of machinery could not be reduced. The assessee relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. [1998] 231 ITR 285, wherein the Supreme Court held that the manner of repayment of loan availed by an assessee for the purchase of an asset on which depreciation is claimed cannot have any impact on allowing depreciation on such assets. It was also submitted that Explanation 10 to section 43(1) would not apply to the present case, because the amount waived by the parent company cannot be said to be the cost of the asset met directly or indirectly by any authority in the form of ‘subsidy or grant or reimbursement’. On the other hand, Revenue pleaded to restore the order of the A.O.

The Tribunal held that the only way by which the WDV on which depreciation is to be allowed as per the provisions of section 32(1)(ii) can be altered is as per the situation referred to in section 43(6)(c)(i), A and B, i.e., increased by the actual cost of any asset falling within that block, acquired during the previous year and reduced by the monies payable in respect of any asset falling within that block, which is sold or discarded or demolished or destroyed during that previous year together with the amount of the scrap value, if any. In the present case, neither was there purchase of the relevant assets during the previous year, nor was there sale, discarding or demolition or destruction of those assets during the previous year. The relevant assets continued to be owned and used by the assessee. Therefore, these provisions could not have been resorted to for the purpose of making adjustments to the WDV of the block as made by the A.O.

Examining the applicability of the provisions of Explanation 10 to section 43(1), which provide for reduction of cost under certain circumstances, the Tribunal held that they would apply only when there was a subsidy or grant or reimbursement. In the present case, there was no subsidy or grant or reimbursement. There was only a waiver of the amounts due for purchase of machinery, which did not fall within the scope of any of the aforesaid expressions used in Explanation 10. Even otherwise, section 43(1) was applicable only in the year of purchase of machinery and in the case before the Tribunal, the purchase of the machinery in question was not in A.Y. 2001-02. Therefore, the actual cost which had already been recognised in the books in the A.Y. prior to A.Y. 2001-02 could not be disturbed in A.Y. 2001-02.

The Tribunal pointed out that there was a lacuna in the law as the assessee on the one hand got the waiver of monies payable on purchase of machinery and claimed such receipt as not taxable because it was a capital receipt. On the other hand, the assessee claimed depreciation on the value of the machinery for which it did not incur any cost. Thus, the assessee was benefited both ways.

As per the law as it prevailed as on date, the Revenue was without any remedy. The only way that the Revenue could remedy the situation was that it had to reopen the assessment for the year in which the asset was acquired and fall back on the provisions of section 43(1), which provided that actual cost means the actual cost of the assets to the assessee. Even this could be done only after the waiver of the loan which was used to acquire machinery. By that time if the assessments for that A.Y. got barred by time, the Revenue was without any remedy. Even the provisions of section 155 did not provide for any remedy to the Revenue in this regard.

The Tribunal also relied on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Supra) wherein a view had been taken that repayment of loan borrowed by an assessee for the purpose of acquiring an asset had no relevance to the cost of assets on which depreciation has to be allowed.

OBSERVATIONS


There is a distinction in the facts between the two decisions – in Binjrajka Steel Tubes case (Supra), the waiver was a part of the purchase price itself by the seller of the machinery, while in the Akzo Nobel Coatings case, it was a waiver of the loan extended by a group company. The issue really is whether the cost of the asset can undergo a change in a subsequent year, due to waiver of a part of the purchase price, or a loan taken to acquire the asset, whether such waiver is to be ignored or given effect to, and when and how the effect is to be given for such change in the cost of the asset.

The claim of depreciation is governed by the provisions of section 32. It allows a deduction of an amount to be calculated at prescribed percentage on the WDV of the block of assets. Section 43(6)(c) defines the expression ‘written down value’ with respect to a block of assets and it reads as under:

(6) ‘written down value’ means –
(c) in the case of any block of assets, –
(i) in respect of any previous year relevant to the assessment year commencing on the 1st day of April, 1988, the aggregate of the written down values of all the assets falling within that block of assets at the beginning of the previous year and adjusted, –
(A) by the increase by the actual cost of any asset falling within that block, acquired during the previous year;
(B) by the reduction of the moneys payable in respect of any asset falling within that block, which is sold or discarded or demolished or destroyed during that previous year together with the amount of the scrap value, if any, so, however, that the amount of such reduction does not exceed the written down value as so increased; and…………………..

The WDV of the block of assets is required to be determined only in the manner as provided in section 43(6)(c). Nothing can be added to it and nothing can be reduced from it which has not been provided for in the aforesaid provision. The aforesaid provision leaves no scope for any reduction in the WDV of any block of assets for any reasons other than the sale, discarding, demolition or destruction of the assets falling within that block.

Thus, once the actual cost of any asset has been added to the WDV of the block of assets, no further adjustments have been provided for in the Act to reduce the amount of that actual cost in any later year on the ground that the loan taken to pay that cost or a part of the purchase price has been waived off. In the absence of any such provision under the Act allowing reduction of the WDV of the block of assets on account of waiver of loan taken or part of purchase price for acquiring the assets forming part of that block of assets, no adjustment could have been made for giving effect to the benefits derived by the assessee on account of such a waiver by revising the amount of WDV.

This leads us to the issue whether on account of waiver of the loan from which that asset was acquired it can be said that the ‘actual cost’ of the asset which was added to the WDV of the block of assets has now undergone a change and, therefore, the adjustment is required to be made to give effect to the revised amount of the ‘actual cost’. In this regard, attention is drawn to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Supra); the relevant extract from it is reproduced below:

Coming to the question raised, we find it difficult to follow how the manner of repayment of loan can affect the cost of the assets acquired by the assessee. What is the actual cost must depend on the amount paid by the assessee to acquire the asset. The amount may have been borrowed by the assessee, but even if the assessee did not repay the loan, it will not alter the cost of the asset. If the borrower defaults in repayment of a part of the loan, the cost of the asset will not change. What has to be borne in mind is that the cost of an asset and the cost of raising money for purchase of the asset are two different and independent transactions. Even if an asset is purchased with non-repayable subsidy received from the Government, the cost of the asset will be the price paid by the assessee for acquiring the asset. In the instant case, the allegation is that at the time of repayment of loan, there was a fluctuation in the rate of foreign exchange as a result of which the assessee had to repay a much lesser amount than he would have otherwise paid. In our judgment, this is not a factor which can alter the cost incurred by the assessee for purchase of the asset. The assessee may have raised the funds to purchase the asset by borrowing but what the assessee has paid for it is the price of the asset. That price cannot change by any event subsequent to the acquisition of the asset. In our judgment, the manner or mode of repayment of the loan has nothing to do with the cost of an asset acquired by the assessee for the purpose of his business.

Relying on the aforesaid decision of the Supreme Court, the Kerala High Court in the case of Cochin Co. (P) Ltd. 184 ITR 230 (Supra) while dealing with the same issue of adjustment to the actual cost consequent to waiver of loan, held as under:

The Tribunal has categorically found that Atlanta Corpn. is only a financier and when Atlanta Corpn. wrote off the liability of the assessee, it cannot be said in retrospect that the cost of the assessee to any part of the machinery purchased in 1968 was met by Atlanta Corpn. The Tribunal held that the remission of liability by Atlanta Corpn. long after the liability was incurred, cannot be relied on to hold that Atlanta Corpn. met directly or indirectly part of the cost of the machinery of the assessee purchased as early as 1968. As per section 43(7), if the cost of the asset is met directly or indirectly, at the time of purchase of the machinery, by any other person or authority, to that extent the actual cost of the asset to the assessee will stand reduced. But it is a far cry to state that though at the time of purchase of the machinery, no person met the cost either directly or indirectly, if, long thereafter a debt incurred in that connection is written off, it could be equated to a position that the financier met part of the cost of the asset to the assessee. We are unable to accept the plea that the remission of liability by Atlanta Corpn. can, in any way, be said to be one where the Corpn. met directly or indirectly the cost of the asset to the assessee.

Thus, the ‘actual cost’ of the asset does not undergo any change due to waiver of the loan obtained to acquire that asset. Explanation 10 to section 43(1) has limited applicability when the subsidy, grant or reimbursement is involved. The waiver of loan in no way can be equated with the subsidy, grant or reimbursement.

The next issue then is whether change in cost on account of price difference has any effect. The Supreme Court, in the case of CIT vs. Arvind Mills Ltd. 193 ITR 255, held as under:

‘On strict accountancy principles, the increase or decrease in liability towards the actual cost of an asset arising from exchange fluctuation can be adjusted in the accounts of the earlier year in which the asset was acquired (if necessary, by reopening the said accounts). In that event, the accounts of that earlier year as well as subsequent years will have to be modified to give effect to variations in depreciation allowances consequent on the re-determination of the actual cost. However, though this is a course which is theoretically advisable or precise, its adoption may create a lot of practical difficulties. That is why the Institute of Chartered Accountants gave an option to business people to make a mention of the effect of devaluation by way of a note on the accounts for the earlier year in case the balance sheet in respect thereof has not yet been finalised but actually to give effect to the necessary adjustments in the subsequent years instead of reopening the closed accounts of the earlier year.

So far as depreciation allowance is concerned, under section 32, read with section 43(1) and (6) of the Act, the depreciation is to be allowed on the actual cost of the asset less all depreciation actually allowed in respect thereof in earlier year. Thus, where the cost of the asset subsequently goes up because of devaluation, whatever might have been the position in the earlier year, it is always open to the assessee to insist and for the ITO to agree that the written down value in the year in which the increased liability has arisen should be taken on the basis of the increased cost minus depreciation earlier allowed on the basis of the old cost. The written down value and allowances for subsequent years will be calculated on this footing. In other words, though the depreciation granted earlier will not be disturbed, the assessee will be able to get a higher amount of depreciation in subsequent years on the basis of the revised cost and there will be no problem.
,,,,,,,,,,,,,
To obviate all these doubts and difficulties, section 43A was enacted.
…………………….
We also find it difficult to find substance in the second argument of Shri Salve that sub-section (1) was inserted only to define the year in which the increase or decrease in liability has to be adjusted. It is no doubt true that but for the new section, various kinds of arguments could have been raised regarding the year in which such liability should be adjusted. But, we think, arguments could also have been raised as to whether the actual cost calls for any adjustment at all in such a situation. It could have been contended that the actual cost can only be the original purchase price in the year of acquisition of the asset and that, even if there is any subsequent increase in the liability, it cannot be added to the actual cost at any stage and that, for the purposes of all the statutory allowances, the amount of actual cost once determined would be final and conclusive. Also, section 43A provides for a case in which, as in the present case, the assessee has completely paid for the plant or machinery in foreign currency prior to the date of devaluation but the variation of exchange rate affects the liability of the assessee (as expressed in Indian currency) for repayment of the whole or part of the monies borrowed by him from any person directly or indirectly in any foreign currency specifically for the purposes of acquiring the asset. It is a moot question as to whether in such a case, on general principles, the actual cost of the assessee’s plant or machinery will be the revised liability or the original liability. This is also a situation which is specifically provided for in the section. It may not, therefore, be correct to base arguments on an assumption that the figure of actual cost has necessarily to be modified for purposes of development rebate or depreciation or other allowances and that the only controversy that can arise will be as to the year in which such adjustment has to be made. In our opinion, we need not discuss or express any concluded opinion on either of these issues.’

The Supreme Court has therefore pointed out the situation in the absence of section 43A, which provision applies only to foreign exchange fluctuations. The identical logic would apply to other changes in cost, if such difference in cost is on account of difference in purchase price. In the absence of any specific provision similar to section 43A, any adjustment in cost would not be possible.

Further, the logic applied by the Tribunal in Binjrajka’s case to the effect that write-back of depreciation is a benefit derived by the assessee on waiver of the purchase price, and is therefore taxable u/s 28(iv), does not seem to be justified. A depreciation is only an allowance, and not an expenditure. It is merely an internal book entry to reflect diminution in value of the asset. By writing back depreciation, the assessee cannot be said to have derived any benefit. Further, as held by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. 404 ITR 1, the benefit taxable u/s 28(iv) has to be a non-monetary benefit and a monetary benefit is not covered by section 28(iv). Therefore, the waiver of cost to the extent of excess depreciation allowed cannot be said to result in a perquisite chargeable to tax u/s 28(iv).

It is very clear that the provisions of section 41(1) would not apply in such a situation of waiver of loan or part of purchase price, as has also been accepted by the Tribunal in both the decisions. The provisions of section 28(iv) would also not apply. There is no other provision by which such waiver of a sum of a capital nature can be subjected to tax. The depreciation allowed in the past on the cost is not an expenditure or trading liability, which has been remitted or has ceased. It is the loan amount or the purchase price of the asset which has been remitted or which has ceased. Depreciation cannot be regarded to be a deduction claimed of such purchase price, being a statutory allowance. Therefore, as rightly pointed out by the Bangalore Bench of the Tribunal, there is a lacuna in law, whereby such waiver is not required to be reduced from the cost of acquisition of the asset or from the written down value, nor is there a requirement for addition by way of reversal of depreciation claimed on such waived amount. The only recourse is to the provisions of section 155, within the specified time limit.

The better view of the matter, therefore, seems to be the view taken by the Bengaluru Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Akzo Nobel Coatings India (P) Ltd. (Supra) that neither the depreciation claimed in the past year can be disallowed nor the written down value for the current year can be adjusted in a case where the loan taken to acquire or a part of the purchase price of the depreciable asset has been waived.